Dell 2155 Color Laser User`s guide

Dell™ 2155cn/2155cdn Multifunction
Color Printer User's Guide
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO
_UG_FM\Mioga-AIO-UGTOC.fm
Contents
Dell™ 2155cn/2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer User's Guide 1
Before Beginning 25
A Notes, Notices, and Cautions
. . . . . . . .
27
1
Dell™ 2155cn/2155cdn Multifunction Color
Printer User's Guide 29
2
Finding Information
3
4
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
31
Product Features
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
35
About the Printer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
39
Front and Rear View
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
40
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
40
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
41
Front View
Rear View
Space Requirements
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
41
Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Securing the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Contents
1
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO
_UG_FM\Mioga-AIO-UGTOC.fm
Ordering Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Setting up the Printer (Printer Setup) 47
5
Preparing Printer Hardware
Removing Tape
. . . . . . . . .
49
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
49
Removing the Print Head Device (PHD) Ribbons . . . . . 50
Installing the Toner Cartridges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
6
Installing Optional Accessories
. . . . . .
53
. . . . . . .
53
. . . . . . . . .
56
Updating Your Driver to Detect Memory Module
58
Installing the Optional Memory Module
Printing System Settings Report
Installing the Optional 250-Sheet Feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Printing System Settings Report
. . . . . . . . .
Updating Your Driver to Detect 250-Sheet Feeder
Installing the Optional Wireless Adapter
Verifying the Contents of the Box
61
63
. . . . . . .
64
. . . . . . . .
65
Installing the Wireless Adapter Using Video Instructions
(Recommended) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Installing the Optional Wireless Adapter .
Printing System Settings Report
. . . .
66
. . . . . . . . .
67
Determining the Wireless Network Settings
Configuring the Optional Wireless Adapter
. . .
68
. . . . . .
69
Using Wizard Setup to Configure a Wireless Adapter 70
Using Advanced Setup to Configure a Wireless Adapter 72
Constructing a New Wireless Network Environment for Your
Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
2
Contents
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO
_UG_FM\Mioga-AIO-UGTOC.fm
7
Connecting Your Printer .
. . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting Printer to Computer or Network
Direct Connection
. . . . .
92
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
92
Network Connection .
. . . . . . . . . . . .
94
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
97
Setting Initial Settings on the Operator Panel
8
94
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the Telephone Line
Turning on the Printer
91
Setting the IP Address
Assigning an IP Address
. . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
When Using the Easy Setup Navigator
When Using the Operator Panel
103
103
. . . . .
103
. . . . . . . . .
104
. . . . . . . . . . . .
105
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
106
When Using the Tool Box
Verifying the IP Settings
97
. . . . .
Verifying the Settings Using System Settings Report 106
Verifying the Settings Using Ping Command
9
Loading Paper
. .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
107
109
10 Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows
Computers 113
Identifying Printer Driver Pre-install Status .
. . . . .
113
. . . . . . . . .
113
. . . . . . . . . . . .
113
When Using the Operator Panel
When Using the Tool Box
Disabling Firewall Before Installing Printer Software 114
Inserting the Drivers and Utility CD
. . . . . . . . .
114
Contents
3
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO
_UG_FM\Mioga-AIO-UGTOC.fm
Direct Connection Setup
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Network Connection Setup
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Network Printer Setup on a Local Network
. . .
Network Printer Setup on a Remote Network
118
118
. .
124
. . . . . . . . . . . .
131
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
133
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
136
Setting Up for Shared Printing
Point and Print .
Peer-to-Peer
115
11 Installing Printer Drivers on the Macintosh
Computers 141
Installing the Drivers and Software
. . . . . . . . . .
Adding a Printer on Mac OS X 10.5 or 10.6
Adding a Printer on Mac OS X 10.4.11
142
. . . . .
143
. . . . . .
145
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
146
Adding a Printer on Mac OS X 10.3.9
Configuring Settings .
141
. . .
12 Installing Printer Drivers on the Linux Computers
(CUPS) 147
Operation on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 WS/5 Client 147
Setup Overview
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
147
Installing the Printer Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147
Setting Up the Queue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148
Setting the Default Queue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149
Specifying the Printing Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149
Uninstalling the Printer Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149
Operation on SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 10
Setup Overview
. .
150
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
150
Installing the Printer Driver
4
Contents
. . . . . . . . . . .
150
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO
_UG_FM\Mioga-AIO-UGTOC.fm
Setting Up the Queue
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting the Default Queue
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifying the Printing Options
. . . . . . . . .
151
152
152
Setting the Password for Authority as the Printer Administrator
153
Uninstalling the Printer Driver .
. . . . . . . . .
. .
154
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
154
Operation on SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11
Setup Overview
153
Installing the Printer Driver
Setting Up the Queue
. . . . . . . . . . .
154
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
154
Setting the Default Queue
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifying the Printing Options
. . . . . . . . .
156
156
Setting the Password for Authority as the Printer Administrator
157
Uninstalling the Printer Driver .
. . . . . . . . .
157
Using Your Printer 159
13 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Overview
.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
161
. . . . . . . . .
162
. . . . . . . . . . . .
162
When Using the Operator Panel
When Using the Tool Box
161
Using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool . . . . . . 163
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
163
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
163
Printer Status
Printer Jobs
Printer Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Print Server Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
164
164
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
164
Print Volume
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
164
Address Book
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
164
Copy Printer Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
164
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
164
Printer Information
Tray Settings
Contents
5
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO
_UG_FM\Mioga-AIO-UGTOC.fm
E-Mail Alert
Set Password
Online Help
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
165
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
165
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
165
Order Supplies at:
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contact Dell Support at:
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
165
165
Setting Up the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool0 . 165
Setting Up From Web Browser
. . . . . . . . .
165
Setting Up From Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168
Page Display Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Top Frame
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
168
Left Frame .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
170
Right Frame
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
171
Changing the Settings of the Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Details of the Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173
Printer Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176
Printer Jobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178
Printer Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179
Print Server Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
215
Copy Printer Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245
Print Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245
Address Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248
Tray Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .259
14 Print Media Guidelines .
. . . . . . . . . . .
261
Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Paper Characteristics
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
261
Recommended Paper
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
262
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
263
Unacceptable Paper
Selecting Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263
Selecting Pre-Printed Media and Letterheads
6
Contents
. .
264
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO
_UG_FM\Mioga-AIO-UGTOC.fm
Selecting Pre-Punched Paper
. . . . . . . . . .
264
Printing on a Letterhead (Pre-Printed and Pre-Punched Paper)
265
Envelopes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Storing Print Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Identifying Print Media and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . 270
Supported Paper Sizes
Supported Paper Types
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
270
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
271
Paper Type Specifications
15 Loading Print Media .
Capacity
. . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Print Media Dimensions
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
271
273
273
273
Loading Print Media in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray and the Optional
250-Sheet Feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Loading Envelopes in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray and the
Optional 250-Sheet Feeder . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Loading Letterhead (Pre-Printed and Pre-Punched Paper) 278
Loading Print Media in the SSF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
. . . . . . . .
281
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
283
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
284
Loading an Envelope in the SSF .
Using the SSF
Linking Trays .
16 Operator Panel
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the Operator Panel Buttons .
. . . . . . . . . .
285
285
Contents
7
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO
_UG_FM\Mioga-AIO-UGTOC.fm
Printing a Panel Settings Page
. . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . .
287
. . . . . . . . . . . .
287
When Using the Operator Panel
When Using the Tool Box
287
Printing, Copying, Scanning, and Faxing 289
17 Printing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tips for Successful Printing .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
291
. . . . . . . . . . .
291
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
291
Tips on Storing Print Media
Avoiding Paper Jams
291
Sending a Job to Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Canceling a Print Job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Canceling a Job From the Operator Panel
. . . .
292
Canceling a Job From a Computer Running Windows 293
Duplex Printing .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
293
Duplex Printing With Duplexer (Dell 2155cdn Multifunction
Color Printer Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Duplex Printing Without Duplexer (Dell 2155cn Multifunction
Color Printer Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Using Booklet Print (Dell 2155cn and 2155cdn Models) 296
. . . . . . . . . . .
297
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
298
Using the Stored Print Function .
Secure Print
Private MailBox Print
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
298
Public MailBox Print
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
298
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
298
Proof Print .
Storing Print Jobs
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Printing the Stored Jobs
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
299
299
Specifying Your Password on the Operator Panel (Secure
Print/Private MailBox Print) . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Deleting Stored Jobs .
8
Contents
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
300
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO
_UG_FM\Mioga-AIO-UGTOC.fm
Printing from USB Memory
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
300
Supported File Formats
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
301
. . . . . . . . . . . .
301
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
302
PDF Port Direct Printing
Printing a Report Page
. . . . . . . . .
302
. . . . . . . . . . . .
303
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
304
Printing System Settings Report
Printing Font Sample List
Printer Settings
Printing System Settings Report
. . . . . . . . .
304
Using the Operator Panel to Change the Printer Settings 305
Using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool to Change the
Printer Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Resetting Defaults
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjusting the Language
18 Copying
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loading Paper for Copying
Selecting Paper Tray
311
311
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
311
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
311
. . . . . .
312
. . . . . . . . . . . .
313
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
314
Making Copies From the Document Glass
Making Copies From the ADF
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
315
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
316
Number of Copies
Color
309
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparing a Document
Setting Copy Options
308
Select Tray
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
316
SSF Paper Size
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
317
SSF Paper Type
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
318
Collated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Reduce/Enlarge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Contents
9
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO
_UG_FM\Mioga-AIO-UGTOC.fm
Document Size
Original Type
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
322
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
323
Lighter/Darker .
Sharpness
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
323
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
324
Color Saturation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .325
Auto Exposure .
2 Sided
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
326
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
326
Multiple-Up
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Margin Top/Bottom
329
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
330
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
331
Margin Left/Right
Margin Middle .
Changing the Default Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting the Power Saver Timer Option
19 Scanning
. . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scanning Overview
328
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scanning - With scanner driver
. . . . . . . . .
Scanning - Without scanner driver
331
332
335
335
335
. . . . . . . .
336
Scanning From the Operator Panel
. . . . . . . . . .
337
Scanning Using the TWAIN Driver
. . . . . . . . . .
339
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
342
Scan Setting Tool
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
343
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
345
IP Address Settings
Password Setting
Scanning Using the Windows Image Acquisition (WIA) Driver 346
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
348
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
349
Scanning to Network
Overview
Procedures .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
350
Setting a Login Name and a Password (SMB Only) 350
10
Contents
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO
_UG_FM\Mioga-AIO-UGTOC.fm
Creating a Shared Folder (SMB Only) .
. . . . .
Setting a Destination Using an Address Book
. .
359
. . . .
368
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
368
. . . . . . . . . . . .
369
Sending the Scanned File on the Network
Scanning to a USB Memory
Types of a USB Memory
352
Specifying a Folder to Save the Scanned Image
.
369
. . . .
370
. . . . .
370
Setting an E-Mail Alert
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
370
Registering a New User
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
371
Inserting and Removing a USB Memory
Sending an E-Mail With the Scanned Image
Sending an E-mail With the Scanned File
20 Faxing
. . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
372
375
Specifying the Fax Initial Settings Using the Easy Setup Navigator
375
Setting Your Country
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
376
Setting the Printer ID
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
376
. . .
377
Keypad Letters and Numbers
. . . . . . . . . .
378
Changing Numbers or Names
. . . . . . . . . .
379
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
379
Using the Numeric Keypad to Enter Characters .
Inserting a Pause
Setting the Time and Date
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
379
Changing the Clock Mode
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
380
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
380
Setting Sounds
Speaker Volume
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
380
Ringer Volume
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
381
Specifying the Fax Settings Options
. . . . . . . . .
381
Contents
11
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO
_UG_FM\Mioga-AIO-UGTOC.fm
Changing the Fax Settings Options
Available Fax Settings Options
381
. . . . . . . . .
382
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
386
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
389
Advanced Fax Settings
Sending a Fax .
. . . . . . .
Loading an Original Document
. . . . . . . . .
Adjusting the Document Resolution
Adjusting the Document Contrast
. . . . . . . .
392
393
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
394
Confirming Transmissions .
. . . . . . . . . . .
395
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
395
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
395
Automatic Redialing .
Sending a Delayed Fax
391
. . . . . . . . . .
Sending a Fax Automatically
Sending a Fax Manually
. . . . .
396
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
397
Sending a Fax from the Driver (Direct Fax) .
Example
389
. . . . . . .
Receiving a Fax .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
About Receiving Modes
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loading Paper for Receiving Faxes
. . . . . . .
Receiving a Fax Automatically in the Fax Mode
404
404
404
404
Receiving a Fax Manually in the Telephone Mode 404
Receiving a Fax Automatically in the Telephone/Fax or Ans
Machine/Fax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
Receiving a Fax Manually Using an External Telephone 405
Receiving Faxes Using the DRPD
Receiving Faxes in the Memory
. . . . . . . . .
406
407
Automatic Dialing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
407
Speed Dialing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
407
Setting Speed Dial
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sending a Fax Using Speed Dial .
Group Dialing
Contents
406
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Polling Receive
12
. . . . . . . .
407
. . . . . . . .
408
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
409
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO
_UG_FM\Mioga-AIO-UGTOC.fm
Setting Group Dial
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
409
Editing Group Dial
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
410
Sending a Fax Using Group Dial (Multi-address Transmission)
411
Printing a Speed Dial List
Phone Book .
. . . . . . . . . . . .
412
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
412
Other Ways to Fax
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the Secure Receiving Mode
Using an Answering Machine
413
. . . . . . . .
413
. . . . . . . . . .
415
. . . . . . . . . . .
416
Printing a Report
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
416
Speed Dial .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
417
Using a Computer Modem .
Address Book
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
417
Server Address
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
417
Fax Activity
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
417
Fax Pending
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
417
Print Meter
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
417
Changing Setting Options
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
418
Know Your Printer 419
21 Understanding the Tool Box Menus
. .
421
Printer Settings Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
421
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
422
Printer Information
Menu Settings
Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
TCP/IP Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
427
Defaults Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
Fax Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
Printer Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
Contents
13
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO
_UG_FM\Mioga-AIO-UGTOC.fm
System Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
433
Date & Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .439
Paper Density
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Color Registration Adjustment
. . . . . . . . .
440
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
442
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
442
Adjust Altitude
Reset Defaults
440
Non-Dell Toner
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Initialize Print Meter .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
443
443
Tray Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .443
TCP/IP Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
446
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
447
Network Settings
Copy Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .447
Scan Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .453
Fax Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .456
Print from USB Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .458
Fax Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .460
Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
Chart Print .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Machine Check
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
463
464
Paper Wrinkle Check Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .465
Environment Sensor Info
. . . . . . . . . . . .
466
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
467
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
467
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
467
Clean Developer .
Refresh Mode
Resetting Defaults
When Using the Tool Box
. . . . . . . . . . . .
22 Understanding the Printer Menus
Report / List
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panel Settings
PCL Fonts List
Contents
469
469
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
469
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
469
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
469
System Settings
14
. . . .
467
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO
_UG_FM\Mioga-AIO-UGTOC.fm
PCL Macro List
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
469
PDF Fonts List
Job History
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
470
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
470
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
470
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
470
Error History
Print Meter
Color Test Page
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
470
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
470
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
470
Protocol Monitor
Speed Dial .
Address Book
Server Address
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
470
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
471
Fax Activity
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
471
Fax Pending
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
471
Stored Documents
Admin Menu
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
471
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
471
Phone Book
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
471
Print Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
Fax Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
System Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
Secure Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519
USB Settings
Defaults Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
521
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
522
Copy Defaults
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
522
Scan Defaults
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
524
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
525
Fax Defaults
Print from USB Defaults
Tray Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . .
526
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
526
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
530
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
530
Panel Language .
Print Menu
Contents
15
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO
_UG_FM\Mioga-AIO-UGTOC.fm
Secure Print
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Private Mail Box
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
531
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
532
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
533
Public Mail Box
Proof Print .
Secure Receive
Copy Menu
530
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
534
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
534
Select Tray
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
534
SSF Paper Size
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
535
SSF Paper Type
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
536
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
537
Collated
Reduce/Enlarge
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
537
Document Size
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
538
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
539
Original Type
Lighter/Darker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .539
Sharpness
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
540
Color Saturation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
540
Auto Exposure .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
540
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
540
2Sided
Multiple-Up
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Margin Top/Bottom
541
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
541
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
542
Margin Left/Right
Margin Middle .
541
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scan Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 542
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
542
Scan to E-Mail .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
542
Scan to Network
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
543
Scan to USB Memory
Scan to Application
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
543
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
544
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
544
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
544
File Format
Color Mode
Resolution
Document Size
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
545
Lighter/Darker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .546
16
Contents
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO
_UG_FM\Mioga-AIO-UGTOC.fm
Sharpness
Contrast
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
546
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
546
Auto Exposure .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Margin Top/Bottom
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
547
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
547
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
547
Margin Left/Right
Margin Middle
547
Fax Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548
Fax to
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Resolution
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lighter/Darker .
OnHook
548
548
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
549
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
549
Delayed Start
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
549
Polling Receive
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
550
Fax Cover Page
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
550
Print from USB Menu
Document
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
550
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
550
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
551
Select Tray
SSF Paper Size
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
551
SSF Paper Type
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
552
2Sided
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
552
Layout
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
553
PDF Password
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
553
Panel Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553
Enabling the Panel Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553
Disabling the Panel Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 554
Resetting Defaults
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
When Using the Operator Panel
. . . . . . . . .
555
555
Contents
17
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO
_UG_FM\Mioga-AIO-UGTOC.fm
23 Understanding Your Printer Software
.
557
Printer Settings Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
560
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
560
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
560
Status Window
Tool Box .
Updater
Troubleshooting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
560
Address Book Editor
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
560
ScanButton Manager
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
560
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
560
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
561
Dell ScanCenter
Address Books
Types of Address Books
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
561
Adding and Editing Entries to the Address Books 562
. . . . . . . .
565
. . . . . . . . .
566
Status Monitor Widget for Macintosh .
Status Monitor Widget Feature
Before Installing the Status Monitor Widget
Installing the Status Monitor Widget .
. . .
566
. . . . . .
566
Opening and Closing the Status Monitor Widget
567
Printer Status Window
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
568
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
569
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
570
Order Window .
Preferences
Status Monitor Console for Linux
. . . . . . . . . .
Status Monitor Console Feature
. . . . . . . . .
Before Installing the Status Monitor Console
Installing the Status Monitor Console
572
573
. . . . . . . . . . . .
573
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
574
. .
575
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
577
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
577
Dell Supplies Management System Window .
Service Tag Window .
18
Contents
572
. . . . . .
Printer Selection Window
Settings Window
572
. .
. . . . . . .
Starting the Status Monitor Console
Printer Status Window
571
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO
_UG_FM\Mioga-AIO-UGTOC.fm
24 Understanding Fonts
Typefaces and Fonts
Weight and Style
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
581
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
581
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
581
Pitch and Point Size
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
582
Bitmapped and Scalable Fonts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583
Resident Fonts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585
Symbol Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586
Symbol Sets for PCL 5/PCL 6
. . . . . . . . . .
25 Understanding Printer Messages .
. . . .
586
589
26 Printing With Web Services on Devices (WSD)
601
Adding Roles of Printer Services
Printer Setup
. . . . . . . . . . .
601
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
602
Installing a Printer Driver Using the Add Printer Wizard 602
27 Specifications .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating System Compatibility
. . . . . . . . . . .
605
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
605
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
605
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
605
Power Supply .
Dimensions
Memory
605
Page Description Language (PDL)/Emulation, Operating System, and
Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
Contents
19
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO
_UG_FM\Mioga-AIO-UGTOC.fm
MIB Compatibility
Environment
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
606
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
606
Operation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Print Quality Guarantee
606
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
606
Storage
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
607
Altitude
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
607
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
607
Cables
Copier Specifications
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scanner Specifications
Facsimile Specifications
608
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
609
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
609
Maintaining Your Printer 611
28 Maintaining Your Printer
. . . . . . . . . .
613
Determining the Status of Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613
Conserving Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613
Ordering Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614
Storing Print Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614
Storing Consumables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615
Replacing the Toner Cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615
. . . . . . . . .
616
. . . . . . . . . . .
617
Removing the Toner Cartridge .
Installing a Toner Cartridge
Replacing the Print Head Device (PHD) Unit . . . . . . . . 619
. . . . . . . . . . . .
619
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
622
Removing the PHD Unit .
Installing a PHD Unit
Replacing the Retard Roller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 627
20
Contents
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO
_UG_FM\Mioga-AIO-UGTOC.fm
Removing the Retard Roller in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray
628
Installing a Retard Roller in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray 629
Cleaning Inside the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631
Cleaning the Feed Roller
. . . . . . . . . . . .
631
Cleaning the CTD Sensor
. . . . . . . . . . . .
637
Cleaning the Scanner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640
Cleaning the ADF Feed Roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642
Adjusting Color Registration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 643
Printing the Color Registration Chart
. . . . . .
643
Determining Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644
Entering Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646
29 Removing Options
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the Optional Memory Module
. . . . . . .
649
649
Removing the Optional 250-Sheet Feeder. . . . . . . . . . . 652
Removing the Optional Wireless Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . 654
30 Clearing Jams .
Avoiding Jams
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
659
659
Identifying the Location of Paper Jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660
Clearing Paper Jams From the ADF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661
Clearing Paper Jams From the SSF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664
Clearing Paper Jams From the Standard 250-Sheet Tray 668
Contents
21
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO
_UG_FM\Mioga-AIO-UGTOC.fm
Clearing Paper Jams From the Fuser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 672
Clearing Paper Jams From the Duplexer . . . . . . . . . . . . 676
Clearing Paper Jams From the Optional 250-Sheet Feeder 677
Troubleshooting 683
31 Troubleshooting Guide
Basic Printer Problems
Display Problems
. . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
685
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
685
Printing Problems .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Print Quality Problems
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The output is too light
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Toner smears or print comes off
The entire output is blank
688
689
. . . . . . . . .
692
693
. . . . . . . . . . . .
694
Streaks appear on the output
. . . . . . . . . . .
Part or the entire output is black
696
. . . . . . . . .
697
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
698
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
699
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
701
Pitched color dots
Vertical blanks .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
702
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
703
Light-induced fatigue
Fog
686
. . . . . . . . . .
Random spots/Blurred images
Ghosting .
685
Bead-Carry-Out (BCO)
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
704
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
705
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
706
Jagged characters
Banding
Auger mark
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wrinkled/Stained paper
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Damage on the leading edge of paper
. . . . . .
706
707
709
Jam/Alignment Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
22
Contents
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO
_UG_FM\Mioga-AIO-UGTOC.fm
The top and side margins are incorrect .
. . . . .
710
. . . . . .
710
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
712
Color registration is out of alignment
Images are skewed .
Standard 250-Sheet Tray Misfeed Jam . . . . . . . . . . 712
SSF Misfeed Jam
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Optional 250-Sheet Feeder Misfeed Jam .
714
. . . .
716
Regi Jam (Exit Sensor On JAM) .
. . . . . . . .
717
Exit Jam (Exit Sensor Off JAM) .
. . . . . . . .
717
Standard 250-Sheet Tray/Optional 250-Sheet Feeder Multi-feed
Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 718
SSF Multi-feed Jam
Noise
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
718
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
719
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
720
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
720
Copy Problem
Fax Problems
Scanning Problems
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . .
727
. . . . . . .
728
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
730
Problems With Installed Optional Accessories
Scanner Driver/Printer Utility Problems
Other Problems
723
Contacting Service
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
732
Appendix 737
B Appendix
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dell™ Technical Support Policy
Online Services
739
. . . . . . . . . . .
739
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
739
Warranty and Return Policy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740
Recycling Information .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
740
Contents
23
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO
_UG_FM\Mioga-AIO-UGTOC.fm
Contacting Dell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740
24
Contents
Before Beginning
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
25
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\sectionnote.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
26
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\sectionnote.fm
Notes, Notices, and Cautions
NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use
of your printer.
NOTICE: A NOTICE indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of
data and tells you how to avoid the problem.
CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates a potential for property damage, personal
injury, or death.
Information in this document is subject to change without notice.
© 2010 Dell Inc. All rights reserved.
Reproduction of these materials in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of Dell
Inc. is strictly forbidden.
Trademarks used in this text: Dell, the DELL logo are trademarks of Dell Inc.; Microsoft, Windows,
Windows Server, Windows Vista, and Active Directory are either trademarks or registered trademarks
of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries; Adobe and Photoshop are
either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States
and/or other countries; Wi-Fi is a registered trademarks of the Wi-Fi Alliance; Red Hat and Red Hat
Enterprise Linux are registered trademarks of Red Hat. Inc. in the U.S. and other countries; SUSE is
a registered trademark of Novell, Inc., in the United States and other countries.
XML Paper Specification (XPS): This product may incorporate intellectual property owned by
Microsoft Corporation. The terms and conditions upon which Microsoft is licensing such intellectual
property may be found at http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=52369; DES: This product
includes software developed by Eric Young (eay@mincom.oz.au); AES: Copyright (c) 2003, Dr
Brian Gladman, Worcester, UK. All rights reserved. This product uses published AES software
provided by Dr Brian Gladman under BSD licensing terms; TIFF (libtiff): Copyright (c) 1988-1997
Sam Leffler and Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc.; ICC Profile (Little cms): Copyright
(c) 1998-2004 Marti Maria.
Other trademarks and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities
claiming the marks and names or their products. Dell Inc. disclaims any proprietary interest in
trademarks and trade names other than its own.
The printer software uses some of the codes defined by the Independent JPEG Group.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Notes, Notices, and Cautions
27
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\sectionnote.fm
As for RSA BSAFE
RSA BSAFE software, produced by RSA Security Inc., has been installed on this
printer.
____________________
UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT RESTRICTED RIGHTS
This software and documentation are provided with RESTRICTED RIGHTS. Use, duplication or
disclosure by the Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the
Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013 and in applicable
FAR provisions: Dell Inc., One Dell Way, Round Rock, Texas, 78682, USA.
September 2010 Rev. A01
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
28
Notes, Notices, and Cautions
1
Dell™ 2155cn/2155cdn
Multifunction Color Printer User's
Guide
Click the links to the left for information on the features, options, and operation
of your printer. For information on other documentation included with your
printer, see "Finding Information."
To order replacement toner cartridges or supplies from Dell:
NOTE: For Macintosh, start the Status Monitor Widget, and then select Order
Supplies button to open Order window.
1 Double-click the icon on your desktop.
If you cannot find the icon on your desktop, follow the procedure below.
a
Click DLRMM.EXE under x:\abc\Dell
Printers\Additional Color Laser
Software\Reorder, where x:\abc is the location where the
printer software is installed.
b
Click File on the toolbar, and click Create Shortcut on the drop-down
menu.
c
Right-click the shortcut icon.
d
Choose Send To from the drop-down menu, and then click Desktop
(create shortcut) on the submenu.
The Dell Supplies Management System window appears.
You can also launch the Dell Supplies Management System by clicking Start
All Programs Dell Printers Additional Color Laser Software
Dell Supplies Management System.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Dell™ 2155cn/2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer User's Guide
29
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section01.fm
2 Click the Visit Dell printer supplies ordering web site link
(www.dell.com/supplies), or order Dell printer supplies by phone.
To ensure that you get the best service, have your Dell printer Service Tag
ready.
For information regarding locating your Service Tag number, see "Express
Service Code and Service Tag."
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
30
Dell™ 2155cn/2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer User's Guide
2
Finding Information
NOTE: The following are the optional accessories that you can buy separately.
•
Additional memory (512 MB)
•
250-sheet feeder
•
Wireless adapter
•
USB cable
•
Ethernet cable
What are you looking for?
• Drivers for my printer
Find it here
Drivers and Utilities CD
• My User's Guide
The Drivers and Utilities CD contains setup video,
documentation, and drivers for your printer. You can
use the CD to install drivers or access your setup video
and documentation.
Readme files may be included on your CD to provide
last-minute updates about technical changes to your
printer or advanced technical reference material for
experienced users or technicians.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Finding Information
31
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section02.fm
What are you looking for?
Find it here
• How to use my printer
Quick Reference Guide
• Safety information
Product Information Guide
• Warranty information
CAUTION: Read and follow all safety instructions in
your Product Information Guide prior to setting up and
operating your printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
32
Finding Information
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section02.fm
What are you looking for?
• How to set up my printer
Find it here
Setup diagram
• Express Service Code and
Service Tag
The Express Service Code and Service Tag are located
inside the toner access cover of your printer.
• Latest drivers for my printer Go to support.dell.com.
• Documentation for my
printer
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Finding Information
33
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section02.fm
What are you looking for?
Find it here
• Answers to technical service support.dell.com provides several online tools,
and support questions
including:
• Solutions — Troubleshooting hints and tips, articles
from technicians, and online courses
• Upgrades — Upgrade information for components,
such as the printer drivers
• Customer Care — Contact information, order status,
warranty, and repair information
• Downloads — Drivers
• Manuals— Printer documentation and product
specifications
Go to support.dell.com. Select your region, and fill in
the requested details to access help tools and
information.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
34
Finding Information
3
Product Features
This chapter describes the product features and indicates their links.
Printing from USB Memory (USB
Direct Print)
Multiple Up in the Layout tab (N-up
Print)
The Print from USB Memory feature
enables you to print files directly from
a USB memory without requiring you
to start your computer and an
application.
The Multiple Up feature enables you
to print documents as reduced-size
documents containing 2, 4, 8, 16, or
32 pages on a single sheet of paper by
setting from the printer driver. This
feature helps save paper.
Multiple-Up (2-in-1 Copy)
2 Sided (Duplex Copy)
You can copy documents as reducedsize two-page documents on one side
of a single sheet of paper by selecting
Multiple-Up on the operator
panel. This feature helps save paper.
You can copy documents on both sides
of a sheet of paper by selecting
2Sided on the operator panel when
you make a copy. This feature helps
save paper.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Product Features
35
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section03.fm
Sending an E-Mail With the
Scanned Image (Scan to E-mail)
Scanning to Network (Scan to
SMB/FTP)
When you want to send scanned data
by e-mail, use the Scan to E-mail
feature. You can directly send the data
scanned as an e-mail attachment. You
can choose destination e-mail
addresses from the address book on
the printer or server. Or, you can enter
the address from the printer's operator
panel using the numeric keypad.
You can transfer data scanned to a PC
or a server via SMB or FTP without
service software. Although prior
registration of the destination FTP
server or PC on the address book is
required, it helps save your time.
Scanning to a USB Memory (Scan
to USB Memory)
Making Copies From the Document
Glass (Scan From Document Glass)
With the Scan to USB Memory
feature, you don't need a PC to
connect a USB memory. You can
specify the USB memory inserted into
the printer's port as a data saving
location when you scan data.
You can scan the pages of a book or a
brochure from the document glass.
When you scan documents using the
document glass, place them facing
down.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
36
Product Features
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section03.fm
Making Copies From the ADF
(Scan From ADF)
Sending a Fax from the Driver
(Direct Fax) (Direct Fax from PC)
You can scan pieces of unbound paper
using the ADF. When you scan
documents using the ADF, load them
facing up.
You can directly send faxes from your
PC using the fax driver. You can
specify the fax settings like the normal
fax. Also, you can specify the
recipient's fax number from the
numeric keypad, or the address book
or phone book.
Address Books (Address Book)
Address Book simplifies the recipient
specification. You can use the address
book on the printer as well as on the
server. Select the desired address or
fax number from the address book
when using the Scan to E-mail or
Scan to SMB/FTP feature, or sending
faxes.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Product Features
37
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section03.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
38
Product Features
4
About the Printer
This chapter provides an overview of your Dell™ 2155cn/2155cdn
Multifunction Color Printer.
NOTE: In this manual, Dell™ 2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer is referred to
as the "printer".
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell 2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
About the Printer
39
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section04.fm
Front and Rear View
Front View
1
Automatic Document Feeder
(ADF)
7
Duplexer (2155cdn only)
2
Side Button
8
Optional 250-Sheet Feeder
3
Power Switch
9
Standard 250-Sheet Tray
4
Toner Access Cover (toner
cartridges inside)
10
Single Sheet Feeder (SSF)
5
Fuser
11
Front Cover
NOTE: You can open the front cover by
pushing the side button (2).
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
40
About the Printer
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section04.fm
6
Belt Unit
12
Operator Panel
NOTICE: To avoid irregular screen image or malfunctioning of your printer,
avoid placing the printer in direct sunlight with the single sheet feeder opened.
Rear View
1
Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
6
"Blue" Plug
2
Control Board Cover
7
Power Connector
3
Control Board
8
Ethernet Port
4
Phone Connector
9
Wireless Adapter Socket
5
Wall Jack Connector
10
USB Port
Space Requirements
Provide enough room to open the printer trays, covers, and optional accessories,
and for proper ventilation.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
About the Printer
41
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section04.fm
320 mm/12.60 inches
413 mm/16.27 inches
100 mm/3.94 inches
451 mm/17.75 inches
250 mm/9.84 inches
436 mm/17.16 inches
600 mm/23.62 inches
100 mm/3.94 inches
Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
2
1
3
5
4
1
ADF Cover
2
Document Guides
3
Document Glass
4
Document Feeder Tray
5
Front USB Port
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
42
About the Printer
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section04.fm
Operator Panel
For more information on the operator panel, see "Using the Operator Panel
Buttons."
Securing the Printer
To protect your printer from theft, you can use the optional Kensington lock.
Attach the Kensington lock to the security slot on your printer.
For details, see the operating instructions supplied with the Kensington lock.
Ordering Supplies
You can order consumables from Dell online when using a networked printer.
Enter the IP address of your printer in your web browser, launch the Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool, and click the web address under Order Supplies at: to
order toner or supplies for your printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
About the Printer
43
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section04.fm
You can also order replacement toner cartridges or supplies from Dell:
NOTE: For Macintosh, start the Status Monitor Widget, and then select Order
Supplies button to open Order window.
1 Double-click the icon on your desktop.
If you cannot find the icon on your desktop:
a
Click DLRMM.EXE under x:\abc\Dell
Printers\Additional Color Laser
Software\Reorder, where x:\abc is the location where the
printer software is installed.
b
Click File on the toolbar, and then Create Shortcut on the drop-down
menu.
c
Right-click on the shortcut icon.
d
Choose Send To from the drop-down menu, and then click Desktop
(create shortcut) on the submenu.
The Dell Supplies Management System window appears.
You can also launch the Dell Supplies Management System by clicking Start
All Programs Dell Printers Additional Color Laser Software
Dell Supplies Management System.
2 Click the Visit Dell printer supplies ordering web site link
(www.dell.com/supplies), or order Dell printer supplies by phone.
To ensure that you get the best service, have your Dell printer’s Service Tag
ready.
For information regarding locating your Service Tag, see "Express Service
Code and Service Tag."
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
44
About the Printer
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section04.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
About the Printer
45
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section04.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
46
About the Printer
Setting up the Printer
(Printer Setup)
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
47
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section05.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
48
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section05.fm
5
Preparing Printer Hardware
Removing Tape
1 Remove tapes and packaging material from the printer.
2 Pull the protective sheet out of the printer.
CAUTION: Before performing any of the following procedures, read and follow
the safety instructions in your Product Information Guide.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Preparing Printer Hardware
49
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section05.fm
Removing the Print Head Device (PHD) Ribbons
1 Open the toner access cover.
2 Completely pull out the eight yellow ribbons.
Installing the Toner Cartridges
1 Press and slide the blue latches of the four toner cartridges to the locked
position.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
50
Preparing Printer Hardware
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section05.fm
2 Close the toner access cover.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Preparing Printer Hardware
51
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section05.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
52
Preparing Printer Hardware
6
Installing Optional Accessories
You can make the printer more functional by installing the optional accessories.
This chapter describes how to install the printer's options such as the memory
module and optional 250-sheet feeder.
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell™ 2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer.
Installing the Optional Memory Module
NOTE: Your printer supports additional 512 MB memory module.
1 Ensure that the printer is turned off.
2 Turn the screw on the control board cover counterclockwise.
NOTE: Loosen the screw. You do not need to remove the screw.
3 Slide the control board cover towards the back of the printer.
Installing Optional Accessories
53
4 Open the control board cover completely.
5 Align the connector of the memory module with the slot and insert the
memory module into the slot.
54
Installing Optional Accessories
6 Push the memory module firmly into the slot.
NOTE: Ensure that the memory module is firmly fixed in the slot and does
not move easily.
7 Close the control board cover, and slide it towards the front of the printer.
Installing Optional Accessories
55
8 Turn the screw clockwise.
9 Turn on the printer.
10 Print the system settings report to confirm that the newly installed memory is
detected by the printer.
Printing System Settings Report
When Using the Operator Panel
56
a
Press the
(Menu) button.
b
Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
c
Ensure that Report/List is highlighted, and then press the
button.
Installing Optional Accessories
(Set)
d
Ensure that System Setting is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
The system settings report is printed.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
a
Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell 2155
Multifunction Color Printer Tool Box.
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The Tool Box opens.
b
Ensure that the Printer Settings Report tab is open.
c
Select Reports from the list at the left side of the page.
The Reports page appears.
d
Click the System Settings button.
The system settings report is printed.
11 Confirm the amount of Memory Capacity listed in the system settings report
under General.
If the memory capacity has not increased, turn off the printer, unplug the
power cable, and re-install the memory module.
12 If you installed the optional memory module after installing the printer
driver, update your driver by following the instructions for the operating
system you are using. If the printer is on a network, update the driver for each
client.
Installing Optional Accessories
57
Updating Your Driver to Detect Memory Module
Microsoft® Windows®
7/Windows 7 x64/
Windows Server®
2008 R2 x64
1 Click Start Devices and Printers.
2 Right-click the printer icon of the Dell 2155cdn Multifunction
Color Printer and select Printer properties.
3 Click the Options tab, and then select Get Information from
Printer.
4 Click Apply, and then click OK.
5 Close the Devices and Printers dialog box.
Windows
Vista x64
Vista®/
1 Click Start Control Panel Hardware and Sound 
Printers.
2 Right-click the printer icon of the Dell 2155cdn Multifunction
Color Printer and select Properties.
3 Click the Options tab, and then select Get Information from
Printer.
4 Click Apply, and then click OK.
5 Close the Printers dialog box.
Windows Server 2008/
Server 2008 x64
1 Click Start  Control Panel  Printers.
2 Right-click the printer icon of the Dell 2155cdn Multifunction
Color Printer and select Properties.
3 Click the Options tab, and then select Get Information from
Printer.
4 Click Apply, and then click OK.
5 Close the Printers dialog box.
Windows XP/XP x64/
Windows Server 2003/
Windows Server 2003
x64
1 Click start Printers and Faxes.
2 Right-click the printer icon of the Dell 2155cdn Multifunction
Color Printer and select Properties.
3 Click the Options tab, and then select Get Information from
Printer.
4 Click Apply, and then click OK.
5 Close the Printers and Faxes dialog box.
If the printer information is not updated automatically after clicking Get
Information from Printer, follow these steps:
1 Click the Options tab, and then select Memory Capacity in the Items list
box.
58
Installing Optional Accessories
2 Select the total amount of the installed printer memory for the memory
capacity setting.
3 Click Apply, and then click OK.
4 Close the Printers and Faxes(, Printers, or Devices and Printers) dialog
box.
Installing the Optional 250-Sheet Feeder
CAUTION: If you install the optional 250-sheet feeder after setting up the printer,
be sure to turn off the printer, unplug the power cable, and disconnect all cables
from the back of the printer before starting this task.
1 Ensure that the printer is turned off, and then disconnect all cables from the
back of the printer.
2 Remove all packaging from the optional 250-sheet feeder.
3 Place the optional 250-sheet feeder in the location that the printer is located.
4 Pull the standard 250-sheet tray out of the printer about 200 mm. Hold the
standard 250-sheet tray with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
5 Lift the printer and align the five guide pins of the optional 250-sheet feeder
with the holes at the bottom of the printer. Gently lower the printer onto the
optional 250-sheet feeder.
CAUTION: Two people are required to lift the printer. The printer should be
lifted holding the front and back. Never lift the printer from its sides.
Installing Optional Accessories
59
CAUTION: Be careful not to pinch your fingers when lowering the printer onto
the optional 250-sheet feeder.
6 Secure the optional 250-sheet feeder to the printer by tightening the two
screws provided with the feeder, with a coin or similar object.
NOTE: The screw hole is located in 216 mm recess from the front of the
printer.
7 Insert the standard 250-sheet tray into the printer, and push until it stops.
60
Installing Optional Accessories
8 Re-connect all cables into the back of the printer, and turn on the printer.
NOTE: The printer will automatically detect the attached tray but will not
detect the paper type.
9 Print the system settings report to confirm the optional 250-sheet feeder is
installed correctly.
Printing System Settings Report
When Using the Operator Panel
a
Press the
(Menu) button.
b
Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
c
Ensure that Report/List is highlighted, and then press the
button.
d
Ensure that System Setting is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
(Set)
The system settings report is printed.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
a
Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell 2155
Multifunction Color Printer Tool Box.
Installing Optional Accessories
61
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The Tool Box opens.
b
Ensure that the Printer Settings Report tab is open.
c
Select Reports from the list at the left side of the page.
The Reports page appears.
d
Click the System Settings button.
The system settings report is printed.
10 Confirm Tray 2 (250 Sheet Feeder) is listed in the system settings report
under Printer Options.
If the feeder is not listed, turn off the printer, unplug the power cable, and reinstall the optional 250-sheet feeder.
11 After loading paper in the optional 250-sheet feeder, specify the paper type
from the printer operator panel.
a
Press the
(Menu) button.
b
Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
c
Press
button until Tray Settings is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
d
Press
button until Tray 2 is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
e
Press
button until Paper Type is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
f
Press
button until the paper type for the optional 250-sheet feeder is
displayed, and then press the
(Set) button.
g
Confirm that the selected paper type is highlighted, and then press the
(Menu) button.
12 If you installed the optional 250-sheet feeder after installing the printer
driver, update your driver by following the instructions for each operating
system. If the printer is on a network, update the driver for each client.
62
Installing Optional Accessories
Updating Your Driver to Detect 250-Sheet Feeder
Microsoft Windows 7/
Windows 7 x64/
Windows Server 2008
R2 x64
1 Click Start  Devices and Printers.
2 Right-click the printer icon of the Dell 2155cdn Multifunction
Color Printer and select Printer properties.
3 Click the Options tab, and then select Get Information from
Printer.
4 Click Apply, and then click OK.
5 Close the Devices and Printers dialog box.
Windows Vista/Vista
x64
1 Click Start  Control Panel  Hardware and Sound 
Printers.
2 Right-click the printer icon of the Dell 2155cdn Multifunction
Color Printer and select Properties.
3 Click the Options tab, and then select Get Information from
Printer.
4 Click Apply, and then click OK.
5 Close the Printers dialog box.
Windows Server 2008/
Server 2008 x64
1 Click Start  Control Panel  Printers.
2 Right-click the printer icon of the Dell 2155cdn Multifunction
Color Printer and select Properties.
3 Click the Options tab, and then select Get Information from
Printer.
4 Click Apply, and then click OK.
5 Close the Printers dialog box.
Windows XP/XP x64/
Windows Server 2003/
Windows Server 2003
x64
1 Click start  Printers and Faxes.
2 Right-click the printer icon of the Dell 2155cdn Multifunction
Color Printer and select Properties.
3 Click the Options tab, and then select Get Information from
Printer.
4 Click Apply, and then click OK.
5 Close the Printers and Faxes dialog box.
If the printer information is not updated automatically after clicking Get
Information from Printer, follow these steps:
1 Click the Options tab, and then select 250 Sheet Feeder on the Items list
box.
Installing Optional Accessories
63
2 Select Available for the optional 250-sheet feeder setting.
3 Click Apply, and then click OK.
4 Close the Printers and Faxes(, Printers, or Devices and Printers) dialog
box.
Installing the Optional Wireless Adapter
The wireless adapter allows you to use the printer with wireless network
connection.
The specifications of the wireless adapter are described below.
Item
Specification
Connectivity Technology
Wireless
Compliant Standards
IEEE 802.11b, 802.11g, and 802.11n
Bandwidth
2.4 GHz
Data Transfer Rate
IEEE 802.11n: 65 Mbps
IEEE 802.11g: 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, and 6 Mbps
IEEE 802.11b: 11, 5.5, 2, and 1 Mbps
Security
64 (40-bit key)/128 (104-bit key) WEP,
WPA- PSK (TKIP, AES), WPA2-PSK (AES)
(IEEE 802.1x attestation function of WPA 1x noncorresponds)
Wi-Fi® Protected Setup
(WPS)
Push-Button Configuration (PBC),
Personal Identification Number (PIN)
NOTE: When the wireless adapter is installed, you cannot use IEEE 802.1x
authentication and/or the Ethernet port for a wired connection.
64
Installing Optional Accessories
Verifying the Contents of the Box
Installing the Optional
Wireless Adapter
Dell Wireless Adapter
NOTE: To complete wireless installation, you require the corresponding Drivers
and Utilities CD that comes with your printer, which can also be downloaded from
support.dell.com.
Installing the Wireless Adapter Using Video Instructions
(Recommended)
To install the Dell wireless adapter, perform the following method.
1 Insert the Drivers and Utilities CD in your computer. The Easy Setup
Navigator file launches automatically.
2 Select Optional Accessories Setup on the Easy Setup Navigator window.
Installing Optional Accessories
65
3 Click Wireless adapter.
The instruction video starts.
Follow the on-screen instructions to configure wireless settings.
Installing the Optional Wireless Adapter
NOTE: You can also install the Dell wireless adapter by following the instructions
described in Installing the Optional Wireless Adapter provided with the wireless
adapter.
1 Ensure that the printer is turned off.
66
Installing Optional Accessories
2 Align the connector and the three protrusions of the wireless adapter with the
four holes and insert the adapter.
NOTE: Ensure that the adapter is fully inserted and secured.
3 Turn on the printer.
NOTE: If a message displays telling you to make initial setup on the
operator panel, always do as instructed.
4 Print the system settings report to confirm that the wireless adapter is
installed correctly.
Printing System Settings Report
When Using the Operator panel
a
Press the
(Menu) button.
b
Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
c
Ensure that Report/List is highlighted, and then press the
button.
d
Ensure that System Settings is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
(Set)
The system settings report is printed.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
Installing Optional Accessories
67
a
Click Start  All Programs  Dell Printers  Dell 2155
Multifunction Color Printer  Tool Box.
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The Tool Box opens.
b
Ensure that the Printer Settings Report tab is open.
c
Select Reports from the list at the left side of the page.
The Reports page appears.
d
Click the System Settings button.
The system settings report is printed.
5 Confirm that the Network (Wireless) section exists.
NOTE: For more information on configuring the wireless adapter, see
"Configuring the Optional Wireless Adapter."
Determining the Wireless Network Settings
You need to know the settings for the wireless network to set up the wireless
printer. For details of the settings, contact your network administrator.
68
Installing Optional Accessories
Wireless
Settings
Security
Settings
SSID
Specifies the name that identifies the wireless
network with up to 32 alphanumeric characters.
Network Type
Specifies the network type from Ad-hoc or
Infrastructure.
Security
Selects the security method from No security, WEP,
WPA-PSK TKIP, and WPA2-PSK-AES/WPA-PSKAES.
Transmit Key
Specifies the transmit key from the list.
WEP Key
Specifies the WEP key set used through the
wireless network only when WEP is selected for
Security.
Pass Phrase
Specifies the pass phrase of alphanumeric
characters from 8 to 63 bytes long only when WPAPSK is selected for Encryption.
Configuring the Optional Wireless Adapter
This section describes how to configure a wireless adapter through Easy Setup
Navigator.
You can select a method to configure a wireless adapter from the following:
Wizard Setup through USB connection
Installing Optional Accessories
69
Network (Ethernet) connection
WPS-PIN*1
Advanced Setup through
WPS-PBC*2
Operator Panel
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
*1 WPS-PIN (Wi-Fi Protected setup-Personal Identification Number) is a method to
authenticate and register devices required for wireless configuration, by entering
PIN assignments in the printer and computer. This setting, performed through
access point, is available only when the access points of your wireless router supports WPS.
*2 WPS-PBC (Wi-Fi Protected Setup-Push Button Configuration) is a method to
authenticate and register devices required for wireless configuration, by pressing
the button provided on the access point via wireless routers, and then performing
WPS-PBC setting on the operator panel. This setting is available only when the
access point supports WPS.
NOTE: The optional wireless adapter must be installed on the printer.
NOTE: For information on how to install a wireless adapter, see "Installing the
Optional Wireless Adapter."
Using Wizard Setup to Configure a Wireless Adapter
1 Insert the Drivers and Utilities CD provided with the printer in your
computer. The Easy Setup Navigator file launches automatically.
2 Click Guided Setup.
70
Installing Optional Accessories
3 Click Connect Your Printer.
4 Select Wireless Connection, and then click the Next button.
Installing Optional Accessories
71
The Wireless Connection window appears.
5 Select Wizard, and then click the Next button.
The instruction video starts.
Follow the on-screen instructions to configure wireless settings.
Using Advanced Setup to Configure a Wireless Adapter
You can configure the wireless adapter with the following connection methods:
•
Network Cable
•
WPS-PIN
•
WPS-PBC
•
Operator Panel
•
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
1 Insert the Drivers and Utilities CD provided with the printer in your
computer. The Easy Setup Navigator file launches automatically.
72
Installing Optional Accessories
2 Click Guided Setup.
3 Click Connect Your Printer.
Installing Optional Accessories
73
4 Select Wireless Connection, and then click the Next button.
The Wireless Connection window appears.
For Network, follow the on-screen instructions to configure wireless settings.
1 Select Network Cable, and then click the Next button.
The instruction video starts.
Follow the on-screen instructions to configure wireless settings, and then
click the Next button.
The Advanced Configuration Tool starts.
74
Installing Optional Accessories
2 Select the printer, and then click the Next button.
Wireless Network Settings screen appears.
NOTE: If the printer cannot detect your printer and your printer is not listed,
click Enter IP Address button and enter the IP address of your printer, and
then click the OK button.
3 Set the wireless network settings, and then click the Next button.
IP Address Settings screen appears.
NOTE: For details on each item, see "Assigning an IP Address."
4 Set the IP address of the printer, and then click the Next button.
Confirm the settings screen appears.
5 Confirm the settings, and then click the Apply button.
Complete configuration screen appears.
6 Click the Next button.
For WPS-PIN, WPS-PBC, Operator Panel, and Dell Printer Configuration
Web Tool, follow the on-screen instructions to configure wireless settings.
To configure wireless settings without using the video instructions, follow the
following instructions.
WPS-PIN
The PIN code of WPS-PIN can only be configured from the operator panel.
NOTE: WPS-PIN (Wi-Fi Protected setup-Personal Identification Number) is a
method to authenticate and register devices required for wireless configuration, by
entering PIN assignments to a printer and computer. This setting, performed
through access point, is available only when the access points of your wireless
router supports WPS.
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Press
button until Admin Menu is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Press
button.
button until Network is highlighted, and then press the
Installing Optional Accessories
(Set)
75
5 Press
button until Wireless Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
6 Press
button until WPS is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
7 Press
button.
button until PIN Code is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
8 Write down the 8-digit PIN code displayed on the first line of the panel
display or press
button until Print PIN Code is highlighted, and
then press the
(Set) button.
The PIN code is printed.
9 Ensure that Start Configuration is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
10 Ensure that the message Please wait Wireless Setting is
displayed, and enter the PIN code displayed on the step 7 into the wireless
LAN access point (Registrar).
NOTE: For WPS operation on the wireless LAN access point, refer to the
manual supplied with the wireless LAN access point.
11 When the WPS operation is successful and the printer is rebooted, wireless
LAN connection setting is completed.
WPS-PBC
You can start Push Button Control only from the operator panel.
NOTE: WPS-PBC (Wi-Fi Protected Setup-Push Button Configuration) is a
method to authenticate and register devices required for wireless configuration, by
pressing the button provided on the access point via wireless routers, and then
performing WPS-PBC setting on the operator panel. This setting is available only
when the access point supports WPS.
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Press
button until Admin Menu is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Press
button.
76
button until Network is highlighted, and then press the
Installing Optional Accessories
(Set)
5 Press
button until Wireless Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
6 Press
button until WPS is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
7 Ensure that Push Button Control is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
8 Press
button.
button until Start is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
9 Ensure that the message Please wait Wireless Setting is
displayed, and start the WPS-PBC on the wireless LAN access point
(Registrar), within two minutes of the step 7 operation.
NOTE: For WPS operation on the wireless LAN access point, refer to the
manual supplied with the wireless LAN access point.
10 When the WPS operation is successful and the printer is rebooted, wireless
LAN connection setting is completed.
Operator Panel
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Press
button until Admin Menu is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Press
button.
button until Network is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
5 Press
button until Wireless Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
6 Ensure that Manual Setup is highlighted, and then press the
button.
7 Enter the SSID, and then press the
(Set)
(Set) button.
8 Select the network mode from Infrastructure and Ad-hoc
depending on your environment.
When you select Infrastructure, proceed to step 9.
When you select Ad-hoc, proceed to step 10.
9 Select the encryption type from No Security, WEP (64Bit), and WEP
(128Bit).
Installing Optional Accessories
77
When you do not set security for your wireless network:
a
Ensure that No Security is highlighted, and then press the
button.
(Set)
To use 64 bit or 128 bit WEP encryption:
a
Press
button until WEP (64Bit) or WEP (128Bit) is
highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
b
Enter the WEP key, and then press the
c
Select the transmit key from WEP Key 1 to WEP Key 4.
(Set) button.
To use WPA-PSK-TKIP or WPA-PSK-AES encryption:
a
Press
button until WPA-PSK-TKIP or WPA-PSK-AES is
highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
b
Enter the passphrase, and then press the
(Set) button.
10 Select the encryption type from No Security, WEP (64Bit), and WEP
(128Bit).
When you do not set security for your wireless network:
a
Ensure that No Security is highlighted, and then press the
button.
(Set)
To use 64 bit or 128 bit WEP encryption:
a
Press
button until WEP (64Bit) or WEP (128Bit) is
highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
b
Enter the WEP key, and then press the
c
Select the transmit key from WEP Key 1 to WEP Key 4.
(Set) button.
11 When the operation is successful and the printer is rebooted, wireless LAN
connection setting is completed.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
1 Launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool by entering the IP address
of the printer in your web browser.
2 Click Print Server Settings.
3 Click Print Server Settings tab.
4 Click Wireless LAN, and then enter the SSID.
78
Installing Optional Accessories
5 Select the network type from Infrastructure and Ad-Hoc.
6 Select the encryption type from No Security, WEP, WPA-PSK-AES, and
WPA-PSK-TKIP, and then set each item for the encryption type selected.
NOTE: For details on each item, see "Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool."
7 Click the Apply New Settings button to apply the settings.
8 When the operation is successful and the printer is rebooted, wireless LAN
connection setting is completed.
Constructing a New Wireless Network Environment for Your Computer
When you setup your wireless connection first time, the following settings are
required on your computer.
For DHCP network:
1 Setting up your computer for wireless connectivity:
NOTE: If your computer provides a wireless adapter tool, change the wireless
settings using this tool. Or you can change the wireless settings using the tool
provided with the operating system. See the instructions below.
For Windows XP and Windows Server 2003:
a
Select Network Connections from Control Panel.
b
Right-click Wireless Network Connection and select Properties.
c
Select the Wireless Networks tab.
d
Ensure the check box for Use Windows to configure my wireless
network settings is checked.
NOTE: Be sure to write down the current wireless computer settings in step
e and step g so that you can restore them later.
e
Click the Advanced button.
f
Select Computer to Computer (ad hoc) networks only and close the
Advanced dialog box.
g
Click the Add button to display Wireless network properties.
h
Under the Association tab, enter the following information and click
OK.
Network name (SSID): dell_device
Installing Optional Accessories
79
Network Authentication: Open
Data encryption: Disabled
Ad hoc network: checked
i
Click the Move up button to move the newly added SSID to the top of
the list.
j
Click OK to close the Property dialog box.
For Windows Vista:
a
Open Control Panel.
b
Select Network and Internet.
c
Select Network and Sharing Center.
d
Select Connect to a network.
e
Select dell_device from the network items listed in Connect to a
network.
f
Select Connect Anyway in the warning dialog box indicating you are
entering an unsecured area.
g
Click Close in the dialog box after confirming the connection is a
success.
For Windows Server 2008:
80
a
Open Control Panel.
b
Select Network and Sharing Center.
Installing Optional Accessories
c
Select Connect to a network.
d
Select dell_device from the network items listed in Connect to a
network.
e
Select Connect Anyway in the warning dialog box indicating you are
entering an unsecured area.
f
Click Close in the dialog box after confirming the connection is a
success.
For Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7:
a
Open Control Panel.
b
Select Network and Internet.
c
Select Network and Sharing Center.
d
Select Connect to a network.
e
Select dell_device from the network items listed in the available
network list, and click Connect.
2 Check the IP address assigned by AutoIP on the printer.
a
Press the
(Menu) button.
b
Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
c
Press
button until Admin Menu is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
d
Press
button until Network is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
e
Press
button until TCP/IP is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
f
Press
button.
button until IPv4 is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
Check the IP address displayed on the operator panel.
3 Check that the IP address on your computer is assigned by DHCP.
Installing Optional Accessories
81
4 Open Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool using the WEB browser.
5 Create wireless setting of the printer on Dell Printer Configuration Web
Tool.
6 Reboot the printer.
7 Restore the wireless settings on your computer.
82
Installing Optional Accessories
NOTE: If your computer provides a wireless adapter tool, change the
wireless settings using this tool. Or you can change the wireless settings using
the tool provided with the operating system. See the instructions below.
For Windows XP and Windows Server 2003:
a
Select Network Connections from Control Panel.
b
Right-click Wireless Network Connection and select Properties.
c
Select Wireless Network tab.
d
Ensure the check box for Use Windows to configure my wireless
network settings is checked.
e
Click Advanced.
f
Do either of the following:
When wireless ad-hoc mode is set to the printer:
Select Computer to Computer (ad hoc) networks only and close the
Advanced dialog box.
When wireless infrastructure mode is set to the printer:
Select Access point (Infrastructure) networks only and close the
Advanced dialog box.
g
Click Add to display Wireless network properties.
h
Enter the setting that you will send to the printer and click OK.
i
Click Move up to move the setting to the top of the list.
j
Click OK to close the Property dialog box.
For Windows Vista:
a
Open Control Panel.
b
Select Network and Internet.
c
Select Network and Sharing Center.
d
Select Connect to a network.
e
Select the setting you send to the printer from the network items listed in
Connect to a network.
f
Select Connect Anyway in the warning dialog box indicating you are
entering an unsecured area.
Installing Optional Accessories
83
g
Click Close in the dialog box after confirming the connection is a
success.
For Windows Server 2008:
a
Open Control Panel.
b
Select Network and Sharing Center.
c
Select Connect to a network.
d
Select the setting you send to the printer from the network items listed in
Connect to a network.
e
Select Connect Anyway in the warning dialog box indicating you are
entering an unsecured area.
f
Click Close in the dialog box after confirming the connection is a
success.
For Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7:
a
Open Control Panel.
b
Select Network and Internet.
c
Select Network and Sharing Center.
d
Select Connect to a network.
e
Select the setting you send to the printer from the network items listed in
the available network list, and click Connect.
f
Enter the Security key and click OK, if necessary.
For Fixed IP networks:
1 Setting up your computer for wireless connectivity:
NOTE: If your computer provides a wireless adapter tool, change the
wireless settings using this tool. Or you can change the wireless settings using
the tool provided with the operating system. See the instructions below.
For Windows XP and Windows Server 2003:
84
a
Select Network Connections from Control Panel.
b
Right-click Wireless Network Connection and select Properties.
c
Select the Wireless Networks tab.
Installing Optional Accessories
d
Ensure the check box for Use Windows to configure my wireless
network settings is checked.
NOTE: Be sure to write down the current wireless computer settings in step
d and step f so that you can restore them later.
e
Click the Advanced button.
f
Select Computer to Computer (ad hoc) networks only and close the
Advanced dialog box.
g
Click the Add button to display Wireless network properties.
h
Under the Association tab, enter the following information and click
OK.
Network name (SSID): dell_device
Network Authentication: Open
Data encryption: Disabled
Ad hoc network: checked
i
Click the Move up button to move the newly added SSID to the top of
the list.
j
Click OK to close the Property dialog box.
For Windows Vista:
a
Open Control Panel.
b
Select Network and Internet.
Installing Optional Accessories
85
c
Select Network and Sharing Center.
d
Select Connect to a network.
e
Select dell_device from the network items listed in Connect to a
network.
f
Select Connect Anyway in the warning dialog box indicating you are
entering an unsecured area.
g
Click Close in the dialog box after confirming the connection is a
success.
For Windows Server 2008:
a
Open Control Panel.
b
Select Network and Sharing Center.
c
Select Connect to a network.
d
Select dell_device from the network items listed in Connect to a
network.
e
Select Connect Anyway in the warning dialog box indicating you are
entering an unsecured area.
f
Click Close in the dialog box after confirming the connection is a
success.
For Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7:
a
Open Control Panel.
b
Select Network and Internet.
c
Select Network and Sharing Center.
d
Select Connect to a network.
e
Select dell_device from the network items listed in the available
network list, and click Connect.
2 Check the IP address on your computer.
86
Installing Optional Accessories
3 Set the IP address on the printer.
a
Press the
(Menu) button.
b
Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
c
Press
button until Admin menu is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
d
Press
button until Network is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
e
Press
button until TCP/IP is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
f
Press
button.
g
Ensure that Get IP Address is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
h
Press
button.
i
Press
button until IP Address is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
j
Manually enter the IP address using the numeric keypad,
,
, and
button on the operator panel, and then press the
(Set) button.
button until IPv4 is highlighted, and then press the
button until Panel is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
(Set)
4 Open Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool using the WEB browser.
Installing Optional Accessories
87
5 Change the wireless setting of the printer on Dell Printer Configuration
Web Tool.
6 Reboot the printer.
7 Restore the wireless settings on your computer.
NOTE: If your computer provides a wireless adapter tool, change the
wireless settings using this tool. Or you can change the wireless settings using
the tool provided with the operating system. See the instructions below.
88
a
For Windows XP and Windows Server 2003:
b
Select Network Connections from Control Panel.
c
Right-click Wireless Network Connection and select Properties.
d
Select Wireless Network tab.
e
Ensure the check box for Use Windows to configure my wireless
network settings is checked.
f
Click Advanced.
g
Do either of the following:
Installing Optional Accessories
When wireless ad-hoc mode is set to the printer:
Select Computer to Computer (ad hoc) networks only and close the
Advanced dialog box.
When wireless infrastructure mode is set to the printer:
Select Access point (Infrastructure) networks only and close the
Advanced dialog box.
h
Click Add to display Wireless network properties.
i
Enter the setting that you will send to the printer and click OK.
j
Click Move up to move the setting to the top of the list.
k
Click OK to close the Property dialog box.
For Windows Vista:
a
Open Control Panel.
b
Select Network and Internet.
c
Select Network and Sharing Center.
d
Select Connect to a network.
e
Select the setting you send to the printer from the network items listed in
Connect to a network.
f
Select Connect Anyway in the warning dialog box indicating you are
entering an unsecured area.
g
Click Close in the dialog box after confirming the connection is a
success.
For Windows Server 2008:
a
Open Control Panel.
b
Select Network and Sharing Center.
c
Select Connect to a network.
d
Select the setting you send to the printer from the network items listed in
Connect to a network.
e
Select Connect Anyway in the warning dialog box indicating you are
entering an unsecured area.
Installing Optional Accessories
89
f
Click Close in the dialog box after confirming the connection is a
success.
For Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7:
90
a
Open Control Panel.
b
Select Network and Internet.
c
Select Network and Sharing Center.
d
Select Connect to a network.
e
Select the setting you send to the printer from the network items listed in
the available network list, and click Connect.
f
Enter the Security key and click OK, if necessary.
Installing Optional Accessories
7
Connecting Your Printer
Your Dell™ 2155cn/2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer interconnection cable
must meet the following requirements:
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell 2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer.
Connection type
Connection specifications
USB
USB 2.0
Ethernet
10 Base-T/100 Base-TX/1000 Base-T
Wireless (optional)
IEEE 802.11b/802.11g/802.11n
Wall jack connector
RJ11
Phone connector
RJ11
Connecting Your Printer
91
1 USB port
2 Wireless adapter socket
3 Ethernet port
4 Phone connector
5 Wall jack connector
Connecting Printer to Computer or Network
Direct Connection
A local printer is a printer which is directly connected to your computer using
the USB cable. If your printer is connected to a network instead of your
computer, skip this section and go to "Network Connection."
The following operating systems support USB connection:
92
•
Microsoft® Windows® XP
•
Windows XP 64-bit Edition
•
Windows Server® 2003
•
Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition
•
Windows Server 2008
•
Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition
•
Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit Edition
•
Windows Vista®
•
Windows Vista 64-bit Edition
Connecting Your Printer
•
Windows 7
•
Windows 7 64-bit Edition
•
Mac OS X 10.3.9/10.4.11/10.5/10.6
•
Red Hat® Enterprise Linux® 4 WS/5 Client (x86)
•
SUSE® Linux Enterprise Desktop 10/11 (x86)
To connect the printer to a computer:
1 Connect the smaller USB connector into the USB port at the back of the
printer.
1 USB port
NOTE: Ensure that you match the USB symbol on the cable to the USB symbol
on the printer.
2 Connect the other end of the cable into a USB port of the computer.
NOTICE: Do not connect the printer USB cable to the USB port available on the
keyboard.
Connecting Your Printer
93
Network Connection
To connect the printer to a network:
1 Connect the network cable.
1 Ethernet port
To connect the printer to the network, connect one end of an Ethernet cable into
the Ethernet port on the rear of the printer, and the other end to a LAN drop or
hub. To setup a wireless connection, insert the wireless adapter into the wireless
adapter socket on the back of the printer.
For a wireless connection, see "Installing the Optional Wireless Adapter."
NOTE: To use the wireless adapter, be sure to disconnect the network cable.
Connecting the Telephone Line
NOTE: Do not connect your printer directly to a Digital Subscriber Line (DSL).
This may damage the printer. To use a DSL, you will need to use an appropriate
DSL filter. Contact your service provider for the DSL filter.
1 Plug one end of a telephone line cord into the wall jack connector and the
other end into an active wall jack.
94
Connecting Your Printer
2 Remove the "Blue" plug from the phone connector.
3 To connect a telephone and/or answering machine to your printer, plug the
telephone or answering machine line cord into the phone connector ( ).
Connecting Your Printer
95
If the phone communication is serial in your country (such as Germany,
Sweden, Denmark, Austria, Belgium, Italy, France and Switzerland), and that
you are supplied with a "Yellow" terminator, insert the "Yellow" terminator
into the phone connector ( ).
Phone connector
"Yellow" terminator
96
Connecting Your Printer
Turning on the Printer
CAUTION: Do not use extension cords or power strips.
CAUTION: The printer should not be connected to a UPS system.
1 Connect the power cable to the power connector on the rear of the printer,
and then to a power source.
2 Turn on the printer. When the printer is connected via a USB (Uninterruptible
Power Supply) cable, the USB driver is automatically installed.
Setting Initial Settings on the Operator Panel
You need to set the printer language, country, clock date, and time when you
turn on printer for the first time.
When you turn the printer on, the wizard screen to perform the initial setup
appears on the operator panel. Follow the steps below to set the initial settings.
NOTE: If you do not start configuring the initial settings, Ready to Print appears
on the operator panel in three minutes. After that, you can set the following initial
setup by enabling Power on Wizard on the operator panel or Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool if needed.
Connecting Your Printer
97
For more information on operator panel, see "Understanding the Printer
Menus."
For more information on Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, see "Dell
Printer Configuration Web Tool."
1 Please Select Language appears. Press
button until the desired
language is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
English
Français
Italiano
Deutsch
Español
Dansk
Nederlands
Norsk
Svenska
2 Please Select Country appears. Press
button until the desired
country is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
The default time zone, paper size, and display format are automatically set
when you select a country.
Country
98
Default Time
Zone Setting
Default
Paper Size
Display Format
Algeria
+1:00
A4
DD/MM/YY
Australia
+10:00
A4
DD/MM/YY
Austria
+1:00
A4
DD/MM/YY
Belgium
+1:00
A4
DD/MM/YY
Bulgaria
+2:00
A4
DD/MM/YY
Canada
-5:00
Letter
MM/DD/YY
Colombia
-5:00
Letter
DD/MM/YY
Costa Rica
-6:00
Letter
DD/MM/YY
Cyprus
+2:00
A4
DD/MM/YY
Connecting Your Printer
Czech Republic
+1:00
A4
YY/MM/DD
Denmark
+1:00
A4
DD/MM/YY
Dominican Republic
-4:00
Letter
DD/MM/YY
Egypt
+2:00
A4
DD/MM/YY
Estonia
+3:00
A4
DD/MM/YY
Finland
+2:00
A4
DD/MM/YY
France
+1:00
A4
DD/MM/YY
Germany
+1:00
A4
DD/MM/YY
Greece
+2:00
A4
DD/MM/YY
Guatemala
-6:00
Letter
DD/MM/YY
Hungary
+2:00
A4
DD/MM/YY
Iceland
-9:00
A4
DD/MM/YY
Ireland
00:00
A4
DD/MM/YY
Italy
+1:00
A4
DD/MM/YY
Jamaica
-5:00
Letter
MM/DD//YY
Jordan
+2:00
A4
DD/MM/YY
Latvia
+3:00
A4
DD/MM/YY
Liechtenstein
+1:00
A4
DD/MM/YY
Lithuania
+1:00
A4
DD/MM/YY
Luxembourg
+1:00
A4
DD/MM/YY
Malta
+1:00
A4
DD/MM/YY
Mexico
-6:00
Letter
DD/MM/YY
Netherlands
+1:00
A4
DD/MM/YY
New Zealand
+12:00
A4
DD/MM/YY
Nicaragua
-6:00
Letter
DD/MM/YY
Norway
+1:00
A4
DD/MM/YY
Panama
-5:00
Letter
DD/MM/YY
Poland
+1:00
A4
DD/MM/YY
Portugal
00:00
A4
DD/MM/YY
Puerto Rico
-4:00
Letter
MM/DD/YY
Romania
+2:00
A4
DD/MM/YY
Connecting Your Printer
99
Russia
+3:00
A4
DD/MM/YY
Saudi Arabia
+3:00
A4
DD/MM/YY
Slovakia
+1:00
A4
YY/MM/DD
Slovenia
+1:00
A4
DD/MM/YY
South Africa
+2:00
A4
DD/MM/YY
Spain
+1:00
A4
DD/MM/YY
Sweden
+1:00
A4
DD/MM/YY
Switzerland
+1:00
A4
DD/MM/YY
Tunisia
+1:00
A4
DD/MM/YY
Turkey
+2:00
A4
DD/MM/YY
United Arab
Emirates
+4:00
A4
DD/MM/YY
United Kingdom
00:00
A4
DD/MM/YY
United States
-5:00
Letter
MM/DD/YY
Unknown
00:00
Letter
DD/MM/YY
3 Please Select Time Zone appears. Press
desired time zone is highlighted, and then press the
UTC -12:00
UTC -11:00
UTC -10:00
UTC -09:00
UTC -08:00
UTC -07:00
UTC -06:00
UTC -05:00
UTC -04:00
UTC -03:30
UTC -03:00
UTC -02:00
UTC -01:00
100
Connecting Your Printer
or
button until the
(Set) button.
UTC 00:00
UTC +01:00
UTC +02:00
UTC +03:00
UTC +03:30
UTC +04:00
UTC +04:30
UTC +05:00
UTC +05:30
UTC +05:45
UTC +06:00
UTC +06:30
UTC +07:00
UTC +08:00
UTC +09:00
UTC +09:30
UTC +10:00
UTC +11:00
UTC +12:00
UTC +13:00
4 Please Enter Date appears. Specify the date, and then press the
(Set) button.
5 Please Enter Time appears. Specify the time, and then press the
(Set) button.
This ends the basic printer settings. Press the
(Set) button to set Fax
settings or press the
(Start) button to end the initial setup.
6 Please Enter Fax Number appears. Enter the fax number of the
printer, and then press the
(Set) button.
7 Please Enter Name appears. Enter the sender name, and then press the
(Set) button.
Connecting Your Printer
101
The printer automatically restarts after resetting your regional clock and
registering the fax information.
102
Connecting Your Printer
8
Setting the IP Address
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell™ 2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer.
Assigning an IP Address
An IP address is a unique number that consists of four sections that are delimited
by a period and can include up to three digits in each section, for example,
111.222.33.44.
You can select the IP mode from Dual Stack, IPv4, and IPv6. If your network
supports both IPv4 and IPv6, select Dual Stack.
Select the IP mode of your environment, and then set IP address, subnet mask
(for IPv4 only), and gateway address.
NOTICE: Assigning an IP address that is already in use can cause network
performance issues.
NOTE: Assigning an IP address is considered as an advanced function and is
normally done by a system administrator.
When Using the Easy Setup Navigator
1 Insert the Drivers and Utilities CD provided with the printer in your
computer. The Easy Setup Navigator file launches automatically.
2 Click Advanced Tools on the Easy Setup Navigator window.
The Advanced Tools window opens.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Setting the IP Address
103
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section08.fm
3 Click IP Configuration.
4 Follow the instructions displayed on the screen.
When Using the Operator Panel
For more information on using the operator panel, see "Operator Panel."
1 Turn on the printer.
2 Press the
(Menu) button.
3 Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Press
button until Admin Menu is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
5 Press
button.
button until Network is highlighted, and then press the
6 Press
button.
button until TCP/IP is highlighted, and then press the
7 Press
button.
button until IPv4 is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
(Set)
8 Ensure that Get IP Address is highlighted, and then press the
button.
9 Press
button.
button until Panel is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
(Set)
(Set)
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
104
Setting the IP Address
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section08.fm
10 Press the
(Back) button.
11 Press
button until IP Address is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
The cursor is located at the first octet of the IP address.
12 Use the ten keys to enter the first octet of the IP address, and then press
button.
The cursor moves to the next digit.
NOTE: You can only enter one octet at a time and must press
after entering each octet.
13 Enter the rest of the octets, and then press the
14 Press the
button
(Set) button.
(Back) button.
15 Press
button until Subnet Mask is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
16 Repeat steps 12 and 13 to set Subnet Mask, and then press the
button.
17 Press the
(Set)
(Back) button.
18 Press
button until Gateway Address is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
19 Repeat steps 12 and 13 to set the Gateway Address, and then press the
(Set) button.
20 Turn off the printer, and then turn it on again.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
1 Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell 2155 Multifunction
Color Printer Tool Box.
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The Tool Box opens.
2 Click the Printer Maintenance tab.
3 Select TCP/IP Settings from the list at the left side of the page.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Setting the IP Address
105
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section08.fm
The TCP/IP Settings page appears.
4 Select the mode from IP Address Mode, and then enter the values in IP
Address, Subnet Mask, and Gateway Address.
5 Press the Apply New Settings button to take effect.
You can also assign the IP address to the printer when installing the printer drivers
with the installer. When you use the Network Installation feature, and the Get
IP Address is set to AutoIP or DHCP on the operator panel menu, you can
set the IP address from 0.0.0.0 to the desired IP address on the printer selection
window.
Verifying the IP Settings
You can confirm the settings by printing the system settings report or using the
ping command.
Verifying the Settings Using System Settings Report
1 Print the system settings report.
When Using the Operator Panel
a
Press the
(Menu) button.
b
Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
c
Ensure that Report/List is highlighted, and then press the
button.
d
Ensure that System Settings is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
(Set)
The system settings report is printed.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
a
Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell 2155
Multifunction Color Printer Tool Box.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
106
Setting the IP Address
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section08.fm
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The Tool Box opens.
b
Ensure that the Printer Settings Report tab is open.
c
Select Reports from the list at the left side of the page.
The Reports page appears.
d
Click the System Settings button.
The system settings report is printed
2 Verify the correct IP address, subnet mask, and gateway address are listed in
the system settings report under Network (Wired).
Verifying the Settings Using Ping Command
Ping the printer and verify that it responds. For example, at a command
prompt on a network computer, type ping followed by the new IP address
(for example, 192.168.0.11):
ping 192.168.0.11
If the printer is active on the network, you will receive a reply.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Setting the IP Address
107
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section08.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
108
Setting the IP Address
9
Loading Paper
NOTE: To avoid paper jams, do not remove the tray while printing is in progress.
NOTE: Use only laser print media. Do not use ink jet paper in your printer.
1 Pull the tray out of the printer about 200 mm. Hold the tray with both hands,
and remove it from the printer.
2 Adjust the paper guides.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Loading Paper
109
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section09.fm
NOTE: Extend the rear side of the tray when you load Legal size paper.
3 Before loading the print media, flex the sheets and fan them. Straighten the
edges of the stack on a level surface.
4 Load the print media into the tray with the recommended print side facing up.
NOTE: Do not exceed the maximum fill line in the tray. Overfilling the tray
may cause paper jams.
5 Align the width guides against the edges of the paper.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
110
Loading Paper
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section09.fm
NOTE: When loading user-specified print media, adjust the width guides
and slide the extendable part of the tray by pinching the length guide and
sliding it until it rests lightly against the edge of the paper.
6 After confirming that the guides are securely adjusted, insert the tray into the
printer.
NOTE: Select the paper type from the operator panel if the loaded print media is
not standard plain paper.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Loading Paper
111
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section09.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
112
Loading Paper
10
Installing Printer Drivers on the
Windows Computers
Identifying Printer Driver Pre-install Status
Before installing the printer driver on your computer, check the IP address of
your printer by performing one of the following procedures.
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell™ 2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer.
•
When Using the Operator Panel
•
When Using the Tool Box
When Using the Operator Panel
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Ensure that Report/List is highlighted, and then press the
button.
(Set)
4 Ensure that System Settings is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
The system settings report is printed.
5 Look under the TCP/IP heading on the system settings report.
If the IP address shows 0.0.0.0 (the factory default), an IP address has not
been assigned. To assign one for your printer, see "Assigning an IP Address."
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
1 Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell 2155 Multifunction
Color PrinterTool Box.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
113
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section10.fm
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Name, and then click OK.
The Tool Box opens.
2 Ensure that the Printer Settings Report tab is open.
3 Select TCP/IP Settings from the list at the left side of the page.
The TCP/IP Settings page appears.
If the IP address shows 0.0.0.0 (the factory default), an IP address has not
been assigned. To assign one for your printer, see "Assigning an IP Address."
Disabling Firewall Before Installing Printer Software
NOTE: This step is necessary if you have Windows XP Service Pack 2 or 3
installed.
If your printer is connected directly to a network, and the Windows XP,
Windows Vista, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 R2, or Windows
7 firewall is enabled, you cannot view your networked printer(s) when you run
the Dell printer installation software. To prevent this situation, disable this
firewall before you install the Dell printer software. To disable or enable your
Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 R2,
or Windows 7 firewall, perform the following steps.
1 Click Start and click Help and Support.
NOTE: For Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7, if you use Online
Help, switch to Offline Help on Windows Help and Support window.
2 In the Search box, type firewall, and then press the Enter key.
In the list, click Turn Windows Firewall on or off, and then follow the
instructions on the screen.
Inserting the Drivers and Utility CD
1 Insert the Drivers and Utilities CD into your computer and click
setup_assist.exe to start Easy Setup Navigator.
NOTE: If the CD does not launch automatically, follow the procedure below.
For Windows XP, Windows Server 2008, and Windows Server 2008 R2
Click start Run, enter D:/setup_assist.exe (where D is the CD
drive letter) in the Run dialog box, and then click OK.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
114
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section10.fm
For Windows Vista and Windows 7
Click Start All Programs  Accessories  Run, enter
D:/setup_assist.exe (where D is the CD drive letter) in the Run
dialog box, and then click OK.
Direct Connection Setup
For installing PCL printer driver
1 In the Easy Setup Navigator window, click Software Installation to launch
the installation software.
2 Select Personal Installation, and then click Next.
3 Select the model name of your printer, and then click Next.
4 Follow the on-screen instructions to connect the computer and the printer
with a USB cable, and then turn the printer on.
The Plug and Play installation starts and the installation software proceeds to
the next page automatically.
NOTE: If the installation software does not automatically proceed to the
next page, click Install.
5 Select either Typical Installation or Custom Installation from the
installation wizard, and then click Install. If you select Custom Installation,
you can select the specific software you want to install.
6 Click Finish to exit the wizard when the Congratulations! screen appears.
To print a test page, click Print Test Page.
USB Printing
A personal printer is a printer connected to your computer or a print server using
a USB. If your printer is connected to a network and not your computer, see
"Network Connection Setup."
For installing XML Paper Specification (XPS) printer driver
NOTE: XPS driver is supported on the following operating systems: Windows
Vista, Windows Vista 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008
64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows 7, and Windows 7 64-bit
Edition.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
115
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section10.fm
Windows Vista or Windows Vista 64-bit Edition
1 Extract the following zip file to your desired location.
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS_2155.zip (where D is the
CD drive letter)
2 Click Start Control Panel Hardware and Sound Printers.
3 Click Add a printer.
4 Click Add a local printer.
5 Select the port connected to this product, and then click Next.
6 Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.
7 Click Browse, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.
8 Click OK.
9 Select your printer name and click Next.
10 To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box,
and then click Next. To use this printer as the default printer, select the check
box displayed under the Printer name, and then click Next.
Installation starts.
If the User Account Control dialog box appears, click Continue.
NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Continue;
otherwise, contact your administrator to continue the desired action.
11 As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to print a test
page.
12 Click Finish.
Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition
NOTE: You must log in as an administrator.
1 Extract the following zip file to your desired location.
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS_2155.zip (where D is the
CD drive letter)
2 Click Start Control Panel Hardware and Sound Printers.
3 Click Add a printer.
4 Click Add a local printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
116
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section10.fm
5 Select the port connected to this product, and then click Next.
6 Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.
7 Click Browse, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.
8 Click OK.
9 Select your printer name and click Next.
10 To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box,
and then click Next.
To use this printer as the default printer, select the Set as the default printer
check box, and then click Next.
11 If you do not share your printer, select Do not share this printer. If you
share your printer, select Share this printer so that others on your network
can find and use it.
12 Click Next.
Installation starts.
13 As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to print a test
page.
14 Click Finish.
Windows 7, Windows 7 64-bit Edition, or Windows Server 2008 R2
1 Extract the following zip file to your desired location.
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS_2155.zip (where D is the
CD drive letter)
2 Click Start Devices and Printers.
3 Click Add a printer.
When you use Windows Server 2008 R2, click Add a local or network
printer as an administrator.
If the User Account Control dialog box appears, click Yes.
NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Yes; otherwise,
contact your administrator to continue the desired action.
4 Click Add a local printer.
5 Select the port connected to this product, and then click Next.
6 Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
117
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section10.fm
7 Click Browse, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.
8 Click OK.
9 Select your printer name and click Next.
10 To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box,
and then click Next.
To use this printer as the default printer, select the Set as the default printer
check box, and then click Next.
11 If you do not share your printer, select Do not share this printer. If you
share your printer, select Share this printer so that others on your network
can find and use it.
12 Click Next.
Installation starts.
13 As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to print a test
page.
14 Click Finish.
Network Connection Setup
NOTE: To use this printer in a Linux environment, you need to install a Linux
driver. For more information on how to install and use these, see "Installing Printer
Drivers on the Linux Computers (CUPS)."
NOTE: When using a CD drive in a Linux environment, you need to mount the
CD according to your system environment. The command strings are
mount/media/CD-ROM.
Network Printer Setup on a Local Network
For installing PCL printer driver
1 In the Easy Setup Navigator window, click Software Installation to launch
the installation software.
2 Select Network Installation, and then click Next.
3 Select the model name of your printer, and then click Next.
4 Select Local Installation, and then click Next.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
118
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section10.fm
5 Select the printer you want to install from the printer list, and then click Next.
If the target printer is not displayed on the list, click Refresh to refresh the
list or click Add Printer to add a printer to the list manually. You may
specify the IP address and port name at this point.
If you have installed this printer on the server computer, select the I am
setting up this printer on a server check box.
NOTE: When using AutoIP, 0.0.0.0 is displayed in the installer. Before
you can continue, you must enter a valid IP address.
NOTE: In some cases, Windows Security Alert is displayed in this step
when you use Windows Vista, Windows Vista 64-bit Edition, Windows
Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008 R2,
Windows 7, or Windows 7 64-bit Edition. In this case, select Unblock
(Allow access for Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7), and then
continue the procedure.
6 Specify the printer settings, and then click Next.
a
Enter the printer name.
b
If you want other users on the network to access the printer, select Share
this printer with other computers on the network, and then enter a
share name that users can identify.
c
If you want to set the printer as the default printer, select the Set this
printer as default check box.
d
If you want to restrict color printing, select the appropriate Dell
ColorTrack option. Enter the password when Color-Password
Enabled is selected for Dell ColorTrack.
e
If you want to install the Fax Driver, select the Fax Driver check box.
7 Select the software and documentation you want to install, and then click
Install. If you want to change the installation destination, click Browse and
specify a new location.
8 Click Finish to exit the wizard when the Congratulations! screen appears.
To print a test page, click Print Test Page.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
119
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section10.fm
For installing XML Paper Specification (XPS) printer driver
NOTE: XPS driver is supported on the following operating systems: Windows
Vista, Windows Vista 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008
64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows 7, and Windows 7 64-bit
Edition.
Windows Vista or Windows Vista 64-bit Edition
1 Extract the following zip file to your desired location.
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS_2155.zip (where D is the
CD drive letter)
2 Click Start Control Panel Hardware and Sound Printers.
3 Click Add a printer.
4 Click Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer.
5 Select printer or click The printer that I want isn't listed.
6 Select Add a printer using a TCP/IP address or host name, and then click
Next.
7 Select TCP/IP Device from Device type, and enter the IP address for
Hostname or IP address, and then click Next.
If the User Account Control dialog box appears, click Continue.
NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Continue;
otherwise, contact your administrator to continue the desired action.
8 Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.
9 Click Browse, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.
10 Click OK.
11 Select your printer name and click Next.
12 To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box,
and then click Next.
To use this printer as the default printer, select the Set as the default printer
check box, and then click Next.
Installation starts.
13 As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to print a test
page.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
120
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section10.fm
14 Click Finish.
Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition
NOTE: You must log in as an administrator.
1 Extract the following zip file to your desired location.
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS_2155.zip (where D is the
CD drive letter)
2 Click Start Control Panel Hardware and Sound Printers.
3 Click Add a printer.
4 Click Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer.
5 Select printer or click The printer that I want isn't listed.
When you select your printer, go to step 8.
When you click The printer that I want isn't listed, go to step 6.
6 Select Add a printer using a TCP/IP address or host name, and then click
Next.
7 Select TCP/IP Device from Device type, and enter the IP address for
Hostname or IP address, and then click Next.
If the User Account Control dialog box appears, click Continue.
NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Continue;
otherwise, contact your administrator to continue the desired action.
8 Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.
9 Click Browse, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.
10 Click OK.
11 Select your printer name and click Next.
12 To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box,
and then click Next.
To use this printer as the default printer, select the Set as the default printer
check box, and then click Next.
13 If you do not share your printer, select Do not share this printer. If you
share your printer, select Share this printer so that others on your network
can find and use it.
14 Click Next.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
121
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section10.fm
Installation starts.
15 As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to print a test
page.
16 Click Finish.
Windows Server 2008 R2
1 Extract the following zip file to your desired location.
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS_2155.zip (where D is the
CD drive letter)
2 Click Start Devices and Printers.
3 Click Add a printer.
4 Click Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer.
5 Select printer or click The printer that I want isn't listed.
NOTE: When you click The printer that I want isn't listed, Find a printer
by name or TCP/IP address screen appears. Find your printer on the screen.
If the User Account Control dialog box appears, click Continue.
NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Continue;
otherwise, contact your administrator to continue the desired action.
6 Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.
7 Click Browse, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.
8 Click OK.
9 Select your printer name and click Next.
10 To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box,
and then click Next.
To use this printer as the default printer, select the Set as the default printer
check box, and then click Next.
11 If you do not share your printer, select Do not share this printer. If you
share your printer, select Share this printer so that others on your network
can find and use it.
12 Click Next.
Installation starts.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
122
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section10.fm
13 As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to print a test
page.
14 Click Finish.
Windows 7 or Windows 7 64-bit Edition
1 Extract the following zip file to your desired location.
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS_2155.zip (where D is the
CD drive letter)
2 Click Start Devices and Printers.
3 Click Add a printer.
4 Click Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer.
5 Select printer or click The printer that I want isn't listed.
When you select your printer, go to step 8.
When you click The printer that I want isn't listed, go to step 6.
6 Select Add a printer using a TCP/IP address or host name, and then click
Next.
7 Select TCP/IP Device from Device type, and enter the IP address for
Hostname or IP address, and then click Next.
If the User Account Control dialog box appears, click Yes.
NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Yes; otherwise,
contact your administrator to continue the desired action.
8 Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.
9 Click Browse, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.
10 Click OK.
11 Select your printer name and click Next.
12 To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box,
and then click Next.
To use this printer as the default printer, select the Set as the default printer
check box, and then click Next.
13 If you do not share your printer, select Do not share this printer. If you
share your printer, select Share this printer so that others on your network
can find and use it.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
123
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section10.fm
14 Click Next.
Installation starts.
15 As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to print a test
page.
16 Click Finish.
Use the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool to monitor the status of your
network printer without leaving your desk. You can view and/or change the
printer settings, monitor toner level, and acknowledge the timing of ordering
replacement consumables. You can click the Dell supplies link for ordering
supplies.
NOTE: The Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool is not available when the
printer is directly connected to a computer or a print server.
To launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, type the printer's IP
address in your web browser. The printer configuration appears on the screen.
You can set up the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool to send you an e-mail
when the printer needs supplies or intervention.
To set up e-mail alerts:
1 Launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
2 Click E-Mail Alert link.
3 Under E-Mail Server Settings, enter the Primary SMTP Gateway, Reply
Address, and your or key operator's e-mail address in the e-mail list box.
4 Click Apply New Settings.
NOTE: Connection pending until printer sends an alert is displayed
on the SMTP server until an error occurs.
Network Printer Setup on a Remote Network
Before Installation
Before you start remote installation, perform the following procedures.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
124
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section10.fm
Allow Print Spooler to Accept Client Connections
NOTE: This procedure is required for Windows XP 64-bit Edition, Windows
Server 2003, Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition, Windows Vista, Windows Vista
64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition,
Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows 7, and Windows 7 64-bit Edition.
For Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, Windows Vista, and Windows Server
2008:
1 Open the Run dialog box.
For Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, Windows Server 2008, click
start All Programs  Accessories  Run.
For Windows Vista, click Start Run.
2 Type gpedit.msc, and then click OK.
3 Click Computer Configuration Administrative Templates Printers.
4 Right-click Allow Print Spooler to accept client connections and select
Properties.
5 On the Setting tab, select Enabled, and then click OK.
6 Restart the computer.
For Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7:
1 Open the Run dialog box.
For Windows Server 2008 R2, click Start Run.
For Windows 7, click Start All Programs Accessories Run.
2 Type gpedit.msc, and then click OK.
3 Click Computer Configuration Administrative Templates Printers.
4 Right-click Allow Print Spooler to accept client connections and select
Edit.
5 Select Enabled, and then click OK.
6 Restart the computer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
125
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section10.fm
Share the Firewall File and Printer
NOTE: This procedure is required for Windows XP, Windows XP 64-bit Edition,
Windows Vista, Windows Vista 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008, Windows
Server 2008 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows 7, and Windows 7
64-bit Edition.
For Windows XP:
1 Click start Control Panel.
2 Select Security Center.
3 Click Windows Firewall.
4 On the Exceptions tab, select the File and Printer Sharing check box, and
then click OK.
For Windows Vista:
1 Click Start Control Panel.
2 Select Security.
3 Click Windows Firewall.
4 Click Change settings.
5 Click Continue.
6 On the Exceptions tab, select the File and Printer Sharing check box, and
then click OK.
For Windows Server 2008:
1 Click Start Control Panel.
2 Double-click Windows Firewall.
3 Click Change settings.
4 On the Exceptions tab, select the File and Printer Sharing check box, and
then click OK.
For Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7:
1 Click Start Control Panel.
2 Select System and Security.
3 Click Windows Firewall.
4 Click Allow a program or feature through Windows Firewall.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
126
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section10.fm
5 If the check boxes under Allowed programs and features: are dimmed,
click Change settings.
6 Check the File and Printer Sharing check box. Home/Work (Private) or
Public check box is automatically selected according to your settings.
If the File and Printer Sharing Properties dialog box appears, click OK.
7 Click OK.
Start Remote Registry
NOTE: This procedure is required for Windows Vista, Windows Vista 64-bit
Edition, Windows 7, and Windows 7 64-bit Edition.
1 Click Start Control Panel.
2 Select System and Maintenance (System and Security for Windows 7).
3 Click Administrative Tools.
4 Double-click Services.
5 Click Continue (for Windows Vista only).
6 Right-click Remote Registry and select Start.
7 Right-click Remote Registry and select Properties.
8 Change Startup type to Automatic, and then click OK.
Disable User Account Control
NOTICE: Disabling the User Account Control might leave the system vulnerable
to virus attacks.
NOTE: This procedure is required for Windows Vista, Windows Vista 64-bit
Edition, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition, Windows
Server 2008 R2, Windows 7, and Windows 7 64-bit Edition.
For Windows Vista:
1 Click Start Control Panel.
2 Select User Accounts and Family Safety.
3 Click User Accounts.
4 Click Turn User Account Control on or off.
5 Click Continue.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
127
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section10.fm
6 Clear the Use User Account Control (UAC) to help protect your
computer check box.
7 Restart the computer.
For Windows Server 2008:
1 Click Start Control Panel.
2 Double-click User Accounts.
3 Click Turn User Account Control on or off.
4 Clear the Use User Account Control (UAC) to help protect your
computer check box.
5 Click OK.
6 Restart the computer.
For Windows Server 2008 R2:
1 Click Start Control Panel.
2 Select User Accounts.
3 Click Change User Account Control Settings.
4 Move the slider to the bottom, and then click OK.
5 Restart the computer.
For Windows 7:
1 Click Start Control Panel.
2 Select User Accounts and Family Safety.
3 Click User Accounts.
4 Click Change User Account Control Settings.
5 Move the slider to the bottom, and then click OK.
6 Click Yes in the User Account Control dialog box.
7 Restart the computer.
Enable Network Discovery and File Sharing for all Public Networks
NOTE: This procedure is required when you use Windows Vista, Windows Vista
64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition,
Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows 7, and Windows 7 64-bit Edition for the server
computer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
128
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section10.fm
1 Click Start Network (Start your user name Network for Windows
7).
2 Click Network discovery and file sharing are turned off. Network
computers and devices are not visible. Click to change.
3 Click Turn on network discovery and file sharing.
4 Click Yes, turn on network discovery and file sharing for all public
networks.
Disable Simple File Sharing
NOTE: This procedure is required for Windows XP, and Windows XP 64-bit
Edition.
1 Click start Control Panel.
2 Select Appearance and Themes.
3 Select Folder Options.
4 On the View tab, clear the Use simple file sharing (Recommended) check
box, and then click OK.
5 Click Start Control Panel.
6 Select Performance and Maintenance.
7 Select Administrative Tools.
8 Click Local Security Policy.
9 Click Local Policies Security Options.
10 Right-click Network access: Sharing and security model for local
accounts and select Properties.
11 Ensure Classic - local users authenticate as themselves is selected.
Installing the Printer Driver
NOTE: Installation is not supported on Windows XP Home Edition, Windows
Vista Home Basic, Windows Vista Home Premium, Windows Vista Home Basic
64-bit Edition, Windows Vista Home Premium 64-bit Edition, Windows 7 Starter,
Windows 7 Home Basic, Windows 7 Home Premium, Windows 7 Home Basic 64bit Edition, and Windows 7 Home Premium 64-bit Edition.
1 In the Easy Setup Navigator window, click Software Installation to launch
the installation software.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
129
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section10.fm
2 Select Network Installation, and then click Next.
3 Select the model name of your printer, and then click Next.
4 Select Remote Installation, and then click Next.
a
Enter the computer name, user ID, and password, and then click Add.
b
Click Next.
NOTE: Windows Security Alert may appear on Windows Vista,
Windows Vista 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008
64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows 7, or Windows 7 64-bit
Edition. In this case, select Unblock (Allow access for Windows Server
2008 R2 and Windows 7), and then continue the procedure.
5 Select a printer from the printer list, and then click Next. If the target printer
is not displayed on the list, click Refresh to refresh the list or click Add
Printer to add a printer to the list manually. You may specify the IP address
and port name at this point.
NOTE: When using AutoIP, 0.0.0.0 is displayed in the installer. Before
you continue, you must enter a valid IP address.
6 Specify the printer settings, and then click Next.
a
Enter the printer name.
b
If you want other users on the network to access this printer, select the
Share this printer with other computers on the network, and then
enter a share name that users can identify.
c
If you want to set the printer as default, select the Set this printer as
default check box.
d
If you want to restrict color printing, select the appropriate Dell
ColorTrack option. Enter the password when Color-Password
Enabled is selected for Dell ColorTrack.
e
If you want to install the Fax Driver, select the Fax Driver check box.
7 Select the software and documentation you want to install, and then click
Install.
If you want to change the installation destination, click Input and specify
new location.
8 Click Finish to exit the wizard when the Congratulations! screen appears.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
130
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section10.fm
Use the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool to monitor the status of your
network printer without leaving your desk. You can view and/or change the
printer settings, monitor toner level, and acknowledge the timing of ordering
replacement consumables. You can click the Dell supplies link for ordering
supplies.
NOTE: The Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool is not available when the
printer is directly connected to a computer or a print server.
To launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, type the printer's IP
address in your web browser. The printer configuration appears on the screen.
You can set up the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool to send you an e-mail
when the printer needs supplies or intervention.
To set up e-mail alerts:
1 Launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
2 Click E-Mail Alert link.
3 Under E-Mail Server Settings, enter the Primary SMTP Gateway, Reply
Address, and your or key operator's e-mail address in the e-mail list box.
4 Click Apply New Settings.
NOTE: Connection pending until printer sends an alert is displayed
on the SMTP server until an error occurs.
Setting Up for Shared Printing
You can share your new printer on the network using the Drivers and Utilities
CD that comes with your printer, or using Microsoft® point-and-print or peer-topeer method. However, if you use one of the Microsoft methods, some features,
such as the status monitor and other printer utilities, installed with the Drivers
and Utilities CD, may not be available.
If you want to use the printer on a network, share the printer and install its
drivers on all the computers on the network.
NOTE: You need to purchase an Ethernet cable for shared printing.
Windows XP, Windows XP 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2003, or Windows Server
2003 x64 Edition
1 Click start Printers and Faxes.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
131
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section10.fm
2 Right-click the printer icon and select Properties.
3 On the Sharing tab, select the Share this printer check box, and then type a
name in the Share name text box.
4 Click Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network
clients that print to the printer.
5 Click OK.
If you are missing files, you are prompted to insert the server operating
system CD.
Windows Vista or Windows Vista 64-bit Edition
1 Click Start Control Panel Hardware and Sound Printers.
2 Right-click the printer icon and select Sharing.
3 Click Change sharing options.
The message Windows needs your permission to continue appears.
4 Click Continue.
5 Select the Share this printer check box, and then type a name in the Share
name text box.
6 Click Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network
clients that print to the printer.
7 Click OK.
Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition
1 Click Start Control Panel Printers.
2 Right-click the printer icon and select Sharing.
3 Click Change Sharing Options if exists.
4 Select the Share this printer check box, and then type a name in the Share
name text box.
5 Click Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network
clients that print to the printer.
6 Click OK.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
132
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section10.fm
Windows 7, Windows 7 64-bit Edition, or Windows Server 2008 R2
1 Click Start Devices and Printers.
2 Right-click the printer icon and select Printer properties.
3 On the Sharing tab, click Change Sharing Options if exists.
Check the Share this printer check box, and then type a name in the Share
name text box.
4 Click Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network
clients that print to the printer.
5 Click Apply, and then click OK.
To confirm that the printer is properly shared:
•
Ensure that the printer object in the Printers, Printers and Faxes, or
Devices and Printers folder is shared. The shared icon is shown under the
printer icon.
•
Browse Network or My Network Places. Find the host name of the server
and the shared name you assigned to the printer.
Now that the printer is shared, you can install the printer on network clients
using the point and print method or the peer-to-peer method.
Point and Print
Point and Print is a Microsoft Windows technology that allows you to connect to
a remote printer. This feature automatically downloads and installs the printer
driver.
Windows XP, Windows XP 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2003, or Windows Server
2003 x64 Edition
1 On the Windows desktop of the client computer, double-click My Network
Places.
2 Locate the host name of the server computer, and then double-click the host
name.
3 Right-click the shared printer name, and then click Connect.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
133
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section10.fm
Wait for the driver information to be copied from the server computer to the
client computer, and for a new printer object to be added to the Printers and
Faxes folder. The copy time varies, based on network traffic and other
factors.
4 Close My Network Places.
5 Print a test page to verify installation.
a
Click start Printers and Faxes.
b
Select the printer you just created.
c
Click File Properties.
d
On the General tab, click Print Test Page.
When a test page prints successfully, installation is complete.
Windows Vista or Windows Vista 64-bit Edition
1 On the Windows desktop of the client computer, click Start Network.
2 Locate the host name of the server computer, and then double-click the host
name.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
134
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section10.fm
3 Right-click the shared printer name, and then click Connect.
4 Click Install driver.
5 Click Continue in the User Account Control dialog box.
6 Wait for the driver information to be copied from the server computer to the
client computer, and for a new printer object to be added to the Printers
folder. The time this takes varies, based on network traffic and other factors.
7 Print a test page to verify installation.
a
Click Start Control Panel Hardware and Sound.
b
Select Printers.
c
Right-click the printer you just created and click Properties.
d
On the General tab, click Print Test Page.
When a test page prints successfully, installation is complete.
Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition
1 On the Windows desktop of the client computer, click Start Network.
2 Locate the host name of the server computer, and then double-click the host
name.
3 Right-click the shared printer name, and then click Connect.
4 Click Install driver.
5 Wait for the driver information to be copied from the server computer to the
client computer, and for a new printer object to be added to the Printers
folder. The time this takes varies, based on network traffic and other factors.
6 Print a test page to verify installation.
a
Click Start Control Panel.
b
Select Printers.
c
Right-click the printer you just created and select Properties.
d
On the General tab, click Print Test Page.
When a test page prints successfully, installation is complete.
Windows 7, Windows 7 64-bit Edition, or Windows Server 2008 R2
1 On the Windows desktop of the client computer, click Start your user
name Network (Start Network for Windows Server 2008 R2).
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
135
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section10.fm
2 Locate the host name of the server computer, and then double-click the host
name.
3 Right-click the shared printer name, and then click Connect.
4 Click Install driver.
5 Wait for the driver information to be copied from the server computer to the
client computer, and for a new printer object to be added to the Devices and
Printers folder. The time this takes varies, based on network traffic and other
factors.
6 Print a test page to verify installation.
a
Click Start Devices and Printers.
b
Right-click the printer you just created and select Printer properties.
c
On the General tab, click Print Test Page.
When a test page prints successfully, installation is complete.
Peer-to-Peer
If you use the peer-to-peer method, the printer driver is fully installed on each
client computer. Network clients retain control of driver modifications. The
client computer handles the print job processing.
Windows XP, Windows XP 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2003, or Windows Server
2003 x64 Edition
1 Click start Printers and Faxes.
2 Click Add a Printer.
3 Click Next.
4 Select A network printer, or a printer attached to another computer, and
then click Next. If the printer is not listed, type the path to the printer in the
text box.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
136
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section10.fm
For example:\\<server host name>\<shared printer name>
The server host name is the name of the server computer that identifies it on
the network. The shared printer name is the name assigned during the server
installation process.
5 Click Browse for a printer, and then click Next.
If this is a new printer, you may be prompted to install a printer driver. If no
system driver is available, you need to specify the path to available drivers.
6 Select Yes if you want this printer to be set as the default printer, and then
click Next.
If you want to verify installation, click Yes to print a test page.
7 Click Finish.
When a test page prints successfully, installation is complete.
Windows Vista or Windows Vista 64-bit Edition
1 Click Start Control Panel Hardware and Sound Printers.
2 Click Add a Printer to launch the Add Printer wizard.
3 Select Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer, and then click Next.
If the printer is listed, select the printer and click Next, or select The printer
that I want isn't listed and type in the path of the printer in the Select a
shared printer by name text box and click Next.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
137
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section10.fm
The server host name is the name of the server computer that identifies it on
the network. The shared printer name is the name assigned during the server
installation process.
If this is a new printer, you may be prompted to install a printer driver. If no
system driver is available, you need to specify the path to available drivers.
4 Select Yes if you want this printer to be set as the default printer, and then
click Next.
5 If you want to verify installation, click Print a test page.
6 Click Finish.
When a test page prints successfully, installation is complete.
Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition
1 Click Start Control Panel Printers.
2 Click Add a Printer.
3 Select Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer, and then click Next.
If the printer is listed, select the printer and click Next, or select The printer
that I want isn't listed and type the path to the printer in the Select a shared
printer by name text box and click Next.
For example: \\<server host name>\<shared printer
name>
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
138
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section10.fm
The server host name is the name of the server computer that identifies it on
the network. The shared printer name is the name assigned during the server
installation process.
If this is a new printer, you may be prompted to install a printer driver. If no
system driver is available, then you will need to provide a path to available
drivers.
4 Select Yes if you want this printer to be set as the default printer, and then
click Next.
5 Click Print a test page if you want to verify installation.
6 Click Finish.
When a test page prints successfully, installation is complete.
Windows 7, Windows 7 64-bit Edition, or Windows Server 2008 R2
1 Click Start  Devices and Printers.
2 Click Add a Printer.
3 Select Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer. If the printer is listed,
select the printer and click Next, or select The printer that I want isn't
listed. Click Select a shared printer by name and type in the path of the
printer in the text box, and then click Next.
For example: \\<server host name>\<shared printer
name>
The server host name is the name of the server computer that identifies it to
the network. The shared printer name is the name assigned during the server
installation process.
If this is a new printer, you may be prompted to install a printer driver. If no
system driver is available, then you will need to provide the path to the
available driver.
4 Confirm the printer name, and then click Next.
5 Select Yes if you want this printer to be set as the default printer, and then
click Next.
6 Click Print a test page if you want to verify installation.
7 Click Finish.
When a test page prints successfully, installation is complete.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
139
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section10.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
140
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
11
Installing Printer Drivers on the
Macintosh Computers
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell™ 2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer.
Installing the Drivers and Software
1 Run the Drivers and Utilities CD on the Macintosh computer.
2 Double-click the Dell 2155 Installer icon, and then click Continue.
3 When the popup dialog box prompts you for confirming the program
included in the installation package, click Continue.
4 Click Continue on the Welcome screen.
5 Select a language for the Software License Agreement.
6 After reading the Software License Agreement, click Continue.
7 If you agree to the terms of the Software License Agreement, click Agree to
continue the installation process.
8 Confirm the installation location, and then click Continue.
9 Click Install to perform the standard installation.
If you want to select a custom installation, click Customize to select items
that you want to install.
•
Dell 2155 Color MFP Printer Driver
•
Dell 2155 Color MFP Fax Driver
•
Dell 2155 Color MFP Scan Driver
•
Dell Printer Status Monitor
10 Type the administrator's name and password, and then click OK.
11 Click Continue Installation to continue the installation.
12 When the Install Succeeded screen appears, click Logout to complete
installation.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Macintosh Computers
141
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section11.fm
Adding a Printer on Mac OS X 10.5 or 10.6
When Using a USB connection
1 Turn on the printer.
2 Connect the USB cable between the printer and the Macintosh computer.
The printer is automatically added to your Macintosh computer.
When Using IP Printing
1 Turn on the printer.
2 Ensure that Macintosh computer and the printer are connected.
If you use wired connection, connect the LAN cable between the printer and
the network.
If you use wireless connection, ensure that wireless connection is configured
properly on your Macintosh computer and the printer.
3 Open the System Preferences, and click Print & Fax.
4 Click the Plus (+) sign, and click IP.
5 Select Line Printer Daemon - LPD for Protocol.
6 Type the IP address for the printer in the Address area.
7 Select Dell 2155cdn Color MFP for Print Using.
NOTE: When printing is set up using IP printing, the queue name is
displayed as blank. You do not need to specify it.
8 Click Add.
9 Specify the options that have been installed on the printer, and then click
Continue.
10 Confirm that the printer is displayed in the Print & Fax dialog box.
When Using Bonjour
1 Turn on the printer.
2 Ensure that Macintosh computer and the printer are connected.
If you use wired connection, connect the LAN cable between the printer and
the network.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
142
Installing Printer Drivers on the Macintosh Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section11.fm
If you use wireless connection, ensure that wireless connection is configured
properly on your Macintosh computer and the printer.
3 Open the System Preferences, and click Print & Fax.
4 Click the Plus (+) sign, and click Default.
5 Select the printer connected via Bonjour from the Printer Name list.
6 Name and Print Using are automatically entered.
7 Click Add.
8 Specify the options that have been installed on the printer, and then click
Continue.
9 Confirm that the printer is displayed in the Print & Fax dialog box.
Adding a Printer on Mac OS X 10.4.11
When Using a USB Connection
1 Turn on the printer.
2 Connect the USB cable between the printer and the Macintosh computer.
3 Start Printer Setup Utility.
NOTE: You can find Printer Setup Utility in the Utilities folder in
Applications.
4 Click Add.
5 Click Default Browser in the Printer Browser dialog box.
6 Select the printer connected via USB from the Printer list.
7 Name and Print Using are automatically entered.
8 Click Add.
When Using IP Printing
1 Turn on the printer.
2 Ensure that Macintosh computer and the printer are connected.
If you use wired connection, connect the LAN cable between the printer and
the network.
If you use wireless connection, ensure that wireless connection is configured
properly on your Macintosh computer and the printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Macintosh Computers
143
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section11.fm
3 Start Printer Setup Utility.
NOTE: You can find Printer Setup Utility in the Utilities folder in
Applications.
4 Click Add.
5 Click IP Printer in the Printer Browser dialog box.
6 Select Line Printer Daemon - LPD for Protocol.
7 Type the IP address for the printer in the Address area.
8 Select Dell 2155cdn Color MFP for Print Using.
NOTE: When printing is set up using IP printing, the queue name is
displayed as blank. You do not need to specify it.
NOTE: Entry of Location is optional.
9 Click Add.
When Using Bonjour
1 Turn on the printer.
2 Ensure that Macintosh computer and the printer are connected.
If you use wired connection, connect the LAN cable between the printer and
the network.
If you use wireless connection, ensure that wireless connection is configured
properly on your Macintosh computer and the printer.
3 Start the Printer Setup Utility.
NOTE: You can find Printer Setup Utility in the Utilities folder in
Applications.
4 Click Add.
5 Click Default Browser in the Printer Browser dialog box.
6 Select the printer connected via Bonjour from the Printer Name list.
7 Name and Print Using are automatically entered.
8 Click Add.
9 Specify the options installed to the printer, and then click Continue.
10 Confirm that the printer is displayed on the Printer list dialog box.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
144
Installing Printer Drivers on the Macintosh Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section11.fm
Adding a Printer on Mac OS X 10.3.9
When Using a USB connection
1 Turn on the printer.
2 Connect the USB cable between the printer and the Macintosh computer.
3 Start Printer Setup Utility.
NOTE: You can find Printer Setup Utility in the Utilities folder in
Applications.
4 Click Add.
5 Select USB from the menu.
The Printer Model is automatically selected.
6 Click Add.
When Using IP Printing
1 Turn on the printer.
2 Ensure that Macintosh computer and the printer are connected.
If you use wired connection, connect the LAN cable between the printer and
the network.
If you use wireless connection, ensure that wireless connection is configured
properly on your Macintosh computer and the printer.
3 Start Printer Setup Utility.
NOTE: You can find Printer Setup Utility in the Utilities folder in
Applications.
4 Click Add in the Printer List dialog box.
5 Select IP Printing from the menu.
6 Select LPD/LPR for Printer Type.
7 Type the IP address for the printer in the Address area.
8 Select Dell for Printer Model, and select Dell 2155cdn Color MFP.
NOTE: When printing is set up using IP printing, the queue name is
displayed as blank. You do not need to specify it.
9 Click Add.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Macintosh Computers
145
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section11.fm
When Using Rendezvous (Bonjour)
1 Turn on the printer.
2 Ensure that Macintosh computer and the printer are connected.
If you use wired connection, connect the LAN cable between the printer and
the network.
If you use wireless connection, ensure that wireless connection is configured
properly on your Macintosh computer and the printer.
3 Start Printer Setup Utility.
NOTE: You can find Printer Setup Utility in the Utilities folder in
Applications.
4 Click Add in the Printer List dialog box.
5 Select Rendezvous from the menu.
6 Select Dell for Printer Model, and select Dell 2155cdn Color MFP.
7 Click Add.
Configuring Settings
All the optional accessories are verified as installed.
Mac OS X 10.5 or 10.6
1 Open the System Preferences, and click Print & Fax.
2 Select the printer in the Printer Name list, and click Options & Supplies.
3 Select Driver, and select the options that have been installed in the printer,
and then click OK.
Mac OS X 10.3.9 or 10.4.11
1 Start Printer Setup Utility.
2 Select the printer in the Printer List dialog box, and click Show Info.
3 Select Installable Options, and select the options that have been installed in
the printer, and then click Apply Changes.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
146
Installing Printer Drivers on the Macintosh Computers
12
Installing Printer Drivers on the
Linux Computers (CUPS)
This section provides information for installing or setting up the printer driver
with CUPS (Common UNIX Printing System) on Red Hat®Enterprise Linux®
4 WS/5 Client or SUSE® Linux Enterprise Desktop 10/11.
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell™ 2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer.
Operation on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 WS/5
Client
Setup Overview
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 WS/5 Client:
1 Install the printer driver.
2 Set up the print queue.
3 Specify the default queue.
4 Specify the printing options.
Installing the Printer Driver
NOTICE: Before you install the printer driver on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4,
confirm that Update 5 or higher is applied to your operating system. Consult your
Linux distributor for the upgrade of your system.
1 Double-click Dell-2155-Color-MFP-x.x-x.i686.rpm in the Drivers and
Utilities CD.
2 Type the administrator's password.
3 Click Continue in the Completed System Preparation window.
Installation starts. When the installation is complete, the window is
automatically closed.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Linux Computers (CUPS)
147
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section12.fm
Setting Up the Queue
To execute printing, you must set up the print queue on your workstation.
1 Open the URL "http://localhost:631" using a web browser.
2 Click Administration.
3 Type root as the user name, and type the administrator password.
4 Click Add Printer.
Type the name of the printer in the Name box in the Add New Printer
window, and click Continue.
You can optionally specify the location and description of the printer for
further information.
For network connections:
a
Select LPD/LPR Host or Printer from the Device menu, and click
Continue.
b
Type the IP address of the printer in Device URI.
c
Format: lpd://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx (the IP address of the printer)
For USB connections with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 WS:
a
Select USB Printer #1 from the Device menu.
For USB connections with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 Client:
a
Select Dell 2155cdn Color MFP USB #1 or Dell 2155cdn Color MFP
from the Device menu.
5 Select Dell from the Make menu, and click Continue.
6 Select Dell 2155cdn Color MFP from the Model menu, and click Continue.
The message Printer xxx has been added successfully. appears.
The setup is complete.
Printing From the Applications
When you have finished setting up the queue, you can print jobs from the
applications. Start the print job from the application, and specify the queue in
the print dialog box.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
148
Installing Printer Drivers on the Linux Computers (CUPS)
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section12.fm
However, sometimes you can print only from the default queue depending on
the application (for example Mozilla). In these cases, before you start printing,
set queue you want to print to as the default queue. For information on
specifying the default queue, see "Setting the Default Queue."
Setting the Default Queue
1 Select Applications System Tools Terminal.
2 Type the following command in the terminal window.
su
(Type the administrator password)
lpadmin -d (Type the queue name)
Specifying the Printing Options
You can specify the printing options such as color mode or double-sided
printing.
1 Open the URL "http://localhost:631" using a web browser.
2 Click Manage Printers.
3 Click Configure Printer of the queue for which you want to specify the
printing options.
4 Type root as the user name, and type the administrator password.
5 Specify the required settings, and click Continue.
The message Printer xxx has been configured successfully. appears.
The setting is complete.
Uninstalling the Printer Driver
1 Select Applications System Tools Terminal.
2 Type the following command in the terminal window to delete the print
queue.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Linux Computers (CUPS)
149
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section12.fm
su
(Type the administrator password)
/usr/sbin/lpadmin -x (Type the print queue name)
3 Repeat the command above for all queues for the same model.
4 Type the following command in the terminal window.
su
(Type the administrator password)
rpm -e Dell-2155cdn-Color-MFP
The printer driver is uninstalled.
Operation on SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 10
Setup Overview
SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 10:
1 Install the printer driver.
2 Set up the print queue.
3 Specify the default queue.
4 Specify the printing options.
Installing the Printer Driver
1 Double-click Dell-2155-Color-MFP-x.x-x.i686.rpm in the Drivers and
Utilities CD.
2 Type the administrator password, and click Install.
Installation starts. When the installation is complete, the window is
automatically closed.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
150
Installing Printer Drivers on the Linux Computers (CUPS)
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section12.fm
Setting Up the Queue
To execute printing, you must set up the print queue on your workstation.
1 Select Computer More Applications... and select YaST on the
Application Browser.
2 Type the administrator password.
YaST Control Center is activated.
3 Select Hardware on YaST Control Center, and select Printer.
4 Printer setup: Autodetected printers is activated.
For network connections:
a
Click Add.
b
Select Network Printers as Printer Type, and click Next.
c
Select the Print via LPD-Style Network Server as Printer Type, and
click Next.
d
Type the IP address of the printer in Host name of the printer server.
e
Type the name of the printer queue in Name of the remote queue, and
click Next.
f
Type the printer name in Name for printing.
NOTE: The Description of Printer and Location of Printer do not have to
be specified.
g
Select the Do Local Filtering check box, and click Next.
h
Select DELL as Select manufacturer. Select 2155cdn Color MFP as
Select Model, and click Next.
i
Confirm the settings in Edit configuration, and click OK.
For USB connections:
a
Select Dell 2155cdn Color MFP on USB
(//Dell/2155cdn%20Color%20MFP or /dev/usblp*) as Available are,
and click Configure….
b
Confirm the settings in Edit configuration, and click OK.
5 Click Finish.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Linux Computers (CUPS)
151
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section12.fm
Printing From the Applications
When you have finished setting up the queue you can print jobs from the
applications. Start the print job from the application, and specify the queue in
the print dialog box.
However, sometimes you can print only from the default queue depending on
the application (for example Mozilla). In these cases, before you start printing,
set queue you want to print to as the default queue. For information on
specifying the default queue, see "Setting the Default Queue."
Setting the Default Queue
1 To activate the Printer setup: Autodetected printers, do the following.
a
Select Computer More Applications... and select YaST on the
Application Browser.
b
Type the administrator password.
YaST Control Center is activated.
c
Select Hardware on YaST Control Center, and select Printer.
2 Select the printer you want to set to default on the Printer Configuration,
and select Set default in Other button menu.
3 Click Finish.
Specifying the Printing Options
You can specify the printing options such as color mode or double-sided
printing.
1 Open a web browser.
2 Type http://localhost:631/admin in Location, and press the <Enter> key.
3 Type root as the user name, and type the administrator password.
The CUPS window appears.
NOTE: Set the password for authority as the printer administrator before setting the
printer queue. If you have not set it, go to "Setting the Password for Authority as the
Printer Administrator."
4 Click Manage Printers.
5 Specify the required settings, and click Continue.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
152
Installing Printer Drivers on the Linux Computers (CUPS)
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section12.fm
The message Printer xxx has been configured successfully. appears.
The setting is complete. Execute printing from the application.
Setting the Password for Authority as the Printer Administrator
You must set the password for authority as the printer administrator to do
operations as the printer administrator.
1 Select ComputerMore Applications... and select Konsole on the
Application Browser.
2 Type the following command in the terminal window.
su
(Type the administrator password)
lppasswd -g sys -a root
(Type the password for authority as the printer administrator after the
Enter password prompt.)
(Retype the password for authority as the printer administrator after the
Enter password again prompt.)
Uninstalling the Printer Driver
1 Select Computer More Applications... and select Konsole on the
Application Browser.
2 Type the following command in the terminal window to delete the print
queue.
su
(Type the administrator password)
/usr/sbin/lpadmin -x (Type the printer queue name)
3 Repeat the command above for all queues for the same model.
4 Type the following command in the terminal window.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Linux Computers (CUPS)
153
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section12.fm
su
(Type the administrator password)
rpm -e Dell-2155cdn-Color-MFP
The printer driver is uninstalled.
Operation on SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11
Setup Overview
SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11:
1 Install the printer driver.
2 Set up the print queue.
3 Specify the default queue.
4 Specify the printing options.
Installing the Printer Driver
1 Double-click Dell-2155-Color-MFP-x.x-x.i686.rpm in the Drivers and
Utilities CD.
2 Type the administrator password, and click Continue.
Installation starts. When the installation is complete, the window is
automatically closed.
Setting Up the Queue
To execute printing, you must set up the print queue on your workstation.
1 Select Computer More Applications..., and select YaST on the
Application Browser.
2 Type the administrator password.
YaST Control Center is activated.
3 Select Hardware on YaST Control Center, and select Printer.
The Printer Configurations dialog box opens.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
154
Installing Printer Drivers on the Linux Computers (CUPS)
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section12.fm
For network connections:
a
Click Add.
The Add New Printer Configuration dialog box opens.
b
Click Connection Wizard.
The Connection Wizard dialog box opens.
c
Select Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol from Access Network
Printer or Printserver Box via.
d
Type the IP address of the printer in IP Address or Host Name:.
e
Select Dell in the Select the printer manufacturer: drop-down menu.
f
Click OK.
The Add New Printer Configuration dialog box appear.
g
Select Dell 2155cdn Color MFP vx.x
[Dell/Dell_2155cdn_Color_MFP.ppd.gz] from the Search for
Drivers: list.
NOTE: You can specify the printer name in Set Name:.
h
Confirm the settings, and click OK.
For USB connections:
a
Click Add.
The Add New Printer Configuration dialog box opens.
The printer name is displayed in the Determine Connection list.
b
Select Dell 2155cdn Color MFP vx.x.
[Dell/Dell_2155cdn_Color_MFP.ppd.gz] from the Search for
Drivers: list.
NOTE: You can specify the printer name in Set Name:.
Printing From the Applications
When you have finished setting up the queue you can print jobs from the
applications. Start the print job from the application, and specify the queue in
the print dialog box.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Linux Computers (CUPS)
155
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section12.fm
However, sometimes you can print only from the default queue depending on
the application (for example Mozilla). In these cases, before you start printing,
set queue you want to print to as the default queue. For information on
specifying the default queue, see "Setting the Default Queue."
Setting the Default Queue
You can set the default queue when you add the printer.
1 Select Computer More Applications..., and select YaST on the
Application Browser.
2 Type the administrator password.
YaST Control Center is activated.
3 Select Hardware on YaST Control Center, and select Printer.
The Printer Configurations dialog box opens.
4 Click Edit.
A dialog box to modify the specified queue opens.
5 Confirm that the printer you want to set is selected in the Connection list.
6 Select the Default Printer check box.
7 Confirm the settings, and click OK.
Specifying the Printing Options
You can specify the printing options such as color mode or double-sided
printing.
1 Open a web browser.
2 Type http://localhost:631/admin in Location, and press the <Enter> key.
3 Type root as the user name, and type the administrator password.
The CUPS window appears.
NOTE: Set the password for authority as the printer administrator before setting the
printer queue. If you have not set it, go to "Setting the Password for Authority as the
Printer Administrator."
4 Click Manage Printers.
5 Specify the required settings, and click Continue.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
156
Installing Printer Drivers on the Linux Computers (CUPS)
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section12.fm
The message Printer xxx has been configured successfully. appears.
The setting is complete. Execute printing from the application.
Setting the Password for Authority as the Printer Administrator
You must set the password for authority as the printer administrator to do
operations as the printer administrator.
1 Select ComputerMore Applications... and select GNOME Terminal on
the Application Browser.
2 Type the following command in the terminal window.
su
(Type the administrator password)
lppasswd -g sys -a root
(Type the password for authority as the printer administrator after the
Enter password prompt.)
(Retype the password for authority as the printer administrator after the
Enter password again prompt.)
Uninstalling the Printer Driver
1 Select Computer More Applications... and select GNOME Terminal on
the Application Browser.
2 Type the following command in the terminal window to delete the print
queue.
su
(Type the administrator password)
/usr/sbin/lpadmin -x (Type the printer queue name)
3 Repeat the command above for all queues for the same model.
4 Type the following command in the terminal window.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Linux Computers (CUPS)
157
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section12.fm
su
(Type the administrator password)
rpm -e Dell-2155cdn-Color-MFP
The printer driver is uninstalled.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
158
Installing Printer Drivers on the Linux Computers (CUPS)
Using Your Printer
159
160
13
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Overview
NOTE: This web tool is not available unless the printer is connected to a network
using a network cable or the wireless printer adapter.
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell™ 2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer.
One of the features of the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool is E-Mail
Alert Setup, which sends e-mail to you or the key operator when the printer
needs supplies or intervention.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
161
To fill out printer inventory reports requiring the asset tag number of all the
printers in your area, use the Printer Information feature in the Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool. Enter the IP address of each printer on the network to
display the asset tag number.
The Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool feature also allows you to change
the printer settings and keep track of printing trends. If you are a network
administrator, you can copy the printer settings to one or all printers on the
network using your web browser.
To launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, enter the IP address of
your printer in your web browser.
If you do not know the IP address of your printer, print the system settings report
or display the TCP/IP Settings page, which lists the IP address.
When Using the Operator Panel
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Ensure that Report/List is highlighted, and then press the
button.
(Set)
4 Ensure that System Settings is highlighted, and then press the
button.
(Set)
The system settings report is printed.
If the IP address shows 0.0.0.0 (the factory default), an IP address has not
been assigned. To assign one for your printer, see "Assigning an IP Address."
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
1 Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell 2155 Multifunction
Color Printer Tool Box.
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The Tool Box opens.
162
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
2 Ensure that the Printer Settings Report tab is open.
3 Select TCP/IP Settings from the list at the left side of the page.
The TCP/IP Settings page appears.
If the IP address shows 0.0.0.0 (the factory default), an IP address has not
been assigned. To assign one for your printer, see "Assigning an IP Address."
Using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
The Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool consists of the following menus:
•
Printer Status
•
Printer Jobs
•
Printer Settings
•
Print Server Settings
•
Copy Printer Settings
•
Print Volume
•
Address Book
•
Printer Information
•
Tray Settings
•
E-Mail Alert
•
Set Password
•
Online Help
•
Order Supplies at:
•
Contact Dell Support at:
Printer Status
Use the Printer Status menu to get immediate feedback on the printer supply
status. When a toner cartridge is running low, click the order supplies link on the
first screen to order a new toner cartridge.
Printer Jobs
Use the Printer Jobs menu to contain information on the Job List page and
Completed Jobs page.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
163
These pages show the details of the status regarding each protocol or job.
Printer Settings
Use the Printer Settings menu to change the printer settings and to view the
settings in the operator panel remotely.
Print Server Settings
Use the Print Server Settings menu to change the type of printer interface and
the necessary conditions for communications.
Copy Printer Settings
Use the Copy Printer Settings menu to copy the printer settings to another
printer or printers on the network by typing the IP address of each printer.
NOTE: You must log in as an administrator to use this feature.
Print Volume
Use the Print Volume menu to check the history of printing, such as paper
usage, the types of jobs being printed, limit to which users can use the color
mode, and the maximum number of pages they can print.
Address Book
Use the Address Book menu to view or edit the e-mail address, server address,
and fax number entries in the Address Book, or to register new entries.
NOTE: You must log in as an administrator to use this feature.
Printer Information
Use the Printer Information menu to get information on service calls,
inventory reports, or the status of current memory and engine code levels.
Tray Settings
Use the Tray Settings menu to get information about the paper type and size for
each tray.
164
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
E-Mail Alert
Use the E-Mail Alert menu to receive e-mail when the printer needs supplies or
intervention. To be notified, type your name or the name of the key operator in
the e-mail list box. Set E-mail Alert also when using the Scan to E-mail feature.
Set Password
Use the Set Password menu to lock the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
with a password so that other users do not inadvertently change the printer
settings that you have selected.
NOTE: You must log in as an administrator to use this feature.
Online Help
Click Online Help to visit the Dell Support website.
Order Supplies at:
www.dell.com/supplies
Contact Dell Support at:
support.dell.com
Setting Up the Dell Printer Configuration Web
Tool0
Ensure that you activate JavaScript in your browser before using the Dell
Printer Configuration Web Tool.
It is recommended that you configure the environment settings of your web
browser before using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
NOTE: The Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool pages may be displayed
unreadable if the pages were configured by the language different from the
language of your web browser.
Setting Up From Web Browser
It is recommended that you configure both the environment settings of your web
browser and the operator panel before using the Dell Printer Configuration
Web Tool.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
165
For Internet Explorer® 6.0, Internet Explorer 7.0, Internet Explorer 8.0
Setting Up the Display Language
1 Select Internet Options from Tools on the menu bar.
2 Select Languages in the General tab.
3 Specify the display language in order of preference in the Language list.
For example:
•
Italian (Italy) [it-IT]
•
Spanish (Traditional Sort) [es-ES tradnl]
•
German (Germany) [de-DE]
•
French (France) [fr-FR]
•
English (United States) [en-US]
•
Danish [da-DK]
•
Dutch (Netherlands) [nl-NL]
•
Norwegian (Bokmal) [no]
•
Swedish [sv-SE]
Setting the IP Address of the Printer to Non-Proxy
1 Select Internet Options from the Tools menu.
2 Click LAN Settings under Local Area Network (LAN) Settings in the
Connections tab.
3 Do either of the following:
•
Clear the Use a proxy server for your LAN check box under Proxy
server.
•
Click Advanced, and then specify the IP address of the printer in the Do
not use proxy server for addresses beginning with field under
Exceptions.
After setting the language and proxy, type <http://nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn/>
(the IP address of the printer) in the URL entry field of the browser to activate
the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
166
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
For Firefox 2.0 or Later
Setting Up the Display Language
1 Select Options from the Tools menu.
2 Click Advanced.
3 If you are using Firefox 2.0, click Choose in the General tab. If you are
using Firefox 3.0, click Choose in the Content tab.
4 Specify the display language in order of preference in the Languages in
order of preference list.enu.
For example:
•
English [en] or English/United States [en-us]
•
Italian [it]
•
Spanish [es]
•
German [de]
•
French [fr]
•
Dutch [nl]
•
Norwegian [no]
•
Swedish [sv]
•
Danish [da]
Setting the IP Address of the Printer to Non-Proxy
1 Select Options from the Tools menu
2 Click Advanced tab.
3 Click Network on the Options dialog box.
4 Click Connection Settings.
5 If you are using Firefox 2.0, do one of the following:
•
Select the Direct connection to the Internet check box.
•
Select the Auto-detect proxy settings for this network check box.
•
Select the Manual proxy configuration check box, and then enter the
IP address of the printer in the No Proxy for edit box.
•
Select the Automatic proxy configuration URL check box.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
167
If you are using Firefox 3.0, do one of the following:
•
Select the No Proxy check box, if you do not want to use a proxy.
•
Select the Auto-detect proxy settings for this network check box.
•
Select the Manual proxy configuration check box, and then enter a
hostname and a port number if you have a list of one or more proxy
servers. If you have an IP address that does not use a proxy, enter the IP
address of the printer in the No Proxy for edit box.
•
Select the Automatic proxy configuration URL check box.
After setting the language and proxy, type <http://nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn/>
(the IP address of the printer) in the URL entry field of the browser to activate
the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
Setting Up From Operator Panel
You can launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool only when EWS is
set to Enable (the factory default) on the operator panel. Confirm the operator
panel setting if you cannot launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
For more information, see "Understanding the Printer Menus."
Page Display Format
The layout of the page is divided into three sections listed below:
•
Top Frame
•
Left Frame
•
Right Frame
Top Frame
The top frame is located at the top of all pages. When the Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool is activated, the current status and specifications of
the printer are displayed in the top frame on every page.
The following items are displayed in the top frame.
168
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
1 Dell 2155cdn
Color MFP
Displays the product name of the printer.
2 IPv4
Displays the IP address of the printer.
IPv6
3 Location
Displays location of the printer. The location can be changed in the
Basic Information section on the Print Server Settings page.
4 Contact Person Displays the name of the printer administrator. The name can be
changed in the Basic Information section on the Print Server
Settings page.
5 Event Panel
Displays the indicator for the condition of the printer.
6 Machine image Shows the bitmap image of the printer. The Printer Status menu
appears in the right frame when you click on the image.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
169
Left Frame
The left frame is located on the left side of all the pages. The menu titles
displayed in the left frame are linked to corresponding menus and pages. You
can go to the corresponding page by clicking their characters.
The following menus are displayed in the left frame.
1
Printer Status
Links to the Printer Status menu.
2
Printer Jobs
Links to the Printer Jobs menu.
3
Printer Settings
Links to the Printer Settings Report menu.
4
Print Server
Settings
Links to the Print Server Reports menu.
5
Copy Printer
Settings
Links to the Copy Printer Settings menu.
6
Print Volume
Links to the Print Volume menu.
7
Address Book
Links to the E-Mail Address menu.
170
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
8
Printer
Information
Links to the Printer Status menu.
9
Tray Settings
Links to the Tray Settings menu.
10 E-Mail Alert
Links to the Print Server Settings menu.
11 Set Password
Links to the Security menu.
12 Online Help
Links to the Dell Support website.
13 Order Supplies at: Links to the Dell web page.
14 Contact Dell
Support at:
Links to the Dell support page web address:
http://support.dell.com/
Right Frame
The right frame is located on the right side of all the pages. The contents of the
right frame correspond to the menu that you select in the left frame. For details
on the items displayed in the right frame, see "Details of the Menu Items."
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
171
Buttons in the Right Frame
1 Refresh Button Receives the current printer configuration and updates the latest
information in the right frame.
2 Apply New
Submits new settings made on the Dell Printer Configuration
Settings Button Web Tool to the printer. The new settings replace the old settings
of the printer.
3 Restore
Restores the old settings that existed before any changes were
Settings Button made. New settings will not be submitted to the printer.
Changing the Settings of the Menu Items
Some menus allow you to change the printer settings through the Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool. When you access these menus, the authentication
window appears on the screen. Type a user name and password for the printer
administrator by following the prompts displayed in the dialog box.
172
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
The default user name is admin, and the default password is left blank (NULL).
You can change only the password in the Set Password page in the Security
menu. The user name cannot be changed. See "Set Password" for more
information.
Details of the Menu Items
"Printer Status"
"Printer Status"
"Printer Status"
"Printer Events"
"Printer Information"
"Printer Jobs"
"Printer Jobs"
"Job List"
"Completed Jobs"
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
173
"Printer
Settings"
"Printer Settings Report" "Menu Settings"
"Reports"
"Printer Settings"
"System Settings"
"USB Settings"
"PCL Settings"
"PDF Settings"
"Secure Settings"
"Copy Defaults"
"Copy Color Balance"
"Copy Settings"
"Fax Defaults"
"Fax Settings"
"Scan Defaults"
"Print from USB Defaults"
"Printer Maintenance"
"Paper Density"
"Adjust BTR"
"Adjust Fuser"
"Auto Registration Adjustment"
"Color Registration Adjustments"
"Clean Developer"
"Reset Defaults"
"Initialize PrintMeter"
"Storage"*1
"Non-Dell Toner"
"Adjust Altitude"
"Clock Settings"
"Web Link Customization"
174
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
"Print Server
Settings"
"Print Server Reports"
"Print Server Setup Page"
"E-Mail Alert Setup Page"
"Print Server Settings"
"Basic Information"
"Port Settings"
"TCP/IP"
"SMB"
"E-Mail Alert"
"Bonjour (mDNS)"
"SNMP"
"Scan To PC"
"LLTD"
"Wireless LAN"*2
"Reset Print Server"
"Security"
"Set Password"
"LDAP Server"
"LDAP User Mapping"
"SSL/TLS"
"IPsec"
"802.1x"*3
"IP Filter (IPv4)"
"Copy Printer
Settings"
"Copy Printer Settings"
"Print Volume"
"Print Volume"
"Copy Printer Settings"
"Copy Printer Settings Report"
"Print Volume"
"Dell ColorTrack"
"Address Book" "E-Mail Address"
"E-Mail Address - Top Page"
"E-Mail Group - Top Page"
"Default Setup"
"Server Address"
"Server Address - Top Page"
"Phone Book"
"FAX Speed Dial - Top Page"
"FAX Group - Top Page"
"Tray Settings"
"Tray Settings"
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
175
*1
This item is available only when RAM disk is enabled.
*2
This item is available only when the printer is connected using the wireless network.
*3
This item is available only when the printer is connected using LAN cable.
Printer Status
Use the Printer Status menu to check the status of consumables, hardware, and
specifications of the printer.
The following pages are displayed in the Printer Status menu.
Printer Status
Purpose:
To check the status of the consumables, trays, and covers.
Values:
Cyan Cartridge Level
OK
Indicates that there is enough amount of toner
for use.
Replace
Soon
Indicates that the toner needs to be replaced
soon.
Replace
Now
Indicates that the toner needs to be replaced
now.
OK
Indicates that the status of PHD unit is OK for
use.
Replace
Soon
Indicates that the PHD unit needs to be
replaced soon.
Replace
Now
Indicates that the PHD unit needs to be
replaced now.
Magenta Cartridge Level
Yellow Cartridge Level
Black Cartridge Level
Consumables
176
Status
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Paper Trays
Status
Output Tray
OK
Indicates that there is some paper in the tray
but the quantity is unknown.
Add
Paper
Indicates that there is no paper in the tray.
Paper
Low
Indicates that paper is running low in the tray.
Capacity
Displays the maximum capacity of the paper
tray.
Size
Displays the size of paper in the tray.
Status
OK
Indicates that the tray is available.
Full
Indicates that the tray is not available.
Capacity
Cover
Status
Displays the maximum capacity of the paper
tray.
Closed
Indicates that the cover is closed.
Open
Indicates that the cover is open.
Printer Type
Displays the type of the printer. Color Laser is
displayed normally.
Printing Speed
Displays the printing speed.
Printer Events
Purpose:
When faults occur, such as Out of Paper or Cover is Open, the details of all
alerts or indications of faults are displayed in the Printer Events page.
Values:
Location
Displays the location where a fault occurred.
Details
Displays the details of the fault.
Printer Information
Purpose:
To verify the printer details such as the hardware configuration and software
version. This page can also be displayed by clicking on the Printer
Information tab in the left frame.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
177
Values:
Dell Service Tag Number
Displays Dell service tag number.
Express Service Code
Displays Dell express service code.
Asset Tag Number
Displays the asset tag number of the printer.
Printer Serial Number
Displays the serial number of the printer.
Memory Capacity
Displays the memory capacity.
Processor Speed
Displays the processing speed.
Printer Revision Firmware Version Displays the revision date (revision level).
Levels
Network
Displays the revision date (revision level).
Firmware Version
Printer Jobs
The Printer Jobs menu contains information on the Job List and Completed
Jobs pages. These pages show the details of the status regarding each protocol
or the print jobs.
Job List
Purpose:
To confirm the print jobs that are being processed. Click the Refresh button to
update the screen.
Values:
ID
Displays the job ID.
Job Name
Displays the file name of the job being printed.
Owner
Displays the name of the job owner.
Host Name
Displays the name of the host computer.
Job Status
Displays the status of the job being printed.
Job Type
Displays the type of the job.
Host I/F
Displays the status of the host interface.
Job Submitted Time Displays the date when the print job was submitted.
178
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Completed Jobs
Purpose:
To check the completed jobs. Up to the last 20 jobs are displayed. Click the
Refresh button to update the screen.
Values:
ID
Displays the job ID.
Job Name
Displays the file name of the job.
Owner
Displays the name of the job owner.
Host Name
Displays the name of the host computer.
Output Result
Displays the status of the job.
Job Type
Displays the type of the job.
Impression Number
Displays the total number of pages for the job.
No. of Sheets
Displays the total number of sheets for the job.
Host I/F
Displays the status of the host interface.
Job Submitted Time
Displays the date when the job was submitted.
Printer Settings
Use the Printer Settings menu to display the Printer Settings Report, Printer
Settings, and Printer Maintenance tabs and to configure the printer settings.
The following tabbed pages are displayed at the top of the right frame.
Printer Settings Report
The Printer Settings Report tab includes the Menu Settings and Reports
pages.
Menu Settings
Purpose:
To display the current settings of the operator panel menus.
Values:
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
179
System Settings
Power Saver
Time - Sleep
Displays the time taken by the printer to enter
Sleep mode after it finishes a job.
Power Saver
Time - Deep
Sleep
Displays the time taken by the printer to enter
Deep Sleep mode after it has entered Sleep
mode.
Power Saver
Wake Up OffHook Wake
Up
Displays whether to wake up from Sleep or Deep
Sleep mode when OnHook is Off.
Auto Reset
Displays the amount of time before the printer
automatically resets the settings on the operator
panel to the defaults when no additional settings
are made.
Fault Time-Out
Displays the amount of time the printer waits
before canceling a job that stops abnormally.
Job Time-Out
Displays the amount of time the printer waits for
data to arrive from the computer.
Control Panel
Tone
Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted
when the operator panel input is correct. Off
indicates that the tone is disabled.
Invalid Key Tone Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted
when the operator panel input is incorrect. Off
indicates that the tone is disabled.
180
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Machine Ready
Tone
Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted
when the printer becomes ready. Off indicates
that the tone is disabled.
Copy Completed Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted
Tone
when a copy job is complete. Off indicates that
the tone is disabled.
Job Completed
Tone
Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted
when a job other than a copy job is complete. Off
indicates that the tone is disabled.
Fault Tone
Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted
when a job ends abnormally. Off indicates that
the tone is disabled.
Alert Tone
Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted
when a problem occurs. Off indicates that the
tone is disabled.
Out of Paper
Tone
Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted
when the printer runs out of paper. Off indicates
that the tone is disabled.
Low Toner Alert Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted
Tone
when the toner is low. Off indicates that the tone
is disabled.
Auto Clear Alert Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted 5
Tone
seconds before the printer performs auto clear.
Off indicates that the tone is disabled.
Base Tone
Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted
when the operator panel screen is returned to the
default setting by scrolling the loop menu. Off
indicates that the tone is disabled.
All Tones
Displays the volume of all the alert tones. Off
indicates that all the tones are disabled.
mm / inch
Displays the measurement unit that is used on
the operator panel screen.
Default Print
Paper Size
Displays the default print paper size.
Auto Log Print
Displays whether to automatically print a job
history report after every 20 jobs.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
181
Print ID
Displays where to print a user ID on the output
paper.
Print Text
Displays whether the printer outputs PDL (Page
Description Language) data (which is not
supported by the printer) as text when the printer
receives it.
Displays where to insert a banner sheet in the
Banner Sheet
Insert Position*1 output paper.
Banner Sheet
Specify Tray*1
Displays the tray to feed a banner sheet.
RAM Disk*2
Displays whether to allocate RAM for the file
system for the Secure Print, and Proof Print
features.
Substitute Tray
Displays if paper of another size has to be used
when the paper that is loaded in the specified
tray does not match the paper size setting for the
current job.
Letterhead
Duplex Mode*3
Displays whether to print both sides on
letterhead.
Low Toner Alert Displays whether to show the alert message
Msg
when the toner is low.
Panel Language
Displays the language used on the operator panel
screen.
USB Settings
USB Port
Displays whether to enable the USB interface.
PCL Settings
Paper Tray
Displays the paper input tray.
Paper Size
Displays the paper size setting.
Custom Size - Y
Displays the length of custom size paper.
Custom Size - X
Displays the width of custom size paper.
Orientation
Displays how text and graphics are oriented on
the page.
Font
Displays the selected font from the list of
registered fonts.
Symbol Set
Displays a symbol set for the specified font.
182
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Font Size
Displays the font size for scalable typographic
fonts.
Font Pitch
Displays the font pitch for scalable mono spaced
fonts.
Form Line
Displays the number of lines in a page.
Quantity
Displays the number of copies to print.
Image
Enhancement
Displays whether to enable the Image
Enhancement feature.
Hex Dump
Displays whether to enable the Hex Dump
feature.
Draft Mode
Displays whether to print in the draft mode.
Line Termination Displays whether to set the line termination.
PDF Settings
Default Color
Displays the color mode setting.
Quantity
Displays the number of copies to print.
2 Sided
*3
Displays whether to print on both sides of a sheet
of paper.
Print Mode
Displays the print mode setting.
Collated
Displays whether to sort a job.
Output Size
Displays the output paper size.
Layout
Displays the output layout.
Output Color
Displays the color mode setting.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
183
Secure Settings
Panel Lock Set
Displays whether to lock Admin Menu with a
password.
Copy
Displays whether to lock the Copy service with a
password.
Fax
Displays whether to lock the Fax service with a
password.
Scan
Displays whether to lock the Scan service with a
password.
Print from USB
Displays whether to lock the Print from USB
service with a password.
Secure Receive
Set
Displays whether a password is required to
receive faxes.
Login ErrorAttempts
Displays how many times an administrator can
attempt to log in to Panel Lock, Function
Enabled, and Secure Receive.
Secure Settings - Set Available
Print/Copy/Fax/ Time
Scan
184
Displays whether to set the available time period
for the Print, Copy, Fax, and Scan services,
respectively.
Start Time
Displays the start time of the available time
period for the Print, Copy, Fax, and Scan
services, respectively.
End Time
Displays the end time of the available time
period for the Print, Copy, Fax, and Scan
services, respectively.
Recurrence
Displays the day of the week to repeat the
setting.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Copy Defaults
Color
Displays whether to make copies in color or in
black and white.
Select Tray
Displays the default input tray.
SSF Paper Size
Displays the paper size setting of the single sheet
feeder.
SSF Paper Type
Displays the paper type settings of the single
sheet feeder.
Collated
Displays whether to sort a copy job.
Reduce/Enlarge
Displays the default copy reduction/enlargement
ratio.
Document Size
Displays the paper size of the original.
Original Type
Displays the type of the original.
Lighter/Darker
Displays the default copy density.
Sharpness
Displays the default sharpness level.
Color Saturation Displays the default color saturation level.
Auto Exposure
Displays whether to suppress the background of
the original to enhance text on the copy.
Auto Exposure
Level
Displays the background suppression level.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
185
Copy Color
Balance
Yellow Low
Dens.
Displays the color balance level of low density
yellow.
Yellow Medium
Dens.
Displays the color balance level of medium
density yellow.
Yellow High
Dens.
Displays the color balance level of high density
yellow.
Magenta Low
Dens.
Displays the color balance level of low density
magenta.
Magenta
Medium Dens.
Displays the color balance level of medium
density magenta.
Magenta High
Dens.
Displays the color balance level of high density
magenta.
Cyan Low Dens. Displays the color balance level of low density
cyan.
Cyan Medium
Dens.
Displays the color balance level of medium
density cyan.
Cyan High Dens. Displays the color balance level of high density
cyan.
Black Low Dens. Displays the color balance level of low density
black.
Black Medium
Dens.
Displays the color balance level of medium
density black.
Black High Dens. Displays the color balance level of high density
black.
Copy Settings
186
2 Sided*3
Displays whether to print on both sides of a sheet
of paper.
Multiple-Up
Displays whether the Multiple-Up feature is
enabled.
Margin
Top/Bottom
Displays the value of the top and bottom
margins.
Margin
Left/Right
Displays the value of the left and right margins.
Margin Middle
Displays the value of the middle margin.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Fax Defaults
Resolution
Displays the resolution level to be used for fax
transmission.
Lighter/Darker
Displays the density level to be used for fax
transmission.
Delayed Start
Displays the fax transmission start time.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
187
Fax Settings
Receive Mode
Displays the fax receiving mode.
Auto Receive Fax Displays the interval at which the printer goes
into the fax receive mode after receiving an
incoming call.
188
Auto Receive
Tel/Fax
Displays the interval at which the printer goes
into the fax receive mode after the external
telephone receives an incoming call.
Auto Receive
Answer/Fax
Displays the interval at which the printer goes
into the fax mode after the external answering
machine receives an incoming call.
Line Monitor
Displays the volume of the line monitor, which
audibly monitors a transmission through the
internal speaker until a connection is made.
Ring Tone
Volume
Displays the volume of the ring tone, which
indicates that an incoming call is a telephone call
through the internal speaker when Receive
Mode is set to Telephone/Fax.
Line Type
Displays the line type; PSTN or PBX.
Tone/Pulse
Displays whether to use tone or pulse dialing.
Resend Delay
Displays the interval between re-send attempts.
Redial Attempts
Displays the number of redial attempts to make
if the destination fax number is busy.
Redial Delay
Displays the interval between redial attempts.
Junk Fax Setup
Displays whether to reject faxes sent from
unwanted stations.
Remote Receive
Displays whether to receive faxes by pressing a
remote receive code on the external telephone.
Remote Receive
Tone
Displays the 2-digit remote receive code when
Remote Receive is On.
Fax Header
Displays whether to print the information of the
sender on the header of faxes.
Fax Header
Name
Displays the name of the sender that will be
printed on the header of faxes.
Fax Number
Displays the fax number of the printer, which
will be printed on the header of faxes.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Fax Cover Page
Displays whether to attach a cover page to faxes.
DRPD Pattern
Displays the Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection
(DRPD) setting.
Duplex Print*3
Displays whether to print on both sides of a sheet
of paper.
Sent Fax
Forward
Displays whether to forward incoming faxes to a
specified destination.
Fax Forward
Number
Displays the fax number of the destination to
which incoming faxes are to be forwarded.
Prefix Dial
Displays whether to set a prefix dial number.
Prefix Dial
Number
Displays a prefix dial number. This number dials
before any auto dial number is started. It is useful
for accessing the Private Automatic Branch
Exchange (PABX).
Discard Size
Displays whether to delete text or images at the
bottom of a fax page when the entire page does
not fit onto the output paper.
ECM
Displays whether the Error Correction Mode
(ECM) is enabled.
Modem Speed
Displays the modem speed.
Country
Displays the country where the printer is used.
Fax Activity
Displays whether to automatically print a fax
activity report after every 50 incoming and outgoing fax communications.
Fax Transmit
Displays whether to print a transmission report
after every fax transmission or only when an
error occurs.
Fax Broadcast
Displays whether to print a transmission report
after every fax transmission to multiple
destinations or only when an error occurs.
Fax Protocol
Displays whether to automatically print a
protocol monitor report after every fax
transmission or only when an error occurs.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
189
Scan Defaults
190
Scan To Network Displays whether to save scanned documents on
a network server or on a computer.
File Format
Displays the file format in which scanned
documents are to be saved.
Color
Displays whether to scan in color or in black and
white.
Black & White
Button
Displays whether to scan in black and white or in
grayscale when Black & White is selected for a
color mode.
Color Button
Displays whether to scan in color or in color
(Photo) when Color is selected for a color mode.
Resolution
Displays the default scan resolution.
Document Size
Displays the paper size of the original.
Lighter/Darker
Displays the default scan density level.
Sharpness
Displays the default sharpness level.
Contrast
Displays the default contrast level.
Auto Exposure
Displays whether to suppress the background of
the original to enhance text on the scan.
Auto Exposure
Level
Displays the background suppression level.
Margin
Top/Bottom
Displays the value of the top and bottom
margins.
Margin
Left/Right
Displays the value of the left and right margins.
Margin Middle
Displays the value of the middle margin.
TIFF File
Format
Displays the selected TIFF file format; TIFF V6
or TTN2.
Image
Compression
Displays the image compression level.
Max Email Size
Displays the maximum size of e-mail that can be
sent.
Email From
Field
Displays whether to enable editing of the
transmission source when you use Scan to Email.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Print from USB Color
Defaults
Displays whether to print in color or in black and
white.
Select Tray
Displays the default input tray.
SSF Paper Size
Displays the paper size setting of the single sheet
feeder.
SSF Paper Type
Displays the paper type settings of the single
sheet feeder.
2 Sided*3
Displays whether to print on both sides of a sheet
of paper.
Layout
Displays the output layout.
Paper Density
Plain
Displays the paper density of plain paper.
Label
Displays the paper density of labels.
Adjust BTR
Plain
Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller
(-6 to 6) for plain paper.
Plain Thick
Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller
(-6 to 6) for thick plain paper.
Covers
Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller
(-6 to 6) for cover paper.
Covers Thick
Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller
(-6 to 6) for thick cover paper.
Label
Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller
(-6 to 6) for labels.
Coated
Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller
(-6 to 6) for coated paper.
Coated Thick
Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller
(-6 to 6) for thick coated paper.
Envelope
Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller
(-6 to 6) for envelopes.
Recycled
Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller
(-6 to 6) for recycled paper.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
191
Adjust Fuser
Plain
Displays the temperature setting of the fuser (-2
to 2) for plain paper.
Plain Thick
Displays the temperature setting of the fuser (-2
to 2) for thick plain paper.
Covers
Displays the temperature setting of the fuser (-2
to 2) for cover paper.
Covers Thick
Displays the temperature setting of the fuser (-2
to 2) for thick cover paper.
Label
Displays the temperature setting of the fuser (-2
to 2) for labels.
Coated
Displays the temperature setting of the fuser (-2
to 2) for coated paper.
Coated Thick
Displays the temperature setting of the fuser (-2
to 2) for thick coated paper.
Envelope
Displays the temperature setting of the fuser (-2
to 2) for envelopes.
Recycled
Displays the temperature setting of the fuser (-2
to 2) for recycled paper.
Auto Registration Adjustment
Displays whether to automatically perform color
registration adjustment.
Adjust Altitude
Displays the altitude of the location where the
printer is installed.
Non-Dell Toner
Displays whether to use toner cartridge of
another manufacturer.
Clock Settings
192
Date Format
Displays the default date format.
Time Format
Displays the default time format; 24H or 12H.
Time Zone
Displays the default time zone.
Set Date
Displays the date setting.
Set Time
Displays the time setting.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Web Link
Customization
Select Reorder
URL
Displays a link used for ordering consumables,
which can be accessed from Order Supplies at:
in the left frame.
Regular
Displays the regular URL
(http://accessories.us.dell.com/sna) that can be
linked to Order Supplies at:.
Premier
Displays the premier URL
(http://premier.dell.com) that can be linked to
Order Supplies at:.
Dell ColorTrack ColorTrack
Mode
Displays whether to enable the ColorTrack.
No Account User Displays whether to permit the printing of data
Print
without authentication information.
ColorTrack
Error Report
Tray Settings
Displays whether to print the error report on the
ColorTrack mode.
Tray 1 Paper Size Displays the paper size setting of the standard
250-sheet tray.
Tray 1 Paper
Type
Displays the paper type setting of the standard
250-sheet tray.
Tray 1 Custom
Size - Y
Displays the length of custom size paper loaded
in the standard 250-sheet tray.
Tray 1 Custom
Size - X
Displays the width of custom size paper loaded
in the standard 250-sheet tray.
Tray 1 Display
Popup
Displays whether to show a popup menu that
prompts the user to set the paper size and type
when the paper is loaded in the standard 250sheet tray.
Tray 2 Paper
Size*4
Displays the paper size setting of the optional
250-sheet feeder.
Tray 2 Paper
Type*4
Displays the paper type setting of the optional
250-sheet feeder.
Tray 2 Display
Popup*4
Displays whether to show a popup menu that
prompts the user to set the paper size and type
when the paper is loaded in the optional 250sheet feeder.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
193
*1
This item is available only when the optional 250-sheet feeder is installed to Dell
2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer.
*2
This item is available only when the optional 512 MB memory module is installed.
*3
This item is available only for Dell 2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer.
*4
This item is available only when the optional 250-sheet feeder is installed.
Reports
Purpose:
To print various types of reports and lists.
Values:
System Settings
Click the Start button to print the System Settings page.
Panel Settings
Click the Start button to print the Panel Settings page.
PCL Fonts List
Click the Start button to print the PCL (Hewlett-Packard
Printer Control Language) Fonts List.
PCL Macro List
Click the Start button to print the PCL Macro List.
PDF Fonts List
Click the Start button to print the PDF Fonts List.
Job History
Click the Start button to print the Job History report.
Error History
Click the Start button to print the Error History report.
Print Meter
Click the Start button to print the Print Meter report.
Color Test Page
Click the Start button to print the Color Test Page.
Protocol Monitor
Click the Start button to print the Protocol Monitor report.
Speed Dial
Click the Start button to print the Speed Dial report.
Address Book
Click the Start button to print the Address Book report.
Server Address
Click the Start button to print the Server Address report.
Fax Activity
Click the Start button to print the Fax Activity report.
Fax Pending
Click the Start button to print the Fax Pending report.
*1
Stored Documents
*1
194
Click the Start button to print the Stored Documents list.
This item is available only when RAM disk is enabled
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Printer Settings
The Printer Settings tab includes System Settings, USB Settings, PCL
Settings, PDF Settings, Secure Settings, Copy Defaults, Copy Color
Balance, Copy Settings, Fax Defaults, Fax Settings, Scan Defaults, and Print
from USB Defaults pages.
System Settings
Purpose:
To configure the basic printer settings.
Values:
Power Saver Time - Sleep
Sets the time taken by the printer to enter Sleep
mode after it finishes a job.
Power Saver Time - Deep Sleep
Sets the time taken by the printer to enter Deep
Sleep mode after it has entered Sleep mode.
Power Saver Wake Up OffHook Wake Up
Sets whether to wake up from Sleep or Deep Sleep
mode when OnHook is set to Off.
Auto Reset
Sets the amount of time before the printer
automatically resets the settings on the operator
panel to the defaults when no additional settings are
made.
Fault Time-Out
Sets the amount of time the printer waits before
canceling a job that stops abnormally.
Job Time-Out
Sets the amount of time the printer waits for data to
arrive from the computer.
Control Panel Tone
Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when the
operator panel input is correct, or disables the tone.
Invalid Key Tone
Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when the
operator panel input is incorrect, or disables the
tone.
Machine Ready Tone
Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when the
printer becomes ready, or disables the tone.
Copy Completed Tone
Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when a
copy job is complete, or disables the tone.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
195
Job Completed Tone
Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when a
job other than a copy job is complete, or disables
the tone.
Fault Tone
Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when a
job ends abnormally, or disables the tone.
Alert Tone
Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when a
problem occurs, or disables the tone.
Out of Paper Tone
Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when the
printer runs out of paper, or disables the tone.
Low Toner Alert Tone
Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when the
toner is low, or disables the tone.
Auto Clear Alert Tone
Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted 5 seconds
before the printer performs auto clear, or disables
the tone.
Base Tone
Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when the
operator panel screen returns to the default setting
by scrolling the loop menu, or disables the tone.
All Tones
Sets the volume of all the alert tones, or disables all
the tones.
mm / inch
Sets the measurement unit to be used on the
operator panel screen as either mm or inches.
Default Print Paper Size
Sets the default print paper size.
Auto Log Print
Specifies if a job history needs to be printed after
every 20 jobs.
Print ID
Sets where to print the user ID on the output paper.
Print Text
Sets whether the printer outputs PDL data (which is
not supported by the printer) as text when the
printer receives it.
Banner Sheet Insert Position*1
Banner Sheet Specify Tray
*2
*1
Sets where to insert a banner sheet in the output.
Sets from which tray a banner sheet is fed.
RAM Disk
Sets whether to allocate RAM for the file system for
the Secure Print and Store Print features.
Substitute Tray
Sets whether to use another size paper when the
paper that is loaded in the specified tray does not
match the paper size settings for the current job.
196
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Letterhead Duplex Mode*3
Sets whether to print on both sides of letterhead.
Low Toner Alert Msg
Alerts you if the toner is low.
Panel Language
Used to set the language on the operator panel.
*1
This item is available only when the optional 250-sheet feeder is installed to Dell
2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer.
*2
This item is available only when the optional 512 MB memory module is installed.
*3
This item is available only for Dell 2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer.
USB Settings
Purpose:
To change USB settings on your printer.
Values:
USB Port
Enables the USB interface on your printer.
PCL Settings
Purpose:
To change the PCL settings.
Values:
Paper Tray
Sets the paper input tray.
Paper Size
Sets the paper size.
Custom Size - Y Sets the length of custom size paper. The available range is from 127
mm (5.0 inch) to 355 mm (14.0 inch).
Custom Size - X Sets the width of custom size paper. The available range is from 77
mm (3.0 inch) to 215 mm (8.5 inch).
Orientation
Sets how text and graphics are oriented on the page.
Font
Sets the font from the list of registered fonts.
Symbol Set
Sets a symbol set for the specified font.
Font Size
Sets the font size for scalable typographic fonts.
Font Pitch
Sets the font pitch for scalable mono spaced fonts.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
197
Form Line
Sets the number of lines in a page.
Quantity
Sets the number of copies to print.
Image
Enhancement
Sets whether to enable the Image Enhancement feature.
Hex Dump
Sets whether to help isolate the source of a print job problem. With
Hex Dump selected, all data sent to the printer is printed in
hexadecimal and character representation. Control codes are not
executed.
Draft Mode
Sets whether to print in the draft mode.
Line
Termination
Sets how to handle line terminations.
Default Color
Sets the print color mode as Color or Black. This setting is used for
print jobs without a specified color print mode.
PDF Settings
Purpose:
To change the PDF settings.
Values:
Quantity
Sets the number of copies.
*1
2 Sided
Sets whether to print on both sides of a sheet of paper.
Print Mode
Sets a print mode.
PDF Password
Sets a password.
Re-enter PDF Password Confirms the set password.
Collated
Sets whether to sort the output.
Output Size
Sets the output paper size.
Layout
Sets the output layout.
Output Color
Sets the output color.
*1
This item is available only for Dell 2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer.
Secure Settings
Panel Lock
198
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Purpose:
To set a limited access to Admin Menu with a password, and to set or change
the password.
Set the password of the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool from Set
Password in Print Server Settings.
Values:
Panel Lock Set
Enables/Disables password protection for the Admin Menu.
New Password
Sets a password that is required to access the Admin Menu.
Re-enter Password
Confirms the set password.
NOTE: This menu sets a password to lock the operator panel. When you change
the password for the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, click Set Password
on the left frame and set the password.
Function Enabled
Purpose:
To specify whether to lock the Copy, Scan, and Fax services with a password,
and to set or change the password.
Set the password of the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool from Set
Password in Print Server Settings.
Values:
Copy
Sets whether to lock the Copy service with a password.
Fax
Sets whether to lock the Fax service with a password.
Scan
Sets whether to lock the Scan service with a password.
Print from USB Sets whether to lock the Print from USB service with a password.
New Password
Sets a password that is required to access the Copy, Scan, Fax, and
Print from USB services.
Re-enter
Password
Confirms the set password.
Secure Receive
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
199
Purpose:
Allows you to password protect all the incoming faxes. When the Secure
Receive feature is enabled, the printer stores incoming faxes and prints them
when the correct password is entered on the operator panel.
Set the password of the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool from Set
Password in Print Server Settings.
Values:
Secure Receive Set
Enables/Disables password protection for all incoming faxes.
New Password
Sets a password for incoming faxes.
Re-enter Password
Confirms the set password.
Login Error
Purpose:
To specify how many times an administrator can attempt to log in to Panel
Lock, Function Enabled, and Secure Receive.
Values:
Login Attempts
Displays how many times an administrator can attempt to log in to
Panel Lock, Function Enabled, and Secure Receive.
Set Available Time - Print/Copy/Fax/Scan
Purpose:
To specify the time to enable the secure setting for the Print, Copy, Fax, and
Scan services.
Values:
Set Available Time
Allows you to set the available time period for the Print, Copy,
Fax, and Scan services.
Start Time
Sets the start time of the available time period for the Print,
Copy, Fax, and Scan services.
200
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
End Time
Sets the end time of the available time period for the Print, Copy,
Fax, and Scan services.
Recurrence
Sets the day of the week to repeat the setting.
Secure Job Expiration
NOTE: Secure Job Expiration feature is available only when the optional 512 MB
memory module is installed.
Purpose:
To specify the date and time to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the RAM
disk.
Values:
Expiration Mode Allows you to set the date to delete the files stored as Secure Print in
the optional 512 MB memory module.
Expiration Time
Sets the time to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the optional
512 MB memory module.
Recurrence
Sets the period to repeat the setting.
Weekly Settings
Sets the day of the week to repeat the setting.
Monthly Settings Sets the day of the month to repeat the setting.
Copy Defaults
Purpose:
To create your own default Copy settings.
Values:
Color
Sets whether to print in color or in black and white.
Select Tray
Sets the default input tray.
SSF Paper Size
Sets the size of paper loaded in the single sheet feeder.
SSF Paper Type
Sets the type of paper loaded in the single sheet feeder.
Collated
Sets whether to sort a copy job.
Reduce/Enlarge
Sets the default reduction/enlargement ratio.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
201
Custom Reduce/Enlarge Sets the custom reduction/enlargement ratio.
Document Size
Sets the paper size of the original.
Original Type
Sets the type of the original.
Lighter/Darker
Sets the default copy density.
Sharpness
Sets the default sharpness level.
Color Saturation
Adjusts the saturation of colors to make the colors lighter or
darker than the original.
Auto Exposure
Sets whether to suppress the background of the original to
enhance text on the copy.
Auto Exposure Level
Sets the background suppression level.
Copy Color Balance
Purpose:
To specify the copy color balance.
Values:
Yellow Low Dens.
Sets the color balance level of low density yellow.
Yellow Medium Dens.
Sets the color balance level of medium density yellow.
Yellow High Dens.
Sets the color balance level of high density yellow.
Magenta Low Dens.
Sets the color balance level of low density magenta.
Magenta Medium Dens. Sets the color balance level of medium density magenta.
Magenta High Dens.
Sets the color balance level of high density magenta.
Cyan Low Dens.
Sets the color balance level of low density cyan.
Cyan Medium Dens.
Sets the color balance level of medium density cyan.
Cyan High Dens.
Sets the color balance level of high density cyan.
Black Low Dens.
Sets the color balance level of low density black.
Black Medium Dens.
Sets the color balance level of medium density black.
Black High Dens.
Sets the color balance level of high density black.
Copy Settings
Purpose:
To configure the Copy settings.
202
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Values:
2 Sided*1
Sets whether to print on both sides of a sheet of paper.
Multiple-Up
Off*
Does not perform multiple-up printing.
Auto
Automatically reduces the original pages to fit onto
one sheet of paper.
ID Copy
Prints the original pages onto one sheet of paper in
the original size.
Manual
Prints the original pages onto one sheet of paper in
the size specified for Reduce/Enlarge.
Margin
Top/Bottom
Sets the value of the top and bottom margins within the range of 0 mm
(0.0 inch) to 50 mm (2.0 inch).
Margin
Left/Right
Sets the value of the left and right margins within the range of 0 mm
(0.0 inch) to 50 mm (2.0 inch).
Margin Middle Sets the value of the middle margin within the range of 0 mm (0.0
inch) to 50 mm (2.0 inch).
*1
This item is available only for Dell 2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer.
Fax Defaults
Purpose:
To create your own default Fax settings.
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Values:
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
203
Resolution
Standard*
Suitable for documents with normal sized
characters.
Fine
Suitable for documents containing small characters
or thin lines or documents printed using a dotmatrix printer.
Super Fine
Suitable for documents containing extremely fine
detail. The super fine mode is enabled only if the
remote machine also supports the Super Fine
resolution.
Photo
Suitable for documents containing photographic
images.
Lighter/Darker Sets the default density to fax your documents lighter or darker.
Delayed Start
Sets the fax transmission start time when sending a fax at a specified
time.
Fax Settings
Purpose:
To configure the Fax settings.
NOTE: You cannot set up the items on the Fax Settings page unless you set up the
country code under Country.
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Values:
204
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Receive Mode
Fax*
Automatically receives faxes.
Telephone
Automatic fax reception is turned off. You can receive a
fax by picking up the handset of the external phone and
then pressing a remote receive code, or by setting
OnHook to On (you can hear voice or fax tones from
the remote machine) and then pressing the (Start)
button.
Telephone/ When the printer receives an incoming fax, the external
Fax
telephone rings for the time specified in Auto Receive
Tel/Fax, and then the printer automatically receives a
fax. If an incoming call is not a fax, the printer beeps
from the internal speaker indicating that the call is a
telephone call.
Answer
The printer can share a telephone line with an answering
Machine/F machine. In this mode, the printer will monitor the fax
ax
signal and pick up the line if there are fax tones. If the
phone communication in your country is serial, this
mode is not supported.
DRPD
Before using the Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection
(DRPD) option, a distinctive ring service must be
installed on your telephone line by the telephone
company. After the telephone company has provided a
separate number for faxing with a distinctive ring
pattern, configure the fax setup to monitor for that
specific ring pattern.
Auto Receive
Fax
Sets the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode
after answering an incoming call.
Auto Receive
Tel/Fax
Sets the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode
after the external telephone receives an incoming call.
Auto Receive
Answer/Fax
Sets the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode
after the external answering machine receives an incoming call.
Line Monitor
Sets the volume of the line monitor, which audibly monitors a
transmission through the internal speaker until a connection is made.
Ring Tone
Volume
Sets the volume of the ring tone, which indicates that an incoming call
is a telephone call through the internal speaker when Receive Mode
is set to Telephone/Fax.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
205
Line Type
Sets the default line type; PSTN or PBX.
Tone/Pulse
Sets whether to use tone or pulse dialing.
Resend Delay
Sets the interval (3–255 seconds) between re-send attempts.
Redial
Attempts
Sets the number of redial attempts (0–13) to make if the destination
fax number is busy. If you enter 0, the printer will not redial.
Redial Delay
Sets the interval (1–15 minutes) between redial attempts.
Junk Fax Setup Sets whether to reject unwanted faxes by accepting only the faxes
from the numbers registered in the Phone Book
Remote Receive Sets whether to receive a fax by pressing a remote receive code on the
external telephone.
Remote Receive Sets a 2-digit remote receive code when Remote Receive is On.
Tone
Fax Header
Sets whether to print the information of the sender on the header of
faxes.
Fax Header
Name
Allows you to enter a name that will be printed on the header of faxes.
Fax Number
Allows you to enter the fax number of the printer, which will be
printed on the header of faxes.
Fax Cover Page Sets whether to attach a cover page to faxes.
DRPD Pattern
Sets the Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection (DRPD) setting from
Pattern1 to Pattern7.
DRPD is a service provided by some telephone companies.
Duplex Print
*1
Sets whether to print on both sides of a sheet of paper.
Sent Fax
Forward
Sets whether to forward incoming faxes to a specified destination.
Fax Forward
Number
Allows you to enter the fax number of the destination to which
incoming faxes will be forwarded.
Prefix Dial
Sets whether to set a prefix dial number.
Prefix Dial
Number
Sets a prefix dial number of up to five digits. This number dials before
any auto dial number is started. It is useful for accessing the Private
Automatic Branch Exchange (PABX).
206
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Discard Size
Sets whether to delete text or images at the bottom of a fax page when
the entire page does not fit onto the output paper. Selecting Auto
Reduction automatically reduces the fax page to fit it onto the output
paper, and does not discard any images or text at the bottom of the
page.
ECM
Sets whether to enable the Error Correction Mode (ECM). To use the
ECM, the remote machines must also support the ECM.
Modem Speed
Allows you to adjust the fax modem speed when a fax transmission or
reception error occurs.
Country
Sets the country where the printer is used.
Fax Activity
Sets whether to automatically print a fax activity report after every 50
incoming and outgoing fax communications.
Fax Transmit
Sets whether to print a transmission report after every fax
transmission or only when an error occurs.
Fax Broadcast
Sets whether to print a transmission report after every fax
transmission to multiple destinations or only when an error occurs.
Fax Protocol
Sets whether to print the protocol monitor report after every fax
transmission or only when an error occurs.
*1
This item is available only for Dell 2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer.
Scan Defaults
Purpose:
To create your own default Scan settings.
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
207
Values:
Scan To
Network
Computer
(Network)*
Stores scanned documents on a computer using the
Server Message Block (SMB) protocol.
Server (FTP)
Stores scanned documents on a server using the FTP
protocol.
File Format
Sets the file format in which scanned documents are to be saved.
Color
Sets whether to scan in color or in black and white.
Black & White Displays whether to scan in black and white or in grayscale when
Button
Black & White is selected for a color mode.
Color Button
Displays whether to scan in color or in color (Photo) when Color is
selected for a color mode.
Resolution
Sets the default scan resolution.
Document Size Sets the paper size of the original.
Lighter/Darker Sets the default scan density.
Sharpness
Sets the default sharpness level.
Contrast
Sets the default contrast level.
Auto Exposure Sets whether to suppress the background of the original to enhance
text on the copy.
Auto Exposure Sets the default background suppression level.
Level
Margin
Top/Bottom
Sets the value of the top and bottom margins within the range of 0 mm
(0.0 inch) to 50 mm (2.0 inch).
Margin
Left/Right
Sets the value of the left and right margins within the range of 0 mm
(0.0 inch) to 50 mm (2.0 inch).
Margin Middle Sets the value of the middle margin within the range of 0 mm (0.0
inch) to 50 mm (2.0 inch).
TIFF File
Format
Sets the TIFF file format to TIFF V6 or TTN2.
Image
Compression
Sets the image compression level.
Max Email Size Sets the maximum size of e-mail that can be sent, within the range of
50 K bytes to 16384 K bytes.
208
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Email From
Field
Sets whether to enable editing of the transmission source when you
use Scan to E-mail.
Print from USB Defaults
Purpose:
To create your own Print from USB Defaults setting.
Values:
Color
Sets whether to print in color or in black and white.
Select Tray
Sets the default input tray.
SSF Paper Size
Sets the size of paper loaded in the single sheet feeder.
SSF Paper Type
Sets the paper type loaded in the single sheet feeder.
2 Sided*1
Sets whether to print on both sides of a sheet of paper.
Layout
Sets the output layout.
PDF Password
Sets a password.
Re-enter PDF Password
Confirms the set password.
*1
This item is available only for Dell 2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer.
Printer Maintenance
The Printer Maintenance tab includes the Paper Density, Adjust BTR,
Adjust Fuser, Auto Registration Adjustment, Color Registration
Adjustments, Clean Developer, Reset Defaults, Initialize PrintMeter,
Storage, Non-Dell Toner, Adjust Altitude, Clock Settings, and Web Link
Customization pages.
Paper Density
Purpose:
To specify the paper density.
Values:
Plain
Sets the density of plain paper to Light or Normal.
Label
Sets the density of labels to Light or Normal.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
209
Adjust BTR
Purpose:
To specify the reference voltage settings for the transfer roller.
Values:
Plain
Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for plain paper
within the range of -6 to 6.
Plain Thick
Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for thick plain
paper within the range of -6 to 6.
Covers
Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for cover paper
within the range of -6 to 6.
Covers Thick
Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for thick cover
paper within the range of -6 to 6.
Label
Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for labels
within the range of -6 to 6.
Coated
Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for coated paper
within the range of -6 to 6.
Coated Thick
Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for thick coated
paper within the range of -6 to 6.
Envelope
Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for envelopes
within the range of -6 to 6.
Recycled
Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for recycled
paper within the range of -6 to 6.
Adjust Fuser
Purpose:
To specify the temperature settings value for the fuser.
Values:
Plain
Sets the temperature settings for the fuser for plain paper within the
range of -2 to 2.
Plain Thick
Sets the temperature settings for the fuser for thick plain paper within
the range of -2 to 2.
210
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Covers
Sets the temperature settings for the fuser for cover paper within the
range of -2 to 2.
Covers Thick
Sets the temperature settings for the fuser for thick cover paper within
the range of -2 to 2.
Label
Sets the temperature settings for the fuser for labels within the range
of -2 to 2.
Coated
Sets the temperature settings for the fuser for coated paper within the
range of -2 to 2.
Coated Thick
Sets the temperature settings for the fuser for thick coated paper
within the range of -2 to 2.
Envelope
Sets the temperature settings for the fuser for envelopes within the
range of -2 to 2.
Recycled
Sets the temperature settings for the fuser for recycled paper within
the range of -2 to 2.
Auto Registration Adjustment
Purpose:
To specify whether to automatically perform color registration adjustment.
Color Registration Adjustments
Purpose:
To specify whether to manually perform color registration adjustment.
Manual Color Registration Adjustments are required such as when the printer is
initially installed and after the printer is moved.
NOTE: The Color Registration Adjustments feature can be configured when
Auto Registration Adjustment is set to Off.
Values:
Auto Correct
Click the Start button to automatically perform color registration
correction.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
211
Color Regi
Chart
Click the Start button to print a color registration chart. The color
registration chart prints a lattice pattern of yellow, magenta, and cyan
lines. On the chart, look at the values on the right side that are next to
the line that is perfectly straight for each of the three colors. If the
value for this line is 0, color registration adjustment is not required. If
the value for this line is any value other than 0, specify the adjustment
values under Color Registration Adjustments.
Color
Registration
Adjustments
Sets lateral (perpendicular to paper feed direction) and process (paper
feed direction) color adjustment values individually for Yellow,
Magenta, and Cyan within the range of -9 to 9.
Clean Developer
Purpose:
To clean each toner cartridge or PHD unit, or to stir the toner in a new toner
cartridge.
Values:
Clean Developer
Stirs the toner in a new toner cartridge.
Yellow Toner Refresh
Cleans the toner in the yellow toner cartridge.
Magenta Toner Refresh
Cleans the toner in the magenta toner cartridge.
Cyan Toner Refresh
Cleans the toner in the cyan toner cartridge.
Black Toner Refresh
Cleans the toner in the black toner cartridge.
Drum Refresh
Cleans the surface of the PHD unit.
Reset Defaults
Purpose:
To initialize wired network data stored in non-volatile memory (NVM). After
executing this function and rebooting the printer, all wired network settings are
reset to their default values.
212
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Reset Defaults
Reset Defaults User
Click the Start button to reset the fax
Fax Section and restart number entries in the Address Book.
printer.
Power On Wizard
Reset Defaults User
Scan Section and
restart printer.
Click the Start button to reset the email and server address entries in the
Address Book.
Reset Defaults System
Section and restart
printer.
Click the Start button to reset the
system parameters.
Power On Wizard
Click the Start button to perform the
initial setup for the printer.
Initialize PrintMeter
Purpose:
To initialize the print meter of the printer. When the print meter is initialized, the
meter count is reset to 0.
Storage
NOTE: Storage feature is available only when the optional 512 MB memory
module is installed.
Purpose:
To clear all files stored in the optional 512 MB memory module.
Values:
Clear Storage
All Clear
Click the Start button to clear all files stored as Secure
Print and Proof Print in the optional 512 MB memory
module.
Secure
Document
Click the Start button to clear all files stored as Secure
Print in the optional 512 MB memory module.
Stored
Document
Click the Start button to clear all files stored in the
optional 512 MB memory module.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
213
Non-Dell Toner
Purpose:
To use toner cartridge of another manufacturer.
NOTICE: Using a non-Dell toner cartridge may severely damage your printer.
The warranty does not cover damages caused by using non-Dell toner cartridges.
Adjust Altitude
Purpose:
To specify the altitude of the location where the printer is installed.
The discharge phenomenon for charging the photo conductor varies with
barometric pressure. Adjustments are performed by specifying the altitude of the
location where the printer is being used.
Clock Settings
Purpose:
To specify the clock settings.
Values:
Date Format
Sets the date format; yy/mm/dd, mm/dd/yy, or dd/mm/yy.
Time Format
Sets the time format; 24H or 12H.
Time Zone
Sets the time zone.
Set Date
Sets the current date.
Set Time
Sets the current time.
Web Link Customization
Purpose:
To specify a link used for ordering consumables, which can be accessed from
Order Supplies at: in the left frame.
Values:
Select Reorder Sets a URL to be linked to Order Supplies at:
URL
214
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Regular
Displays the regular URL (http://accessories.us.dell.com/sna) that
can be linked to Order Supplies at:.
Premier
Displays the premier URL (http://premier.dell.com) that can be
linked to Order Supplies at:.
Print Server Settings
Use the Print Server Settings menu to set the type of printer interface and the
necessary conditions for communication.
The following tabbed pages are displayed in the top of the right frame.
Print Server Reports
The Print Server Reports tab includes the Print Server Setup Page and the EMail Alert Setup Page.
Print Server Setup Page
Purpose:
To verify the current settings of TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol/Internet
Protocol) protocol and printing ports. On this page, you can only verify the
settings of items. If you want to change the settings, go to the pages in the Print
Server Settings tab.
Values:
Ethernet*1
Ethernet
Settings
Displays the current settings of Ethernet
transmission rate and the duplex settings.
Current
Ethernet
Settings
Displays the current Ethernet settings.
MAC Address
Displays the Media Access Control Address
(MAC) address of the printer.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
215
Wireless
Settings*2
TCP/IP
Settings
SSID
Displays the MAC address of the printer.
Network Type
Displays the name that identifies the network.
MAC Address
Displays the network type from either the Ad-Hoc
or Infrastructure mode.
Link Channel
Displays the MAC address of the wireless printer
adapter.
Link Quality
Displays the channel number of the connection.
IP Mode
Displays the IP mode.
Host Name
Displays the host name.
*3
IPv4
IPv6*4
IP Address Mode Displays the IP address mode.
IP Address
Displays the IP address.
Subnet Mask
Displays the subnet mask.
Gateway
Address
Displays the gateway address.
Enable Stateless Displays whether to enable the
Address
stateless address.
Use Manual
Address
Displays whether to set the IP
address manually.
Manual
Address*5
Displays the IP address.
Stateless Address Displays the stateless
addresses.
1-3*6
Link Local
Address*6
Displays the link local address.
Manual Gateway Displays the gateway address.
Address*5
Auto Configure
Gateway
Address*6
216
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Displays the gateway address.
DNS
IPv4*3
Get DNS Server Displays whether to
Address from
automatically set the DNS
DHCP
server address via DHCP.
Current DNS
Server Address
IPv6*4
WINS
WINS Mode
Displays the current DNS
server address.
Get DNS Server Displays if the printer receives
Address from
the DNS server address
DHCPv6-lite
automatically from the
DHCPv6-lite server.
Current DNS
Server Address
Displays the current DNS
server address.
Priority to IPv6
DNS Name
Resolution*7
Displays whether to use the
DNS Name Resolution feature.
Displays whether to automatically set the primary
and secondary WINS server addresses via DHCP.
WINS Primary Displays the primary WINS server address.
Server
LPD
Port9100
WINS
Secondary
Server
Displays the secondary WINS server address.
Port Status
Displays the port status of the Line Printer Daemon
(LPD) protocol.
Connection
Time-Out
Displays the connection time-out period.
Port Status
Displays the port status.
Port Number
Displays the port number.
Connection
Time-Out
Displays the connection time-out period.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
217
IPP
WSD
Port Status
Displays the port status.
Printer URI
Displays the printer URI.
Connection
Time-Out
Displays the connection time-out period.
Port Number
Displays the port number.
Maximum
Sessions
Displays the maximum number of connections
received simultaneously by the client.
Port Status
Displays the WSD port status.
Port Number
Displays the WSD port number.
Receive TimeOut
Displays the receive time-out period.
Notification
Time-Out
Displays the notification time-out period.
Maximum
Displays the maximum number of TTLs.
Number of TTL
Maximum
Number of
Notification
Displays the maximum number of notifications.
Network
TWAIN
Port Status
Displays the port status.
Connection
Time-Out
Displays the connection time-out period.
HTTP
Port Status
Displays the port status.
Port Number
Displays the port number.
Simultaneous
Connections
Displays the maximum number of simultaneous
connections.
Connection
Time-Out
Displays the connection time-out period.
218
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
SMB
Bonjour
(mDNS)
Telnet
SNMP
Port Status
Displays the port status.
Host Name
Displays the host name.
Workgroup
Displays the workgroup.
Maximum
Sessions
Displays the maximum number of sessions.
Unicode
Support
Displays whether to notify the host name and
workgroup name in Unicode characters during
SMB transmission.
Auto Master
Mode
Displays whether to enable the Auto Master Mode.
Encrypt
Password
Displays whether to encrypt the password during
SMB transmission.
Job Time-Out
Displays the job time-out period.
Connection
Time-Out
Displays the connection time-out period.
Port Status
Displays the port status.
Host Name
Displays the host name.
Printer Name
Displays the printer name.
Port Status
Displays the port status.
Connection
Time-Out
Displays the connection time-out period.
Port Status
Displays the port status.
Enable SNMP Displays the status of the SNMP v1/v2c feature.
v1/v2c Protocol
Enable SNMP
v3 Protocol
Displays the status of the SNMP v3 feature.
Update
Address Book
Port Status
Displays the port status.
Connection
Time-Out
Displays the connection time-out period.
LLTD
Port Status
Displays the port status.
FTP Client
Connection
Time-Out
Displays the connection time-out period.
FTP Passive
Displays whether to enable the FTP Passive mode.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
219
SMB Client
Connection
Time-Out
Displays the connection time-out period.
SSL/TLS
Displays the status of the HTTP - SSL/TLS
HTTP SSL/TLS
Communication.
Communication
HTTP Displays HTTP - SSL/TLS Communication Port
SSL/TLS
Number.
Communication
Port Number
IPsec Settings
802.1x
*1
IP Filter
(IPv4)*8
Protocol
Displays the protocol status.
IKE
Displays IKE authentication.
Enable IEEE
802.1x
Displays the status of IEEE 802.1x.
Authentication
Method
Displays the setting of authentication method for
IEEE 802.1x.
Access List
Displays the list of IP addresses that are permitted
or denied access to the printer.
*1
This item is available only when the printer is connected using LAN cable.
*2
This item is available only when the printer is connected using the wireless network
*3
This item is displayed when IPv4 Mode is selected.
*4
This item is displayed when IPv6 Mode is selected.
*5
This item is displayed only when Use Manual Address is set to Enable.
*6
This item is displayed only when an IP address has been assigned.
*7
This item is available only when using IPv6 dual mode.
*8
This item is available only for LPD or Port9100.
E-Mail Alert Setup Page
Purpose:
To verify the current settings of SMTP/POP (Simple Mail Transfer
Protocol/Post Office Protocol) used for the e-mail feature and E-Mail Alerts
feature. In this page, you can only verify the settings of items. If you want to
change the settings, go to the pages in the Print Server Settings tab.
Values:
220
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
E-Mail Server
Settings
Port Status
Displays the port status.
Primary SMTP Displays the primary SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer
Gateway
Protocol) gateway.
SMTP Port
Number
Displays the SMTP port number.
E-Mail Send
Displays the authentication method for outgoing eAuthentication mail.
E-Mail Alert
Settings
POP3 Server
Address
Displays the POP3 (Post Office Protocol 3) server
address.
POP3 Port
Number
Displays the POP3 port number.
Reply Address
Displays the IP address of servers connected with
SMTP protocol when data is incoming.
SMTP Server
Connection
Displays the status of the SMTP server connection.
E-Mail List 1
Displays the acceptable e-mail
addresses for the E-Mail Alert
feature specified in E-Mail List
1.
Select Alerts
for List 1
Supplies Alerts
Displays the e-mail alert receive
status for consumables.
Paper Handling
Alerts
Displays the e-mail alert receive
status for paper handling.
Service Call
Displays the e-mail alert receive
status for service calls.
E-Mail List 2
Select Alerts
for List 2
Displays the acceptable e-mail
addresses for the E-Mail Alert
feature specified in E-Mail List
2.
Supplies Alerts
Displays the e-mail alert receive
status for consumables.
Paper Handling
Alerts
Displays the e-mail alert receive
status for paper handling.
Service Call
Displays the e-mail alert receive
status for service calls.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
221
Print Server Settings
The Print Server Settings tab includes the Basic Information, Port Settings,
TCP/IP, SMB, E-Mail Alert, Bonjour (mDNS), SNMP, Scan to PC, LLTD,
Wireless LAN, and Reset Print Server pages.
Basic Information
Purpose:
To configure basic information of the printer.
Values:
System Settings Printer Name
Location
Sets the name of the printer.
Sets the location of the printer.
Contact Person Sets the contact name, number, and other
information of the printer administrator and service
center.
Administrator Sets the contact address of the printer administrator
E-Mail Address and service center.
EWS Settings
Asset Tag
Number
Enters the asset tag number for the printer.
Auto Refresh
Automatically refreshes the contents of the status
display pages.
Auto Refresh
Interval
Sets the time interval for refreshing the contents of
the status display pages automatically from 15 to
600 seconds.
NOTE: The Auto Refresh feature is effective for the contents of the top frame,
Printer Status page, Job List page, and Completed Jobs page.
Port Settings
Purpose:
To enable or disable printing ports and management protocol features.
Values:
222
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Ethernet*1
Ethernet
Settings
Auto
Detects the Ethernet
transmission rate and the duplex
settings automatically.
10BASE-T Half- Selects 10Base-T Half-Duplex
Duplex
as the default value.
10BASE-T Full- Selects 10Base-T Full-Duplex
Duplex
as the default value.
Port Status
*1
100BASE-TX
Half-Duplex
Selects 100Base-TX HalfDuplex as the default value.
100BASE-TX
Full-Duplex
Selects 100Base-TX FullDuplex as the default value.
1000BASE-T
Full-Duplex
Selects 1000Base-T FullDuplex as the default value.
Current Ethernet Settings
Displays the current settings of
the Ethernet.
MAC Address
Displays the MAC address of
the printer.
LPD
Sets whether to enable LPD.
Port9100
Sets whether to enable Port9100.
IPP
Sets whether to enable IPP.
WSD
Sets whether to enable WSD.
Network
TWAIN
Sets whether to enable Network TWAIN
SMB
Sets whether to enable SMB.
Bonjour
(mDNS)
Sets whether to enable Bonjour (mDNS).
E-Mail Alert
Sets whether to enable E-Mail Alert.
Telnet
Sets whether to enable Telnet.
SNMP
Sets whether to enable SNMP.
Update
Address Book
Sets whether to enable Update Address Book.
LLTD
Sets whether to enable LLTD.
This item is available only when the printer is connected using LAN cable.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
223
NOTE: The settings in the Port Settings page will be valid only when the printer
is rebooted. When you change or configure the settings, click the Apply New
Settings button to apply the new settings.
TCP/IP
Purpose:
To configure the IP address, subnet mask, and gateway address of the printer.
Values:
TCP/IP
Settings
IP Mode
Sets the IP mode.
Host Name
Sets the host name.
IPv4
IP Address
Mode
Sets the method for acquiring the IP
address.
Manual IP
Address
When an IP address is being set manually,
the IP is allocated to the printer using the
format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that
makes up nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the
range of 0 to 254. 127 and any value in the
range of 224 to 254 cannot be specified for
the first octet of a gateway address.
Manual Subnet When an IP address is being set manually,
Mask
the subnet mask is specified using the
format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that
makes up nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the
range of 0 to 255. 255.255.255.255 cannot
be specified as the subnet mask.
Manual
Gateway
Address
224
When an IP address is being set manually,
the gateway address is specified using the
format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that
makes up nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the
range of 0 to 254. 127 and any value in the
range of 224 to 254 cannot be specified for
the first octet of a gateway address.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
IPv6
DNS
Enable
Stateless
Address
Select the check box to enable the stateless
address.
Use Manual
Address
Select the check box to set the IP address
manually.
Manual
Address
Sets the IP address. To specify an IPv6
address, enter the address followed by a
slash (/) and then "64". For details, consult
your system administrator.
Manual
Gateway
Address
Sets the gateway address.
DNS Domain Sets the DNS domain name.
Name
IPv4
Get DNS
Allows you to enable or disable the
Server Address automatic setting of the DNS server
from DHCP
address via DHCP.
Manual DNS Manually sets the DNS server address in
Server Address xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx format when Get DNS
Server Address from DHCP is not
selected.
IPv6
Get DNS
Select the check box to get the DNS server
Server Address address automatically from the DHCPv6from DHCPv6- lite server.
lite
Manual DNS Sets the DNS server address.
Server Address
Priority to
IPv6 DNS
Name
Resolution
Select the check box to enable the DNS
Name Resolution feature.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
225
WINS
LPD
WINS Mode
Allows you to enable or disable the automatic setting of the
primary and secondary WINS server addresses via DHCP.
WINS
Primary
Server
Manually sets the primary WINS server address in
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx format when WINS Mode is not selected.
WINS
Secondary
Server
Manually sets the secondary (backup) WINS server address
in xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx format when WINS Mode is not
selected.
Connection
Time-Out
Sets the connection time-out period from 1 to 1,000 seconds.
IP Filter
(IPv4)
Click IP Filter (IPv4) to set the IP Filter settings on the IP
Filter (IPv4) page.
Port9100 Port Number Sets the port number from 9,000 to 9,999.
IPP
Connection
Time-Out
Sets the connection time-out period between 1 and 1,000
seconds.
IP Filter
(IPv4)
Click IP Filter (IPv4) to set the IP filter settings on the IP
Filter (IPv4) page.
Printer URI
Displays the printer URI.
Connection
Time-Out
Sets the connection time-out period from 1 to 1,000 seconds.
Port Number Displays the port number for receiving requests from the
client.
Maximum
Sessions
WSD
226
Displays the maximum number of connections received
simultaneously by the client.
Port Number Sets the port number to 80 or from 8,000 to 9,999.
Receive
Time-Out
Sets the receive time-out period from 1 to 65,535 seconds.
Notification
Time-Out
Sets the notification time-out period from 1 to 60 seconds.
Maximum
Number of
TTL
Sets the maximum number of TTL from 1 to 10.
Maximum
Number of
Notification
Sets the maximum number of notifications from 10 to 20.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Network Connection
TWAIN Time-Out
HTTP
Sets the connection time-out period between 1 and 65,535
seconds.
Port Number Sets the port number to 80 or from 8,000 to 9,999.
Simultaneous Displays the maximum number of simultaneous
Connections connections.
Telnet
Update
Address
Book
Connection
Time-Out
Sets the connection time-out period from 1 to 255 seconds.
Password
Sets the password for Telnet.
Re-enter
Password
Confirms the set password.
Connection
Time-Out
Sets the connection time-out period from 1 to 1,000 seconds.
Connection
Time-Out
Sets the connection time-out period from 1 to 65,535
seconds.
To configure the IP Filter feature, enter an IP address to be filtered in the
Address field and the Subnet Mask in the Address Mask field. Enter a numeric
value between 0 and 255 in each field. "*" is appended to the current value.
IP Filter Setup Procedure
You can set up to a maximum of five items and the first item set takes priority.
When setting multiple filters, enter the shortest address first followed by a
slightly longer address, a longer address and so on.
Enabling Printing From a Specified User
The following describes the procedure to enable printing only from the
"192.168.100.10" IP address.
1 Click the first column of the Access List row 1.
2 Enter "192.168.100.10" in the Address field and
"255.255.255.255" in the Address Mask field.
3 Select Permit.
4 Click Apply New Settings.
Disabling Printing From a Specified User
The following describes the procedure to disable printing only from the
"192.168.100.10" IP address.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
227
1 Click the first column of the Access List row 1.
2 Enter "192.168.100.10" in the Address field and
"255.255.255.255" in the Address Mask field.
3 Select Reject.
4 Click the first column of the Access List row 2.
5 Enter "0.0.0.0" in the Address field and "0.0.0.0" in the Address
Mask field.
6 Select Permit.
7 Click Apply New Settings.
Enabling and Disabling Printing from Network Addresses
You can enable printing from the "192.168" network address and disable
printing from the "192.168.200" network address.
The example below describes how to enable printing from the
"192.168.200.10" IP address.
1 Click the first column of the Access List row 1.
2 Enter "192.168.200.10" in the Address field and
"255.255.255.255" in the Address Mask field.
3 Select Permit.
4 Click the first column of the Access List row 2.
5 Enter "192.168.200.0" in the Address field and "255.255.255.0" in
the Address Mask field.
6 Select Reject.
7 Click the first column of the Access List row 3.
8 Enter "192.168.0.0" in the Address field and "255.255.0.0" in the
Address Mask field.
9 Select Permit.
10 Click Apply New Settings.
SMB
Purpose:
To specify the setting of the Server Message Block (SMB) protocol.
228
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Values:
Host Name
Sets the host name of the server computer.
Workgroup
Sets the workgroup.
Maximum Sessions
Sets the maximum number of sessions.
Unicode Support
Sets whether to notify the host name and workgroup name in
Unicode characters during SMB transmission.
Auto Master Mode
Sets whether to enable the Auto Master Mode.
Encrypt Password
Sets whether to encrypt the password.
Job Time-Out
Sets the job time-out period between 60 and 3,600 seconds.
Connection Time-Out Sets the connection time-out period between 60 and 3,600
seconds.
E-Mail Alert
Purpose:
To configure detailed settings for the E-Mail Alert. This page can also be
displayed by clicking the E-Mail Alert in the left frame.
Values:
E-Mail Server
Settings
Primary SMTP Sets the primary SMTP gateway.
Gateway
SMTP Port
Number
Sets the SMTP port number. This must be 25, 587
or between 5,000 and 65,535.
E-Mail Send
Authentication
Sets the authentication method for outgoing email.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
229
SMTP Login
User
Sets the SMTP login user. Up to 63 alphanumeric
characters, periods, hyphens, underscores, and at
symbols (@) can be used. If specifying more than
one address, separate them using commas.
SMTP Login
Password
Sets the SMTP account password using up to 31
alphanumeric characters.
Re-enter SMTP Confirms the set SMTP account password.
Login Password
POP3 Server
Address*1
Sets the POP3 server address in IP address format
of "aaa.bbb.ccc.ddd" or as a DNS host name using
up to 63 characters.
POP3 Port
Number*1
Sets the POP3 server port number. This must be
110 or between 5,000 and 65,535.
POP User
Name*1
Sets the POP3 account user name. Up to 63
alphanumeric characters, periods, hyphens,
underscores, and at symbols (@) can be used. If
specifying more than one address, separate them
using commas.
POP User
Password*1
Sets the POP3 account password using up to 31
alphanumeric characters.
Confirms the set password.
Re-enter POP
User Password*1
230
Reply Address
Designates the reply e-mail address sent with each
E-mail Alert.
SMTP Server
Connection
Displays the status of the SMTP server connection.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
E-Mail Alert
Settings
E-Mail List 1
Sets acceptable e-mail
addresses for the E-Mail Alert
feature using up to 255
alphanumeric characters.
Select Alerts for Supplies Alerts
List 1
Select the check box to receive
an E-Mail Alert for
consumables.
Paper Handling Select the check box to receive
Alerts
an E-Mail Alert for paper
handling.
Service Call
Select the check box to receive
an E-Mail Alert for Service
Calls.
E-Mail List 2
Sets acceptable e-mail
addresses for the E-Mail Alert
feature using up to 255
alphanumeric characters.
Select Alerts for Supplies Alerts
List 2
Select the check box to receive
an E-Mail Alert for
consumables.
Paper Handling Select the check box to receive
Alerts
an E-Mail Alert for paper
handling.
Service Call
*1
Select the check box to receive
an E-Mail Alert for Service
Calls.
This item is available only when POP before SMTP (Plain) or POP before SMTP
(APOP) for E-Mail Send Authentication is selected.
Bonjour (mDNS)
Purpose:
To configure the detailed settings of Bonjour.
Host Name
Sets the host name up to 63 alphanumeric characters and "-" (dash).
The original setting will remain valid if no input is made.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
231
Printer Name
Sets the printer name up to 63 alphanumeric characters and symbol
sets. The original setting will remain valid if no input is made.
SNMP
Purpose:
To configure the detailed settings of SNMP.
Values:
SNMP
Configuration
Enable SNMP Select the check box to enable the SNMP v1/v2c
v1/v2c
protocol.
Protocol
Edit SNMP
v1/v2c
Properties
Click to display SNMP v1/v2c page and to edit the
setting of SNMP v1/v2c protocol from the page.
Enable SNMP Select the check box to enable the SNMP v3
v3 Protocol
protocol.
Edit SNMP v3 Click to display SNMP v3 page and to edit the
Properties
setting of SNMP v3 protocol from the page.
You can click this item only when SSL
communication is enabled.
SNMP v1/v2c
Purpose:
To edit the detailed settings of SNMP v1/v2 protocol.
To enter this page, click Edit SNMP v1/v2 Properties in the SNMP page.
Values:
Community
Name
232
Community
Name (Read
only)*1
Sets the community name to access (read only) data
using up to 31 alphanumeric characters.
The original setting will remain valid if no input is
made. Characters entered for community name in
the previous settings will not be displayed on the
screen. The default Read Community is public.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Re-enter
Community
Name (Read
only)*1
Enters the community name to access (read only)
data again to confirm it.
Community
Sets the community name to access (read and write)
Name
data using up to 31 alphanumeric characters.
(Read/Write)*1 The original setting will remain valid if no input is
made. Characters entered for community name in
the previous settings will not be displayed on the
screen. The default Read/Write Community is
private.
Enters the community name to access (read and
Re-enter
write) data again to confirm it.
Community
Name
(Read/Write)*1
Community
Sets the community name used for trap up to 31
Name (Trap)*1 alphanumeric characters.
The original setting will remain valid if no input is
made. Characters entered for Community Name
(Trap) in the previous settings will not be displayed
on the screen. The default Trap Community is " "
(NULL).
Enters the community name used for trap again to
Re-enter
confirm it.
Community
Name (Trap)*1
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
233
Trap
Trap Address
Notification 1-4 Type
Trap Address
Select the check boxes to notify trap occurrence. In
this case, specify the IP address and IP socket in the
following format:
Port Number
IPv4
Notify
Specify the IP address and IP socket in the
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn:mmmmm format. Each section of
"nnn" is a variable value between 0 and 255. Note
that values 127 and 224-254 are not valid for the
first three-digits only. IP socket mmmmm is a
variable value between 0 and 65,535.
IPv6
Specify the IP address and IP socket in the
xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:mmm
mm format. Each section of "xxxx" is a
hexadecimal variable value between 0 and ffff. IP
socket mmmmm is a variable value between 0 and
65,535.
Authenticate
Error Trap
*1
Select the check box to notify Authenticate Error
Trap.
The default value can be changed by using Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
SNMP v3
Purpose:
To edit the detailed settings of SNMP v3 protocol.
To enter this page, click Edit SNMP v3 Properties in the SNMP page.
Values:
234
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Administrator
Account
Account
Enabled
Select the check box to enable the administrator
account.
User Name
Enters the user name of the administrator account.
Authentication Sets the authentication password of the
Password
administrator account using 8 to 32 alphanumeric
characters.
Re-enter
Confirms the set password.
Authentication
Password
Print Drivers /
Remote Client
Account
Privacy
Password
Sets the privacy password of the administrator
account using 8 to 32 alphanumeric characters.
Re-enter
Privacy
Password
Confirms the set password.
Account
Enabled
Select the check box to enable the print drivers and
remote client account.
Reset to default Click to reset the password for the print drivers and
Password
remote client account to default.
Scan To PC
Purpose:
To specify the client when scanning data.
Values:
FTP Client
Connection
Time-Out
Sets the connection time-out period from 1 to 60
seconds.
FTP Passive
Sets whether to enable the FTP Passive mode.
SMB Client
Connection
Time-Out
Sets the connection time-out period from 1 to 60
seconds.
LLTD
Purpose:
To specify the maximum number of devices.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
235
Values:
Maximum number of
device
Sets the maximum number of device from 64 to 1,024.
Wireless LAN
NOTE: Wireless LAN feature is available only when the printer is connected
using the wireless network.
Purpose:
To configure the detailed setting for the wireless network.
To use the wireless adapter, be sure to disconnect the network cable.
NOTE: Once wireless LAN is activated, wired LAN protocol will be disabled.
Values:
Wireless
Settings
236
SSID
Sets the name that identifies the wireless network.
Up to 32 alphanumeric characters can be entered.
Network Type
Sets the network type from either Ad-Hoc or
Infrastructure.
MAC Address
Displays the MAC address of the wireless adapter
for the printer.
Link Channel
Displays the channel number of the wireless
connection for the printer.
Link Quality
Displays the quality of the wireless network
connection for the printer.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Security
Settings
WEP
Encryption
Select the security method from the list.
No Security
Sets No Security to configure
the wireless setting without
specifying a security method
from WEP, WPA-PSK, and
WPA-Enterprise.
WEP
Sets the WEP to use through
the wireless network.
WPAPSK(WPA2PSK)*1, 2
Sets the WPA-PSK to use
through the wireless network.
Encryption
Select the WEP key code from either Hex or Ascii.
WEP Key 1
Sets the WEP key set used through the wireless
network only when WEP 128bit or WEP 64bit is
selected for Encryption.
Re-enter WEP Enters the WEP key 1 again to confirm it.
Key 1
WEP Key 2
Sets the WEP key set used through the wireless
network only when WEP 128bit or WEP 64bit is
selected for Encryption.
Re-enter WEP Enters the WEP key 2 again to confirm it.
Key 2
WEP Key 3
Sets the WEP key set used through the wireless
network only when WEP 128bit or WEP 64bit is
selected for Encryption.
Re-enter WEP Enters the WEP key 3 again to confirm it.
Key 3
WEP Key 4
Sets the WEP key set used through the wireless
network only when WEP 128bit or WEP 64bit is
selected for Encryption.
Re-enter WEP Enters the WEP key 4 again to confirm it.
Key 4
WPA-PSK
Transmit Key
Sets the transmit key type from the list.
Pass Phrase
Sets the pass phrase.
Re-enter Pass
Phrase
Enters the pass phrase again to confirm it.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
237
*1
For encryption, AES or TKIP method is used.
*2
This item is available only when the Infrastructure mode is selected for Network
Type.
NOTE: The optional wireless adapter supports WEP, WPA-PSK-TKIP, WPAPSK-AES, and WPA-PSK-AES.
Reset Print Server
Purpose:
To initialize NVRAM (non-volatile RAM) for the network feature and reboot
the printer. You can also initialize NVRAM of the printer from Reset Defaults
in the Printer Settings menu.
Values:
Initialize NIC
Click the Start button to initialize NVRAM, revert network
NVRAM Memory and settings to the factory default settings, and reboot the network
restart printer
capability.
Restart Printer
Click the Start button to reboot the printer.
Security
The Security tab includes Set Password, LDAP Server, LDAP User
Mapping, SSL/TLS, IPsec, 802.1x and IP Filter (IPv4).
Set Password
Purpose:
To set or change the password that is required to access the setup parameters of
the printer from the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
Set the password of the operator panel from Panel Lock in the Printer Settings.
This page can also be displayed by clicking Set Password in the Left Frame.
NOTE: To restore the password to the default (NULL), initialize the non-volatile
memory (NVM).
Values:
Administrator Password
238
Sets the password using up to 10 alphanumeric characters.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Re-enter Administrator
Password
Confirms the set password.
Access denial by the
authentication failure of
the Administrator
Sets the amount of time the administrator should wait for
the access to the printer setup from Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool. Sets the time period from 5 up
to 255 seconds. The access is denied if the time-out time is
exceeded. If you set 0, this mode is disabled.
LDAP Server
Purpose:
To specify the settings of the LDAP server.
Values:
Server
Information
IP Address /
Host Name &
Port
Sets IP address or the host name, and the port
address. The port address must be 389, 3268, or
between 5,000 and 65,535.
LDAP Server
Displays the current software information of the
LDAP server.
(for Server
Address/Phone Backup IP
Sets backup IP address or the host name, and the
Book)
Address / Host port address. The port address must be 389, 3268, or
between 5,000 and 65,535.
Name & Port
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
239
Optional
Information
Search
Enters the search directory root.
Directory Root
(for Server
Login Name
Address/Phone Password
Book)
Enters the login name of the administrator.
Enters the administrator password using 1 to 127
alphanumeric characters. If the password is left
blank (NULL), you cannot log in to a server.
Re-enterPassword
Enters the administrator password again to confirm
it.
Search
Time-Out
Select Wait LDAP Server Limit to follow the time
specified by the LDAP server. Select Wait to
specify the time between 5 and 120 seconds.
Search Name
Order
Sets the search order.
Server Address Select the check box to enable the server address
Book
book.
Server Phone
Book
Select the check box to enable the server phone
book.
NOTE: Server Address Book must be set to On before you can use the server
address book for the Scan to E-mail feature.
NOTE: Server Phone Book must be set to On before you can use the server
phone book for the Fax service.
LDAP User Mapping
Purpose:
To specify the settings of the LDAP user mapping.
Values:
Common Name Sets the attribute type of the common name set for the LDAP server.
Surname
Sets the attribute type of the surname set for the LDAP server.
Given Name
Sets the attribute type of the given name set for the LDAP server.
E-mail Address Sets the attribute type of the e-mail address set for the LDAP server.
Fax Phone
240
Sets the attribute type of the fax phone number set for the LDAP
server.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
SSL/TLS
Purpose:
To specify the settings for the SSL encryption communication to the printer.
Values:
SSL/TLS
HTTP-SSL/TLS
Communication*1
Select the check box to enable the HTTPSSL/TLS Communication.
HTTP-SSL/TLS
Sets the port number, which is not identical with
Communication Port that of HTTP for SSL/TLS. This must be 443 or
Number
between 8,000 and 9,999.
Click this button to display the Generate SelfMachine
Generate SelfDigital
Signed Certificate*2 Signed Certificate page.
Certification Certificate Details*3 Click this button to display the Certificate
Details page for the contents of the certificate or
to delete the certificate.
*1
This item is enabled only when you generate the self-signed certificate on the Generate Self-Signed Certificate page.
*2
This button is grayed out after you generate the self-signed certificate on the Generate Self-Signed Certificate page.
*3
This button is available only when HTTP-SSL/TLS Communication is set to
Enable.
SSL/TLS (Generate Self-Signed Certificate)
Purpose:
To generate a self-signed certificate.
Values:
Generate
Self-Signed
Certificate
Size of Public Key
Sets the size of public key.
Issuer
Sets the issuer of the self-signed certificate.
Generate Signed Certificate
Click this button to generate the signed
certificate.
Back
Click this button to go back to the previous page.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
241
SSL/TLS (Certificate Details)
Purpose:
To refer to the contents of the certificate or delete the certificate.
Values:
Certificate Category
Details
Issued To
Displays the category of the device to certificate.
Displays the device to certificate.
Issuer
Displays the issuer of the self-signed certificate.
Serial Number
Displays the serial number of the device.
Size of Public Key
Display the size of public key.
Valid From
Displays the time the certificate is valid.
Valid Until
Displays the time the certificate is invalid.
Status
Displays whether the certificate is valid or not.
Certificate Purpose Displays the purpose of certificate.
Certificate Selection Displays the type of device certificate you
Status
selected.
Delete
Click this button to delete the self-signed
certificate.
Back
Click this button to go back to the previous page.
IPsec
Purpose:
To specify the Security Architecture settings for Internet Protocol (IPsec) for
encrypted communication to the printer.
Values:
242
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
IPsec Settings
Protocol
Select the check box to enable the protocol.
IKE
Sets IKE authentication. IKE is fixed to PreShared Key.
Pre-Shared Key
Sets a shared key. Up to 255 alphanumeric
characters, periods, and hyphens can be used.
Re-enter PreShared Key
Enters the shared key again to confirm it.
IKE SA Lifetime Sets the lifetime for IKE SA from 5 to 28,800
minutes.
IPsec SA
Lifetime
Sets the lifetime for IPsec SA from 5 to 2,880
minutes.
DH Group
Sets the DH group.
PFS
Select the check box to enable the PFS setting.
Remote peers
IPv4 address
Sets the IP address to connect to.
Remote peers
IPv6 address
Sets the IP address to connect to.
Non IPsec
communication
policy
Allows communication with a device which
does not support IPsec.
NOTE: If IPsec is enabled with incorrect settings, you must disable it using the
Reset IPsec menu on the operator panel.
802.1x
Purpose:
To specify the settings for IEEE 802.1x authentication for encrypted
communication to the printer.
Values:
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
243
Configure
802.1x
Enable IEEE
802.1x
Select the check box to enable IEEE 802.1x
authentication.
Authentication EAP-MD5 Selects the authentication method to
Method
EAP-MS- use for IEEE 802.1x authentication.
CHAPv2
PEAP/MSCHAPv2
Login Name:
(Device Name)
Sets the login name (device name) for IEEE 802.1x
authentication using up to 128 alphanumeric
characters.
Password
Sets the login password for IEEE 802.1x
authentication using up to 128 alphanumeric
characters.
Re-enter
Password
Confirms the set login password.
IP Filter (IPv4)
Purpose:
To specify the IP address and subnet mask to be permitted or denied access to
the printer.
Values:
Access List
244
Address
Sets the IP addresses that are permitted or denied
access to the printer. Enter a numeric value between 0
and 255 in each field.
Address Mask
Sets the subnet mask that are permitted or denied
access to the printer. Enter a numeric value between 0
and 255 in each field.
Active Mode
Reject
Rejects printing from specified network
address.
Permit
Permits printing from specified network
address.
Disabled
Disables the IP Filter feature for the
specified IP address.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Copy Printer Settings
The Copy Printer Settings menu includes the Copy Printer Settings and
Copy Printer Settings Report pages.
Copy Printer Settings
Purpose:
To copy the printer settings to one or more of the same model of the printer.
To copy the settings to another printer, specify the IP address and password of
the printer to which the settings are copied in the IP Address text box and
Password text box. Then, click the Copy the settings to the Host in the above
list button. Copying the settings is complete. The connection time-out period is
60 seconds. After that, you can check whether the settings were copied to this
page. And you need to check the Copy the settings to the Host in the above
list and reboot the printer menu of the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
in the destination printer to verify if the settings were actually copied or not.
If the settings can be copied but the printer configuration is different, the settings
of only the same items are copied. Printer settings are simultaneously copied to
printers of up to 10 IP addresses.
NOTE: You cannot copy the Address Book when the destination printer has a fax
job.
Copy Printer Settings Report
Purpose:
To verify whether the printer setting is copied to other printers successfully.
NOTE: The history is cleared by turning off the printer.
Print Volume
The Printer Volume menu includes the Print Volume and Dell ColorTrack
pages.
Print Volume
Purpose:
To verify the number of printed pages. This page can also be displayed by
clicking Print Volume in the left frame.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
245
Values:
Printer Page Count
Displays the total number of pages printed since the printer was
shipped from the factory.
Paper Used
Displays the number of pages printed for each paper size.
Dell ColorTrack
Purpose:
To specify which users have access to color printing and to limit print volume
per user.
Values:
ColorTrack
Mode
Sets whether to enable the ColorTrack mode, which specifies who has
access to color printing.
No Account
User Print
Sets whether to permit the printing of data without authentication
information. To permit the printing for non-account user, set to On.
ColorTrack
Error Report
Sets whether to automatically print error-related information if
printing with ColorTrack results in an error.
User
Registration*1
Click Edit User Registration to edit print user registrations.
*1
This item is available only when ColorTrack Mode is set to On.
Edit Print User Registration - List
Purpose:
To edit the print meter setting for each user.
Values:
User No. List to:
Selecting each button displays a list of print meter settings for the
group of user registration numbers indicated on the button.
No.
Displays the user registration number.
User Name
Displays the user name. (Not in Use) is displayed in User Name
when there is no registration.
246
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
MonoCount
(Limit)
Displays the total number of monochrome pages printed to date and
the maximum number of monochrome pages the user is permitted to
print.
ColorCount
(Limit)
Displays the total number of color pages printed to date and the
maximum number of color pages the user is permitted to print.
Delete
Deletes the entry for the selected user registration number.
Confirm /
Change
Displays a dialog box where you can edit the entry for the selected
user registration number.
Create
Displays a dialog box where you can create a new entry under the
selected user registration number.
Print User Settings (Confirm/Change, Create)
Purpose:
To view or edit the user entries on the Edit Print User Registration page, or
create a new entry. The following items are in the dialog box that appears when
you click the Confirm/Change or Create button on the Edit Print User
Registration page.
Values:
User Registration No. Displays the selected user registration number.
Delete User*1
Click this button to display the Print User Settings - Delete
page to delete the user from registration.
User Name
Allows you to view or edit the name of the user registered
under the selected user registration number, or enter a user
name for the new entry.
Password
Displays the password associated with the user name in
asterisks, or allows you to enter a password for the new entry.
Re-enter Password
Confirms the set password.
Color Mode
Limitation
Sets whether to permit only monochrome printing or both color
and monochrome printing.
Upper Limit for Color Sets the maximum number of color pages the user is permitted
Print
to print.
Cumulative Color
Page Count
Displays the total number of color pages printed to date.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
247
Upper Limit for
Monochrome Print
Sets the maximum number of monochrome pages the user is
permitted to print.
Cumulative
Monochrome Page
Count
Displays the total number of monochrome pages printed to
date.
Apply New Settings
Click this button to apply the new settings.
Restore Settings
Click this button to restore the previous settings.
Back
Click this button to return to the Edit Print User Registration
- List page.
*1
This item is available only when you click the Confirm / Change button.
Print User Settings (Delete)
Purpose:
To delete the user entries registered on the Edit Print User Registration page.
The following items are in the dialog box that appears when you click the Delete
button on the Edit Print User Registration page.
Values:
User Registration No.
Displays the selected user registration number.
User Name
Displays the name of the user registered under the user
registration number.
Apply New Settings
Click this button to apply the new settings.
Back
Click this button to return to the Edit Print User
Registration page.
Address Book
The Address Book menu includes the E-Mail Address, Server Address, and
Phone Book pages.
248
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
E-Mail Address E-Mail Address Allows you to view, edit, or create e-mail address
entries.
E-Mail Group
Allows you to view, edit, or create e-mail group
entries.
Default Setup
Allows you to view, edit, or set the default e-mail
subject and message.
Server Address Server Address Allows you to view, edit, or create server address
entries.
Phone Book
FAX Speed Dial Allows you to view, edit, or create speed dial
entries.
FAX Group
Allows you to view, edit, or create fax group entries.
E-Mail Address
The E-mail Address page includes the following subpages.
E-Mail Address Allows you to view, edit, or create e-mail address entries.
E-Mail Group
Allows you to view, edit, or create e-mail group entries.
Default Setup
Allows you to view, edit, or set the default e-mail subject and
message.
E-Mail Address - Top Page
Purpose:
To view the e-mail address entries registered on the E-Mail Address page.
Values:
Address List to: Selecting each button displays a list of entries for the group of user
IDs indicated on the button.
ID
Displays the user ID.
Name
Displays the user name. (Not in Use) is displayed in Name when
there is no registration.
Address
Displays the e-mail address of the user.
Delete
Deletes the entry for the selected user ID.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
249
Confirm /
Change
Displays a dialog box where you can edit the entry of the selected user
ID.
Create
Displays a dialog box where you can create a new entry under the
selected user ID.
E-Mail Address (Confirm/Change, Create)
Purpose:
To view or edit the e-mail address entries on the E-Mail Address page, or create
a new entry. The following items are in the dialog box that appears when you
click the Confirm/Change or Create button on the E-mail Address top page.
Values:
ID
Displays the selected user ID.
Name
Allows you to view or edit the name of the user registered under the
user ID, or enter a name for the new entry.
Address
Allows you to view or edit the e-mail address of the user, or enter an
e-mail address for the new entry.
Delete*1
Click this button to delete the selected user.
Apply New
Settings
Click this button to apply the new settings.
Restore
Settings
Click this button to restore the previous settings.
Back
Click this button to return to the top page.
*1
This item is available only when you click the Confirm / Change button.
E-Mail Address (Delete)
Purpose:
To delete the e-mail address entries registered on the E-Mail Address page. The
following items are in the dialog box that appears when you click the Delete
button on the E-mail Address top page.
Values:
ID
250
Displays the selected user ID.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Name
Displays the name of the of the user registered under the selected
user ID.
Address
Displays the e-mail address of the user.
Apply New Settings Click this button to apply the new settings.
Back
Click this button to return to the top page.
E-Mail Group - Top Page
Purpose:
To view the e-mail address entries registered on the E-Mail Group page.
Values:
Group ID
Displays the group ID.
Name
Displays the assigned group name. (Not in Use) is displayed in Name
when there is no registration.
Delete
Deletes the entry for the selected group ID.
Confirm /
Change
Displays a dialog box where you can edit the entry for the selected
group ID.
Create
Displays a dialog box where you can create a new entry under the
selected group ID.
E-Mail Group (Confirm/Change, Create)
Purpose:
To view or edit the e-mail address group entries on the E-Mail Group page, or
create a new entry. The following items are in the dialog box that appears when
you click the Confirm/Change or Create button on the E-Mail Group top
page.
Values:
E-Mail Group
ID
Displays the selected group ID.
Name
Allows you to view or edit the name assigned for
the group ID, or enter a new group name.
Delete*1
Click this button to delete the current entry.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
251
E-Mail Address Address List to: Selecting each button displays a list of entries for
the group of IDs indicated on the button.
ID
Displays the user ID.
Select the check box on the left to create the group.
*1
Name
Displays the user name. (Not in Use) is displayed in
Name when there is no registration.
Address
Allows you to view or edit the e-mail address of an
entry registered under the selected user ID, or enter
an e-mail address for the new entry.
Apply New
Settings
Click this button to apply the new settings.
Restore
Settings
Click this button to restore the previous settings.
Back
Click this button to return to the top page.
This item is available only when you click the Confirm / Change button.
E-Mail Group (Delete)
Purpose:
To delete the e-mail group entries registered on the E-Mail Group page. The
following items are in the dialog box that appears when you click the Delete
button on the E-mail Group top page.
Values:
ID
Displays the selected group ID.
Name
Displays the name assigned for the group ID.
Apply New Settings
Click this button to apply the new settings.
Back
Click this button to return to the top page.
Default Setup
Purpose:
To set the default e-mail subject and message.
Values:
252
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Default Subject
Allows you to enter the default e-mail subject.
Body Text
Allows you to enter the default e-mail message.
Apply New Settings
Click this button to apply the new settings.
Restore Settings
Click this button to restore the previous settings.
Server Address
Server Address - Top Page
Purpose:
To view the server address entries registered on the Server Address page.
Values:
Address List to: Selecting each button displays a list of entries for the group of IDs
indicated on the button.
ID
Displays the server ID.
Name
Displays the file directory name. (Not in Use) is displayed in Name
when there is no registration.
Server Address Displays the address of the file directory.
Delete
Deletes the entry for the selected server ID.
Confirm /
Change
Displays a dialog box where you can edit the entry for the selected
server ID.
Create
Displays a dialog box where you can create a new entry under the
selected server ID.
Server Address (Confirm/Change, Create)
Purpose:
To view or edit the server address entries on the Server Address page, or create
a new entry. The following items are in the dialog box that appears when you
click the Confirm / Change or Create button on the Server Address top page.
Values:
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
253
ID
Displays the selected server ID.
Name
Allows you to view or change the server name assigned to the server
ID, or enter a new server name.
Server Type
Allows you to view the server type if you click the Confirm / Change
button. Allows you to edit the server type if you click the Create
button.
FTP*1
Select this to store scanned documents on a server
via the FTP protocol.
SMB*1
Select this to store scanned documents on a
computer via the Server Message Block (SMB)
protocol.
Server Address Allows you to view or edit the server address registered under the
server ID, or enter a new server address.
Share Name*2
Allows you to view or edit the assigned shared name, or enter a new
shared name, when Server Type is set to SMB.
Server Path
Allows you to view or edit the assigned server path, or enter a new
path.
Server Port
Number
Allows you to view or edit the assigned server port number, or enter a
new port number. If you leave the text box blank, the default port
number (FTP: 21, SMB: 139) will be used.
Login Name
Allows you to view or edit the login name that is required to access the
selected protocol, or enter a new login name.
Login
Password
Allows you to view or edit the password that is required to access the
selected protocol, or enter a new password.
Re-enter
Password
Confirms the set password.
Delete*3
Click this button to delete the current entry.
Apply New
Settings
Click this button to apply the new settings.
Restore
Settings
Click this button to restore the previous settings.
Back
Click this button to return to the top page.
254
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
*1
You can edit this item only when you click the Create button.
*2
This item is available only when Server Type is set to SMB.
*3
This item is available only when you click the Confirm / Change button.
Server Address (Delete)
Purpose:
To delete the server address entries registered on the Server Address page. The
following items are in the dialog box that appears when you click the Delete
button on the Server Address top page.
Values:
ID
Displays the selected server ID.
Name
Displays the name assigned for the server ID.
Server Address
Displays the server address registered under the server ID.
Apply New Settings Click this button to apply the new settings.
Back
Click this button to return to the top page.
Phone Book
The Phone Book page includes the following subpages.
FAX Speed Dial Allows you to view, edit, or create speed dial entries.
FAX Group
Allows you to view, edit, or create fax group entries.
FAX Speed Dial - Top Page
Purpose:
To view the fax number entries registered on the FAX Speed Dial page.
Values:
Speed Dial List to: Selecting each button displays a list of entries for the group of
speed dial codes indicated on the button.
Speed Dial
Displays the speed dial ID.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
255
Name
Displays the assigned name for a speed dial ID.
Phone Number
Displays the speed dial code. IDs without an entry show (Not in
Use) in the Name column.
Delete
Deletes the entry for the selected speed dial code.
Confirm / Change
Displays a dialog box where you can edit the entry for the selected
speed dial code.
Create
Displays a dialog box where you can create a new entry under the
selected speed dial code.
FAX Speed Dial (Confirm/Change, Create)
Purpose:
To view or edit the speed dial entries on the FAX Speed Dial page, or create a
new entry. The following items are in the dialog box that appears when you
click the Confirm / Change or Create button on the FAX Speed Dial top page.
Values:
Speed Dial
Displays the selected speed dial code.
Name
Allows you to view or edit the name of an entry registered under
the speed dial code, or enter a name for the new entry.
Phone Number
Allows you to view or edit the fax number of an entry registered
under the speed dial code, or enter a fax number for the new
entry.
Delete*1
Click this button to delete the entry for the speed dial code. This
button is available only on the dialog box for editing an existing
entry.
Apply New Settings Click this button to apply the new settings.
Restore Settings
Click this button to restore the previous settings.
Back
Click this button to return to the top page.
*1
This item is available only when you click the Confirm / Change button.
FAX Speed Dial (Delete)
Purpose:
256
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
To delete the speed dial entries registered on the FAX Speed Dial page. The
following items are in the dialog box that appears when you click the Delete
button on the FAX Speed Dial top page.
Values:
Speed Dial
Displays the selected speed dial code.
Name
Displays the name registered under the speed dial code.
Phone Number
Displays the fax number registered under the speed dial code.
Apply New Settings Click this button to apply the new settings.
Back
Click this button to return to the top page.
FAX Group - Top Page
Purpose:
To view the fax group entries registered on the FAX Group page.
Values:
ID
Displays a fax group ID.
Name
Displays the assigned group name. (Not in Use) is displayed when
there is no registration.
Delete
Deletes the entry for the selected group ID.
Confirm / Change Displays a dialog box where you can edit the entry for the selected
group ID.
Create
Displays a dialog box where you can create a new entry under the
selected group ID.
FAX Group (Confirm/Change, Create)
Purpose:
To view or edit the fax number group entries on the FAX Group page, or create
a new entry. The following items are in the dialog box that appears when you
click the Confirm/Change or Create button on the FAX Group top page.
Values:
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
257
FAX Group
ID
Displays the selected group ID.
Name
Allows you to view or edit the name assigned for
the group ID, or enter a new group name.
Delete*1
Click this button to delete the current entry.
FAX Speed Dial Speed Dial List Selecting each button displays a list of entries for
to:
the group of speed dial codes indicated on the
button.
Speed Dial
Displays the speed dial code. Select the check box
on the left to add the speed dial code in the group.
Name
Displays the name registered for the speed dial
code. (Not in Use) is displayed in Name when there
is no registration.
Phone Number Allows you to view or edit the fax number of an
entry registered under the selected speed dial code,
or enter a fax number for the new entry.
*2
Apply New
Settings
Click this button to apply the new settings.
Restore
Settings
Click this button to restore the previous settings.
Back
Click this button to return to the top page.
This item is available only when you click the Confirm / Change button.
FAX Group (Delete)
Purpose:
To delete the fax number group entries registered on the FAX Group page. The
following items are in the dialog box that appears when you click the Delete
button on the FAX Group top page.
Values:
ID
Displays the selected group ID.
Name
Displays the name assigned for the group ID.
Apply New Settings Click this button to apply the new settings.
258
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Back
Click this button to return to the top page.
Tray Settings
Use the Tray Settings menu to set the paper size and type of paper loaded in the
standard 250-sheet tray and the optional 250-sheet feeder.
Values:
Tray 1 Paper
Size
Sets the size of paper loaded in the standard 250-sheet tray.
Tray 1 Paper
Type
Sets the type of paper loaded in the standard 250-sheet tray.
Tray 1 Custom Sets the length of custom size paper loaded in the standard 250-sheet
Size - Y
tray.
Tray 1 Custom Sets the width of custom size paper loaded in the standard 250-sheet
Size - X
tray.
Tray 1 Display Sets whether to display a popup message that prompts the user to set
Popup
the paper size and type when the paper is loaded in the standard 250sheet tray.
Tray 2 Paper
Size*1
Sets the size of paper loaded in the optional 250-sheet feeder.
Tray 2 Paper
Type*1
Sets the type of paper loaded in the optional 250-sheet feeder.
Tray 2 Display Sets whether to display a popup message that prompts the user to set
the paper size and type when the paper is loaded in the optional 250Popup*1
sheet feeder.
*1
This item is available only when the optional 250-sheet feeder is installed.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
259
260
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
14
Print Media Guidelines
Print media refers to paper, labels, envelopes, and coated paper among others.
Your printer provides high-quality printing on a variety of print media. Selecting
the appropriate print media for your printer helps avoid printing troubles. This
section describes selecting print media, caring for print media, and loading the
print media in the standard 250-sheet tray.
Paper
For the best print quality in color, use 75 g/m2 (20 lb) xerographic, grain long
paper. For the best print quality in black and white, use 90 g/m2 (24 lb)
xerographic, grain long paper. It is recommended that you try a sample first
before buying large quantities of any print media.
When loading paper, identify the recommended print side on the paper package,
and load the paper accordingly. See "Loading Print Media in the Standard 250Sheet Tray and the Optional 250-Sheet Feeder" and "Loading Print Media in the
SSF" for detailed loading instructions.
Paper Characteristics
The following paper characteristics affect print quality and reliability. It is
recommended that you follow these guidelines when evaluating new paper
stock.
Weight
The tray automatically feeds paper weights from 60 g/m2 to 216 g/m2 (16 lb to
80 lb bond) grain long. The single sheet feeder automatically feeds paper
weights from 60 g/m2 to 216 g/m2 (16 lb to 80 lb bond) grain long. Paper lighter
than 60 g/m2 (16 lb) may not feed properly, and could cause paper jams. For best
performance, use 75 g/m2 (20 lb bond) grain long paper.
Curl
Curl is the tendency of print media to curve at its edges. Excessive curl can
cause paper feeding problems. Curl usually occurs after the paper passes
through the printer, where it is exposed to high temperatures. Storing paper
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Print Media Guidelines
261
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section14.fm
unwrapped, even in the paper tray, can contribute to paper curling prior to
printing and cause feeding problems regardless of humidity. When printing on
curled paper, straighten the paper and then insert it into the single sheet feeder.
Smoothness
The degree of paper smoothness directly affects the print quality. If the paper is
too rough, the toner does not fuse on to the paper properly, resulting in poor
print quality. If the paper is too smooth, it can cause paper feeding problems.
Smoothness between 150 and 250 Sheffield points produces the best print
quality.
Moisture Content
The amount of moisture in the paper affects both the print quality and the ability
of the printer to feed the paper properly. Leave the paper in its original
packaging until you are ready to use it. This limits the exposure of the paper to
moisture changes that can degrade its performance.
Grain Direction
Grain refers to the alignment of the paper fibers in a sheet of paper. Grain is
either grain long, running the length of the paper, or grain short, running the
width of the paper. For 60 g/m2 to 135 g/m2 (16 lb to 36 lb bond) paper, grain
long fibers are recommended. For paper heavier than 135 g/m2 (36 lb bond),
grain short is preferred.
Fiber Content
Most high-quality xerographic paper is made from 100 % chemically pulped
wood. Paper containing fibers such as cotton may lead to degraded paper
handling.
Recommended Paper
To ensure the best print quality and feed reliability, use 75 g/m2 (20 lb)
xerographic paper. Business paper designed for general business use also
provides acceptable print quality. Only use paper able to withstand high
temperatures without discoloring, bleeding, or releasing hazardous emissions.
The laser printing process heats paper to high temperatures. Check with the
manufacturer or vendor to determine whether the paper you have chosen is
acceptable for laser printers.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
262
Print Media Guidelines
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section14.fm
It is recommended that you try a sample first before buying large quantities of
any print media. When choosing any print media, you should consider the
weight, fiber content, and color.
Unacceptable Paper
The following paper types are not recommended for use with the printer:
•
Chemically treated paper used to make copies without carbon paper, also
known as carbonless paper, carbonless copy paper (CCP), or no carbon
required (NCR) paper.
•
Preprinted paper with chemicals that may contaminate the printer.
•
Preprinted paper that can be affected by the temperature in the fuser.
•
Preprinted paper that requires a registration (the precise print location on the
page) greater than ±0.09 inches, such as optical character recognition (OCR)
forms.
In some cases, you can adjust registration with your software program to
successfully print on these forms.
•
Coated paper (erasable bond), synthetic paper, and thermal paper.
•
Rough-edged, rough or heavily textured surface paper, or curled paper.
•
Recycled paper containing more than 25 % post-consumer waste that does
not meet DIN 19 309.
•
Multiple-part forms or documents.
•
Print quality may deteriorate (blank spaces or blotches may appear in the
text) when printing on talc or acid paper.
Selecting Paper
Proper paper selection helps prevent jams and ensures trouble-free printing.
To help avoid jams or poor print quality:
•
Always use new, undamaged paper.
•
Before loading the paper, identify the recommended print side of the paper.
This information is usually indicated on the paper package.
•
Do not use paper that you have cut or trimmed.
•
Do not mix print media sizes, weights, or types in the same source. This may
result in a paper jam.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Print Media Guidelines
263
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section14.fm
•
Do not remove the tray while printing is in progress.
•
Ensure that the paper is properly loaded in the tray.
•
Flex the paper back and forth, and then fan them. Straighten the edges of the
stack on a level surface.
Selecting Pre-Printed Media and Letterheads
When selecting pre-printed and letterhead paper for the printer:
•
Use grain long paper for best results.
•
Use only forms and letterheads printed using an offset lithographic or
engraved printing process.
•
Select paper that absorb ink, but does not bleed.
•
Avoid paper with rough or heavily textured surfaces.
•
Use paper printed with heat-resistant inks designed for use in xerographic
copiers. The ink must withstand temperatures of 225 °C (437 °F) without
melting or releasing hazardous emissions.
•
Use inks that are not affected by the resin in the toner or the silicone in the
fuser. Inks that are oxidation-set or oil-based should meet these requirements;
latex inks might not. If you are in doubt, contact your paper supplier.
Selecting Pre-Punched Paper
When selecting pre-punched paper for the printer:
•
Test paper from several manufacturers before ordering and using large
quantities of pre-punched paper.
•
Paper should be punched at the paper manufacturer and not drilled into paper
already packaged in a ream. Drilled paper can cause jams when multiple
sheets feed through the printer. This may result in a paper jam.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
264
Print Media Guidelines
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section14.fm
•
Pre-punched paper can include more paper dust than standard paper. Your
printer may require more frequent cleaning and feed reliability may not be as
good as standard paper.
•
Weight guidelines for pre-punched paper are the same as non-punched paper.
Printing on a Letterhead (Pre-Printed and Pre-Punched Paper)
Check with the manufacturer or vendor to determine whether the pre-printed
letterhead that you have selected is acceptable for laser printers.
Page orientation is important when printing on pre-printed paper such as
letterhead and pre-punched paper. The following table shows the orientation
when loading letterheads in the tray or feeders. For other pre-printed and prepunched paper, load the paper by reference to the following table.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Print Media Guidelines
265
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section14.fm
Print media source
Print side
Standard 250-sheet Dell 2155cn Multifunction Color Printer
tray and Optional
Face up
250-sheet feeder
Dell 2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer
Face down
Page orientation
Letterhead enters
the printer last
Letterhead enters
the printer first
NOTE: Set Letterhead Duplex
Mode to Enable and Paper Type to
Letterhead, Preprinted, or
Prepunched from the operator panel or
the printer driver even when you print on a
single side of letterhead, pre-printed, or prepunched paper.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
266
Print Media Guidelines
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section14.fm
Print media source
Print side
Single sheet feeder
(SSF)
Face down
Page orientation
Letterhead enters
the printer first
Envelopes
Depending on the envelopes, it is possible to expect variable levels of wrinkling.
It is recommended that you try a sample first before buying large quantities of
any print media. See "Loading Envelopes in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray and
the Optional 250-Sheet Feeder" or "Loading an Envelope in the SSF" for
instructions on loading an envelope.
When printing on envelopes:
•
Use only high-quality envelopes that are designed for use in laser printers.
•
Set the print media source to the single sheet feeder or the standard 250-sheet
tray. Set the paper type to Envelope, and select the correct size of envelope
from the printer driver.
•
Use envelopes made from 75 g/m2 (20 lb bond) paper. You can use up to 105
g/m2 (28 lb bond) weight for the envelope feeder as long as the cotton
content is 25 % or less. Envelopes with 100 % cotton content must not
exceed 90 g/m2 (24 lb bond) weight.
•
Use only freshly unpackaged, undamaged envelopes.
•
Use envelopes that can withstand temperatures of 205 °C (401 °F) without
sealing, excessive curling, wrinkling, or releasing hazardous emissions. If
you have any doubts about the envelopes you are considering, check with the
envelope supplier.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Print Media Guidelines
267
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section14.fm
•
Adjust the guide to fit the width of the envelopes.
•
To load an envelope into the single sheet feeder, insert the envelope with the
flaps closed and the short-edge of the envelope facing into the printer. The
print side must be facing down.
•
See "Loading Envelopes in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray and the Optional
250-Sheet Feeder" or "Loading an Envelope in the SSF" for instructions on
loading an envelope.
•
Use one envelope size during a print job.
•
Ensure that the humidity is low because high humidity (more than 60 %) and
the high printing temperatures may seal the envelopes.
•
For best performance, do not use envelopes that:
–
Have excessive curl or twist
–
Are stuck together or damaged in any way
–
Contain windows, holes, perforations, cutouts, or embossing
–
Use metal clasps, string ties, or metal folding bars
–
Have an interlocking design
–
Have postage stamps attached
–
Have any exposed adhesive when the flap is in the sealed or closed
position
–
Have nicked edges or bent corners
–
Have rough, cockle, or laid finishes
Labels
Your printer can print on many labels designed only for use with laser printers.
When selecting labels:
•
Label adhesives, face sheet (printable stock), and topcoats must be able to
withstand temperatures of 205 °C (401 °F) and pressure of 25 pounds per
square inch (psi).
•
Use labels that can be without sealing, excessive curling, wrinkling, or
releasing hazardous emissions.
•
Do not use label sheets with a slick backing material.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
268
Print Media Guidelines
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section14.fm
NOTICE: Before buying large quantities of any print media, it is recommended
that you try a sample first.
When printing on labels:
•
Use labels that can withstand temperatures of 205 °C (401 °F) without
sealing, excessive curling, wrinkling, or releasing hazardous emissions.
•
Set the paper type to Label from the printer driver.
•
Use "Standard Tray" for label.
•
Do not print through "Single Sheet Feeder" for label.
•
Do not load labels together with paper in the same tray.
•
Do not print within 1 mm (0.04 inches) of the die-cut.
•
Do not print within 1 mm (0.04 inches) of the edge of the label, of the
perforations, or between die-cuts of the label.
•
Do not print a label through the printer more than once.
•
Portrait orientation is preferred, especially when printing bar codes.
•
Do not use labels that have exposed adhesive.
•
Use full label sheets. Partial sheets may cause labels to peel off during
printing, resulting in a jam.
•
Do not use label sheets that have adhesive to the edge of the sheet. It is
recommended that zone coating of the adhesive is done at least 1 mm (0.04
inches) away from edges. Adhesive material contaminates your printer and
could void your warranty.
CAUTION: Otherwise the printer occur in a jam and contaminate your printer
and your cartridges with adhesive. As a result, could void your printer and cartridge
warranties.
Storing Print Media
For proper print media storage, the following guidelines will help to avoid
media feeding problems and uneven print quality.
•
Store print media in an environment where the temperature is approximately
21 °C (70 °F) and the relative humidity is 40 %.
•
Store cartons of print media on a pallet or shelf, rather than directly on the
floor.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Print Media Guidelines
269
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section14.fm
•
If you store individual packages of print media out of the original carton,
ensure that they rest on a flat surface so that the edges do not buckle or curl.
•
Do not place anything on top of the print media packages.
Identifying Print Media and Specifications
The following tables show print media information.
Supported Paper Sizes
Paper size
Single sheet
feeder
Standard 250- Optional 250- Duplexer
sheet tray
sheet feeder
Side 1 Side 2 Side 1 Side 2 Side 1 Side 2
A4 (210 x 297 mm)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
B5 (182 x 257 mm)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
A5 (148 x 210 mm)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Letter (8.5 x 11 in)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Folio (8.5 x 13 in)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Legal (8.5 x 14 in)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Executive (7.25 x 10.5 in)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Envelope #10 (4.125 x 9.5 in)
Y
N
Y
N
N
N
N
N
Y
N
N
N
N
Monarch (3.875 x 7.5 in)
*2
Y
*2
N
Y
N
N
N
N
C5 (162 x 229mm)
Y
N
Y
N
N
N
N
Custom*1
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
DL (110 x 220mm)
Y
*1: Custom: width: 76.2 mm (3.0 inch) to 215.9 mm (8.5 inch)
length: 127.0 mm (5.0 inch) to 355.6 mm (14.00 inch)
*2: Monarch LEF and DL LEF are not available.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
270
Print Media Guidelines
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section14.fm
Supported Paper Types
Paper type
Single sheet
feeder
Standard
250-sheet
tray
Optional
250-sheet
feeder
Duplexer
Side 1 Side 2 Side 1 Side 2 Side 1 Side 2 Side 1 Side 2
Plain
Covers
Coated
Label
Light
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Normal
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Thick
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Normal
Y
-
Y
-
N
-
N
-
Thick
Y
-
Y
-
N
-
N
-
Normal
Y
-
N
-
N
-
N
-
Thick
Y
-
N
-
N
-
N
-
Normal
N
-
Y
-
N
-
N
-
Thick
N
-
Y
-
N
-
N
-
Envelope
Y
-
Y
-
N
-
N
-
Recycled
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Letterhead
Y
-
Y
-
Y
-
Y
-
Preprinted
Y
-
Y
-
Y
-
Y
-
Prepunched
Y
-
Y
-
Y
-
Y
-
Color
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
NOTE: For Plain and Label paper, you can set the paper density by selecting the
Paper Density (Light or Normal) under Printer Maintenance from the operator
panel, Tool Box, or Dell Configuration Web Tool. Once you set the Paper Density
settings, the printer uses the settings for Plain and Label paper.
Paper Type Specifications
Weight (g/m2)
Paper type
Remarks
Plain
60–90
-
Plain Thick
80/90–105
-
Recycled
60–105
-
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Print Media Guidelines
271
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section14.fm
Weight (g/m2)
Paper type
Remarks
Labels
-
Inkjet printer paper cannot
be used.
Covers
106–163
-
Covers Thick
164–216
-
Envelope
-
-
Coated
106–163
Inkjet printer paper cannot
be used.
Coated Thick
164–216
Inkjet printer paper cannot
be used.
Letterhead
-
-
Preprinted
64
-
Prepunched
64
-
Color
64
-
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
272
Print Media Guidelines
15
Loading Print Media
Loading print media properly helps prevent jams and ensures trouble-free
printing.
Before loading any print media, identify the recommended print side of the print
media. This information is usually indicated on the print media package.
Capacity
The standard 250-sheet tray and optional 250-sheet feeder can hold:
•
250 sheets of the standard paper.
The SSF can hold:
•
1 sheet of the standard paper.
Print Media Dimensions
The maximum dimensions of print media that the standard 250-sheet tray,
optional 250-sheet feeder, and SSF can handle are:
•
Width — 76.2 mm (3.00 inches) to 215.9 mm (8.5 inches)
•
Length — 127 mm (5.00 inches) to 355.6 mm (14.00 inches)
Loading Print Media in the Standard 250-Sheet
Tray and the Optional 250-Sheet Feeder
NOTE: To avoid paper jams, do not remove the tray while printing is in progress.
NOTE: Use only laser print media. Do not use ink jet paper in the printer.
1 Pull the tray out of the printer about 200 mm. Hold the tray with both hands,
and remove it from the printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Loading Print Media
273
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section15.fm
2 Adjust the paper guides.
NOTE: Extend the rear side of the tray when you load Legal size paper.
3 Before loading the print media, flex the sheets and fan them. Straighten the
edges of the stack on a level surface.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
274
Loading Print Media
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section15.fm
4 Load the print media into the tray with the recommended print side facing up.
NOTE: Do not exceed the maximum fill line in the tray. Overfilling the tray
may cause paper jams.
5 Align the width guides against the edges of the paper.
NOTE: When loading user-specified print media, adjust the width guides
and slide the extendable part of the tray by pinching the length guide and
sliding it until it rests lightly against the edge of the paper.
6 After confirming that the guides are securely adjusted, insert the tray into the
printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Loading Print Media
275
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section15.fm
7 On the operator panel, press
or
button until the desired paper size is
highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
8 Press
or
button until the desired paper type is highlighted, and then
press the
(Set) button.
Loading Envelopes in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray and the Optional 250Sheet Feeder
Use the following guidelines when loading envelopes in the standard 250-sheet
tray and optional 250-sheet feeder:
NOTE: If you do not load envelopes in the standard 250-sheet tray and optional
250-sheet feeder right after they have been removed from the packaging, they may
bulge. To avoid jams, flatten them as shown below before loading the envelopes in
the tray.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
276
Loading Print Media
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section15.fm
Envelope #10
Load the envelopes short edge feed with the flaps closed and the print side up.
Ensure that the flaps come at the right when you face towards the printer.
Monarch or DL
The Monarch or DL envelopes can be loaded in one of the following ways:
Load the envelopes short edge feed with the flaps closed and the print side up.
Ensure that the flaps come at the right when you face towards the printer.
OR
Load the envelopes long edge feed with the flaps open and the print side up.
Ensure that the flaps come at the top when you face towards the printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Loading Print Media
277
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section15.fm
C5
Load the envelopes short edge feed with the flaps closed and the print side up.
Ensure that the flaps come at the bottom when you face towards the printer.
Loading Letterhead (Pre-Printed and Pre-Punched Paper)
When using the standard 250-sheet tray and optional 250-sheet feeder, the preprinted paper such as letterhead and pre-punched paper enter the printer with the
print side facing up for Dell 2155cn Multifunction Color Printer. As for Dell
2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer, the pre-printed paper such as letterhead
and pre-punched paper enter the printer with the print side facing down as
shown below.
NOTE: For Dell 2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer, set Letterhead
Duplex Mode to Enable and Paper Type to Letterhead, Preprinted,
or Prepunched from the operator panel or the printer driver even when you print
on a single side of letterhead, pre-printed, or pre-punched paper.
When using the single sheet feeder, the pre-printed paper such as letterhead
enters the printer first with the print side facing down.
The following table shows the orientation when loading letterheads in the tray or
feeders. For other pre-printed and pre-punched paper, load the paper by
reference to the following table.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
278
Loading Print Media
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section15.fm
Print media source
Print side
Page orientation
Standard 250-sheet Dell 2155cn Multifunction Color Printer
tray and optional
Face up
250-sheet feeder
Dell 2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer
Face down
Letterhead enters
the printer last
Letterhead enters
the printer first
NOTE: Set Letterhead Duplex
Mode to Enable and Paper Type to
Letterhead, Preprinted, or
Prepunched from the operator panel or
the printer driver even when you print on a
single side of letterhead, pre-printed, or prepunched paper.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Loading Print Media
279
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section15.fm
Print media source
Print side
Single sheet feeder
(SSF)
Face down
Page orientation
Letterhead enters
the printer first
Loading Print Media in the SSF
1 Adjust the width guides to the print media's width.
2 Hold both sides of the print media facing down close to the single sheet
feeder, and push it 8 cm to 9 cm (4 inches) into the printer until it
automatically feeds.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
280
Loading Print Media
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section15.fm
NOTE: Do not force the print media into the single sheet feeder.
NOTE: Load letterhead face-down, with the top of the sheet entering the
printer first.
NOTE: If you experience problems with paper feed, turn the paper around.
Loading an Envelope in the SSF
Envelope #10, Monarch, or DL
To load an envelope into the single sheet feeder, insert the envelope short edge
feed with the flap closed and the print side down. Ensure that the flap comes at
the right when you face towards the printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Loading Print Media
281
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section15.fm
NOTICE: Never use envelopes with windows, coated linings, or self-stick
adhesives. These lead to paper jams and can cause damage to the printer.
NOTE: Ensure that you load an envelope with the flap completely closed.
NOTE: Insert an envelope with the flap side face up and with the stamp area on
the top right side.
C5
To load an envelope into the single sheet feeder, insert the envelope short edge
feed with the flap open and the print side down. Ensure that the flap comes at the
bottom when you face towards the printer.
OR
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
282
Loading Print Media
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section15.fm
NOTICE: Never use envelopes with windows, coated linings, or self-stick
adhesives. These lead to paper jams and can cause damage to the printer.
NOTE: Ensure that you load an envelope with the flap completely opened.
NOTE: Insert an envelope with the flap side face up and with the stamp area on
the bottom right side.
Using the SSF
•
Load only one size and type of print media during a single print job.
•
To achieve the best possible print quality, use only high-quality print media
that is designed for use in laser printer. For more guidelines on print media,
see "Print Media Guidelines."
•
Do not add or remove print media when the printer is printing from the SSF.
This may result in a paper jam.
•
Print media should be loaded with the recommended print side down and the
top of the print media going into the SSF first.
•
Do not place objects on the SSF. Also, avoid pressing down or apply
excessive force on it.
•
The icons on the SSF show how to load the SSF with paper, and how to turn
an envelope for printing.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Loading Print Media
283
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section15.fm
Linking Trays
The printer automatically links the trays when you load the same size and type
of print media in them. The first tray will be utilized until the media runs out
after which the next tray will be used.
NOTE: The print media should be the same size and type in each tray.
The SSF cannot be linked to any of the tray sources.
After loading the selected trays with the same size and type of print media,
select the Paper Type setting in the Tray Settings component for each source
(tray).
To disable tray linking change the Paper type in one of the sources (trays) to a
unique value.
NOTE: If different types of print media of the same size are loaded in each tray,
the printer will automatically link them if the paper type is not specified in the
printer driver properties/preferences.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
284
Loading Print Media
16
Operator Panel
Using the Operator Panel Buttons
The operator panel has a 4-line by 28-character liquid crystal display (LCD),
light-emitting diodes (LED), control buttons, and numeric keypad, which allow
you to control the printer.
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell™ 2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer.
1 One Touch Dial button
•
2
(Copy) button
•
3
Moves to the top level of the Copy menu.
(Fax) button
•
4
Moves to the top level of the Fax menu.
Data LED
•
5
Calls up the stored Fax number registered in the Phone Book. The first
eight fax numbers in the Phone Book are assigned to the buttons in row
order, starting from the left top corner.
Lights up for incoming, outgoing, or pending Fax jobs.
Ready / Error LED
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Operator Panel
285
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section16.fm
•
Lights up when the printer is ready. (Ready LED)
•
Lights up when the printer has an error. (Error LED)
6
button
•
7
Moves a cursor or highlight right or left.
button
•
8
Moves a cursor or highlight up or down.
(Set) button
•
9
Confirms the entry of values.
(Contacts) button
•
10
Moves to the Address Book menu for the Fax and Scan services.
(Redial / Pause) button
•
Re-dials a telephone number.
•
Inserts a pause into a telephone number.
11
(Cancel) button
•
Cancels the current processing or pending job.
12 B&W / Color LED
•
13
Lights up to indicate which color mode is selected.
(Color Mode) button
•
14
Switches the color mode.
(Start) button
•
15
Starts a job.
(Speed Dial) button
•
16
Calls up a stored telephone number.
(Backspace) button
•
Deletes characters and numbers.
17 Numeric keypad
•
18
Enters characters and numbers.
(All Clear) button
•
Resets the current setting, and returns to the top menu.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
286
Operator Panel
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section16.fm
19
(Back) button
•
Returns to the previous screen.
20 LCD panel
•
21
Displays various settings, instructions, and error messages.
(Scan) button
•
22
Moves to the top level of the Scan menu.
(Menu) button
•
Moves to the top level of the Print from USB Memory, Job
Status, and System menus.
NOTE: Moving to a different menu or returning to a previous screen cancels the
current entry or setting. Make sure to press the
(Set) button to save the current
entry or setting.
NOTE: For details on how to use the numeric keypad to enter alphanumeric
characters, see "Using the Numeric Keypad to Enter Characters."
Printing a Panel Settings Page
The panel settings page shows current settings for the operator panel menus.
When Using the Operator Panel
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Ensure that Report/List is highlighted, and then press the
button.
(Set)
4 Press
button until Panel Settings is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
The panel settings page is printed.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
1 Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell 2155 Multifunction
Color Printer Tool Box.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Operator Panel
287
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section16.fm
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step when multiple printer
drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of this printer
listed in Printer Names, and then click Ok.
The Tool Box opens.
2 Ensure that the Printer Settings Reports tab is open.
3 Select Reports from the list at the left side of the page.
The Reports page appears.
4 Click the Panel Settings button.
The panel settings page is printed.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
288
Operator Panel
Printing, Copying,
Scanning, and Faxing
289
290
17
Printing
This chapter covers tips for printing, how to print certain information from your
printer, and how to cancel a job.
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell™ 2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer.
Tips for Successful Printing
Tips on Storing Print Media
Store your print media properly. For more information, see "Storing Print
Media."
Avoiding Paper Jams
NOTICE: Before buying large quantities of any print media, it is recommended
that you try a sample first.
By selecting appropriate print media and loading it properly, you can avoid
paper jams. See the following instructions on loading print media:
•
"Loading Print Media in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray and the Optional 250Sheet Feeder"
•
"Loading Print Media in the SSF"
•
"Avoiding Jams"
If you encounter a paper jam, see "Clearing Jams."
Printing
291
Sending a Job to Print
To support all of the printer features, use the printer driver. When you choose
Print from a software program, a window representing the printer driver opens.
Select the appropriate settings for the specific job that you are sending to print.
Print settings selected from the driver override the default menu settings
selected from the operator panel or Tool Box.
You may need to click Preferences from the initial Print box to see all of the
available system settings you can change. If you are not familiar with a feature
in the printer driver window, open the online Help for more information.
To print a job from a typical Microsoft® Windows® application:
1 Open the file you want to print.
2 From the File menu, select Print.
3 Verify that the correct printer is selected in the dialog box. Modify the system
settings as appropriate (such as the pages you want to print or the number of
copies).
4 Click Preferences to adjust system settings that are not available from the
first screen, and then click OK.
5 Click OK or Print to send the job to the selected printer.
Canceling a Print Job
There are several methods for canceling a job.
•
Canceling a Job From the Operator Panel
•
Canceling a Job From a Computer Running Windows
Canceling a Job From the Operator Panel
To cancel a job after it has started printing:
1 Press the
(Cancel) button.
2 From the Job List, press
or
and then press the
(Set) button.
button until Print is highlighted,
Printing is canceled only for the current job. All the following jobs will
continue to print.
292
Printing
Canceling a Job From a Computer Running Windows
Canceling a Job From the Taskbar
When you send a job to print, a small printer icon appears in the bottom right
corner of the taskbar.
1 Double-click the printer icon.
A list of print jobs appears in the printer window.
2 Select the job you want to cancel.
3 Press Delete on the keyboard.
Canceling a Job From the Desktop
1 Click StartPrinters and Faxes.
For Windows XP®: Click start Printers and Faxes.
For Windows Vista®: Click Start Control Panel Hardware and
Sound Printers.
For Windows Server® 2008: Click Start Control Panel Printers.
For Windows Server 2008 R2/Windows 7: Click Start Devices and
Printers.
A list of available printers appears.
2 Double-click the printer that you selected when you sent the job for print.
A list of print jobs appears in the printer window.
3 Select the job you want to cancel.
4 Press Delete on the keyboard.
Duplex Printing
Duplex printing (or two-sided printing) allows you to print on both sides of a
sheet of paper. For sizes that are acceptable for duplex printing, see "Supported
Paper Sizes."
Printing
293
Duplex Printing With Duplexer (Dell 2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer
Only)
1 Click StartPrinters and Faxes.
For Windows XP: Click start Printers and Faxes.
For Windows Vista: Click Start Control Panel Hardware and
Sound Printers.
For Windows Server 2008: Click Start Control Panel Printers.
For Windows Server 2008 R2/Windows 7: Click Start Devices and
Printers.
2 Right-click the printer and select Printing Preferences.
The Paper/Output tab appears.
3 Select Paper Source from Tray 1, Tray 2, and Auto.
4 From Duplex, select Flip on Long Edge or Flip on Short Edge.
NOTE: For details on the Flip on Long Edge and Flip on Short Edge
options, see "Flip on Long Edge" and "Flip on Short Edge."
5 Click OK.
Duplex Printing Without Duplexer (Dell 2155cn Multifunction Color
Printer Only)
Manual duplex printing (or two-sided printing) allows you to manually print on
both sides of the paper. For information on the paper sizes that support manual
duplex printing, see "Supported Paper Sizes."
NOTE: You can use the manual duplex feature using PCL 6 printer driver.
NOTE: To use the manual duplex feature, select Paper Source other than Auto or
SSF.
1 Click StartPrinters and Faxes.
For Windows XP: Click start Printers and Faxes.
For Windows Vista: Click Start Control Panel Hardware and
Sound Printers.
For Windows Server 2008: Click Start Control Panel Printers.
294
Printing
For Windows Server 2008 R2/Windows 7: Click Start Devices and
Printers.
2 Right-click the printer and select Printing Preferences.
The Paper/Output tab appears.
3 From Paper Source, select Tray 1 or Tray 2.
4 From Duplex, select Flip on Long Edge or Flip on Short Edge.
NOTE: For details on the Flip on Long Edge and Flip on Short Edge
options, see "Flip on Long Edge" and "Flip on Short Edge."
5 Click OK.
A window that shows the instructions for manual duplex printing appears.
The even-numbered pages are printed from the printer.
Clicking the OK button on your printer driver will first print the evennumbered pages of your document. If your document consists of six pages,
its even-numbered pages are printed in the order of page 6, 4, and then 2.
After the even-numbered pages are printed, a message Insert Output
to Tray 1 (Tray 2) (071-920 or 072-920) appears on the operator
panel.
6 Remove the stack of output from the output tray. Load the stack back into the
tray without turning it over (with the blank side face up).
7 A message Press
to continue printing (071-921 or
072-921) appears on the operator panel. Press the
(Set) button.
Printing
295
The odd-numbered pages are printed in the order of page 1, 3, and then 5.
NOTE: You cannot duplex print mix-sized documents.
Using Booklet Print (Dell 2155cn and 2155cdn Models)
To use the booklet print feature, select Booklet Creation in the
Booklet/Poster/Mixed Document dialog box displayed by clicking the
Booklet/Poster/Mixed Document button. Flip on Long Edge binding position
is selected by default. If you want to change the position, select Flip on Short
Edge from the Duplex menu in the printer properties dialog box.
NOTE: For Dell 2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer, select Paper Source or
Auto to use the booklet printing feature. For Dell 2155cn Multifunction Color
Printer, select Paper Source. You cannot select Auto or SSF for booklet printing.
NOTE: When XPS driver is used, booklet print is not available.
Flip on Long Edge
296
Printing
Assumes binding along the long edge of the page (left edge for
portrait orientation and top edge for landscape orientation). The
following illustration shows long-edge binding for portrait and
landscape pages:
Flip on Short Edge
Assumes binding along the short edge of the page (top edge for
portrait orientation and left edge for landscape orientation). The
following illustration shows short-edge binding for portrait and
landscape pages:
Using the Stored Print Function
When you send a job to the printer, you can specify in the driver that you want
the printer to store the job in the memory. When you are ready to print the job,
go to the printer and use the operator panel menus to identify which job in the
memory you want to print. You can use this function for Secure Print, Private
MailBox Print, Public MailBox Print, and Proof Print.
NOTE: Stored Print function is available when:
•
The optional memory module is installed.
•
The RAM disk is enabled in the operator panel menu.
•
RAM Disk is set to Available in the printer driver.
NOTE: The data in memory is cleared when the printer is turned off.
The stored print function includes the following job types:
•
Secure Print
•
Private MailBox Print
Printing
297
•
Public MailBox Print
•
Proof Print
Secure Print
You can store print jobs temporarily in printer memory and print them later from
the operator panel. This feature can be used to print confidential documents. A
stored print job will be deleted after you print it or at a designated time.
NOTE: Secure Print is available when using the PCL driver.
Private MailBox Print
You can store print jobs temporarily in printer memory and print them at a more
convenient time from the operator panel. This feature can be used to print
confidential documents. The stored jobs remain in printer memory until you
delete them on the operator panel or turn off the printer.
NOTE: Private MailBox Print is available when using the PCL driver.
Public MailBox Print
You can store print jobs temporarily in printer memory and print them at a more
convenient time from the operator panel. A print job is stored until you delete it
from printer memory on the operator panel or turn off the printer. You cannot
use the password function with this feature. This function does not require a
password to print a stored job.
NOTE: Public MailBox Print is available when using the PCL driver.
Proof Print
When you specify multiple copies for a collated job, this feature allows you to
print only the first set for checking, before proceeding to print the remaining
copies at the printer.
NOTE: If a print job is too large for the memory available, the printer may display
error messages.
NOTE: If a document name is not assigned to your print job in the printer driver,
the job's name will be identified using the printer's time and date of submission to
distinguish it from other jobs you have stored under your name.
NOTE: Proof Print is available when using the PCL driver.
298
Printing
Storing Print Jobs
When you select a job type other than Normal Print in the Paper/Output tab of
the printer driver, the job will be stored in temporary memory until you request
to print it from the operator panel or turn off the printer.
NOTE: Secure Print and Private MailBox Print require specifying a password for
confidentiality.
Printing the Stored Jobs
Once jobs are stored, you can use the operator panel to specify printing. Select
the job type you are using from Secure Print, Private MailBox Print, Public
MailBox Print, and Proof Print. Then, select your user name from a list. Secure
Print and Private MailBox Print require the password you specified in the driver
when you sent the job.
To print the stored documents, use the procedure below.
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button until Job Status is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Press
button until Print Menu is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Press
button until the desired job type is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
The stored document will be printed.
Specifying Your Password on the Operator Panel (Secure Print/Private
MailBox Print)
When you select Secure Print or Private MailBox Print from the
Print Menu after selecting your user name, the following prompt appears:
[]
Printing
299
Use the buttons on the operator panel to enter the numeric password you
specified in the printer driver. The password you entered will be displayed as
asterisks (*******) to ensure confidentiality.
If you enter an invalid password, the message Wrong Password appears. Wait
three seconds, or press the
(Set) or
(Cancel) button to return to the
screen for user selection.
When you enter a valid password, you have access to all print jobs matching the
user name and password you entered. The print jobs matching the password you
entered appear on the screen. You can then choose to print or delete jobs
matching the password you entered. (See "Printing the Stored Jobs" for more
information.)
Deleting Stored Jobs
With Secure Print, a job that has been stored will be deleted after printing or
deleted at a designated time if entered on the operator panel or at turning off the
printer.
For other jobs, these jobs remain stored until you delete them on the operator
panel or turn off the printer.
Printing from USB Memory
The Print from USB Memory feature allows you to print files stored in a USB
memory by operating from the operator panel.
NOTICE: To prevent damage to your printer, DO NOT connect any device other
than USB memory to the USB port of the printer.
NOTICE: DO NOT remove the USB memory from the USB port until the printer
has finished printing.
The USB port of the printer is designed for USB 2.0 devices. You must use only
an authorized USB memory with an A plug type connector. Use only a metal
shielded USB memory.
A plug type
300
Printing
Supported File Formats
Files in the following file formats can be printed directly from a USB memory.
•
PDF
•
TIFF
•
JPEG
To print a file in a USB memory:
1 Insert a USB memory to the USB port of the printer.
2 Ensure that Print from USB Memory is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Press
button until the desired file is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
NOTE: Only the following characters are displayed on the operator panel:
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789
$ % ’ ‘ - @ {} ~ ! # ( ) & _ ^
4 Select printing options as required.
NOTE: You can print files scanned and stored using the Scan to USB
Memory feature. Files saved without using the feature such as files created by
user may not be printed properly.
PDF Port Direct Printing
You can directly print PDF files in a computer by specifying LPR command
(Windows):
lpr -S server_address -P lp -o | PDF_filename
The PDF file sent is printed in accordance with the printer settings set in the
printer. You can however, change the PDF settings from the operator panel of
the printer.
The following PDF settings can be changed:
•
Quantity
•
2Sided
•
Print Mode
•
PDF Password
•
Collated
Printing
301
•
Output Size
•
Layout
•
Output Color
NOTE: You should change the settings before the job starts.
NOTE: You can directly print PDF files scanned and stored using the Scan to USB
Memory feature. Files saved without using the feature such as files created by user
may not be printed properly.
Printing a Report Page
By using the Reports menu, you can print a variety of settings for your printer
including system settings, panel setting, and font list. The following sections
describe two examples of printing from the Reports menu.
•
Printing System Settings Report
•
Printing Font Sample List
Printing System Settings Report
To verify detailed printer settings, print a system settings report. A printed
system settings report also allows you to verify whether or not options have
been installed properly.
See "Understanding the Printer Menus" to identify the display and operator
panel buttons if you need help.
When Using the Operator Panel
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Ensure that Report/List is highlighted, and then press the
button.
(Set)
4 Ensure that System Settings is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
The system settings report is printed.
302
Printing
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
1 Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell 2155 Multifunction
Color Printer Tool Box.
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The Tool Box opens.
2 Ensure that the Printer Settings Report tab is open.
3 Select Reports from the list at the left side of the page.
The Reports page appears.
4 Click the System Settings button.
The system settings report is printed
The message Send Printer Information. appears while the page prints.
The printer returns to the standby mode after printing the system settings report.
If any other message appears when you print this page, see the online Help for
more information.
Printing Font Sample List
To print samples of all the fonts currently available for your printer:
When Using the Operator Panel
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Ensure that Report/List is highlighted, and then press the
button.
(Set)
4 Press
button until PCL Fonts List is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
The PCL fonts list is printed.
Printing
303
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
1 Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell 2155 Multifunction
Color Printer Tool Box.
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The Tool Box opens.
2 Ensure that the Printer Settings Report tab is open.
3 Select Reports from the list at the left side of the page.
The Reports page appears.
4 Click the PCL Fonts List button.
The PCL fonts list is printed.
The message Send Printer Information. appears while the page prints.
The printer returns to the standby mode after printing the font sample list.
Printer Settings
You can change most of the system settings from your software program. If your
printer is attached to the network, you can change settings from the Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool. To launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web
Tool, type the printer's IP address in your web browser. To find your printer's IP
address, see "Printing System Settings Report."
Settings from the software program update the default system settings for the
printer. Settings from the printer driver only apply to the job that you are
currently sending to the printer.
If you cannot change a setting from your software program, use the operator
panel, Tool Box or the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. Changing a
system setting from the operator panel, Tool Box or from the Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool makes that setting the user default.
Printing System Settings Report
You can verify the detailed system settings by printing a system settings report.
304
Printing
When Using the Operator Panel
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Ensure that Report/List is highlighted, and then press the
button.
(Set)
4 Ensure that System Settings is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
The system settings report is printed.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
1 Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell 2155 Multifunction
Color Printer Tool Box.
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The Tool Box opens.
2 Ensure that the Printer Settings Report tab is open.
3 Select Reports from the list at the left side of the page.
The Reports page appears.
4 Click the System Settings button.
The system settings report is printed
Using the Operator Panel to Change the Printer Settings
You can select menu items and corresponding values from the operator panel.
When you first browse through the menus from the operator panel, you see
some menu items are highlighted.
These highlighted items are the factory default and original system settings.
NOTE: Factory defaults may vary for different countries.
When you select a new setting from the operator panel, the item selected is
highlighted to identify it as the current user default menu setting.
Printing
305
These settings are active until new ones are selected or the factory defaults are
restored.
To select a new value as a setting:
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
or
button until the desired menu is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
3 Press
or
button until the desired menu or menu item is highlighted,
and then press the
(Set) button.
•
If the selection is a menu, the menu is opened and the first system setting
in the menu appears.
•
If the selection is a menu item, the default menu setting for the menu
item appears. (The current user default menu setting is highlighted.)
Each menu item has a list of values for the menu item. A value can be:
•
A phrase or word to describe a setting
•
A numerical value that can be changed
•
An On or Off setting
4 Press
or
button until the desired value is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
NOTE: Some menu items require you to use the numeric key pad to enter
the value.
5 Press the
(Cancel) or
button to return to the previous menu.
To continue setting other items, select the desired menu. To quit setting new
values, press the
(Cancel) button.
Driver settings may override changes previously made and may require you to
change the operator panel defaults.
Using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool to Change the Printer
Settings
If your printer is connected to the network, you can change the printer settings
from your web browser. If you are a network administrator, you can clone the
system settings of one printer to one or all the printers on the network.
306
Printing
Type the IP address of your printer in your web browser. Choose Printer
Settings from the topics list, and then select the System Settings you want to
change.
To change the paper type and size, choose Tray Settings from the topics list. To
change the Color Track settings, choose Print Volume from the topics list, and
then select the Dell Color Track tab.
To copy your system settings to another printer on the network, choose Copy
Printer Settings from the topics list, and then type the other printer's IP address.
If you do not know your printer's IP address, see the system settings report or
display the TCP/IP settings.
When Using the Operator Panel
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Ensure that Report/List is highlighted, and then press the
button.
(Set)
4 Ensure that System Settings is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
The system settings report is printed.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
1 Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell 2155 Multifunction
Color Printer Tool Box.
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The Tool Box opens.
2 Ensure that the Printer Settings Report tab is open.
3 Select TCP/IP Settings from the list at the left side of the page.
The TCP/IP Settings page appears.
Printing
307
Resetting Defaults
After resetting defaults and rebooting the printer, all the menu parameters,
except the parameters for the network, are reset to their default values.
When Using the Operator Panel
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Press
button until Admin Menu is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Press
button until Maintenance is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
5 Press
button until Reset Defaults is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
6 Press
or
button until the desired value is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
The Are you sure? message appears on the operator panel.
7 Press
button to highlight Yes, and then press the
(Set) button.
The printer is turned off automatically to apply the settings.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
1 Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell 2155 Multifunction
Color Printer Tool Box.
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The Tool Box opens.
2 Click the Printer Maintenance tab.
3 Select Reset Defaults from the list at the left side of the page.
The Reset Defaults page appears.
4 Select the desired option button.
308
Printing
The printer is turned off automatically to apply the settings.
Adjusting the Language
To display a different language on the operator panel:
Using the Operator Panel
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Press
button until Panel Language is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Press
button until the desired language is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
1 Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell 2155 Multifunction
Color Printer Tool Box.
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The Tool Box opens.
2 Click the Printer Maintenance tab.
3 Select System Settings from the list at the left side of the page.
The System Settings page appears.
4 Select the desired language from Panel Language, and then press the Apply
New Settings button.
Printing
309
310
Printing
18
Copying
Loading Paper for Copying
The instructions for loading documents are the same whether you are printing,
faxing, or copying. For more details, see "Print Media Guidelines."
Selecting Paper Tray
After loading the print media for copy output, select the desired paper tray to be
used for the copy job.
To select the tray:
1 Press the
(Copy) button.
2 Ensure that Select Tray is highlighted, and then press the
button.
(Set)
3 Press
or
button until the desired tray is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
You can select Tray 1, Tray 2*, or SSF.
* Tray 2 is only available when the optional 250-sheet feeder is installed.
Preparing a Document
You can use the document glass or the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) to
load an original document for copying, scanning, and sending a fax. You can
load up to 35 sheets of 75 g/m2 (20 lb) documents for one job using the ADF or
one sheet at a time using the document glass.
CAUTION: Avoid loading documents that are smaller than 5.5 in. by 5.5 in.
(139.7 mm by 139.7 mm) or larger than 8.5 in. by 14 in. (215.9 mm by 355.6 mm),
different sizes or weights together, or booklets, pamphlets, transparencies, or
documents having other unusual characteristics in ADF.
CAUTION: Carbon-paper or carbon-backed paper, coated paper, onion skin or
thin paper, wrinkled or creased paper, curled or rolled paper or torn paper cannot be
used in ADF.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Copying
311
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section18.fm
CAUTION: Do not use the documents with staples, paper clips or exposed to
adhesives or solvent based materials such as glue, ink and correcting fluid in ADF.
NOTE: To get the best scan quality, especially for color or gray scale images, use
the document glass instead of the ADF.
Making Copies From the Document Glass
NOTE: A computer connection is not required for copying.
NOTE: Remove any documents from the ADF before copying from the document
glass.
NOTE: Contaminants on the document glass may cause black spots on the copy
output. For best results, clean the document glass before use. For more information,
see "Cleaning the Scanner."
To make a copy from the document glass:
1 Lift and open the document cover.
2 Place the document facing down on the document glass and align it with the
registration guide on the top left corner of the glass.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
312
Copying
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section18.fm
3 Close the document cover.
NOTE: Leaving the document cover open while copying may affect the
copy quality and increase the toner consumption.
NOTE: If you are copying a page from a book or magazine, lift the cover
until its hinges are caught by the stopper and then close the cover. If the book
or magazine is thicker than 30 mm, start copying with the document cover
open.
To customize the copy settings including the number of copies, copy size,
contrast, and image quality, see "Setting Copy Options."
To clear the option settings, press the
(All Clear) button.
NOTE: The copy options automatically return to their default status after the
next copy is performed or the auto clear timer is expired.
4 Press the
(Start) button to begin copying.
NOTE: You can cancel a copy job at any time while scanning a document by
pressing the
(Cancel) button.
Making Copies From the ADF
NOTICE: Do not load more than 35 sheets into the ADF or allow more than 35
sheets to be fed to the ADF output tray. The ADF output tray should be emptied
before it exceeds 35 sheets or your original documents may be damaged.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Copying
313
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section18.fm
NOTE: A computer connection is not required for copying.
1 Load up to 35 sheets of 75 g/m2 (20 lb) documents facing up on the ADF
with top edge of the documents in first. Then adjust the document guides to
the document size.
NOTE: Ensure that you use the document stopper before copying a legalsize document.
To customize the copy settings including the number of copies, copy size,
contrast, and image quality, see "Setting Copy Options."
To clear the option settings, press the
(All Clear) button.
NOTE: The copy options automatically return to their default status after the
next copy is performed or the auto clear timer is expired.
2 Press the
(Start) button to begin copying.
NOTE: You can cancel a copy job at any time while scanning a document by
pressing the
(Cancel) button.
Setting Copy Options
Set the following options for the current copy job before pressing the
button to begin copying.
(Start)
NOTE: The copy options automatically return to their default status after the next
copy is performed or the auto clear timer is expired.
•
Number of Copies
•
Color
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
314
Copying
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section18.fm
•
Select Tray
•
SSF Paper Size
•
SSF Paper Type
•
Collated
•
Reduce/Enlarge
•
Document Size
•
Original Type
•
Lighter/Darker
•
Sharpness
•
Color Saturation
•
Auto Exposure
•
2 Sided
•
Multiple-Up
•
Margin Top/Bottom
•
Margin Left/Right
•
Margin Middle
Number of Copies
To specify the number of copies from 1 to 99:
1 Load the document(s) facing up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document facing down on the document glass, and close the
document cover.
For details about loading a document, see "Making Copies From the
Document Glass" and "Making Copies From the ADF."
2 Press the
(Copy) button.
3 Enter the number of copies using the numeric keypad.
4 Press the
(Start) button to begin copying.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Copying
315
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section18.fm
Color
To select mode for color or black and white copying:
1 Load the document(s) facing up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document facing down on the document glass, and close the
document cover.
For details about loading a document, see "Making Copies From the
Document Glass" and "Making Copies From the ADF."
2 Press the
(Color Mode) button to switch between Color and
Black and White modes.
3 Press the
(Start) button to begin copying.
Select Tray
To select a tray.
1 Load the document(s) facing up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document facing down on the document glass, and close the
document cover.
For details about loading a document, see "Making Copies From the
Document Glass" and "Making Copies From the ADF."
2 Press the
(Copy) button.
3 Ensure that Select Tray is highlighted, and then press the
button.
(Set)
4 Press
button until the desired setting is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
Tray 1*
The paper is fed from the tray 1.
Tray 2
The paper is fed from the tray 2.
SSF
The paper is fed from the single sheet feeder.
* Denotes the factory default setting.
NOTE: Tray 2 is only available when the optional 250-sheet feeder is installed.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
316
Copying
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section18.fm
SSF Paper Size
To select the default paper size of the single sheet feeder:
NOTE: This setting is only available when the SSF is selected for the paper tray.
1 Load the document(s) facing up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document facing down on the document glass, and close the
document cover.
For details about loading a document, see "Making Copies From the
Document Glass" and "Making Copies From the ADF."
2 Press the
(Copy) button.
3 Press
button until SSF Paper Size is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Press
or
button until the desired setting is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
(Inch series)
Letter (8.5 x 11")*
Folio (8.5 x 13")
Legal (8.5 x 14")
A4 (210 x 297mm)
A5 (148 x 210mm)
B5 (182 x 257mm)
Executive (7.3 x 10.5")
Envelope #10 (4.1 x 9.5")
Monarch Env. (3.9 x 7.5")
DL Env. (110 x 220 mm)
C5 Env. (162 x 229mm)
(mm series)
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Copying
317
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section18.fm
A4 (210 x 297 mm)*
A5 (148 x 210 mm)
B5 (182 x 257 mm)
Letter (8.5 x 11")
Folio (8.5 x 13")
Legal (8.5 x 14")
Executive (7.3 x 10.5")
Envelope #10 (4.1 x 9.5")
Monarch Env. (3.9 x 7.5")
DL Env. (110 x 220 mm)
C5 Env. (162 x 229 mm)
* Denotes the factory default setting.
5 Press the
(Start) button to begin copying.
SSF Paper Type
To select the default paper type of the single sheet feeder:
NOTE: This setting is only available when the SSF is selected for the paper tray.
1 Load the document(s) facing up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document facing down on the document glass, and close the
document cover.
For details about loading a document, see "Making Copies From the
Document Glass" and "Making Copies From the ADF."
2 Press the
(Copy) button.
3 Press
button until SSF Paper Type is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Press
or
button until the desired setting is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
Plain*
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
318
Copying
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section18.fm
Plain Thick
Covers
Covers Thick
Coated
Coated Thick
Envelope
Recycled
Letterhead
Preprinted
Prepunched
Color
Plain S2
Plain Thick S2
Recycled S2
Color S2
* Denotes the factory default setting.
5 Press the
(Start) button to begin copying.
Collated
To sort the copy output: For example, if you make two copies of three page
documents, one complete three page document will be printed followed by the
second complete document:
NOTE: You can collate more pages when optional memory module is installed.
1 Load the document(s) facing up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Copying
319
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section18.fm
Place a single document facing down on the document glass, and close the
document cover.
For details about loading a document, see "Making Copies From the
Document Glass" and "Making Copies From the ADF."
2 Press the
3 Press
button.
(Copy) button.
button until Collated is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
4 Press
or
button until the desired setting is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
Off
Does not copy in collated order.
On
Copies in collated order.
Auto*
Only the documents loaded from ADF are copied in collated
order.
* Denotes the factory default setting.
To customize the copy settings including the number of copies, copy size,
contrast, and image quality, see "Setting Copy Options."
5 Press the
a
(Start) button to begin copying.
When you are using the document glass and it is set to On, the display
prompts you for another page.
If you want to place a new document, press
button to select Yes,
and then press the
(Set) button.
Another display prompts you for placing next page.
Replace the document with a new document.
Ensure that Continue is highlighted, and then press the
button.
(Set)
Reduce/Enlarge
To reduce or enlarge the size of a copied image, from 25 percent to 400 percent
when you copy original documents from the document glass or ADF:
NOTE: When you make a reduced copy, black lines may appear at the bottom of
your copy.
1 Load the document(s) facing up with top edge in first into the ADF.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
320
Copying
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section18.fm
OR
Place a single document facing down on the document glass, and close the
document cover.
For details about loading a document, see "Making Copies From the
Document Glass" and "Making Copies From the ADF."
2 Press the
(Copy) button.
3 Press
button until Reduce/Enlarge is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Press
or
button until the desired setting is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
(Inch series)
Custom 100%
50%
LdgrLtr (64%)
LglLtr (78%)
100%*
StmtLtr (129%)
StmtLgl (154%)
200%
(mm series)
Custom 100%
50%
A4A5 (70%)
B5A5 (81%)
100%*
A5B5 (122%)
A5A4 (141%)
200%
* Denotes the factory default setting.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Copying
321
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section18.fm
NOTE: You can also specify the value in increments of 1% from 25 to 400 by
or
button or entering a value using the numeric keypad.
pressing
5 Press the
(Start) button to begin copying.
Document Size
To select the default document size:
1 Load the document(s) facing up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document facing down on the document glass, and close the
document cover.
For details about loading a document, see "Making Copies From the
Document Glass" and "Making Copies From the ADF."
2 Press the
(Copy) button.
3 Press
button until Document Size is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Press
or
button until the desired setting is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
(Inch series)
Auto*
Letter (8.5 x 11")
Folio (8.5 x 13")
Legal (8.5 x 14")
A4 (210 x 297mm)
A5 (148 x 210mm)
B5 (182 x 257mm)
Executive (7.3 x 10.5")
(mm series)
Auto*
A4 (210 x 297mm)
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
322
Copying
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section18.fm
A5 (148 x 210mm)
B5 (182 x 257mm)
Letter (8.5 x 11")
Folio (8.5 x 13")
Legal (8.5 x 14")
Executive (7.3 x 10.5")
* Denotes the factory default setting.
5 Press the
(Start) button to begin copying.
Original Type
To select the copy image quality:
1 Load the document(s) facing up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document facing down on the document glass, and close the
document cover.
For details about loading a document, see "Making Copies From the
Document Glass" and "Making Copies From the ADF."
2 Press the
(Copy) button.
3 Press
button until Original Type is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Press
or
button until the desired setting is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
Text
Used for documents with text.
Text & Photo*
Used for documents with both text and photos.
Photo
Used for documents with photos.
* Denotes the factory default setting.
5 Press the
(Start) button to begin copying.
Lighter/Darker
To adjust the contrast to make the copy lighter or darker than the original:
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Copying
323
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section18.fm
1 Load the document(s) facing up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document facing down on the document glass, and close the
document cover.
For details about loading a document, see "Making Copies From the
Document Glass" and "Making Copies From the ADF."
2 Press the
(Copy) button.
3 Press
button until Lighter/Darker is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Press
or
then press the
Lighter3
button to move
(Set) button.
for adjusting the darkness level, and
Works well with dark print.
Lighter2
Lighter1
Normal*
Works well with normal typed or printed documents.
Darker1
Works well with light print or faint pencil markings.
Darker2
Darker3
* Denotes the factory default setting.
5 Press the
(Start) button to begin copying.
Sharpness
To adjust the sharpness to make the copy image sharper or softer than the
original:
1 Load the document(s) facing up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document facing down on the document glass, and close the
document cover.
For details about loading a document, see "Making Copies From the
Document Glass" and "Making Copies From the ADF."
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
324
Copying
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section18.fm
2 Press the
(Copy) button.
3 Press
button until Sharpness is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Press
or
button until the desired settings is highlighted, and then
press the
(Set) button.
Sharper
Makes the copy image sharper than the original.
Normal*
The color clarity of the image is the same as the original.
Softer
Makes the copy image softer than the original.
* Denotes the factory default setting.
5 Press the
(Start) button to begin copying.
Color Saturation
To adjust the amount of colors of the copy to make the colors darker or lighter
than the original:
1 Load the document(s) facing up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document facing down on the document glass, and close the
document cover.
For details about loading a document, see "Making Copies From the
Document Glass" and "Making Copies From the ADF."
2 Press the
(Copy) button.
3 Press
button until Color Saturation is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
4 Press
or
button until the desired setting is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
High
Makes the color of the copy more vivid.
Normal*
The color saturation is the same as the original.
Low
Makes the color of the copy less vivid.
* Denotes the factory default setting.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Copying
325
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section18.fm
5 Press the
(Start) button to begin copying.
Auto Exposure
To suppress the background of the original to enhance text on the copy:
1 Load the document(s) facing up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document facing down on the document glass, and close the
document cover.
For details about loading a document, see "Making Copies From the
Document Glass" and "Making Copies From the ADF."
2 Press the
(Copy) button.
3 Press
button until Auto Exposure is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Press
button.
or
5 Press the
button until On is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
(Start) button to begin copying.
2 Sided
To make duplex copies with the specified binding position:
NOTE: This feature is available only for Dell 2155cdn Multifunction Color
Printer.
1 Load the document(s) facing up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document facing down on the document glass, and close the
document cover.
For details about loading a document, see "Making Copies From the
Document Glass" and "Making Copies From the ADF."
2 Press the
3 Press
button.
(Copy) button.
button until 2Sided is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
326
Copying
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section18.fm
4 Press
or
button until the desired setting is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
1 -> 1Sided*
Long Edge
Biding
Select 1 sided or 2 sided and specify binding position for the 2 sided
copy.
Short Edge
Binding
* Denotes the factory default setting.
5 Press the
(Start) button to begin copying.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Copying
327
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section18.fm
Multiple-Up
To print two original images to fit onto one sheet of paper:
1 Load the document(s) facing up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document facing down on the document glass, and close the
document cover.
For details about loading a document, see "Making Copies From the
Document Glass" and "Making Copies From the ADF."
2 Press the
(Copy) button.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
328
Copying
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section18.fm
3 Press
button until Multiple-Up is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Press
or
button until the desired setting is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
Off*
Does not perform multiple-up printing.
Auto
Automatically reduces the original pages to fit onto one sheet of
paper.
ID Copy
Prints the original pages onto one sheet of paper in the original
size.
Manual
Prints the original pages onto the one sheet of paper in the size
specified in Reduce/Enlarge.
* Denotes the factory default setting.
To customize the copy settings including the number of copies, contrast, and
image quality, see "Setting Copy Options."
5 Press the
a
(Start) button to begin copying.
When you are using the document glass and it is set to Auto, ID
Copy, or Manual, the display prompts you for another page.
If you want to place a new document, press
button to select Yes,
and then press the
(Set) button.
Another display prompts you for placing next page.
Replace the document with a new document.
Ensure that Continue is highlighted, and then press the
button.
(Set)
Margin Top/Bottom
To specify the top and bottom margins of the copy:
1 Load the document(s) facing up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document facing down on the document glass, and close the
document cover.
For details about loading a document, see "Making Copies From the
Document Glass" and "Making Copies From the ADF."
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Copying
329
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section18.fm
2 Press the
(Copy) button.
3 Press
button until Margin Top/Bottom is highlighted, and then
press the
(Set) button.
4 Press
or
button or enter the desired value using the numeric keypad,
and then press the
(Set) button.
0.2 inch* (4
mm*)
Specify the value in increments of 0.1 inch (1 mm).
0.0–2.0 inch
(0–50 mm)
* Denotes the factory default setting.
5 Press the
(Start) button to begin copying.
Margin Left/Right
To specify the left and right margins of the copy:
1 Load the document(s) facing up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document facing down on the document glass, and close the
document cover.
For details about loading a document, see "Making Copies From the
Document Glass" and "Making Copies From the ADF."
2 Press the
(Copy) button.
3 Press
until Margin Left/Right is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Press
or
button or enter the desired value using the numeric keypad,
and then press the
(Set) button.
0.2 inch* (4
mm)
Specify the value in increments of 0.1 inch (1 mm).
0.0–2.0 inch
(0–50 mm)
* Denotes the factory default setting.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
330
Copying
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section18.fm
5 Press the
(Start) button to begin copying.
Margin Middle
To specify the middle margin of the copy:
1 Load the document(s) facing up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document facing down on the document glass, and close the
document cover.
For details about loading a document, see "Making Copies From the
Document Glass" and "Making Copies From the ADF."
2 Press the
(Copy) button.
3 Press
button until Margin Middle is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Press
or
button or enter the desired value using the numeric keypad,
and then press the
(Set) button.
0.0 inch* (0
mm*)
Specify the value in increments of 0.1 inch (1 mm).
0.0–2.0 inch
(0–50 mm)
* Denotes the factory default setting.
5 Press the
(Start) button to begin copying.
Changing the Default Settings
The default settings of the copy menu options including contrast and image
quality can be set to the most frequently used modes. When you copy a
document, the specified default settings are used unless they are changed by
using the corresponding buttons on the operator panel.
To create your own default settings:
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Copying
331
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section18.fm
3 Press
button until Defaults Settings is highlighted, and then
press the
(Set) button.
4 Ensure that Copy Defaults is highlighted, and then press the
button.
(Set)
5 Press
button until the desired menu item is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
6 Press
or
button until the desired setting is highlighted or enter the
value using the numeric keypad, and then press the
(Set) button.
7 Repeat steps 5 and 6 as needed.
To return to the top screen of the
Clear) button.
(Menu) menu, press the
(All
Setting the Power Saver Timer Option
You can set the power saver timer for the printer. The printer enters the power
saver mode when the printer is not used for a certain period of time.
To set the power saver timer:
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Press
button until Admin Menu is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Press
button until System Settings is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
5 Ensure that Power Saver Timer is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
6 Press
button until the desired setting is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
7 Press
or
button or enter the desired value using the numeric keypad,
and then press the
(Set) button.
You can specify from 1 to 30 minutes for Sleep or 5 to 60 minutes for
Deep Sleep.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
332
Copying
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section18.fm
To return to the top screen of the
Clear) button.
(Menu) menu, press the
(All
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Copying
333
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section18.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
334
Copying
19
Scanning
Scanning Overview
Use your Dell™ 2155cn/2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer to turn pictures
and text into editable images on your computer.
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell 2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer.
The Dell 2155cn/2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer provides several ways to
scan your document. There are two main scanning types. One is operated on the
printer side without using the scanner driver, and the other is operated on the
computer side using a software and the scanner driver. See the available features
below to help you find the information you need.
•
Scanning - With scanner driver
•
Scanning - Without scanner driver
Scanning - With scanner driver
•
Scan into a graphic software such as PaperPort® (bundled software for
Windows) and Adobe® Photoshop® using a TWAIN driver
(Supporting USB and Network connections for both Microsoft Windows and
Apple Macintosh using a graphic software)
See "Scanning Using the TWAIN Driver."
•
Scan into a Microsoft’s default program such as Windows Photo Gallery and
Microsoft Paint, using a Windows Image Acquisition (WIA) driver
(Supporting USB and Network connections on Windows only)
See "Scanning Using the Windows Image Acquisition (WIA) Driver."
•
Scan and send the scanned document to computer connected via USB cable
(Supporting USB connection for both Microsoft® Windows® and Apple
Macintosh using bundled software tool of ScanButton Manager)
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Scanning
335
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section19.fm
Using the feature of "Scan to Application" on the operator panel of your
printer, the scanned image is saved in the location of your computer specified
with the ScanButton Manager.
See "Scanning From the Operator Panel."
Scanning - Without scanner driver
•
Scan and save the scanned document in a USB memory
See "Scanning to a USB Memory."
•
Scan and send the scanned document by e-mail
See "Sending an E-Mail With the Scanned Image."
•
Scan and send the scanned document to computer or server connected to
network
See "Scanning to Network."
The resolution setting to use when you scan an item depends on the item type
and how you plan to use the image or document after you scan it to your
computer. For the best results, use these recommended settings.
Type
Resolution
Documents
300 dpi black-and-white or 200 dpi
grayscale or color
Documents of poor quality or that contain
small text
400 dpi black-and-white or 300 dpi
grayscale
Photographs and pictures
100–200 dpi color or 200 dpi grayscale
Images for an inkjet printer
150–300 dpi
Images for a high-resolution printer
300–600 dpi
Scanning above these recommended resolutions may exceed the capabilities of
the application. If you require a resolution above those recommended in the
above table, you should reduce the size of the image by previewing (or pre-scan)
and cropping before scanning the image.
PaperPort
PaperPort that comes bundled with this printer can be used to manage all your
documents. You can organize, search, and share all of your scanned documents.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
336
Scanning
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section19.fm
NOTE: PaperPort, is supported only on Windows.
NOTE: You can use PaperPort's built-in Optical Character Recognition (OCR)
software to copy text from scanned documents so that you can use and edit the text
in any text editing, word processing, or spreadsheet program. The OCR process
requires textual images scanned at 150–600 dpi and 300 dpi or 600 dpi is
recommended for graphics.
If you prefer to use another application, such as Adobe PhotoShop, you must
assign the application to the printer by selecting it from the list of available
applications through the Select Software button each time you start scanning. If
you do not assign an application to the Select Software button, PaperPort is
automatically selected when you start scanning. See "Printer Settings Utility."
Dell ScanCenter
Dell ScanCenter is a PaperPort application that enables you to scan items and
send them directly to PaperPort or other programs on your computer without
first running PaperPort. Dell ScanCenter runs as a separate application from the
Windows start menu and displays the Dell ScanCenter bar. For more
information about using Dell ScanCenter, refer to the PaperPort's Help menu.
Icons on the Dell ScanCenter bar represent the programs that are limited to
PaperPort and to Dell ScanCenter. To scan and send an item to a program, click
the program icon and then scan the item. Dell ScanCenter automatically starts
the selected program when the scan is complete.
Scanning From the Operator Panel
NOTE: You must connect your computer via USB for selecting the Scan to
Application feature from the operator panel. Network connection is not supported.
NOTE: This feature is supported on both Microsoft Windows and Apple
Macintosh.
1 Load the document(s) facing up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Scanning
337
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section19.fm
Place a single document facing down on the document glass, and close the
document cover.
For details about loading a document, see "Loading an Original Document."
2 Press the
(Scan) button.
3 Press
button until Scan to Application is highlighted, and then
press the
(Set) button.
4 Specify the scan options such as file format, color mode, resolution, and
document size. For details, see "Scan to Application."
5 Press the
(Start) button.
NOTE: If the following dialog box appears on your computer, select 2155
Color MFP ScanButton Manager, and then click OK.
For Microsoft Windows:
NOTE: Once you select 2155 Color MFP ScanButton Manager with the
Always use this program for this action check box selected, 2155 Color MFP
ScanButton Manager will automatically open without selecting an application.
NOTE: You must use ScanButton Manager on your computer to change the
settings for scanning. For details, see "ScanButton Manager."
NOTE: For Macintosh, the dialog box for selecting a program is not displayed.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
338
Scanning
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section19.fm
ScanButton Manager
The Scan to Application stores the image files in the My Documents
folder by default, and then you can open them using the related application. Use
ScanButton Manager to change the output destination of the obtained image
files and to select whether to open the image files using the related application.
For Microsoft Windows:
For Apple Macintosh:
Scanning Using the TWAIN Driver
Your printer supports the TWAIN driver for scanning images that supports
Microsoft® Windows® XP, Windows Server® 2003, Windows Vista®, Windows
Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows 7, Apple Mac OS X 10.3.9,
Mac OS X 10.4.11, Mac OS X 10.5, Mac OS X 10.6 works with various
scanners.
1 Load the document(s) facing up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document facing down on the document glass, and close the
document cover.
For details about loading a document, see "Loading an Original Document."
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Scanning
339
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section19.fm
2 Start the drawing software that supports TWAIN, such as PaperPort for
Windows. For using other than PaperPort, proceed to step 6.
3 To set the location where to store the scanned images:
Click DesktopFolders.
In the Folders panel, specify a destination folder.
4 To set the scanner:
Click DesktopScan SettingsSelect...
In the Available Scanners dialog box, select TWAIN: Dell 2155 Color
MFP, and then click OK.
5 Make sure that Display scanner dialog box check box is selected on the
Scan or Get Photo panel.
6 Click Scan to begin scanning process.
The Dell 2155 Color MFP TWAIN Driver window appears.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
340
Scanning
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section19.fm
For Microsoft Windows:
For Apple Macintosh:
NOTE: The screen image may vary depending on the operating system.
7 In the Basic Scanning tab, set the desired preferences, and click Preview to
display the preview image.
8 Adjust the settings in the Image Quality and Image Option tabs.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Scanning
341
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section19.fm
9 Click Scan to start scanning.
10 When the scanning is completed, click Close to exit the window.
11 Click Done to close the PaperPort - Scan window.
The scanned image is automatically saved in the specified location.
If you want to scan more pages, follow the on-screen instructions to edit the
picture after it is copied to your computer.
Scan Setting Tool
You can check the IP address of the printer or set the password using the Scan
Setting Tool.
To open the Scan Settings Tool:
For Microsoft Windows:
Click Start Program Dell Printers Dell 2155 Multifunction Color
PrinterScan Settings Tool.
For Apple Macintosh:
Click Settings on the main scanning window of the Dell 2155 Color MFP
window.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
342
Scanning
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section19.fm
IP Address Settings
In the IP Address Settings tab, you can check the IP address that is set for your
scanner or change the scanner selection.
•
IP Address
Enter the IP address.
•
Search all scanners from the network (Windows only)
Searches scanners in your network.
•
Scanner List
Displays a list of scanners that are detected.
•
Search again
Searches the scanners in your network.
•
Search Criteria (Windows only)
Displays the Search Criteria dialog box for setting the search condition.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Scanning
343
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section19.fm
Search Criteria Dialog Box (Windows only)
•
Subnet Address
Enter the subnet address.
•
•
IPv4: Broadcast Address such as "192.168.1.255"
•
IPv6: Multicast Address such as "ff02::1"
Search Time
Specify a time period for searching a scanner.
•
Community Name
Enter the SNMPv1/v2 community name. The default community name is
"public."
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
344
Scanning
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section19.fm
Password Setting
In the Password Setting tab, you can input the password that is set for your
scanner to access from your computer to the printer.
For Microsoft Windows:
For Apple Macintosh:
•
Password for Scanner
Enter the password.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Scanning
345
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section19.fm
Scanning Using the Windows Image Acquisition
(WIA) Driver
Your printer also supports the WIA driver for scanning images. WIA is one of
the standard components provided by Microsoft Windows XP and later
operating systems and works with digital cameras and scanners. Unlike the
TWAIN driver, the WIA driver allows you to scan an image and easily
manipulate those images without using additional software.
NOTE: The Windows Image Acquisition (WIA) driver is supported only on
Windows.
To scan an image from the drawing software:
1 Load the document(s) facing up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document facing down on the document glass, and close the
document cover.
For details about loading a document, see "Loading an Original Document."
2 Start the drawing software, such as Microsoft Paint for Windows.
NOTE: When you use Windows Vista or Windows Server 2008, use
Windows Photo Gallery instead of Microsoft Paint.
3 Click File From Scanner or Camera (Paint button From scanner or
camera for Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7).
The Scan using Dell 2155 Color MFP Scanner window appears.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
346
Scanning
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section19.fm
NOTE: The screen image may vary depending on the operating system.
4 Select your desired type of picture that you want to scan, and click Adjust
the quality of the scanned picture to display the Advanced Properties
dialog box.
5 Select the desired properties including brightness and contrast, and then click
OK.
6 Click Scan to start scanning.
7 Click File Save to save your scanned document in your desired location on
your computer.
To scan an image from Control Panel:
NOTE: This feature is supported on Microsoft Window Server 2003 and
Windows XP only.
1 Load the document(s) facing up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document facing down on the document glass, and close the
document cover.
For details about loading a document, see "Loading an Original Document."
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Scanning
347
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section19.fm
2 Click StartControl PanelPrinters and Other HardwareScanners
and Cameras.
3 Double-click the scanner icon. The Scanner and Camera Wizard launches.
4 Click Next to display the Choose Scanning Preferences page.
NOTE: The screen image may vary depending on the operating system.
5 Select your desired type of picture, paper source, and paper size, and click
Next.
6 Enter a picture name, select a file format, and specify the desired location to
save the scanned document.
7 Click Next to start scanning.
8 Follow the on-screen instructions to edit the picture after it is copied to your
computer.
Scanning to Network
NOTE: This feature does not require a network scan driver.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
348
Scanning
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section19.fm
Overview
The Scan to Network feature allows you to send the scanned documents to a
computer or FTP server.
Required operating systems:
For FTP:
NOTE: For information on how to configure the FTP service, refer to the manual
provided with the software.
NOTE: Microsoft Windows Server 2003, Windows XP, Windows Vista, Mac OS
X 10.3.9/10.4.11/10.5 support IPv4 only.
•
Microsoft Windows XP Professional
FTP service of Microsoft Internet Information Services 5.1
•
Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1
FTP service of Microsoft Internet Information Services 6.0
•
Microsoft Windows Vista
Microsoft Windows Server 2008
FTP service of Microsoft Internet Information Services 7.0
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Scanning
349
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section19.fm
•
Microsoft Windows 7
Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2
FTP service of Microsoft Internet Information Services 7.5
•
Mac OS X 10.3.9/10.4.11/10.5/10.6
FTP service of Mac OS X
For SMB:
NOTE: Microsoft Windows Server 2003, Windows XP, Mac OS X
10.3.9/10.4.11/10.5/10.6 support IPv4 only.
•
Microsoft Windows XP
•
Microsoft Windows Server 2003
•
Microsoft Windows Vista
•
Microsoft Windows Server 2008
•
Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2
•
Microsoft Windows 7
•
Mac OS X 10.3.9/10.4.11/10.5/10.6
Procedures
For FTP:
1 "Setting a Destination Using an Address Book"
2 "Sending the Scanned File on the Network"
For SMB:
1 "Setting a Login Name and a Password (SMB Only)"
2 "Creating a Shared Folder (SMB Only)"
3 "Setting a Destination Using an Address Book"
4 "Sending the Scanned File on the Network"
Setting a Login Name and a Password (SMB Only)
The Scan to Network feature requires a user login account with a valid and nonempty password for authentication. Confirm a login user name and password.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
350
Scanning
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section19.fm
For Microsoft Windows:
If you do not use a password for your user login, you need to create a password
on your User Login Account with the following procedure.
For Windows XP:
1 Click startControl Panel User Accounts.
2 Click Change an account.
3 Click Create a password and add in a password for your user login account.
For Windows Vista and Windows 7:
1 Click Start Control Panel.
2 Click User Accounts and Family Safety.
3 Click User Accounts.
4 Click Create a password for your account and add in a password for your
user login account.
For Windows Server 2008:
1 Click StartControl Panel.
2 Double-click User Accounts.
3 Click Create a password for your account and add in a password for your
user login account.
For Windows Server 2008 R2:
1 Click Start Control Panel.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Scanning
351
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section19.fm
2 Select User Accounts.
3 Click User Accounts.
4 Click Create a password for your account and add in a password for your
user login account.
For Mac OS X 10.3.9:
1 Click System Preferences Accounts.
2 Enter a password for your user login account in Password.
3 Re-enter the password in Verify.
For Mac OS X 10.4.11/10.5/10.6:
1 Click System Preferences Accounts.
2 Select Change Password.
3 Enter a password for your user login account in New password.
4 Re-enter the password in Verify.
Creating a Shared Folder (SMB Only)
Create a shared folder to store the scanned document from your printer.
For Microsoft Windows XP Home Edition:
1 Create a folder in the desired directory on your computer (Example of folder
name, MyShare).
2 Right-click on the folder, and then select Properties.
The Properties dialog box appears.
3 Click on the Sharing tab, and then select Share this folder on the network.
4 Enter a shared name in the Share name box.
NOTE: Write down this shared name because you will use this name in the
next setting procedure.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
352
Scanning
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section19.fm
5 Select the Allow network users to change my files check box, and click
OK.
NOTE: When the following screen appears, click If you understand the
security risks but want to share files without running the wizard, click
here, then select Just enable file sharing, and then click OK.
NOTE: To add sub-folders, create new folders in the shared folder you have
created.
For example:
Folder name: MyShare, Second-level folder name: MyPic, Third-level
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Scanning
353
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section19.fm
folder name: John
You should now see MyShare\MyPic\John in your directory.
For Microsoft Windows XP Professional:
1 Create a folder in the desired directory on your computer (Example of folder
name, MyShare) and double-click the folder.
2 Select Folder Options from Tools.
3 Click View tab, and then deselect the check box of Use simple file sharing
(Recommended).
4 Click OK.
5 Right-click the folder, and then select Properties.
The Properties dialog box appears.
6 Select the Sharing tab, and then select Share this folder.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
354
Scanning
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section19.fm
7 Enter a shared name in the Share name box.
NOTE: Write down this shared name because you will use this name in the
next setting procedure.
8 Click on Permissions to create a write permission for this folder.
9 Click Add.
10 Search user login name by clicking Advanced, or enter the user login name
in Enter the object names to select box and click Check Names to confirm
(Example of user login name, Myself).
11 Click OK.
NOTE: Do not use Everyone as the user login name.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Scanning
355
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section19.fm
12 Click on the user login name that you have just entered. Select Full Control
check box. This will grant you permission to send the document into this
folder.
13 Click OK.
NOTE: To add sub-folders, create new folders in the shared folder you have
created.
For example:
Folder name: MyShare, Second-level folder name: MyPic, Third-level
folder name: John
You should now see MyShare\MyPic\John in your directory.
For Windows Vista, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 R2, or Windows
7:
1 Create a folder in the desired directory on your computer (Example of folder
name, MyShare).
2 Right-click on the folder, and then select Properties.
The Properties dialog box appears.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
356
Scanning
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section19.fm
3 Click on the Sharing tab, and then select Advanced Sharing.
4 Select the Share this folder check box.
5 Enter a shared name in the Share name box.
NOTE: Write down the shared name as you need to use this name in the next
setting procedure.
6 Click on Permissions to create a write permission for this folder.
7 Click Add.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Scanning
357
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section19.fm
8 Search user login name by clicking Advanced, or enter the user login name
in Enter the object names to select box and click Check Names to confirm
(Example of user login name, Myself).
9 Click OK.
10 Click on the user login name that you have just entered. Select Full Control
check box. This will grant you permission to send the document into this
folder.
NOTE: Do not use Everyone as the user login name.
11 Click OK.
NOTE: To add sub-folders, create new folders in the shared folder you have
created.
For example:
Folder name: MyShare, Second-level folder name: MyPic, Third-level
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
358
Scanning
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section19.fm
folder name: John
You should now see MyShare\MyPic\John in your directory.
For Mac OS X 10.3.9/10.4.11:
1 Select Go from the Finder menu, and then click Home.
2 Double-click Public.
3 Create a folder (Example of folder name, MyShare).
4 Open System Preferences, and then click Sharing.
5 Select the Personal File Sharing check box and Windows Sharing check
box.
For Mac OS X 10.5/10.6:
1 Create a folder in the desired directory on your computer (Example of folder
name, MyShare).
2 Select the created folder, and then select Get Info from the File menu.
3 Select the Shared Folder check box.
4 Open System Preferences, and then click Sharing.
5 Select the File Sharing check box, and then click Options.
6 Select the Share Files and folders using SMB and account name check
boxes.
7 Click Done.
Setting a Destination Using an Address Book
You can register the connection details for SMB and FTP server in the address
book using Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool or Address Book Editor.
Before beginning to setup a destination, make sure you have the IP addresses
you need such as printer and computer.
Verifying the IP Address Setting of the Printer
To setup the server address book through the network, you will first need to
locate the IP address of the printer. You can obtain this IP address from the
system settings report by performing the following steps:
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Scanning
359
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section19.fm
When Using the Operator Panel
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Ensure that Report/List is highlighted, and then press the
button.
(Set)
4 Ensure that System Settings is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
The system settings report is printed.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
1 Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell 2155 Multifunction
Color PrinterTool Box.
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The Tool Box opens.
2 Ensure that the Printer Settings Reports tab is open.
3 Select TCP/IP Settings from the list at the left side of the page.
The TCP/IP Settings page appears.
Locating the IP Address Setting of Your Computer
You can locate the IP address of your computer by the following operations.
1 Click Start Run.
For Windows Server 2003/Windows Server 2008/Windows Server 2008 R2:
Click Start Run.
For Windows Vista/Windows 7:
Click Start All Programs Accessories Run.
2 Type cmd in the text field and click OK. A command prompt window will
open.
3 Type ipconfig and press Enter.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
360
Scanning
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section19.fm
4 Write down the IP Address xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.
Using Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
1 Open a web browser.
2 Type in the IP address of the printer in the address bar, and press the Enter
key.
The web page of the printer appears.
NOTE: For details on how to check the IP address of the printer, see
"Verifying the IP Address Setting of the Printer."
3 Click Address Book. If a security login dialog box appears, type in the
correct User Name and Password.
NOTE: The default user name is "admin", and the default password is left
blank (NULL).
4 Click the Server Address tab, and then click a Create button.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Scanning
361
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section19.fm
Server Address page appears.
To fill in the fields, enter the information as follows:
(1) Name
Enter a friendly name that you want it to appear on the Server address
book.
(2) Server
Type
Select FTP if you store document on a FTP server.
Select SMB if you store documents in a shared folder on your computer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
362
Scanning
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section19.fm
(3) Server
Address
Enter a FTP server name that you have shared out or a server name or IP
address of your computer.
• For FTP:
Server name: myhost.example.com
(myhost: host name, example.com: domain name)
IP address: 192.168.1.100
• For SMB:
Server name: myhost
IP address: 192.168.1.100
(4) Share
Name
Enter the name of the shared folder on the recipient computer. For SMB
only.
(5) Server
Path
Enter the subdirectory path where you want the scanned document to be
stored. Ensure that the subdirectory path is already created in the shared
folder or FTP server.
(6) Server
Port
Number
Enter the Server Port Number. If you are unsure, you can enter the
default value of 21 for FTP or 139 for SMB.
(7) Login
Name
Enter the user account name to allow access to a shared folder on your
computer or to a FTP server.
Available ports are:
FTP: 21, 5000 - 65535
SMB: 139, 445, 5000 - 65535
• For FTP: Contact the system administrator.
• For SMB: Windows login name that you have specified in the
procedure 1.
(8) Login
Enter the password corresponding to the above login name.
Password • For FTP: Contact the system administrator
• For SMB: Empty password is not valid in the Network (Computer)
feature. Ensure that you have a valid password for the user login
account. (See "Setting a Login Name and a Password (SMB Only)" for
details on how to add a password in your user login account.)
(9) Re-enter Re-enter your password.
Password
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Scanning
363
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section19.fm
Using Address Book Editor
1 Click Start All ProgramsDell PrintersDell 2155 Multifunction
Color Printer Address Book Editor.
2 Click Tool New (Device Address Book)Server.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
364
Scanning
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section19.fm
For Microsoft Windows:
For Apple Macintosh:
Server Address dialog box appears.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Scanning
365
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section19.fm
For Microsoft Windows:
For Apple Macintosh:
To fill in the fields, enter the information as follows:
(1) Name
Enter a friendly name that you want it to appear on the Server address
book.
(2) Server
Type
Select Computer if you store documents in a shared folder on your
computer.
Select Server if you store documents on a FTP server.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
366
Scanning
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section19.fm
(3) Server
Name/IP
Address
Enter a server name or IP address of your computer or the FTP server
name that you have shared out.
The following are examples:
•
For Computer:
Server name: myhost
IP address: 192.168.1.100
•
For Server:
Server name: myhost.example.com
(myhost: host name, example.com: domain name)
IP address: 192.168.1.100
(4) Share
Name
Enter the name of the shared folder on the recipient computer. For SMB
only.
(5) Path
Enter the subdirectory path where you want the scanned document to be
stored. Ensure that the subdirectory path is already created in the shared
folder or FTP server.
(6) Login
Name
Enter the user account name to allow access to a shared folder on your
computer or to a FTP server.
• For Computer: Windows login name that you have specified in the
procedure 1.
• For Server: Contact the system administrator.
(7) Login
Enter the password corresponding to the above login name.
Password • For Computer: Empty password is not valid in the
Network(Computer) feature. Ensure that you have a valid
password for the user login account. (See "Setting a Login Name and a
Password (SMB Only)" for details on how to add a password in your
user login account.)
• For Server: Contact the system administrator.
(8) Confirm Re-enter your password.
Login
Password
(9) Port
Number
Enter the Server Port Number. If you are unsure, you can enter the
default value of 139 for Computer and 21 for FTP server.
Available ports are:
For Computer: 139, 445, 5000 - 65535
For Server: 21, 5000 - 65535
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Scanning
367
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section19.fm
Sending the Scanned File on the Network
1 Load the document(s) facing up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document facing down on the document glass, and close the
document cover.
For details about loading a document, see "Loading an Original Document."
2 Press the
(Scan) button.
3 Press
button until Scan to Network is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
4 Ensure that Scan to is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
5 Press
button until the desired address book is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
Network(Computer): Stores the scanned image on the computer by
using the SMB protocol.
Network(Server): Stores the scanned image on the server by using the
FTP protocol.
Search Address Book: Searches a network address from the Address
Book.
NOTE: The network addresses need to be registered before you can select
Network(Computer) or Network(Server)on the operator
panel.
6 Press
button until the desired destination is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
7 Specify the scan options such as file format, color mode, resolution, and
document size. For details, see "File Format."
8 Press the
(Start) button to begin sending the scanned files.
Scanning to a USB Memory
The Scan to USB Memory feature allows you to store scanned image directly to
a USB memory attached to the printer without using software.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
368
Scanning
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section19.fm
Types of a USB Memory
You can use a USB memory with the following interfaces:
•
USB 1.1
•
USB 2.0
The USB memory must be formatted in FAT file systems (FAT16, FAT32, or
VFAT) before inserting the memory device into the USB port of the printer.
NOTE: If the USB memory is formatted in a file system other than above, the
printer may not recognize that the USB memory is attached.
NOTE: A USB memory with authentication feature and some brands of USB
memories cannot be used with this printer.
To store the scanned images to a USB memory:
1 Insert a USB memory into the USB port of the printer. See "Inserting and
Removing a USB Memory" for more details.
2 Load the document(s) facing up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document facing down on the document glass, and close the
document cover.
For details about loading a document, see "Loading an Original Document."
3 Press the
(Scan) button.
4 Ensure that Scan to USB Memory is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
5 Press the
(Start) button to begin scanning the document.
6 Remove the USB memory from the printer. See "Inserting and Removing a
USB Memory" for more details.
Specifying a Folder to Save the Scanned Image
To save the scanned image to a USB memory, specify a folder in the USB
memory before executing the scan job.
1 Select a folder to save the scanned image from the printer operator panel.
NOTE: The default saving location is the root directory of the USB memory.
NOTE: You cannot directly enter a folder path using the numeric keypad.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Scanning
369
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section19.fm
NOTE: You can select any folder in the USB memory but cannot create a
new folder in this step. You should always create a new folder before
connecting the memory to the printer.
If the name of the scanned image has already existed in the folder, the printer
automatically generate a new file name to save the data.
Inserting and Removing a USB Memory
You can insert the USB memory before scanning images.
Before removing the USB memory, ensure that the printer is not accessing the
USB memory.
NOTICE: If you remove the USB memory while the printer is accessing, the data
in the USB memory or the USB memory device itself may be destroyed.
Sending an E-Mail With the Scanned Image
To send an e-mail attached with the scanned image from your printer, follow the
steps below:
•
Set E-Mail Alert
•
Register a user
•
Start to send e-mail with the scanned file
Setting an E-Mail Alert
1 From the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, click E-Mail Alert.
The E-Mail Server Settings page appears.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
370
Scanning
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section19.fm
2 Specify the settings for E-Mail Alert as follows:
Primary SMTP Gateway: Enter the IP address of the e-mail server.
E-Mail Send Authentication: Specify Invalid to enable the e-mail server.
NOTE: If an error message including 016-506 or 016-764 is
displayed, contact your server administrator for the settings for E-Mail Send
Authentication.
3 Click the Apply New Settings button.
Registering a New User
1 From the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, click Address Book, and
then click the E-Mail Address tab.
2 Click the Create button.
The E-Mail Address page for registering a new user appears.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Scanning
371
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section19.fm
3 Enter the following:
•
Name
•
Address
4 Click the Apply New Settings button.
Sending an E-mail With the Scanned File
1 Press the
(Scan) button.
2 Press
button until Scan to E-Mail is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Ensure that Email to is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Press
button until the desired menu is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
Keypad: Enter an e-mail address directly.
Address Book: Select an e-mail address registered in the address book.
Email Group: Select a group of e-mails registered in the address book.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
372
Scanning
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section19.fm
Search Local Address Book: Search an e-mail address from the
local address book.
Search Server Address Book: Search an e-mail address from the
LDAP server address book.
NOTE: For more information on address book and server address book, see
"Address Books."
NOTE: If you are using the LDAP server address book, Server
Address Book must be set to On. For details, see "LDAP Server" and
"Server Address Book."
NOTE: The e-mail addresses need to be registered before you can select
Address Book on the operator panel.
5 Press
6 Press the
button to select TO or BCC.
(Start) button to begin sending e-mail.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Scanning
373
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section19.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
374
Scanning
20
Faxing
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell™ 2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer.
Specifying the Fax Initial Settings Using the Easy
Setup Navigator
You can specify the country, line type, tone/pulse, receive mode, DRPD pattern,
fax header name, and fax number.
1 Insert the Drivers and Utilities CD provided with the printer in your
computer. The Easy Setup Navigator file launches automatically.
2 Click Advanced Tools on the Easy Setup Navigator window.
The Advanced Tools window appears.
3 Click Fax Configuration.
4 Follow the instructions displayed on the screen.
Available settings are:
•
Country
•
Line Type
•
Tone/Pulse
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Faxing
375
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
•
Receive Mode
•
DRPD Pattern
(This setting is available only when a distinctive ring service is installed
on your telephone line by your telephone company.)
•
FAX Header Name
•
FAX Number
NOTE: To make initial settings from the printer operator panel, see "Setting
Your Country."
Setting Your Country
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Press
button until Admin Menu is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Press
button until Fax Settings is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
5 Press
button.
button until Country is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
6 Select the country where the printer is used.
The printer must be rebooted after you set the country settings. When a
message prompting you to reboot the printer, select Yes. After the reboot,
the top menu is displayed on the operator panel.
NOTE: In case of either one, when you configure the country setting, the
information, which is registered to the device, is initialized.
Setting the Printer ID
In most countries, you are required by law to indicate your fax number on any
fax you send. The printer ID, containing your telephone number and name or
company name, will be printed at the top of each page sent from your printer.
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
376
Faxing
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
2 Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Press
button until Admin Menu is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Press
button until Fax Settings is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
5 Press
button until Fax Number is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
6 Enter your fax number using the numeric keypad, and then press the
button.
(Set)
NOTE: If you make a mistake while entering numbers, press the
(Backspace) button to delete the last digit.
7 Press
or
button until Fax Header Name is highlighted, and then
press the
(Set) button.
8 Enter your name or company name using the numeric keypad, and then press
the
(Set) button.
You can enter alphanumeric characters using the numeric keypad, including
special symbols by pressing the 1, *, and # buttons.
For details on how to use the numeric keypad to enter alphanumeric
characters, see "Using the Numeric Keypad to Enter Characters."
To return to the top screen of the
Clear) button.
(Menu) menu, press the
(All
Using the Numeric Keypad to Enter Characters
As you perform various tasks, you may need to enter names and numbers. For
example, when you set up your printer, you enter your name or your company's
name and telephone number. When you store speed or group dial numbers, you
may also need to enter the corresponding names.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Faxing
377
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
•
When prompted to enter a letter, press the appropriate button until the correct
letter appears on the display.
For example, to enter the letter O, press 6:
–
Each time you press 6, the display shows a different letter, M, N, O and
finally 6.
–
To enter additional letters, repeat the first step.
–
Press the
(Set) button when you are finished.
Keypad Letters and Numbers
Key
Assigned numbers, letters or characters
1
1 @ . _ - (space) \ & ( ) ! " # $ % ' ~ ^ | ` ; : ? , + * / = [ ] { } < >
2
a b c A B C 2
3
d e f D E F 3
4
g h iG H I 4
5
j k l J K L 5
6
m n o M N O 6
7
p q r s P Q R S 7
8
t u v T U V 8
9
w x y z W X Y Z 9
0
0
*
@._-
#
(space) \ & ( )
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
378
Faxing
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
Changing Numbers or Names
If you make a mistake while entering a number or name, press the
(Backspace) button to delete the last digit or character. Then enter the correct
number or character.
Inserting a Pause
For some telephone systems, it is necessary to dial an access code and listen for
a second dial tone. A pause must be entered in order for the access code to
function. For example, enter the access code 9 and then press the
(Redial/Pause) button before entering the telephone number. "-" appears on the
display to indicate when a pause is entered.
Setting the Time and Date
NOTE: It may be necessary to reset the correct time and date if loss of power to
the printer occurs.
To set the time and date:
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Press
button until Admin Menu is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Press
button until System Settings is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
5 Press
button until Date & Time is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
6 Ensure that Set Date & Time is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
7 Press
or
button until the desired time zone is highlighted, and then
press the
(Set) button.
8 Press
or
button or enter the date using the numeric keypad, and then
press the
(Set) button.
9 Press
or
button or enter the time using the numeric keypad, and then
press the
(Set) button.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Faxing
379
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
To return to the top screen of the
Clear) button.
(Menu) menu, press the
(All
NOTE: The printer beeps and does not allow you to proceed to the next step
if a wrong number is entered.
Changing the Clock Mode
You can set the current time using either the 12-hour or the 24-hour format.
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Press
button until Admin Menu is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Press
button until System Settings is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
5 Press
button until Date & Time is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
6 Press
button until Time Format is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
7 Press
or
button until the desired format is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
To return to the top screen of the
Clear) button.
(Menu) menu, press the
(All
Setting Sounds
Speaker Volume
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Press
button until Admin Menu is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Press
button until Fax Settings is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
380
Faxing
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
5 Press
button until Line Monitor is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
6 Press
or
button until the desired volume is highlighted, and then
press the
(Set) button.
7 Reboot the printer by turning the power switch off and then on again.
Ringer Volume
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Press
button until Admin Menu is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Press
button until Fax Settings is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
5 Press
button until Ring Tone Volume is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
6 Press
or
button until the desired volume is highlighted, and then
press the
(Set) button.
7 Reboot the printer by turning the power switch off and then on again.
Specifying the Fax Settings Options
Changing the Fax Settings Options
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Press
button until Admin Menu is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Press
button until Fax Settings is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
5 Press
button until the desired menu item is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Faxing
381
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
6 Press
or
button until the desired setting is highlighted or enter the
value using the numeric keypad, and then press the
(Set) button.
If necessary, repeat steps 5 and 6.
To return to the top screen of the
Clear) button.
(Menu) menu, press the
(All
Available Fax Settings Options
You can use the following settings options for configuring the fax system:
Option
Description
Receive Mode
You can select the default fax receiving mode.
• Fax: (automatic receive mode)
• Telephone (manual receive mode): Automatic fax reception is
turned off. You can receive a fax by picking up the handset of
the external telephone and then pressing the remote receive
code, or by setting OnHook to On (you can hear voice or fax
tones from the remote machine) and then pressing the (Start)
button.
• Telephone/Fax: When the printer receives an incoming fax, the
external telephone rings for the time specified in Auto Rec
Fax/Tel, and then the printer automatically receives a fax.
If an incoming call is not a fax, the printer beeps from the
internal speaker indicating that the call is a telephone call.
• Ans Machine/Fax: The printer can share a telephone line with
an answering machine. In this mode, the printer will monitor
the fax signal and pick up the line if there are fax tones. If the
phone communication is using serial transmission in your
country (such as Germany, Sweden, Denmark, Austria,
Belgium, Italy, France and Switzerland), this mode is not
supported.
• DRPD: Before using the Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection
(DRPD) option, distinctive ring service must be installed on
your telephone line by the telephone company. After the
telephone company has provided a separate number for faxing
with a distinctive ring pattern, configure the fax setup to
monitor for that specific ring pattern.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
382
Faxing
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
Option
Description
Auto Rec Fax
Sets the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive
mode after receiving an incoming call. The interval can be
specified within the range of 0 to 255 seconds. The default is 0
second.
Auto Rec Tel/Fax
Sets the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive
mode after the external telephone receives an incoming call. The
interval can be specified within the range of 0 to 255 seconds.
The default is 6 seconds.
Auto Rec Ans/Fax
Sets the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive
mode after the external answering machine receives an
incoming call. The interval can be specified within the range of
0 to 255 seconds. The default is 21 seconds.
Line Monitor
Sets the volume of the line monitor, which audibly monitors a
transmission through the internal speaker until a connection is
made.
Ring Tone Volume
Sets the volume of the ring tone, which indicates that an
incoming call is a telephone call through the internal speaker
when Receive Mode is set to Telephone/Fax.
Line Type
You can select the default line type.
• PSTN
• PBX
Tone/Pulse
You can select the dialing type.
• Tone
• Pulse (10PPS)
• Pulse (20PPS)
Resend Delay
You can specify the interval between transmission attempts
within the range of 3 to 255 seconds. The default is 8 seconds.
Redial Attempts
You can specify the number of redial attempts to make when the
destination fax number is busy, within the range of 0 to 13. If
you enter 0, the printer will not redial.
Redial Delay
Your printer can automatically redial a remote fax machine if it
was busy. Intervals from 1–15 minutes can be entered.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Faxing
383
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
Option
Description
Junk Fax Setup
You can reject faxes sent from unwanted stations. The system
only accepts faxes from the remote stations registered in the
speed dial. This feature is useful for blocking any unwanted
faxes.
Select Off to turn the feature off. Anybody can send you a fax.
Select On to turn the feature on.
Remote Receive
Remote Rcv Tone
You can receive a fax by pressing the remote receive code on the
external telephone after picking up the handset of the telephone.
You can specify the tone when Remote Receive is set to
On.
Fax Header
Prints the sender’s information on the header of faxes.
Select Off to turn this feature off.
Select On to turn this feature on.
Note that if United States is selected for the setting of Country,
this option does not appear on the menu. The setting is fixed to
On and cannot be changed.
For information on the country setting, see "Setting Your
Country."
Fax Header Name
Specifies the sender’s name to be printed on the header of faxes.
Fax Number
Specifies the fax number of the printer, which will be printed on
the header of faxes. This feature is available when you set Fax
Header to On. The number specified in Fax Number is used
in the printer ID.
Fax Cover Page
You can set whether to attach a cover page to faxes when
sending faxes.
DRPD Pattern
Before using the Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection (DRPD)
option, distinctive ring service must be installed on your
telephone line by the telephone company. After the telephone
company has provided a separate number for faxing with a
distinctive ring pattern, configure the fax setup to monitor for
that specific ring pattern.
Duplex Print
You can set whether to make duplex print when you print faxes.
Select Off to print faxes on one side of a sheet of paper.
Select On to print faxes on both sides of a sheet of paper.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
384
Faxing
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
Option
Description
Sent Fax Fwd
You can set your printer to forward incoming faxes to another
fax number. When a fax arrives at your printer, it is stored in the
memory. Then, the printer dials the fax number that you have
specified and sends the fax.
Select Off not to forward incoming faxes.
Select Forward to forward incoming faxes without printing.
If an error occurs during forwarding a received fax, the printer
prints the fax.
Select Print and Forward to forward and print
incoming faxes.
Fax Fwd Number
You enter the fax number of the destination to which incoming
faxes will be forwarded.
Prefix Dial
You can specify whether or not to set a prefix dial number.
Prefix Dial Num
You can set a prefix dial number of up to five digits. This
number dials before any auto dial number is started. It is useful
for accessing the Private Automatic Branch Exchange (PBX).
Discard Size
When receiving a document as long as or longer than the paper
installed in your printer, you can set the printer to discard any
excess at the bottom of the page. If the received page is outside
the margin you set, it will print on two sheets of paper at the
actual size. When the document is within the margin and
Discard Size is set to Auto Reduction, the printer
reduces the document to fit it onto the appropriate sized paper
and discard does not occur. If Discard Size is set to other
than Auto Reduction, the data within the margin will be
discarded.
ECM
You can set whether to enable or disable the ECM (Error
Correction Mode).
Modem Speed
You can set the modem speed.
Country
You can select the country where the printer is used.
You can change this setting when:
• No jobs in operation
• No fax jobs waiting in the memory
Fax Activity
You can set whether to automatically print a fax activity report
after every 50 incoming and outgoing fax communications.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Faxing
385
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
Option
Description
Fax Transmit
You can set whether to print a transmission result after a fax
transmission.
Fax Broadcast
You can set whether to print a transmission result after a fax
transmission to multiple locations.
Fax Protocol
You can set whether to print the protocol monitor report after a
fax transmission to monitor fax protocol problems.
NOTE: Prefix Dial supports only the environment where you send a fax to the
external line number. To use Prefix Dial, you must do the following from the
operator panel.
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Press
button until Admin Menu is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Press
button until Fax Settings is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
5 Press
button until Line Type is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
6 Press
button until PBX is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
7 Press
button until Prefix Dial is highlighted, and then press
(Set) button.
8 Press
button until On is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
9 Press
button until Prefix Dial Num is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
10 Enter a maximum of five-digit prefix number from 0–9, *, and #, and then
press the
(Set) button.
11 Reboot the printer by turning the power switch off and then on again.
Advanced Fax Settings
NOTE: The advanced fax settings are only meant for advanced users. Incorrect
settings on the Dell 2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer may damage the device.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
386
Faxing
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
If you are experiencing fax send or receive errors, there is an advanced fax
settings menu which you can access and change the settings accordingly.
To enter the Diagnostic Menu (Customer Mode), follow the instructions.
1 Turn off the printer.
2 Disconnect all network, phone line, and USB cables from the device.
3 Turn on the printer while holding down
Customer Mode.
and
buttons to start in
After all the advanced fax settings have been made, you will need to turn off
and on the printer for the new settings to be effective.
Fax Data Encoding Method
Some of the legacy fax devices do not support the Joint Bi-level Image Experts
Group (JBIG) data encoding method. You may experience fax send or receive
errors due to this data encoding method. You can disable the JBIG and select the
Modified Huffman (MH), Modified Read (MR), or Modified Modified Read
(MMR) encoding with the following instructions.
You can change the modem transmission encoding with the following
instructions.
1 Turn on the printer while holding down
Customer Mode.
and
buttons to start in
2 Press
button to select Fax/Scanner Diag, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Press
button.
button until Parameter appears, and then press the
4 Ensure that FAX Parameter appears, and then press the
(Set)
(Set) button.
5 Press
button until G3M TX Coding appears, and then press the
(Set) button.
6 Press
button until the desired encoding appears, and then press the
(Set) button.
You can select MH, MR, or MMR.
You can change the modem receive encoding with the following instructions.
1 Turn on the printer while holding down
Customer Mode.
and
buttons to start in
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Faxing
387
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
2 Press
button to select Fax/Scanner Diag, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Press
button.
button until Parameter appears, and then press the
4 Ensure that FAX Parameter appears, and then press the
(Set)
(Set) button.
5 Press
button until G3M RX Coding appears, and then press the
(Set) button.
6 Press
button until the desired encoding appears, and then press the
(Set) button.
You can select MH, MR, or MMR.
Diagnosing the Fax Connection
You can diagnose the Fax connection using the FAX Line Diagnosis feature that
can detect the abnormalities of telephone line connection.
1 Turn on the printer while holding down
Customer Mode.
and
buttons to start in
2 Press
button to select Fax/Scanner Diag, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Press
button.
button until FAX Test appears, and then press the
(Set)
4 When the message Check FAX Connection appears, press the
(Set) button.
5 When the message Ready to Start appears, press the
to start diagnosing the FAX connection.
(Set) button
One of the following diagnosing result is displayed.
Diagnosing result
Description
Connection not Detected The telephone line cord is not connected. Make
sure that the telephone line cord is securely
Please Reconnect
connected.
Telephone Line
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
388
Faxing
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
Cable Connected Wrongly The telephone line cord is connected to the
wrong connector. Make sure that the telephone
Reconnect Telephone
Line from Wall Jack to line cord is connected at one end to the wall jack
connector ( ) of your printer and at the other
Line Connection
end to an active wall jack. If you use a telephone
or answering machine, connect to the phone
connector ( ).
The telephone line cord is properly connected.
Check the Tone/Pulse setting. For information
Please Check Setting of
on Tone/Pulse setting, see "Available Fax
Tone/Pulse in Admin
Settings Options."
Fax Connection OK
Menu after Restart
Printer
Sending a Fax
You can fax data from your printer. You can also directly fax data transferred
from the computer running a Microsoft® Windows® operating system.
Loading an Original Document
You can use the ADF or the document glass to load an original document for
faxing. Using the ADF, you can load up to 35 sheets of 75 g/m2 (20 lb) paper at
a time. Using the document glass, you can load one sheet at a time.
NOTE: To get the best scan quality, especially for gray scale images, use the
document glass instead of the ADF.
To fax a document using the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF):
1 Place the document(s) facing up on the ADF with the top edge of the
documents in first. Then adjust the document guides to the correct document
size.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Faxing
389
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
2 Adjust the document resolution. (For details, see "Adjusting the Document
Resolution.")
To fax a document from the document glass:
1 Open the document cover.
2 Place the document facing down on the document glass and align it with the
registration guide on the top left corner of the glass.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
390
Faxing
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
3 Adjust the document resolution. (For details, see "Adjusting the Document
Resolution.")
4 Close the document cover.
NOTE: Ensure that no document is in the ADF. If any document is detected
in the ADF, it takes priority over the document on the document glass.
NOTE: If you are faxing a page from a book or magazine, lift the cover until
its hinges are caught by the stopper and then close the cover. If the book or
magazine is thicker than 30 mm, start faxing with the cover open.
Adjusting the Document Resolution
You can improve the quality of the fax document by adjusting the resolution,
especially for the document in low-quality or containing the photographic
image.
1 Press the
(Fax) button.
2 Press
button until Resolution is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Press
or
button until the desired setting is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
Standard*
Used for documents with normal sized characters.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Faxing
391
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
Fine
Used for documents containing small characters or thin lines or
documents printed using a dot-matrix printer.
Super Fine
Used for documents containing extremely fine detail. The super
fine mode is enabled only if the remote machine also supports
the Super Fine resolution. See the note below.
Photo
Used for documents containing photographic images.
* Denotes the factory default setting.
NOTE: Faxes scanned in the Super Fine resolution transmit at the highest
resolution supported by the receiving device.
Adjusting the Document Contrast
You can adjust the contrast of the fax document to be lighter or darker than the
original.
1 Load the document(s) facing up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document facing down on the document glass, and close the
document cover.
For details about loading a document, see "Loading an Original Document."
2 Press the
(Fax) button.
3 Press
button until Lighter/Darker is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Press
or
button to move
press the
(Set) button.
Lighter3
for adjusting the darkness level, and then
Works well with dark print.
Lighter2
Lighter1
Normal*
Works well with standard typed or printed documents.
Darker1
Works well with light print or faint pencil markings.
Darker2
Darker3
* Denotes the factory default setting.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
392
Faxing
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
Sending a Fax Automatically
1 Load the document(s) facing up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document facing down on the document glass, and close the
document cover.
For details about loading a document, see "Loading an Original Document."
2 Press the
(Fax) button.
3 Adjust the document resolution to suit your fax needs. (For details, see
"Adjusting the Document Resolution." For adjusting the contrast, see
"Adjusting the Document Contrast.")
4 To select a fax number, do one of the followings:
•
Ensure that Fax to is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
Press
button until Phone Book is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
•
Press the One Touch Dial button, and go to step 6.
You need to register a speed dial number before you can use the One
Touch Dial button. (For details, see "Setting Speed Dial.")
•
Press the
(Contacts) button, and select one of the followings:
•
All Entries - Displays a list of registered fax numbers.
•
Group Dial - Displays a list of registered group dial numbers.
•
Search Local - Searches a fax number from the local Phone
Book.
•
Search Server - Searches a fax number from the LDAP server.
This item is displayed when Server Phone Book is On.
(Redial/Pause) button to redial, and go to step 6.
•
Press the
•
Press the
(Speed Dial) button. (For details, see "Sending a Fax
Using Speed Dial.")
5 Press
button until the desired recipient is highlighted, and then press
button to select the recipients. Press the
(Set) button to confirm.
6 Press the
(Start) button.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Faxing
393
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
When the document is loaded on the document glass, the display prompts
you for another page. Press
or
button to select Yes to add more
documents or to select No to begin sending the fax immediately, and then
press the
(Set) button.
The printer starts dialing the number, and then sending the fax when the
remote fax machine is ready.
NOTE: You can cancel the fax job at any time while sending the fax by
(Cancel) button.
pressing the
NOTE: Pressing the
(Start) button does not start sending a fax when the
available time is set or the Fax service is locked. (For details, see "Set
Available Time" for the Available time and "Function Enabled" for the Fax
service.)
Sending a Fax Manually
1 Load the document(s) facing up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document facing down on the document glass, and close the
document cover.
For details about loading a document, see "Loading an Original Document."
2 Press the
(Fax) button.
3 Adjust the document resolution to suit your fax needs. (For details, see
"Adjusting the Document Resolution." For adjusting the contrast, see
"Adjusting the Document Contrast.")
4 Press
button.
button until OnHook is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
5 Press
button.
or
(Set)
button until On is highlighted, and then press the
6 Enter the remote fax machine's fax number using the numeric keypad.
7 If the document is loaded on the ADF, press the
(Start) button.
If the document is not loaded on the ADF, press the
(Start) button, press
or
button until the desired setting is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
394
Faxing
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
NOTE: You can cancel the fax job at any time while sending the fax by
(Cancel) button.
pressing the
NOTE: Pressing the
(Start) button does not start sending a fax when the
available time is set or the Fax service is locked. (For details, see "Set
Available Time" for the Available time and "Function Enabled" for the Fax
service.)
Confirming Transmissions
When the last page of your document has been sent successfully, the printer
beeps and returns to the standby mode.
If something goes wrong while sending your fax, an error message appears on
the display.
If you receive an error message, press the
(Cancel) button to clear the
message and try to send the document again.
You can set your printer to print a confirmation report automatically after each
fax transmission. For further details, see "Printing a Report."
Automatic Redialing
If the number you have dialed is busy or there is no answer when you send a fax,
the printer will automatically redial the number every minute based on the
number set in the redial settings.
To change the time interval between redials and the number of redial attempts,
see "Available Fax Settings Options."
NOTE: The printer will not automatically redial a number that was busy when the
number was manually entered.
Sending a Delayed Fax
The Delayed Start mode can be used to save scanned documents for
transmission at a specified time to take advantage of lower long distance rates.
1 Load the document(s) facing up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document facing down on the document glass, and close the
document cover.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Faxing
395
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
For details about loading a document, see "Loading an Original Document."
2 Press the
(Fax) button.
3 Adjust the document resolution to suit your fax needs. (For details, see
"Adjusting the Document Resolution." For adjusting the contrast, see
"Adjusting the Document Contrast.")
4 Press
button until Delayed Start is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
5 Press
button.
or
button until On is highlighted, and then press the
6 Enter the start time using the numeric keypad or press
then press the
(Set) button.
7 Press
or
(Set) button.
or
(Set)
button, and
button until Fax to is highlighted, and then press the
8 Ensure that Keypad is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
9 Enter the number of the remote machine using the numeric keypad, and then
press the
(Set) button.
You can also use speed or group dial numbers. (For details, see "Automatic
Dialing.")
10 Press the
(Start) button to scan data.
Once Delayed Start mode is activated, your printer stores all of the
documents to be faxed into its memory and sends them at the specified time.
After faxing in the Delayed Start mode is complete, the data in the memory is
cleared.
NOTE: If you turn off and on the printer, the stored documents are sent as
soon as the printer is activated.
NOTE: If the specified start time overlaps with the time periods for the
available time or the Fax service, the printer cannot send the delayed fax at
the specified time. (For details, see "Set Available Time" for the Available
time and "Function Enabled" for the Fax service.)
Sending a Fax from the Driver (Direct Fax)
You can send a fax directly from your computer by using the driver.
NOTE: Only black and white faxes can be sent using Direct Fax.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
396
Faxing
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
NOTE: If the specified start time overlaps with the time periods for the available
time or the Fax service, the printer cannot send the delayed fax at the specified
time. (For details, see "Set Available Time" for the Available time and "Function
Enabled" for the Fax service.)
Example
Procedure
NOTE: The names of the dialog boxes and the buttons may be different from
those given in the following procedure depending on the application you are using.
NOTE: To use this feature, you must install the fax driver. (For details, see
"Inserting the Drivers and Utility CD" for Windows or "Installing the Drivers and
Software" for Macintosh.)
1 Open the file you want to send by fax.
2 Open the print dialog box from the application, and then select Dell 2155cdn
MFP Fax.
3 Click Preferences in Windows, or select FAX Setting in Macintosh.
For Microsoft Windows:
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Faxing
397
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
For Apple Macintosh:
4 When the setting dialog box appears, specify the following settings.
NOTE: The settings done here are only applied to a single fax job.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
398
Faxing
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
For Microsoft Windows:
For Apple Macintosh:
a. Transmission image quality
Purpose:
To set the output quality.
Values:
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Faxing
399
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
Standard
For documents with normal sized characters.
High Quality*
For documents containing small characters or thin lines or
documents printed using a dot-matrix printer.
Super-high image
quality
For documents containing extremely fine detail. The super fine
mode is enabled only if the remote machine also supports Super
Fine resolution. See the notes below.
* Denotes the factory default setting.
NOTE: Faxes printed in the Super-high image quality by Direct Fax driver
transmits at the highest resolution supported by the receiving device.
b. Transmission report
Purpose:
To specify whether to print a fax transmission result.
Values:
Output regularly
Prints a transmission result after every fax transmission.
Output for nontransmission*
Prints a transmission result only when an error occurs.
Do not output
Does not print fax transmission results.
* Denotes the factory default setting.
c. Fax Cover Page Settings
Click Fax Cover Page Settings button in Windows or select Fax Cover Page
Settings for Feature Sets in Macintosh.
Fax Cover Page
Purpose:
To specify whether to attach a cover page to your fax.
Values:
According to Printer Determines whether to attach a cover page to your fax
Settings
depending on the setting you specify in Fax Cover Page
on the operator panel.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
400
Faxing
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
Attach
Attaches a cover page to your fax.
None*
Does not attach a cover page to your fax.
* Denotes the factory default setting.
Sender
Purpose:
To specify whether to print the sender’s name on the fax cover page.
Values:
According to Printer Determines whether or not to print the sender’s name on the fax
Settings*
cover page based on the printer settings.
Enter a sender name Allows you to enter a sender’s name that will be printed on the
fax cover page in Sender Name.
* Denotes the factory default setting.
Sender Name
Purpose:
To enter a sender’s name that will be printed on the fax cover page.
The sender’s name can be up to 30 characters. If it exceeds 30 characters, only
the first 30 characters will be printed.
5 For Windows, click OK to close the Printing Preferences dialog box, and
then click Print.
For Macintosh, click Print.
The Set/Check Fax Transmission dialog box appears.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Faxing
401
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
For Microsoft Windows:
For Apple Macintosh:
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
402
Faxing
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
6 Enter the destination for the recipient. The following procedure is for
entering the destination. For details on how to enter the destination, please
refer to the Help file for the driver.
a
Enter the name and fax number directly.
b
Select a fax number from a phone book.
•
Look Up Phone Book: Displays a list of fax numbers that are saved
in the file specified for My Phone Book file.
•
Look Up Device Data: Displays a list of fax numbers that are saved
in the Phone Book on the 2155cn/2155cdn Multifunction Color
Printer.
•
Import and add file (Windows only): Allows you to select a source
file such as a CSV file, WAB file, MAPI, or a LDAP server. (For
details on LDAP server, see "LDAP Server" and "Server Phone
Book.")
NOTE: Enter the password in the Password field in the Authorization area
before sending a fax if the fax service is locked with a password.
To lock the fax service with a password:
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Press
button until Admin Menu is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Press
button until Secure Settings is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
5 Press
button until Function Enabled is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
6 Press
button until Fax is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
7 Press
button until On(Password) is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
8 Enter a password, and then press the
(Set) button.
To check whether the fax has been sent:
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Faxing
403
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
2 Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Ensure that Report/List is highlighted, and then press the
button.
(Set)
4 Press
button until Job History is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
The job history report is printed.
Receiving a Fax
About Receiving Modes
NOTE: To use the Telephone/Fax or Ans Machine/Fax, connect an
answering machine to the phone connector ( ) on the back of your printer.
When the memory is full, the fax is received in the Telephone mode.
Loading Paper for Receiving Faxes
The instructions for loading paper in the paper tray are the same whether you are
printing, faxing, or copying, except that faxes can only be printed on Lettersized, A4-sized, or Legal-sized paper. For details about loading paper, see
"Loading Print Media." For details about setting the paper type and size in the
tray, see "Print Media Guidelines."
Receiving a Fax Automatically in the Fax Mode
Your printer is preset to the fax mode at the factory.
If you receive a fax, the printer automatically goes into the fax mode after a
specified period of time and receives the fax.
To change the interval at which the printer goes into the fax mode after receiving
an incoming call, see "Available Fax Settings Options."
Receiving a Fax Manually in the Telephone Mode
You can receive a fax by picking up the handset of the external telephone and
then pressing the remote receive code (see "Available Fax Settings Options"), or
by setting OnHook to On (you can hear voice or fax tones from the remote
machine) and then pressing the
(Start) button.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
404
Faxing
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
The printer begins receiving a fax and returns to the standby mode when the
reception is completed.
Receiving a Fax Automatically in the Telephone/Fax or Ans
Machine/Fax
To use the Telephone/Fax or Ans Machine/Fax mode, you must
connect an external telephone to the phone connector ( ) on the back of your
printer.
If the caller leaves a message, the answering machine stores the message as it
would normally. If your printer hears a fax tone on the line, it automatically
starts to receive a fax.
NOTE: If you have set your printer to Ans Machine/Fax and your
answering machine is switched off, or no answering machine is connected to your
printer, your printer will automatically go into the Fax mode after a predefined
time.
Receiving a Fax Manually Using an External Telephone
This feature works best when you are using an external telephone connected to
the phone connector ( ) on the back of your printer. You can receive a fax
from someone you are talking to on the external telephone without having to go
to the printer.
When you receive a call on the external telephone and hear fax tones, press the
two-digit keys on the external telephone, or set OnHook to Off and then press
the
(Start) button.
The printer receives the document.
Press the buttons slowly in sequence. If you still hear the fax tone from the
remote machine, try pressing the two-digit keys once again.
The remote receive code is set to Off at the factory. You can change the twodigit number to whatever you choose. For details on changing the code, see
"Available Fax Settings Options."
NOTE: Set the dialing system of your external telephone to DTMF.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Faxing
405
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
Receiving Faxes Using the DRPD
The DRPD is a telephone company service which enables a user to use a single
telephone line to answer several different telephone numbers. The particular
number someone uses to call you on is identified by different ringing patterns,
which consist of various combinations of long and short ringing sounds.
Before using the Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection option, Distinctive Ring
service must be installed on your telephone line by the telephone company. To
set up Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection, you will need another telephone line
at your location, or someone available to dial your FAX number from outside.
To set up the DRPD:
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Press
button until Admin Menu is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Press
button until Fax Settings is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
5 Press
button until DRPD Pattern is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
6 Press
or
button until the desired pattern is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
7 Reboot the printer by turning the power switch off and then on again.
To receive faxes in the DRPD, you need to set the menu to DRPD. For
details, see "Available Fax Settings Options."
Your printer provides seven DRPD patterns. If this service is available from
your telephone company, ask your telephone company which pattern you
need to select to use this service.
Receiving Faxes in the Memory
Since your printer is a multi-tasking device, it can receive faxes while you are
making copies or printing. If you receive a fax while you are copying, printing,
or run out of paper or toner, your printer stores incoming faxes in the memory.
Then, as soon as you finish copying, printing, or re-supply the consumables, the
printer automatically prints the fax.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
406
Faxing
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
Polling Receive
You can receive faxes from the remote fax machine when you want to receive it.
1 Press the
(Fax) button.
2 Press
button until Polling Receive is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
3 Press
button.
or
button until On is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
4 Enter the number of the remote machine using the numeric keypad, and then
press the
(Set) button.
NOTE: For information on how to enter the fax number of the remote
machine, see "Sending a Fax Automatically" or "Sending a Fax Manually."
5 Press the
(Start) button.
Automatic Dialing
Speed Dialing
You can store up to 200 frequently dialed numbers in speed dial locations
(001–200).
When the speed dial job specified in the delayed fax or redial exists, you cannot
change the speed dial number from the operator panel or Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool.
Setting Speed Dial
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Press
button until Admin Menu is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Ensure that Phone Book is highlighted, and then press the
button.
(Set)
5 Ensure that Speed Dial is highlighted, and then press the
button.
(Set)
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Faxing
407
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
6 Press
button until the desired speed dial number between 001 and 200 is
highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
7 Ensure that Name is highlighted, and then press the
8 Enter the name, and then press the
(Set) button.
(Set) button.
9 Press
button until Phone Number is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
10 Enter the number you want to store using the numeric keypad, and then press
the
(Set) button.
To insert a pause between numbers, press the
"-" appears on the display.
(Redial/Pause) button.
To assign a name to the number, enter the name. For details about how to
enter names, see "Using the Numeric Keypad to Enter Characters."
11 Press
button until Apply Settings is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
When a message prompting you to apply settings, press
Yes, and then press the
(Set) button.
button to select
To store more fax numbers, repeat steps 6 to 11.
To return to the top screen of the
Clear) button.
(Menu) menu, press the
(All
Sending a Fax Using Speed Dial
1 Load the document(s) facing up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document facing down on the document glass, and close the
document cover.
For details about loading a document, see "Loading an Original Document."
2 To enter the speed dial number do one of the followings after pressing the
(Fax) button:
•
(Set) button.
Ensure that Fax to is highlighted, and then press the
Press
button until Speed Dial is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
•
Press the
(Speed Dial) button.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
408
Faxing
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
3 Enter the speed dial number between 001 and 200 using the numeric keypad,
and then press the
(Set) button.
The corresponding entry's name briefly displays. To confirm the name again,
press the
(Set) button.
4 Adjust the document resolution to suit your fax needs. (For details, see
"Adjusting the Document Resolution." For adjusting the contrast, see
"Adjusting the Document Contrast.")
5 Press the
(Start) button.
The document scans into the memory.
When the document is loaded on the document glass, the display prompts
you for another page. Press
or
button to select Yes to add more
documents or to select No to begin sending the fax immediately, and then
press the
(Set) button.
The fax number stored in the speed dial location is automatically dialed. The
document is sent when the remote fax machine answers.
NOTE: Using the asterisk (*) in the first digit, you can send a document to
multiple locations. For example, if you enter 00*, you can send a document to
the locations registered between 001 and 009.
Group Dialing
If you frequently send the same document to several destinations, you can create
a group of these destinations and set them under a one-digit group dial location.
This enables you to use a group dial number setting to send the same document
to all the destinations in the group.
NOTE: You cannot include one group dial number within another group dial
number.
Setting Group Dial
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Press
button until Admin Menu is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Faxing
409
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
4 Ensure that Phone Book is highlighted, and then press the
button.
(Set)
5 Press
button until Group Dial is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
6 Press
button until the desired group dial number between 1 and 6 is
highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
If a number is already stored in the location you chose, the display shows the
number to allow you to change it. To start over with another group-dial
number, press the
(Back) button.
7 Ensure that Name is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
8 Enter the name that you want to store using the numeric keypad, and then
press the
(Set) button. For details about how to enter names, see "Using
the Numeric Keypad to Enter Characters."
9 Press
button until Speed Dial No is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
10 Press
button until the desired number is highlighted, and then press
button to select the speed dial numbers. Press the
(Set) button to confirm.
11 Press
button until Apply Settings is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
When a message prompting you to apply settings, press
Yes, and then press the
(Set) button.
button to select
To store more group dial numbers, repeat steps 6 to 11.
To return to the top screen of the
Clear) button.
(Menu) menu, press the
(All
Editing Group Dial
You can delete a specific speed dial number from a selected group or add a new
number to the selected group.
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Press
button until Admin Menu is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
410
Faxing
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
4 Ensure that Phone Book is highlighted, and then press the
button.
(Set)
5 Press
button until Group Dial is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
6 Press
button until the group dial number that you want to edit is
highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
7 Ensure that Name is highlighted, and then press the
8 Enter a new name, and then press the
(Set) button.
(Set) button.
9 Press
button until Speed Dial No is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
10 Press
button until the speed dial number that you want to edit is
highlighted, and then press
button to select or deselect the speed dial
number. Press the
(Set) button.
11 Press
button until Apply Settings is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
When a message prompting you to apply settings, press
Yes, and then press the
(Set) button.
To delete an existing group dial number, press the
button to select
(Cancel) button.
NOTE: When you delete the last speed dial in a group, the group itself is not
deleted.
If you want to edit another group dial number, repeat steps 6 to 11.
To return to the top screen of the
Clear) button.
(Menu) menu, press the
(All
Sending a Fax Using Group Dial (Multi-address Transmission)
You can use group dialing for Broadcasting or Delayed transmissions.
Follow the procedure of the desired operation. (For Delayed transmission, see
"Specifying the Fax Settings Options.")
You can use one or more group numbers in one operation. Then continue the
procedure to complete the desired operation.
Your printer automatically scans the document loaded in the Automatic
Document Feeder or on the document glass into the memory. The printer dials
each of the numbers included in the group.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Faxing
411
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
Printing a Speed Dial List
You can check your automatic dial setting by printing a Speed Dial list.
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Ensure that Report/List is highlighted, and then press the
button.
(Set)
4 Press
button until Speed Dial is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
A list of your speed dial entries is printed.
Phone Book
You can select or search the registered phone numbers from the phone books.
1 Load the document(s) facing up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document facing down on the document glass, and close the
document cover.
For details about loading a document, see "Loading an Original Document."
2 Press the
(Fax) button.
3 Ensure that Fax to is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 To select a destination, do either one of the followings:
•
Select from the local phone book:
Press
button until Phone Book is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
•
Search from the local phone book or the server phone book:
Press
button until Search Local Phone Book or Search
Server Phone Book is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
NOTE: For more information on phone book and server phone book,
see "Address Books."
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
412
Faxing
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
NOTE: If you are using the server phone book, Server Phone
Book must be set to On. For details, see "Server Phone Book" and
"LDAP Server."
NOTE: The phone numbers need to be registered before you can
select Phone Book on the operator panel.
5 Press
button to select or enter a keyword to search destinations, and then
press the
(Set) button.
6 Press the
(Start) button.
Other Ways to Fax
Using the Secure Receiving Mode
You may need to prevent your received faxes from being accessed by
unauthorized people. You can turn on the secure fax mode using the Secure
Receive option to restrict printing out all of the received faxes when the printer
is unattended. In the secure fax mode, all incoming faxes will go in memory.
When the mode turns off, any faxes stored will be printed.
NOTE: Before operation, ensure Panel Lock is enabled.
To turn the secure receiving mode on:
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Press
button until Admin Menu is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Press
button until Secure Settings is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
5 Press
button until Secure Receive is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
6 Ensure that Secure Receive Set is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
7 Press
button.
or
button to select Enable, and then press the
(Set)
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Faxing
413
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
8 Enter a four-digit password using the numeric keypad, and then press the
(Set) button.
9 Ensure that Enable is highlighted, and then press the
To return to the top screen of the
Clear) button.
(Set) button.
(Menu) menu, press the
(All
When a fax is received in the secure receiving mode, your printer stores it
into memory and the JOB STATUS screen displays "Secure Receive"
to let you know that there is a fax stored.
To print received documents:
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button until JOB STATUS is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Press
button until Secure Receive is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Enter the password, and then press the
(Set) button.
The faxes stored in memory are printed.
To turn the secure receiving mode off:
1 Follow the same steps from 1 to 6 in "To turn the secure receiving mode on:"
and select Secure Receive Set.
2 Press
button.
or
button to select Disable, and then press the
To return to the top screen of the
Clear) button.
(Menu) menu, press the
(Set)
(All
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
414
Faxing
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
Using an Answering Machine
You can connect a telephone answering device (TAD) directly to the back of
your printer as shown above.
•
Set your printer to the Ans Machine/Fax and set Auto Rec
Ans/Fax to specify the time for the TAD.
•
When the TAD picks up the call, the printer monitors and takes the line if fax
tones are received and then starts receiving the fax.
•
If the answering device is off, the printer automatically goes into the Fax
after the ring tone sounds for a predefined time.
•
If you answer the call and hear fax tones, the printer will answer the fax call
if you
Set OnHook to On (you can hear voice or fax tones from the remote
machine), and then press the
(Start) button and hang up the receiver.
OR
Press the two-digit remote receive code and hang up the receiver.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Faxing
415
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
Using a Computer Modem
If you want to use your computer modem for faxing or for a dial-up internet
connection, connect the computer modem directly to the back of your printer
with the TAD as shown above.
•
Set your printer to the Ans Machine/Fax and set Auto Rec
Ans/Fax to specify the time for the TAD.
•
Turn off the computer modem's fax-receive feature.
•
Do not use the computer modem if your printer is sending or receiving a fax.
•
Follow the instructions provided with your computer modem and fax
application to fax via the computer modem.
Printing a Report
The following reports may be useful when using fax:
NOTE: For more information on other reports, see "Reports."
•
Speed Dial
•
Address Book
•
Server Address
•
Fax Activity
•
Fax Pending
•
Print Meter
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
416
Faxing
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
Speed Dial
This list shows all the numbers currently stored in the memory of your printer as
speed dial numbers.
You can print this Speed Dial list from the operator panel. (For details, see
"Printing a Speed Dial List.")
Address Book
This list shows all the addresses currently stored in the printer's memory as
Address Book information.
Server Address
This list shows all of the numbers currently stored in the printer's memory as
Server Address information.
Fax Activity
This report shows information about the faxes you recently received or sent.
Fax Pending
This list shows the status of pending faxes. You may print this list to confirm
your changes after changing any settings.
Print Meter
This report shows the total number of pages printed. The report will be titled
Dell ColorTrack Report.
Procedures:
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Ensure that Report/List is highlighted, and then press the
button.
(Set)
4 Press
button until the report or list you want to print is highlighted, and
then press the
(Set) button.
The selected report or list is printed.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Faxing
417
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section20.fm
•
Speed Dial: Speed Dial list
•
Address Book: Address Book list
•
Server Address: Server Address list
•
Fax Activity: Fax activity information
•
Fax Pending: Pending faxes
•
Print Meter: Print volume report
Changing Setting Options
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Press
button until Defaults Settings is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
4 Press
button until Fax Defaults is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
5 Press
button until the desired menu item is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
6 Press
or
button until the desired setting is highlighted or enter the
value using the numeric keypad, and then press the
(Set) button.
To return to the top screen of the
Clear) button.
(Menu) menu, press the
(All
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
418
Faxing
Know Your Printer
419
420
21
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
The Tool Box allows you to view, specify, and diagnose the system settings.
The Tool Box consists of the Printer Settings Report, Printer Maintenance,
and Diagnosis tabs.
NOTE: A Password dialog box appears the first time you try to change settings
on Tool Box when Panel Lock is set on the printer. In this case, input the password
that you have already specified, and click OK to apply the settings.
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell™ 2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer.
Printer Settings Report
The Printer Settings Report tab includes the Printer Information, Menu
Settings, Reports, TCP/IP Settings, Defaults Settings, and Fax Settings
pages.
Printer Information
Purpose:
To display the system information of the printer.
Values:
Dell Service Tag Number
Displays the service tag number of your printer.
Express Service Code
Displays the express service code number.
Printer Serial Number
Displays the serial number of your printer.
Printer Type
Displays the type of printing for the printer. Color
Laser is displayed normally.
Asset Tag Number
Displays the asset tag number of your printer.
Memory Capacity
Displays the memory capacity.
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
421
Processor Speed
Displays the processing speed.
Firmware Version
Displays the version of the controller.
Network Firmware Version Displays the NIC version.
MCU Firmware Version
Displays the version of the Machine Control Unit
(MCU) firmware.
Printing Speed (Color)
Displays the speed for color printing.
Printing Speed
(Monochrome)
Displays the speed for monochrome printing.
Menu Settings
Purpose:
To display the menu settings of the printer.
Values:
System Settings Power Saver Timer Sleep
Displays the amount of transition time
to the Sleep mode after the printer
finishes a job.
Power Saver Timer Deep
Sleep
Displays the amount of transition time
between the Sleep mode and the Deep
Sleep mode.
Power Saver Wake Up
Displays whether to wake up from the
Sleep or Deep Sleep mode when
OnHook is Off.
Auto Reset
Displays the amount of time before the
printer automatically resets the settings
on the operator panel to the defaults
when no additional settings are made.
Control Panel Tone
Displays the volume of the tone that is
emitted when the operator panel input
is correct. Off indicates that the tone is
disabled.
Invalid Key Tone
Displays the volume of the tone that is
emitted when the operator panel input
is incorrect. Off indicates that the tone
is disabled.
422
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
Machine Ready Tone
Displays the volume of the tone that is
emitted when the printer becomes
ready. Off indicates that the tone is
disabled.
Copy Completed Tone
Displays the volume of the tone that is
emitted when a copy job is complete.
Off indicates that the tone is disabled.
Job Completed Tone
Displays the volume of the tone that is
emitted when a job other than copying
is complete. Off indicates that the tone
is disabled.
Fault Tone
Displays the volume of the tone that is
emitted when a job ends abnormally.
Off indicates that the tone is disabled.
Alert Tone
Displays the volume of the tone that is
emitted when a problem occurs. Off
indicates that the tone is disabled.
Out of Paper Alert Tone
Displays the volume of the tone that is
emitted when the printer runs out of
paper. Off indicates that the tone is
disabled.
Low Toner Alert Tone
Displays the volume of the tone that is
emitted when the toner is low. Off
indicates that the tone is disabled.
Auto Clear Alert Tone
Displays the volume of the tone that is
emitted 5 seconds before the printer
performs auto clear. Off indicates that
the tone is disabled.
Base Tone
Displays the volume of the tone that is
emitted when the operator panel is
returned to the default setting by
scrolling the loop menu. Off indicates
that the tone is disabled.
Fault Time-out
Displays the amount of time the printer
waits before canceling a job that stops
abnormally.
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
423
Job Time-out
Displays the amount of time the printer
waits for data to arrive from the
computer.
Panel Language
Displays the language that is used on
the operator panel screen.
Auto Log Print
Displays whether to automatically print
a job history report after every 20 jobs.
Print ID
Displays where to print a user ID on the
output paper.
Print Text
Displays whether the printer outputs
PDL (Page Description Language) data
(which is not supported by the printer)
as text when the printer receives it.
Banner Sheet Insert
Position*3
Displays where to insert the banner
sheet.
Banner Sheet Specify
Tray*3
Displays the banner sheet tray.
RAM Disk*1
Displays whether to allocate RAM for
the disk file system for the Secure Print
and Proof Print features.
Substitute Tray
Displays an indication to use paper of a
different size when the paper that is
loaded in the specified tray does not
match the paper size settings for the
current job.
mm/inch
Displays the measurement unit used on
the operator panel.
Default Print Paper Size
Displays the default print paper size.
ColorTrack Error Report Displays whether to print the error
report on the ColorTrack
Letterhead Duplex Mode*3 Displays whether to print both sides of
a sheet of letterhead paper.
Low Toner Alert Msg
424
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
Displays the volume of the tone that is
emitted when the toner is low. Off
indicates that the tone is disabled.
Date & Time
Paper Density
Auto
Registration
Adjustment
Email From Field
Displays whether to enable editing of
the transmission source when you use
Scan to E-mail.
Server Address Book
Displays whether to specify the e-mail
addresses from the Address Book for
the LDAP server.
Server Phone Book
Displays whether to specify the e-mail
addresses from the Address Book for
the LDAP server.
Date Format
Displays the selected date format.
Time Format
Displays the selected time format; 24H
or 12H.
Time Zone
Displays the selected time zone.
Set Date
Displays the date setting.
Set Time
Displays the time setting.
Plain
Displays the plain paper density
settings.
Label
Displays the label paper density
settings.
Auto Registration
Adjustment
Displays whether to automatically
adjust color registration.
Adjust Altitude Adjust Altitude
Displays the altitude of the location
where the printer is installed.
Non-Dell Toner Non-Dell Toner
Displays whether to use toner cartridge
of another manufacturer.
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
425
Tray Settings
*1
Tray 1 Paper Type
Displays the paper type setting of the
standard 250-sheet tray.
Tray 1 Paper Size
Displays the paper size setting of the
standard 250-sheet tray.
Tray 1 Custom Size - Y
Displays the length of custom size
paper loaded in the standard 250-sheet
tray.
Tray 1 Custom Size - X
Displays the width of custom size paper
loaded in the standard 250-sheet tray.
Tray 1 Display Popup
Displays a popup menu that prompts to
set the paper size and type when paper
is loaded in the standard 250-sheet tray.
Tray 2 Paper Type*2
Displays the paper type setting of the
optional 250-sheet feeder.
Tray 2 Paper Size*2
Displays the paper size setting of the
optional 250-sheet feeder.
Tray 2 Display Popup*2
Displays a popup menu that prompts to
set the paper size and type when paper
is loaded in the optional 250-sheet
feeder.
This item is available only when the optional 512 MB memory module is installed.
*2
This item is available only when the optional 250-sheet feeder is installed.
*3
This item is available only for Dell 2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer.
Reports
Purpose:
To print the settings and history information of the printer.
The reports are printed in the paper size specified in system settings. The default
is A4.
Values:
System Settings
Click this button to print a detailed list of the system settings.
Panel Settings
Click this button to print a detailed list of the panel settings.
PCL Fonts List
Click this button to print a list of the PCL (Hewlett-Packard
Printer Control Language) Fonts.
426
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
PCL Macro List
Click this button to print a list of the PCL Macro.
PDF Fonts List
Click this button to print a list of the PDF fonts.
Job History
Click this button to print the Completed Jobs history of the
printer.
Error History
Click this button to print the error history of the printer.
Print Meter
Click this button to print the report for the total number of pages
printed.
Color Test Page
Click this button to print a color test page.
Stored Documents*1 Click this button to print a list of the Stored Documents.
Protocol Monitor
*1
Click this button to print the Protocol Monitor report.
You can print the list only when RAM disk is enabled.
TCP/IP Settings
Purpose:
To display the current settings of TCP/IP (Transmission Control
Protocol/Internet Protocol).
Values:
IP Address Mode
Displays the method for acquiring the IP address.
IP Address
Displays the IP address of the printer.
Subnet Mask
Displays the subnet mask.
Gateway Address
Displays the gateway address.
Defaults Settings
Purpose:
To display the default settings for the Copy, Scan, Fax, and Print from USB
services of the printer.
Values:
Copy
Defaults
Color
Displays whether to make copies in color or in black
and white.
Select Tray
Displays the input tray.
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
427
SSF Paper Size Displays the paper size loaded in the single sheet
feeder.
SSF Paper Type Displays the paper type loaded in the single sheet
feeder.
Collated
Displays whether to collate the copy.
Reduce/Enlarge Displays the default copy reduction/enlargement
ratio.
Document Size
Displays the default paper size.
Original Type
Displays the type of the original document.
Lighter/Darker Displays the default copy density level.
Sharpness
Displays the default sharpness level.
Color
Saturation
Displays the default color saturation level.
Auto Exposure Displays whether to suppress the background of the
original to enhance text on the copy.
Auto Expo.
Level
Displays the background suppression level.
Color Balance
(Yellow Low
Dens.)
Displays the color balance level of low density
yellow.
Color Balance Displays the color balance level of medium density
(Yellow Middle yellow.
Dens.)
Color Balance
(Yellow High
Dens.)
Displays the color balance level of high density
yellow.
Color Balance
(Magenta Low
Dens.)
Displays the color balance level of low density
magenta.
Color Balance
(Magenta
Middle Dens.)
Displays the color balance level of medium density
magenta.
Color Balance Displays the color balance level of high density
(Magenta High magenta.
Dens.)
428
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
Color Balance
(Cyan Low
Dens.)
Displays the color balance level of low density cyan.
Color Balance
(Cyan Middle
Dens.)
Displays the color balance level of medium density
cyan.
Color Balance
(Cyan High
Dens.)
Displays the color balance level of high density cyan.
Color Balance
(Black Low
Dens.)
Displays the color balance level of low density black.
Color Balance
(Black Middle
Dens.)
Displays the color balance level of medium density
black.
Color Balance
(Black High
Dens.)
Displays the color balance level of high density black.
2Sided*1
Displays whether to copy on both sides of a sheet of
paper.
Multiple-Up
Displays whether the Multiple-Up feature is enabled.
Margin
Top/Bottom
Displays the value of the top and bottom margins.
Margin
Left/Right
Displays the value of the left and right margins.
Margin Middle Displays the value of the middle margin.
Scan Defaults Scan To
Network
Displays whether to save scanned documents on a
network server or on a computer.
File Format
Displays the file format in which scanned documents
are to be saved.
Color
Displays whether to scan in color or in black and
white.
Color Button
Set (Black &
White Button)
Displays whether to scan in black and white or in
grayscale when Black & White is selected for a color
mode.
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
429
Color Button
Set (Color
Button)
Displays whether to scan in color or in color (Photo)
when Color is selected for a color mode
Resolution
Displays the default scan resolution.
Document Size
Displays the paper size of the original document.
Lighter/Darker Displays the default scan density level.
Sharpness
Displays the default sharpness level.
Contrast
Displays the default contrast level.
Auto Exposure Displays whether to suppress the background of the
original to enhance text on the copy.
Auto Expo.
Level
Displays the background suppression level.
Margin
Top/Bottom
Displays the value of the top and bottom margins.
Margin
Left/Right
Displays the value of the left and right margins.
Margin Middle Displays the value of the middle margin.
TIFF File
Format
Displays the TIFF file format; TIFF V6 or TTN2.
Image
Compression
Displays the image compression level.
Max Email Size Displays the maximum size of e-mail that can be sent.
Fax Defaults Resolution
Displays the resolution level to be used for fax
transmission.
Lighter/Darker Displays the density level to be used for fax
transmission.
Delayed Start
430
Displays the fax transmission start time.
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
Print from
Color
USB Defaults Select Tray
Displays the default color mode.
Displays the default tray.
SSF Paper Size Displays the default paper size when the single sheet
feeder is used.
SSF Paper Type Displays the default paper type when the single sheet
feeder is used.
*1
2Sided*1
Displays whether to copy on both sides of a sheet of
paper.
Layout
Displays the default paper layout when Multiple - Up
is selected.
This item is available only for Dell 2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer.
Fax Settings
Purpose:
To display the fax settings of the printer.
Values:
Receive Mode
Displays the fax receiving mode.
Auto Rec Fax
Displays the interval at which the printer goes into the
fax receive mode after receiving an incoming call.
Auto Rec Fax/Tel
Displays the interval at which the printer goes into the
fax receive mode after the external telephone receives an
incoming call.
Auto Rec Ans/Fax
Displays the interval at which the printer goes into the
fax mode after the external answering machine receives
an incoming call.
Line Monitor
Displays the volume of the line monitor, which audibly
monitors a transmission through the internal speaker
until a connection is made.
Ring Tone Volume
Displays the volume of the ring tone, which indicates
that an incoming call is a telephone call through the
internal speaker when Receive Mode is set to
Telephone/Fax.
Line Type
Displays the line type; PSTN or PBX.
Tone/Pulse
Displays whether to use tone or pulse dialing.
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
431
Resend Delay
Displays the interval between transmission attempts.
Redial Attempts
Displays the number of redial attempts.
Redial Delay
Displays the redial interval.
Junk Fax Setup
Displays whether to reject faxes sent from unwanted
stations.
Remote Receive
Displays whether to receive faxes by pressing a remote
receive code on the external telephone.
Remote Rcv Tone
Displays the tone to start Remote Receive.
Fax Header
Displays whether to print the information of the sender
on the header of faxes.
Fax Header Name
Displays the name of the sender that will be printed on
the header of faxes.
Fax Number
Displays the fax number of the printer, which will be
printed on the header of faxes.
Fax Cover Page
Displays whether to attach a cover page to faxes.
DRPD Pattern
Displays the Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection (DRPD)
setting.
Duplex Print*1
Displays whether to print the received fax on both sides
of a sheet of paper.
Sent Fax Fwd
Displays whether to forward incoming faxes to a
specified destination.
Fax Fwd Number
Displays the fax number of the destination to which
incoming faxes are to be forwarded.
Prefix Dial
Displays whether to set a prefix dial number.
Prefix Dial Num
Displays a prefix dial number. This number dials before
any auto dial number is started. It is useful for accessing
the Private Automatic Branch Exchange (PABX).
Discard Size
Displays whether to delete text or images at the bottom
of a fax page when the entire page does not fit onto the
output paper.
ECM
Displays whether the Error Correction Mode (ECM) is
enabled.
Modem Speed
Displays the fax modem speed when a fax transmission
or reception error occurs.
432
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
Fax Activity
Displays whether to automatically print a fax activity
report after every 50 incoming and outgoing fax
communications.
Fax Transmit
Displays whether to print a transmission report after
every fax transmission or only when an error occurs.
Fax Broadcast
Displays whether to print a transmission report after
every fax transmission to multiple destinations or only
when an error occurs.
Fax Protocol
Displays whether to automatically print a protocol
monitor report after every fax transmission or only when
an error occurs.
Country
Displays the country where the printer is used.
*1 This item is available only for Dell 2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer.
Printer Maintenance
The Printer Maintenance tab includes the System Settings, Date & Time,
Paper Density, Color Registration Adjustment, Adjust Altitude, Reset
Defaults, Non-Dell Toner, Initialize Print Meter, Tray Settings, TCP/IP
Settings, Network Settings, Copy Defaults, Scan Defaults, Fax Defaults,
Print from USB Defaults, and Fax Settings pages.
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
System Settings
Purpose:
To configure the power management of the printer, auto clear time, alarm tones,
time-out time, mm/inch setting, job log auto print, position of the Print ID,
setting of the dump print, setting of the additional memory, setting of the
substitute sheet, and operator panel language settings.
Values:
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
433
Power
Saver
Timer
Sleep*1 1–30 minutes
*
3 minutes
Sets the amount of transition time to the
Sleep mode after the printer finishes a
job.
Deep
5–60 minutes
Sleep*1 10 minutes*
Sets the amount of transition time
between the Sleep mode and the Deep
Sleep mode.
Power Saver
Wake Up
Off*
Sets whether to wake up from the Sleep
or Deep Sleep mode when OnHook is
Off.
Auto Reset
45 seconds*
On
1 minute
2 minutes
3 minutes
4 minutes
434
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
Sets the amount of time before the
printer automatically resets the settings
on the operator panel to the defaults
when no additional settings are made.
Audio Tone
Control
Panel
Off*
Does not emit a tone when the operator
panel input is correct.
Soft
Emits a tone at the specified volume
when the operator panel input is
correct.
Normal
Loud
Invalid Key Off*
Does not emit a tone when the operator
panel input is incorrect.
Soft
Emits a tone at the specified volume
when the operator panel input is
incorrect.
Normal
Loud
Machine
Ready
Off
Does not emit a tone when the printer
becomes ready.
Soft
Normal
*
Emits a tone at the specified volume
when the printer becomes ready.
Loud
Copy
Off
Completed
Does not emit a tone when copying is
complete.
Soft
Normal*
Emits a tone at the specified volume
when copying is complete.
Loud
Job
Off
Completed
Does not emit a tone when any other
job except copying is complete.
Soft
Emits a tone at the specified volume
when any other job except copying is
complete.
Normal*
Loud
Fault Tone Off
Does not emit a tone when a job ends
abnormally.
Soft
Normal
*
Emits a tone at the specified volume
when a job ends abnormally.
Loud
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
435
Alert Tone
Off
Does not emit a tone when a problem
occurs.
Soft
Emits a tone at the specified volume
when a problem occurs.
Normal*
Loud
Out of
Paper
Off
Does not emit a tone when the printer
runs out of paper.
Soft
Emits a tone at the specified volume
when the printer runs out of paper.
Normal*
Loud
Low Toner Off
Alert
Does not emit a tone when the toner is
low.
Soft
Normal
*
Emits a tone at the specified volume
when the toner is low.
Loud
Auto Clear Off*
Alert
Does not emit a tone before the printer
performs auto clear.
Soft
Emits a tone at the specified volume 5
seconds before the printer performs
auto clear.
Normal
Loud
Base Tone
Off*
Does not emit a tone when the operator
panel display is returned to the default
setting.
Soft
Emits a tone when the operator panel
display is returned to the default setting.
Normal
Loud
Fault Time-out
0
3–300 seconds
60 seconds*
436
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
Sets the amount of time the printer
waits before canceling a job when the
job stops abnormally.
Job Time-out
0
Sets the amount of time the printer
waits for additional data from the
computer before it cancels the job.
5–300 seconds
30 seconds*
Auto Log Print
Print ID
Off*
Does not automatically print a job
history report after every 20 jobs.
On
Automatically prints a job history
report after every 20 jobs.
Off*
Does not print the user ID.
Top Left
Prints the user ID on the specified
location.
Top Right
Bottom Left
Bottom Right
Print Text
Banner Sheet*3
Off
Does not print the received PDL data as
text data.
On*
Prints the received PDL data as text
data.
Insert
Position
Off*
Does not insert the banner sheet.
Front
Sets where to insert the banner sheet.
Back
Front &
Back
Specify
Tray
RAM
Disk*4
Tray1*
Sets the tray for the banner sheet.
*2
Tray2
Disable
Does not allocate RAM for the disk file
system. Secure Print and Proof Print
jobs will abort and be recorded to the
job log.
50-500MBytes
Allocates RAM for the disk file system
automatically.
300MBytes*
(in 50MBytes increments)
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
437
Substitute Tray
Off
No tray size substitute accepted.
Larger Size
Substitutes paper of next largest size.
When there is no larger paper size, the
printer substitutes paper of nearest size.
Nearest Size*
Substitutes paper of nearest size.
*
Inches(")
Selects millimeter or inch as the default
measurement unit.
Default Print
Paper Size
A4*
Sets the default print paper size.
ColorTrack
Error Report
Off*
Does not automatically print errorrelated information if printing with
ColorTrack results in an error.
On
Automatically prints error-related
information if printing with ColorTrack
results in an error.
Disable*
Does not prints on both sides of a sheet
of letterhead paper.
Enable
Prints on both sides of a sheet of
letterhead paper.
mm/inch
Millimeters(mm)
Letterhead
Duplex Mode*3
Letter
Low Toner Alert On*
Msg
Shows the alert message when the toner
is low.
Off
Does not show the alert message when
the toner is low.
Email From Field Enable*
Disable
Displays whether to enable editing of
the transmission source when you use
Scan to E-mail.
Server Address
Book
On
Enables the server address book.
Server Phone
Book
On
Enables the server phone book.
Off*
Disables the server phone book.
438
Off
*
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
Disables the server address book.
Panel Language
English*
Sets the language to be used on the
operator panel.
French
Italian
German
Spanish
Danish
Dutch
Norwegian
Swedish
Apply New Settings
After you change the settings, click this
button to apply the changes.
Restart printer to apply new settings
Click this button to apply the changes.
*1
Enter 3 to put the printer in the power saver timer mode 3 minutes after it finishes a
job. This uses less energy, but requires more warm-up time for the printer. Enter 3 if
your printer shares an electrical circuit with room lighting and you notice lights
flickering.
Select a high value if your printer is in constant use. Under most circumstances, this
keeps the printer ready to operate with minimum warm-up time. Select a value
between 1 and 30 minutes for the power saver timer mode if you want a balance
between energy consumption and a shorter warm-up period.
The printer automatically returns to the standby mode from the power saver timer
mode when it receives data from the computer. You can also return the printer to the
standby mode by pressing any button on the operator panel.
*2
This item is available only when the optional 250-sheet feeder is installed.
*3
This item is available only for Dell 2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer.
*4
This item is available only when the optional 512 MB memory module is installed.
Date & Time
Purpose:
To specify the date and time.
Values:
Date Format
Sets the date format.
Time Format
Sets the time format in 24H or 12H.
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
439
Time Zone
Sets the time zone.
Set Date
Sets the date.
Set Time
Sets the time. You can select AM or PM when Time
Format is set to 12H.
Apply New Settings
After you change the settings, click this button to apply
the changes.
Restart printer to apply new Click this button to restart the printer and apply the
settings
changes.
Paper Density
Purpose:
To specify the paper density settings.
Values:
Plain
Light
Sets plain paper density.
Normal*
Label
Light
Normal
Apply New Settings
Sets label paper density.
*
After you change the settings, click this button to apply
the changes.
Restart printer to apply new Click this button to restart the printer and apply the
settings
changes.
Color Registration Adjustment
Purpose:
To set Color Registration Adjustment (individual yellow, magenta, cyan
correction) settings. When Auto Registration Adjustment is set to On, the
printer prints the color registration chart and adjusts the color registration by
using the chart. Color registration adjustments need to be made during the initial
setup of the printer or when the printer is moved to a different location.
Values:
440
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
Auto
Auto Registration
Registration Adjustment
Adjustment
Off
Does not perform color
registration automatically.
On*
Performs color registration
automatically.
Auto Correct
Manual
Registration
Adjustments Print Color Regi Chart
*1
Click Start to perform color
registration automatically.
Click Start to print a color
registration chart.
Registration PY(Process -9 to +9
Adjustments Yellow)
0*
PM(Process -9 to +9
Magenta) 0*
PC(Process -9 to +9
Cyan)
0*
LY(Left
Yellow)
-9 to +9
LM(Left
Magenta)
-9 to +9
LC(Left
Cyan)
-9 to +9
RY(Right
Yellow)
-9 to +9
RM(Right
Magenta)
-9 to +9
RC(Right
Cyan)
-9 to +9
Sets lateral (perpendicular to
paper feed direction) and
process (paper feed direction)
color adjustment values that are
found in the color registration
chart individually for Yellow,
Magenta, and Cyan.
0*
0*
0*
0*
0*
0*
Apply New Settings
After you complete change the
settings, click this button to
apply the changes.
Restart printer to apply new settings
Click this button to restart the
printer and apply the changes.
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
441
*1
This item is available only when Auto Registration Adjustment is set to Off.
Adjust Altitude
Purpose:
To specify the altitude of the location where the printer is installed.
The method for charging the photo conductor varies with barometric pressure.
Adjustments are performed by specifying the altitude of the location where the
printer is being used.
Values:
Adjust Altitude
0 meter*
1000 meters
Sets the altitude of the location where the
printer is installed.
2000 meters
3000 meters
Apply New Settings
After you change the settings, click this button
to apply the changes.
Restart printer to apply new settings Click this button to restart the printer and apply
the changes.
Reset Defaults
Purpose:
To initialize wired network data stored in non-volatile memory (NVM). After
executing this function and rebooting the printer, all wired network settings are
reset to their default values.
Values:
Reset
Defaults
442
System
Section
Initializes the system parameters.
User Fax
Section
Initializes the fax number entries in the Address Book.
User Scan
Section
Initializes the e-mail and server address entries in the
Address Book.
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
Non-Dell Toner
NOTICE: Using a non-Dell toner cartridge may severely damage your printer.
The warranty does not cover damages caused by using non-Dell toner cartridges.
Purpose:
To use toner cartridge of another manufacturer.
Values:
Non-Dell
Toner
Off*
Disables the use of another manufacturer's toner
cartridge.
On
Enables the use of another manufacturer's toner
cartridge.
Apply New Settings
After you change the settings, click this button to apply
the changes.
Restart printer to apply new Click this button to restart the printer and apply the
settings
changes.
Initialize Print Meter
Purpose:
To initialize the Print Meter. When the print meter is initialized, the meter count
is reset to 0.
Values:
Initialize Print Meter
Click Start to initialize the PrintMeter.
Tray Settings
Purpose:
To specify the paper types and sizes for the standard 250-sheet tray and the
optional 250-sheet feeder respectively.
Values:
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
443
Tray 1 Paper Type Plain*
Plain Thick
Sets the type of paper loaded in the
standard 250-sheet tray.
Covers
Covers Thick
Label
Envelope
Recycled
Letterhead
Preprinted
Prepunched
Color
Plain - Side 2
Plain Thick - Side 2
Recycled - Side 2
Color - Side 2
Tray 1 Paper Size
A4*
A5
B5
Letter
Folio
Legal
Executive
Envelope #10
Monarch
Monarch Landscape
DL
DL Landscape
C5
Custom Size
444
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
Sets the size of paper loaded in the
standard 250-sheet tray.
Tray 1 Custom Size 127–355 mm
-Y
(5.0-14.0 inch)
Sets the length of custom size paper
loaded in the standard 250-sheet tray.
297 mm* (11.7 inch)
Tray 1 Custom Size 77–215 mm
-X
(3.0–8.5 inch)
Sets the width of custom size paper
loaded in the standard 250-sheet tray.
210 mm* (8.3 inch)
Tray 1 Display
Popup
On*
Displays a popup message that prompts
the user to set Paper Type and Paper
Size when the paper is loaded in the
standard 250-sheet tray.
Tray 2 Paper
Type*1
Plain*
Sets the type of paper loaded in the
optional 250-sheet feeder.
Plain Thick
Recycled
Letterhead
Preprinted
Prepunched
Color
Plain - Side 2
Plain Thick - Side 2
Recycled - Side 2
Color - Side 2
*1
Tray 2 Paper Size
A4*
A5
Sets the size of paper loaded in the
optional 250-sheet feeder.
B5
Letter
Folio
Legal
Executive
Tray 2 Display
Popup*1
On*
Displays a popup message that prompts
the user to set Paper Type and Paper
Size when the paper is loaded in the
optional 250-sheet feeder.
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
445
Apply New Settings
After you change the settings, click this
button to apply the changes.
Restart printer to apply new settings
Click this button to restart the printer and
apply the changes.
*1
This item is available only when the optional 250-sheet feeder is installed.
TCP/IP Settings
Purpose:
To configure TCP/IP settings.
Values:
IP Address
Mode
IP Address
AutoIP*
Automatically sets the IP address.
A random value in the range of 169.254.1.0 to
169.254.254.255 that is not currently in use on the
network is set as the IP address. The subnet mask is set
as 255.255.0.0.
BOOTP
Sets the IP address using BOOTP.
RARP
Sets the IP address using RARP.
DHCP
Sets the IP address using DHCP.
Panel
Manually sets the IP address.
Manually sets the IP address allocated to the printer.
It is allocated to the printer using the format
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that makes up
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the range of 0 to 254. 127
and any value in the range of 224 to 254 cannot be
specified for the first octet of a gateway address.
Subnet Mask
Manually sets the subnet mask.
It is specified using the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each
octet that makes up nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the
range of 0 to 255. 255.255.255.255 cannot be specified
as the subnet mask.
446
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
Gateway Address
Manually sets the gateway address.
It is specified using the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each
octet that makes up nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the
range of 0 to 254. 127 and any value in the range of 224
to 254 cannot be specified for the first octet of a gateway
address.
Apply New Settings
After you change the settings, click this button to apply
the changes.
Restart printer to apply new Click this button to restart the printer and apply the
settings
changes.
Network Settings
NOTE: Network Settings is not available when the printer is connected using a
USB cable.
Purpose:
To configure the setup of the printer using your web browser.
Values:
Print Server
Settings*1
Display
Click to display the Print Server Setup page on the Dell
Printer Configuration Web Tool.
Display of
EWS
Off
Does not display the server settings for the Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool.
On*
Displays the server settings for the Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool.
Apply New Settings
After you change the settings, click this button to apply
the changes.
Restart printer to apply new Click this button to restart the printer and apply the
settings
changes.
*1
This item is available only when Display of EWS is se to On.
Copy Defaults
Purpose:
To create your own copy settings.
Values:
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
447
Color
Black & White
Color
Select Tray
SSF Paper Size
*
*
Prints in black and white mode.
Prints in color mode.
Tray 1
The paper is fed from the standard 250sheet tray.
Tray 2*1
The paper is fed from the optional 250sheet feeder.
SSF
The paper is fed from the single sheet
feeder.
A4*
Sets the document size loaded in the single
sheet feeder.
A5
B5
Letter
Folio
Legal
Executive
Envelope #10
Monarch
DL
C5
448
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
SSF Paper Type
Plain*
Sets the document type loaded in the
single sheet feeder.
Plain Thick
Covers
Covers Thick
Coated
Coated Thick
Envelope
Recycled
Letterhead
Preprinted
Prepunched
Color
Plain - Side 2
Plain Thick - Side 2
Recycled - Side 2
Color - Side 2
Collated
Off
Does not sort copy job.
On
Sorts the copy job.
*
Reduce/Enlarge
mm series
Auto
Automatically sorts the copy job.
Custom
Sets the default enlargement / reduction
ratio to the custom size.
50%
Sets the default reduction ratio.
A4A5 (70%)
B5A5 (81%)
100%
Does not enlarge or reduce the size of a
copied image.
A5B5 (122%)
Sets the default enlargement ratio.
A5A4 (141%)
200%
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
449
inch series
Custom
Sets the default reduction ratio.
50%
LedgerLetter
(64%)
LegalLetter (78%)
100%
Does not enlarge or reduce the size of a
copied image.
StatementLetter
(129%)
Sets the default enlargement ratio.
StatementLegal
(154%)
200%
Custom
Reduce/Enlarge
25–400%
100%
Reduces or enlarges the image to the
custom size when you set Reduce/Enlarge
to Custom.
Document Size
Auto*
Detects the document size automatically.
A4
Sets the document size.
*
A5
B5
Letter
Folio
Legal
Executive
Original Type
450
Text
Improves the image quality of documents
with text.
Text & Photo*
Improves the image quality of documents
with both text and photos /gray tones.
Photo
Improves the image quality of documents
with photos.
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
Lighter/Darker
Lighter 3
Lighter 2
Makes the copy lighter than the original.
Works well with dark print.
Lighter 1
Normal*
Works well with standard typed or printed
documents.
Darker 1
Makes the copy darker than the original.
Works well with light print or faint pencil
markings.
Darker 2
Darker 3
Sharpness
Sharper
Makes the copy sharper than the original.
*
Does not make the copy sharper or softer
than the original.
Normal
Color Saturation
Auto Exposure
Softer
Makes the copy softer than the original.
High
Increases the color saturation to brighten
the color of the copy.
Normal*
The color saturation is the same as the
original.
Low
Decreases the color saturation to lighten
the color of the copy.
On*
Suppresses the background of the original
to enhance text on the copy.
Off
Auto Expo. Level
Normal
Does not suppress the background.
*
Sets the background suppression level to
Normal.
Higher(1)
Sets the background suppression level to
Higher(1).
Higher(2)
Sets the background suppression level to
Higher(2).
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
451
Color
Yellow
Balance Low
Dens.
-3 to 3
Yellow
Middle
Dens.
-3 to 3
Yellow
High
Dens.
-3 to 3
452
0
*
0*
*
0
Sets the color balance level of low density
yellow.
Sets the color balance level of medium
density yellow.
Sets the color balance level of high density
yellow.
Magenta -3 to 3
Low
0*
Dens.
Sets the color balance level of low density
magenta
Magenta -3 to 3
Middle 0*
Dens.
Sets the color balance level of medium
density magenta.
Magenta -3 to 3
High
0*
Dens.
Sets the color balance level of high density
magenta.
Cyan
Low
Dens.
-3 to 3
Sets the color balance level of low density
cyan.
Cyan
Middle
Den.
-3 to 3
Cyan
High
Dens.
-3 to 3
Black
Low
Dens.
-3 to 3
Black
Middle
Dens.
-3 to 3
Black
High
Dens.
-3 to 3
*
0
*
0
*
0
0*
*
0
0
*
Sets the color balance level of medium
density cyan.
Sets the color balance level of high density
cyan.
Sets the color balance level of low density
black.
Sets the color balance level of medium
density black.
Sets the color balance level of high density
black.
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
2Sided*2
Multiple-Up
Margin
Top/Bottom
1->1Sided*
Prints on one side of a sheet of paper.
Long Edge Binding
Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper to
be bound by long edge.
Short Edge Binding
Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper to
be bound by short edge.
Off*
Does not perform multiple-up printing.
Auto
Automatically reduces the original pages
to fit onto one sheet of paper.
ID Copy
Prints the original pages onto one sheet of
paper in the original size.
Manual
Prints the original pages onto one sheet of
paper in the size specified in
Reduce/Enlarge.
0–50 mm
Sets the value of the top and bottom
margins.
(0.0–2.0 inch)
4 mm* (0.2 inch)
Margin Left/Right 0–50 mm
Sets the value of the left and right margins.
(0.0–2.0 inch)
4 mm* (0.2 inch)
Margin Middle
0–50 mm
Sets the value of the middle margin.
(0.0–2.0 inch)
0 mm* (0.0 inch)
Apply New Settings
After you change the settings, click this
button to apply the changes.
Restart printer to apply new settings
Click this button to restart the printer and
apply the changes.
*1
This item is available only when the optional 250-sheet feeder is installed.
*2
This item is available only for Dell 2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer.
Scan Defaults
Purpose:
To create your own scan settings.
Values:
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
453
Scan To Network
File Format
Color
Color
Button
Set
Black &
White
Button
Color
Button
Resolution
Server (FTP) Stores the scanned image on a server using the
FTP protocol.
Computer
(Network)*
Stores the scanned image on a computer using
the Server Message Block (SMB) protocol.
PDF*
Saves the scanned image in PDF.
Multi Page
TIFF
Saves the scanned image in Multi Page TIFF.
TIFF
Saves the scanned image in TIFF.
JPEG
Saves the scanned image in JPEG.
Black &
White
Scans in black and white mode.
Color*
Scans in color mode.
Black &
White*
Scans in black and white.
GrayScale
Scans in grayscale.
*
Color
Scans in color.
Color (Photo) Scans in color (Photo). This is suitable for
photographic images.
200 x 200 dpi* Scans an image at 200 dpi.
300 x 300 dpi Scans an image at 300 dpi.
400 x 400 dpi Scans an image at 400 dpi.
600 x 600 dpi Scans an image at 600 dpi.
Document size
A4
Sets the document size.
A5
B5
Letter*
Folio
Legal
Executive
454
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
Lighter/Darker
Lighter 3
Lighter 2
Makes the scanned image lighter than the
original. Works well with dark print.
Lighter 1
Normal*
Works well with standard typed or printed
documents.
Darker 1
Makes the scanned image darker than the
original. Works well with light print or faint
pencil markings.
Darker 2
Darker 3
Sharpness
Contrast
Auto Exposure
Auto Expo. Level
Margin Top/Bottom
Sharper
Makes the scanned image sharper than the
original.
Normal*
Does not make the scanned image sharper or
softer than the original.
Softer
Makes the scanned image softer than the
original.
High
Adjusts the amount of colors to make the
contrast of colors darker than the original.
Medium*
Does not adjust the amount of colors to make
the contrast of colors darker or lighter than the
original.
Low
Adjusts the amount of colors to make the
contrast of colors lighter than the original.
On*
Suppresses the background of the original to
enhance text on the copy.
Off
Does not suppress the background.
Normal*
Sets the background suppression level to
Normal.
Higher(1)
Sets the background suppression level to
Higher(1).
Higher(2)
Sets the background suppression level to
Higher(2).
0–50 mm
Sets the value of the top and bottom margins.
(0.0–2.0 inch)
2 mm* (0.1
inch)
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
455
Margin Left/Right
0–50 mm
Sets the value of the left and right margins.
(0.0–2.0 inch)
2 mm* (0.1
inch)
Margin Middle
0–50 mm
Sets the value of the middle margin.
(0.0–2.0 inch)
0 mm* (0.0
inch)
TIFF File Format
Image Compression
TIFF V6*
Sets the TIFF file format to TIFF V6.
TTN2
Sets the TIFF file format to TTN2.
High
Medium
Sets the image compression level to High.
*
Low
Max Email Size
Sets the image compression level to Low.
50–16384
2048
Sets the image compression level to Medium.
*
Apply New Settings
Sets the maximum size of e-mail that can be
sent within the range of 50 K bytes to 16384 K
bytes. The default is 2048 K bytes.
After you change the settings, click this button
to apply the changes.
Restart printer to apply new settings Click this button to restart the printer and apply
the changes.
Fax Defaults
Purpose:
To create your own fax settings.
Values:
456
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
Resolution
Standard*
Improves the output quality of the original. For
documents with normal sized characters.
Fine
Improves the output quality of the original. For
documents containing small characters or thin lines
or documents printed using a dot-matrix printer.
Super Fine
Improves the output quality of the original. For
documents containing extremely fine detail. The
super fine mode is enabled only if the remote
machine also supports the Super Fine resolution.
Photo
Improves the output quality of the original. For
documents containing photographic images.
Lighter/Darker Lighter 3
Lighter 2
Makes the documents lighter than the original.
Works well with dark print.
Lighter 1
Normal*
Works well with standard typed or printed
documents.
Darker 1
Makes the documents darker than the original.
Works well with light print or faint pencil markings.
Darker 2
Darker 3
Delayed Start
00:00–23:59*1 Sets the fax transmission start time in 24-hour format
when sending a fax at a specified time.
21:00*
01:00–12: AM Sets the fax transmission start time in 12-hour format
59*2
PM when sending a fax at a specified time.
9:00 PM*
Apply New Settings
After you change the settings, click this button to
apply the changes.
Restart printer to apply new
settings
Click this button to restart the printer and apply the
changes.
*1 This
item is available only when Time Format is set to 24H in the Date & Time
page.
*2 This
item is available only when Time Format is set to 12H in the Date & Time
page.
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
457
Print from USB Defaults
Purpose:
To create your own settings for Print from USB Defaults.
Values:
Color
Select Tray
SSF Paper Size
Black & White
Prints in black and white mode.
Color*
Prints in color mode.
*
Tray 1
The paper is fed from the standard 250sheet tray.
Tray 2* 1
The paper is fed from the optional 250sheet feeder.
SSF
The paper is fed from the single sheet
feeder.
A4*
Sets the document size loaded in the
single sheet feeder.
A5
B5
Letter
Folio
Legal
458
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
SSF Paper Type
Plain*
Sets the document type loaded in the
single sheet feeder.
Plain Thick
Covers
Covers Thick
Coated
Coated Thick
Envelope
Recycled
Letterhead
Preprinted
Prepunched
Color
Plain - Side 2
Plain Thick - Side 2
Recycled - Side 2
Color - Side 2
2Sided*2
Layout
1->1Sided*
Prints on one side of a sheet of paper.
Long Edge Binding
Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper
to be bound by long edge.
Short Edge Binding
Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper
to be bound by short edge.
1Up*
Prints one page on one side of a sheet of
paper.
2Up
Prints two pages on one side of a sheet
of paper.
4Up
Prints four pages on one side of a sheet
of paper.
Apply New Settings
After you change the settings, click this
button to apply the changes.
Restart printer to apply new settings
Click this button to restart the printer
and apply the changes.
*1
This item is available only when the optional 250-sheet feeder is installed.
*2
This item is available only for Dell 2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer.
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
459
Fax Settings
Purpose:
To specify the fax settings.
Values:
Receive
Mode
Telephone
Sets the default fax receiving mode to Telephone.
Fax*
Sets the default fax receiving mode to Fax.
Telephone/Fax Sets the default fax receiving mode to Telephone/Fax.
Ans
Machine/Fax
Sets the default fax receiving mode to Ans
Machine/Fax.
DRPD
Sets the default fax receiving mode to DRPD.
Auto Rec Fax 0–255
Sets the interval at which the printer goes into the fax
receive mode after receiving an incoming call in 0-255
seconds.
0
*
Auto Rec
Fax/Tel
0–255
Auto Rec
Ans/Fax
0–255
Sets the interval at which the printer goes into the fax
receive mode after the external telephone receives an
incoming call in 0-255 seconds.
*
6
Sets the interval at which the printer goes into the fax
mode after the external answering machine receives an
incoming call in 0-255 seconds.
21*
Line Monitor Off
Turns off the volume of the line monitor, which audibly
monitors a transmission through the internal speaker
until a connection is made.
Low
Medium
Sets the volume of the line monitor.
*
High
Ring Tone
Volume
Off
Turns the volume of the ring tone, which indicates that
an incoming call is a telephone call through the internal
speaker when Receive Mode is set to Telephone/Fax.
Low
Sets the volume of the ring tone.
Medium
High*
Line Type
460
PSTN*
Sets the default line type to PSTN.
PBX
Sets the default line type to PBX.
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
Tone/Pulse
Tone*
Sets the dialing type to Tone.
Pulse (10PPS) Sets the dialing type to Pulse(10PPS).
Pulse (20PPS) Sets the dialing type to Pulse(20PPS).
Resend Delay 3–255
Sets the interval between transmission attempts within
the range of 3 to 255 seconds.
8*
Redial
Attempts
0-13
Sets the number of redial attempts to make when the
destination fax number is busy, within the range of 0 to
13.
*
3
Redial Delay 1–15
Sets the interval between redial attempts within the
range of 1 to 15 minutes.
*
1
Junk Fax
Setup
On
Rejects faxes sent from unwanted numbers by
accepting faxes only from the fax numbers registered in
the Phone Book.
Off*
Does not reject faxes sent from unwanted numbers.
On
Receives a fax by pressing a remote receive code on the
external telephone after picking up the handset of the
telephone.
Off*
Does not receive a fax by pressing a remote receive
code on the external telephone after picking up the
handset of the telephone.
Remote Rcv
Tone
00–99
Sets the tone to start Remote Receive.
Fax Header
On*
Prints the information of the sender on the header of
faxes.
Off
Does not print the information of the sender on the
header of faxes.
Remote
Receive
*
00
Fax Header Name
Sets the sender's name to be printed on the header on
faxes.
Fax Number
Sets the fax number of the printer, which will be
printed on the header of faxes.
Fax Cover
Page
On
DRPD
Pattern
Pattern 1–7
Off
Attaches a cover page to faxes.
*
Does not attach a cover page to faxes.
*
Pattern 4
Provides a separate number for faxing with a
distinctive ring pattern.
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
461
Duplex
Print* 1
On
Off
Prints the received fax on both sides of a sheet of paper.
*
Sent Fax Fwd Off*
Forwards the incoming faxes to a specified destination.
Print and
Forward
Prints the incoming fax and forwards it to a specified
destination.
Sets the destination to which incoming faxes will be
forwarded.
On
Off
Sets a prefix dial number.
*
Prefix Dial Num
Discard Size
ECM
Modem
Speed
Does not forward any of the incoming faxes to a
specified destination.
Forward
Fax Fwd Number
Prefix Dial
Does not print the received fax on both sides of a sheet
of paper.
Does not set a prefix dial number.
Sets a prefix dial number of up to five digits. This
number dials before any auto dial number is started.
Off*
Prints any excess at the bottom of a fax page without
discarding it.
On
Discards any excess at the bottom of the page.
Auto
Reduction
Automatically reduces a fax page to fit it onto the
appropriate sized paper.
On*
Enables the ECM (Error Correction Mode). To use the
ECM, the remote machines must also support the
ECM.
Off
Disables the ECM.
2.4 Kbps
Allows you to adjust the fax modem speed when a fax
transmission or reception error occurs.
4.8 Kbps
9.6 Kbps
14.4 Kbps
33.6 Kbps*
Fax Activity
Auto Print*
Automatically prints a fax activity report after every 50
incoming and outgoing fax communications.
No Auto Print Does not print a fax activity report automatically.
462
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
Fax Transmit Print Always
Fax
Broadcast
Prints a transmission report after every fax
transmission.
Print On
Error*
Prints a transmission report only when an error occurs.
Print Disable
Does not print a transmission report after a fax
transmission.
Print Always* Prints a transmission report after every fax
transmission.
Print On
Error
Prints a transmission report only when an error occurs.
Print Disable
Does not print a transmission report after a fax
transmission to multiple destinations.
Fax Protocol Print Always
Prints a protocol monitor report after every fax
transmission.
Print On
Error
Prints the protocol monitor report only when an error
occurs.
Print Disable* Does not print the protocol monitor report.
Country
Selects the country where the printer is used.
Apply New Settings
After you change the settings, click this button to apply
the changes.
Restart printer to apply new Click this button to restart the printer and apply the
settings
changes.
*1
This item is available only for Dell 2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer.
Diagnosis
The Diagnosis tab includes the Chart Print, Machine Check, Paper Wrinkle
Check Mode, Environment Sensor Info, Clean Developer, and Refresh
Mode pages.
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Chart Print
Purpose:
To print various charts that can be used for diagnosis of the printer. The chart is
printed to A4 or letter size paper.
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
463
Values:
Pitch Configuration Chart
Prints full halftone pages for yellow, magenta, cyan, and
black. Also prints pages to check the pitch. A total of
five pages are output.
Ghost Configuration Chart Prints a chart to check for ghost printing. One page is
printed.
4 Colors Configuration
Chart
Bands of yellow, magenta, cyan, and black are printed
with varying density. One page is printed.
MQ Chart
Prints charts to check for the binding in A4 or Letter.
Alignment Chart
Prints a chart to check for proper alignment of the print
image on the paper. One page is printed.
Drum Refresh
Configuration Chart
Prints a chart to check the light fatigue of the drum
cartridge.
Machine Check
Purpose:
To check the operation of the printer components.
Values:
464
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
Machine
Check
Main Motor
Operation Check*
Click Start to operate the main motor inside the
printer. Confirm the motor sound.
Fuser Motor
Operation Check
Click Start to operate the fuser motor. Confirm
the motor sound.
Feed Roll Operation Click Start to operate the feed roll. Confirm the
motor sound.
Check* 1
REGI CLUTCH
Operation Check
Click Start to operate the REGI CLUTCH.
Confirm that you can hear the clutch clicking.
Dispense Motor
Check (Yellow)
Click Start to operate the dispense motor for
each toner cartridge. Confirm the motor sound.
Dispense Motor
Check (Magenta)
Dispense Motor
Check (Cyan)
Dispense Motor
Check (Black)
Play of Sound
Plays back through speakers of your computer a
recording of the normal sound for the currently
selected Machine Check item.
Start
Click this button to check the operation of the
items selected with Machine Check and output
the results to Result.
Result
Displays the results of the checked items.
*1
When performing the feed roll operation check, remove the paper tray from the
printer.
Paper Wrinkle Check Mode
Purpose:
To determine whether or not paper is wrinkled in the fuser.
This function stops printing before the paper enters the fuser. After you remove
the paper inside the printer, check the following:
•
If the paper is wrinkled, the wrinkle occurred in the part other than fuser.
•
If the paper is not wrinkled, the wrinkle occurred in the fuser.
Values:
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
465
Paper Size
A4*
A5
Sets the size of paper to be used by the
Paper Wrinkle Check Mode.
B5
Letter
Folio
Legal
Executive
Envelope #10
Monarch
DL
C5
Paper Type
Plain*
Plain Thick
Sets the type of paper to be used by the
Paper Wrinkle Check Mode.
Covers
Covers Thick
Label
Recycled
Envelope
Letterhead
Preprinted
Prepunched
Color
Rear side
Off*
Does not use the print side 2 of the paper.
On
Uses the print side 2 of the paper.
Color Mode
Color*
Prints in color mode.
Black & White
Prints in monochrome mode.
Start
Click this button to print in the specified paper size, type, and color
mode.
Environment Sensor Info
Purpose:
466
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
To print the internal environment sensor information of the printer to Result.
Values:
Get Environment Click this button to confirm the internal environment sensor
Sensor Info
information of the printer such as temperature and humidity.
Clean Developer
Purpose:
To rotate the developer motor and stir the toner in the toner cartridge.
Values:
Clean Developer
Click Start to stir the toner.
Refresh Mode
Purpose:
To use up a toner cartridge or PHD unit when you need to replace it before the
end of its life, or to stir the toner in a new toner cartridge.
NOTE: Using the Refresh Mode consumes extra toner.
Values:
Toner Refresh
Mode
Drum Refresh
Mode
Yellow
Click Yellow to clean the yellow cartridge.
Magenta
Click Magenta to clean the magenta cartridge.
Cyan
Click Cyan to clean the cyan cartridge.
Black
Click Black to clean the black cartridge.
Drum
Click Drum to clean the drum.
Resetting Defaults
After executing this function and rebooting the printer, all the menu parameters,
except the parameters for the network, are reset to their default values.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
467
1 Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell 2155 Multifunction
Color Printer Tool Box.
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The Tool Box opens.
2 Ensure that the Printer Maintenance tab is open.
3 Select Reset Defaults from the list at the left side of the page.
The Reset Defaults page appears.
4 Click System Section button.
The printer restarts automatically to apply the settings.
468
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
22
Understanding the Printer Menus
When your printer is connected to a network and available to a number of users,
the access to the Admin Menu can be limited. This prevents other users from
using the operator panel to inadvertently change a user default that has been set
by the administrator.
However, you can use your printer driver to override user defaults and select
settings for individual print jobs.
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell™ 2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer.
Report / List
Use the Report/List menu to print various types of reports and lists.
System Settings
Purpose:
To print a list of the current user default values, the installed options, the amount
of installed print memory, and the status of printer supplies.
Panel Settings
Purpose:
To print a detailed list of all the settings on the operator panel menus.
PCL Fonts List
Purpose:
To print a sample of the available PCL fonts.
See also:
"Understanding Fonts", "Printing Font Sample List"
PCL Macro List
Purpose:
Understanding the Printer Menus
469
To print the information on the downloaded PCL macro.
PDF Fonts List
Purpose:
To print a sample of the available PDF fonts.
Job History
Purpose:
To print a detailed list of the print, copy, fax, or scan jobs that have been
processed. This list contains the last 20 jobs.
Error History
Purpose:
To print a detailed list of paper jams and fatal errors.
Print Meter
Purpose:
To print the reports for the total number of pages printed.
Color Test Page
Purpose:
To print a page for testing colors.
Protocol Monitor
Purpose:
To print a detailed list of monitored protocols.
Speed Dial
Purpose:
To print the list of all members stored as speed dial numbers.
Address Book
Purpose:
470
Understanding the Printer Menus
To print the list of all addresses stored as Address Book information.
Server Address
Purpose:
To print the list of all members stored as Server Address information.
Fax Activity
Purpose:
To print the report of faxes you recently received or sent.
Fax Pending
Purpose:
To print the list of status of pending faxes.
Stored Documents
NOTE: Stored Documents feature is available only when the optional 512 MB
memory module is installed on the printer and RAM Disk under System
Settings is enabled.
Purpose:
To print a list of all files stored for Secure Print, Private Mail Box
Print, Public Mail Box Print, and Proof Print in the RAM
disk.
Admin Menu
Use the Admin Menu menu to configure a variety of printer features.
Phone Book
Use the Phone Book menu to configure the speed dial and group dial settings.
Speed Dial
Purpose:
To store up to 200 frequently dialed numbers in speed dial locations.
Understanding the Printer Menus
471
Group Dial
Purpose:
To create a group of fax destinations and register it under a two-digit dial code.
Up to six group dial codes can be registered.
Print Language
Purpose:
To specify the settings for PCL or PDF.
PCL
Use the PCL menu to change printer settings that only affect jobs using the PCL
emulation printer language.
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Paper Tray
Purpose:
To specify the default paper tray.
Values:
Auto*
Tray 1
Tray 2*1
SSF
*1
This item is available only when
the optional 250-sheet feeder is
installed.
Paper Size
Purpose:
To specify the default paper size.
Values:
mm series
A4*1
472
Understanding the Printer Menus
A5
B5
Letter
Folio
Legal
Executive
Envelope #10
Monarch Env.
DL Env.
C5 Env.
Custom Size
*1
Denotes country-specific factory
default value.
inch series
Letter*1
Folio
Legal
A4
A5
B5
Executive
Envelope #10
Monarch Env.
DL Env.
C5 Env.
Custom Size
*1
Denotes country-specific factory
default value.
NOTE: Selecting a custom size for the paper size prompts you to enter a custom
length and width.
Understanding the Printer Menus
473
Orientation
Purpose:
To specify how text and graphics are oriented on the page.
Values:
Portrait*
Prints text and graphics parallel to the short edge of the paper.
Landscape
Prints text and graphics parallel to the long edge of the paper.
2 Sided
NOTE: 2 Sided print feature is available only for Dell 2155cdn Multifunction
Color Printer.
Purpose:
To specify whether to print on both sides of a sheet of paper.
Values:
2 Sided Print
Off*
Does not print on both sides of a sheet of paper.
On
Binding Edge
474
Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper.
*
Flip Long Edge
Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper to be
bound by long edge.
Flip Short Edge
Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper to be
bound by short edge.
Understanding the Printer Menus
Font
Purpose:
To specify the default font from the fonts registered in the printer.
Values:
CG Times
LetterGothic
CourierPS
CG Times It
LetterGothic It
CourierPS Ob
CG Times Bd
LetterGothic Bd
CourierPS Bd
CG Times BdIt
Albertus Md
CourierPS BdOb
Univers Md
Albertus XBd
SymbolPS
Univers MdIt
Clarendon Cd
Palatino Roman
Univers Bd
Coronet
Palatino It
Univers BdIt
Marigold
Palatino Bd
Univers MdCd
Arial
Palatino BdIt
Univers MdCdIt
Arial It
ITCBookman Lt
Univers BdCd
Arial Bd
ITCBookman LtIt
Univers BdCdIt
Arial BdIt
ITCBookmanDm
AntiqueOlv
Times New
ITCBookmanDm It
AntiqueOlv It
Times New It
HelveticaNr
AntiqueOlv Bd
Times New Bd
HelveticaNr Ob
CG Omega
Times New BdIt
HelveticaNr Bd
CG Omega It
Symbol
HelveticaNrBdOb
CG Omega Bd
Wingdings
N C Schbk Roman
CG Omega BdIt
Line Printer
N C Schbk It
GaramondAntiqua
Times Roman
N C Schbk Bd
Garamond Krsv
Times It
N C Schbk BdIt
Garamond Hlb
Times Bd
ITC A G Go Bk
GaramondKrsvHlb
Times BdIt
ITC A G Go BkOb
Courier*
Helvetica
ITC A G Go Dm
Courier It
Helvetica Ob
ITC A G Go DmOb
Courier Bd
Helvetica Bd
ZapfC MdIt
Understanding the Printer Menus
475
Courier BdIt
Helvetica BdOb
ZapfDingbats
Symbol Set
Purpose:
To specify a symbol set for a specified font.
Values:
ROMAN-8*
ISO-17
MC TEXT
SYMBOL
ISO-21
MS PUB
WIN 3.0
ISO-4
PC-1004
WINBALT
ISO-6
PC-775
WINGDINGS
ISO-60
PC-8
WIN L1
ISO-69
PC-850
WIN L2
ISO L1
PC-852
WIN L5
ISO L2
PC-8 DN
DESKTOP
ISO L5
PC-8 TK
DNGBTSMS
ISO L6
PI FONT
ISO-11
LEGAL
PS MATH
ISO-15
MATH-8
PS TEXT
Font Size
Purpose:
To specify the font size for scalable typographic fonts.
Values:
12.00*
Sets the values in increments of 0.25.
4.00 – 50.00
Font size refers to the height of the characters in the font. One point equals
approximately 1/72 of an inch.
NOTE: The Font Size menu is only displayed for typographic fonts.
See also:
476
Understanding the Printer Menus
"Pitch and Point Size"
Font Pitch
Purpose:
To specify the font pitch for scalable mono spaced fonts.
Values:
10.00*
Sets the value in increments of 0.01.
6.00–24.00
Font pitch refers to the number of fixed-space characters in a horizontal inch of
type. For nonscalable mono spaced fonts, the pitch is displayed, but cannot be
changed.
NOTE: The Font Pitch menu is only displayed for fixed or mono spaced
fonts.
See also:
"Pitch and Point Size"
Form Line
Purpose:
To set the number of lines in a page.
Values:
mm series
64*1
Sets the value in increments of 1.
5–128
*1
Denotes country-specific factory default values.
inch series
60*1
Sets the value in increments of 1.
5–128
*1
Denotes country-specific factory default values.
Understanding the Printer Menus
477
The printer sets the amount of space between each line (vertical line spacing)
based on the Form Line and Orientation menu items. Select the correct
Form Line and Orientation before changing Form Line.
See also:
"Orientation"
Quantity
Purpose:
To set the default print quantity. (Set the number of copies required for a specific
job from the printer driver. Values selected from the printer driver always
override values selected from the operator panel.)
Values:
1*
Sets the value in increments of 1.
1–999
Image Enhance
Purpose:
To specify whether to enable the Image Enhance feature, which makes the
boundary line between black and white smoother to decrease jagged edges and
enhance the visual appearance.
Values:
Off
On
*
Disables the Image Enhance feature.
Enables the Image Enhance feature.
Hex Dump
Purpose:
To help isolate the source of a print job problem. With Hex Dump selected, all
data sent to the printer is printed in hexadecimal and character representation.
Control codes are not executed.
Values:
Disable*
478
Disables the Hex Dump feature.
Understanding the Printer Menus
Enable
Enables the Hex Dump feature.
Draft Mode
Purpose:
To save toner by printing in the draft mode. The print quality is reduced when
printing in the draft mode.
Values:
Disable*
Does not print in the draft mode.
Enable
Prints in the draft mode.
LineTermination
Purpose:
To add the line termination commands.
Values:
Off*
The line termination command is not added.
CR=CR, LF=LF, FF=FF
Add-LF
The LF command is added.
CR=CR-LF, LF=LF, FF=FF
Add-CR
The CR command is added.
CR=CR, LF=CR-LF, FF=CR-FF
CR-XX
The CR and LF commands are added.
CR=CR-LF, LF=CR-LF, FF=CR-FF
Default Color
Purpose:
To specify the color mode to Color or Black. This setting is used for a print
job that does not specify a print mode.
Values:
Black*
Prints in the black and white mode.
Understanding the Printer Menus
479
Color
Prints in the color mode.
PDF
Use the PDF menu to change printer settings that only affect the PDF jobs.
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Quantity
Purpose:
To specify the number of copies to print.
Values:
1*
Sets the value in increments of 1.
1–999
2 Sided Print
NOTE: 2 Sided Print feature is available only for Dell 2155cdn Multifunction
Color Printer.
Purpose:
To specify whether to print on both sides of a sheet of paper.
Value:
1 Sided*
Prints on one side of a sheet of paper.
Long Edge Flip
Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper to be bound by long edge.
Short Edge Flip
Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper to be bound by short edge.
Print Mode
Purpose:
To specify the print mode.
Value:
Normal*
For documents with normal sized characters.
High Quality For documents with small characters or thin lines, or documents printed
using a dot-matrix printer.
480
Understanding the Printer Menus
High Speed
Prints with the higher speed than the Normal mode, but the quality is
less.
PDF Password
Purpose:
To specify the password to print the secure PDF.
Value:
Enter PDF Password Enter the password to print the secure PDF.
Collated
Purpose:
To specify whether to sort the job.
Value:
Off*
Does not sort the job.
On
Sorts the job.
Output Size
Purpose:
To specify the output paper size for PDF.
Value:
A4*1
Letter*1
Auto
*1
The default paper size is displayed.
Layout
Purpose:
To specify the output layout.
Value:
Understanding the Printer Menus
481
Auto %*
100% (No Zoom)
Booklet
2 Pages Up
4 Pages Up
Output Color
Purpose:
To specify the output color.
Value:
Color (Auto)*
Black & White
Network
Use the Network menu to change the printer settings affecting jobs sent to the
printer through the wired or wireless network.
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Ethernet
Purpose:
To specify the communication speed and the duplex settings of Ethernet. The
change becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on again.
Values:
Auto*
Detects the Ethernet settings automatically.
10BASE- T Half
Uses 10BASE-T Half-duplex.
10BASE- T Full
Uses 10BASE-T Full-duplex.
100BASE- TX Half
Uses 100BASE-TX Half-duplex.
100BASE- TX Full
Uses 100BASE-TX Full-duplex.
1000BASE- T Full
Uses 1000BASE-T Full-duplex.
482
Understanding the Printer Menus
Wireless Status
NOTE: Wireless Status feature is available only when the printer is connected
using the wireless network.
Purpose:
To confirm the wireless communication status.
Values:
Connection
Good
Acceptable
Low
No Reception
SSID
Displays the name that identifies the wireless network.
Encryption Type
Displays the encryption type.
Wireless Setup
NOTE: Wireless Setup is available only when the printer is connected using the
wireless network.
Purpose:
To configure the wireless network interface.
Values:
Understanding the Printer Menus
483
Manual
Setup
Enter Network (SSID)
Specifies a name to identify the wireless
network. Up to 32 alphanumeric characters
can be entered.
InfraSelect when you configure the wireless setting through the
structure access point such as a wireless router.
No Security
Specifies No Security to configure the
wireless setting without specifying a
security method from WEP, WPA-PSKTKIP, and WPA-PSK-AES.
WEP(64Bit)
Specifies the WEP 64bit key to use through
the wireless network. Up to 10 hexadecimal
characters can be entered.
Transmit Specifies the transmit key from
Key
WEP Key 1, WEP Key 2,
WEP Key 3, and WEP Key 4.
WEP(128Bit) Specifies the WEP 128bit key to use
through the wireless network. Up to 26
hexadecimal characters can be entered.
Transmit Specifies the transmit key from
Key
WEP Key 1, WEP Key 2,
WEP Key 3, and WEP Key 4.
WPA-PSKTKIP
Select to configure the wireless setting with
the security method of WPA-PSK-TKIP.
Pass
Phrase
WPA2-PSKAES
Select to configure the wireless setting with
the security method of WPA2-PSK-AES.
Pass
Phrase
484
Understanding the Printer Menus
Specifies the passphrase of
alphanumeric characters from 8
to 63 only when WPA-PSKTKIP is selected for
Encryption.
Specifies the passphrase of
alphanumeric characters from 8
to 63 only when WPA-PSKAES is selected for Encryption.
Ad-hoc
Select to configure the wireless setting without the access
point such as a wireless router.
No Security
Select to configure the wireless setting
without specifying the security method
from WEP.
WEP(64Bit)
Specifies the WEP 64bit key to use through
the wireless network. Up to 10 hexadecimal
characters can be entered.
Transmit Specifies the transmit key from
Key
WEP Key 1, WEP Key 2,
WEP Key 3, and WEP Key 4.
WEP(128Bit) Specifies the WEP 128bit key to use
through the wireless network. Up to 26
hexadecimal characters can be entered.
Transmit Specifies the transmit key from
Key
WEP Key 1, WEP Key 2,
WEP Key 3, and WEP Key 4.
WPS
Cancel*
Disables the security method of
WPS-PBC.
Start
Configures the wireless setting
with the security method of
WPS-PBC.
Push
Button
Control
PBC Start
PIN
Code
Configures the wireless setting using the
Start
Configuration PIN code assigned automatically by the
*
printer.
Print PIN
Code
Prints the PIN code. Confirm it when
entering PIN assigned to the printer into
your computer.
Reset Wireless
NOTE: Reset Wireless feature is available only when the printer is connected
using the wireless network.
Purpose:
To initialize wireless network settings. After executing this function and
rebooting the printer, all wireless network settings are reset to their default
values.
Understanding the Printer Menus
485
Values:
Cancel*
Does not reset the wireless setting.
Start
Resets the wireless setting.
TCP/IP
Purpose:
To configure TCP/IP settings.
Values:
IP Mode Dual Stack*
486
Uses both IPv4 and IPv6 to set the IP
address.
IPv4 Mode
Uses IPv4 to set the IP address.
IPv6 Mode
Uses IPv6 to set the IP address.
Understanding the Printer Menus
IPv4
IPsec
Get IP Address Auto IP*
Sets the IP address automatically. A random
value in the range of 169.254.1.0 to
169.254.254.255 that is not currently in use
on the network is set as the IP address. The
subnet mask is set as 255.255.0.0.
BOOTP
Sets the IP address using BOOTP.
RARP
Sets the IP address using RARP.
DHCP
Sets the IP address using DHCP.
Panel
Use this option when you want to set the IP
address manually on the operator panel.
IP Address
When an IP address is being set manually, the
IP is allocated to the printer using the format
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that makes up
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the range of 0
to 254. 127 and any value in the range of 224
to 254 cannot be specified for the first octet
of a gateway address.
Subnet Mask
When an IP address is being set manually, the
subnet mask is specified using the format
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that makes up
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the range of 0
to 255. 255.255.255.255 cannot be specified
as the subnet mask.
Gateway Address
When an IP address is being set manually, the
gateway address is specified using the format
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that makes up
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the range of 0
to 254. 127 and any value in the range of 224
to 254 cannot be specified for the first octet
of a gateway address.
Disable*
Disables IPsec.
Protocol
Purpose:
To enable or disable each protocol. The change becomes effective after the
printer is turned off and then on again.
Values:
Understanding the Printer Menus
487
LPD
Disable
*
Port9100
Enable
Enables the Line Printer Daemon (LPD) port.
Disable
Disables the Port9100 port.
*
IPP
Enable
Enables the Port9100 port.
Disable
Disables IPP port.
*
SMB TCP/IP
Enable
Enables IPP port.
Disable
Disables SMB TCP/IP port.
*
SMB NetBEUI
Enable
Enables SMB TCP/IP port.
Disable
Disables SMB Net BEUI port.
*
WSD
Enable
Enables SMB Net BEUI port.
Disable
Disables WSD port.
*
Enable
Network TWAIN Disable
*
SNMP UDP
Bonjour(mDNS)
Telnet
Disables Network TWAIN.
Enables Network TWAIN.
Disable
Disables the SNMP UDP port.
Enable
Enables the Simple Network Management Protocol
(SNMP) UDP port.
Disable
Disables the E-Mail Alert feature.
*
EWS
Enables WSD port.
Enable
*
E-Mail Alert
Disables the LPD port.
Enable
Enables the E-Mail Alert feature.
Disable
Disables an access to Dell Printer Configuration
Web Tool embedded in the printer.
Enable*
Enables an access to Dell Printer Configuration Web
Tool embedded in the printer.
Disable
Disables Bonjour (mDNS).
Enable*
Enables Bonjour (mDNS).
Disable
Disables Telnet.
*
Enable
Enables Telnet.
Update Addr
Book
Disable
Disables Update Address Book.
Enable*
Enables Update Address Book.
LLTD
Disable
Disables LLTD.
*
Enable
488
Enables LLTD.
Understanding the Printer Menus
HTTP-SSL/TLS
Disable
Enable
*
Disables HTTP-SSL/TLS.
Enables HTTP-SSL/TLS.
IP Filter
NOTE: IP Filter feature is available only for LPD or Port9100.
Purpose:
To block data received from certain IP addresses through the wired or wireless
network. You can set up to five IP addresses. The change becomes effective
after the printer is turned off and then on again.
Values:
No. n / Address (n is 1–5.)
Sets the IP address for Filter n.
No. n / Mask (n is 1–5.)
Sets the address mask for Filter n.
No. n / Mode (n is 1–5.) Off*
Disables the IP Filter feature for Filter n.
Accept Accepts an access from the specified IP address.
Reject
Rejects an access from the specified IP address.
IEEE 802.1x
NOTE: IEEE 802.1x feature is available only when the printer is connected using
LAN cable and it is available only when the IEEE 802.1 authentication is enabled.
Purpose:
To disable IEEE 802.1x authentication. The change becomes effective after the
printer is turned off and then on again.
Values:
Disable Disables IEEE 802.1x.
Reset LAN
Purpose:
To initialize wired network data stored in non-volatile memory (NVM). After
executing this function and rebooting the printer, all wired network settings are
reset to their default values.
Values:
Understanding the Printer Menus
489
Yes
No
Initializes the wired network data stored in NVM.
*
Does not initialize the wired network data stored in NVM.
Fax Settings
Use the Fax Settings menu to configure the basic fax settings.
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Receive Mode
Purpose:
To select the default fax receiving mode.
Values:
Telephone
Automatic fax reception is turned off. You can receive a fax by
picking up the handset of the external phone and then pressing the
remote receive code, or by setting OnHook to On (you can hear
voice or fax tones from the remote machine) and then pressing .
Fax*
Automatically receives faxes.
Telephone/Fax
When the printer receives an incoming fax, the external telephone
rings for the time specified in Auto Rec Tel/Fax, and then the
printer automatically receives a fax. If an incoming call is not a fax,
the printer beeps from the internal speaker indicating that the call is a
telephone call.
Ans
Machine/Fax
The printer can share a telephone line with an answering machine. In
this mode, the printer will monitor the fax signal and pick up the line
if there are fax tones. If the phone communication in your country is
serial, this mode is not supported.
DRPD
Before using the Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection (DRPD) option, a
distinctive ring service must be installed on your telephone line by the
telephone company. After the telephone company has provided a
separate number for faxing with a distinctive ring pattern, configure
the fax setup to monitor for that specific ring pattern.
Auto Rec Fax
Purpose:
490
Understanding the Printer Menus
To set the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode after
receiving an incoming call.
Values:
0*
Sets the value in increments of 1 second.
0-255
Auto Rec Tel/Fax
Purpose:
To set the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode after the
external telephone receives an incoming call.
Values:
6*
Sets the interval in increments of 1 second.
0-255
Auto Rec Ans/Fax
Purpose:
To set the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode after the
external answering machine receives an incoming call.
Values:
21*
Sets the interval in increments of 1 second.
0-255
Line Monitor
Purpose:
To set the volume of the line monitor, which audibly monitors a transmission
through the internal speaker until a connection is made.
Values:
Off
Turns off the volume of the line monitor.
Low
Sets the volume of the line monitor to Low.
Understanding the Printer Menus
491
Medium*
Sets the volume of the line monitor to Medium.
High
Sets the volume of the line monitor to High.
Ring Tone Volume
Purpose:
To set the volume of the ring tone, which indicates that an incoming call is a
telephone call through the internal speaker when Receive Mode is set to
Telephone/Fax.
Values:
Off
Turns off the volume of the ring tone.
Low
Sets the volume of the ring tone to Low.
Medium
Sets the volume of the ring tone to Medium.
*
Sets the volume of the ring tone to High.
High
Line Type
Purpose:
To select the default line type.
Values:
PSTN*
Uses PSTN.
PBX
Uses PBX.
Tone/Pulse
Purpose:
To select the dialing type.
Values:
Tone*
Uses tone dialing.
Pulse (10PPS)
Sets "DP (10PPS)" (Dial Pulse, 10 Pulse Per Second) as the dial type.
Pulse (20PPS)
Sets "DP (20PPS)" (Dial Pulse, 20 Pulse Per Second) as the dial type.
492
Understanding the Printer Menus
Resend Delay
Purpose:
To specify the interval between re-send attempts.
Values:
8*
Sets the interval in increments of 1 second.
3-255
Redial Attempts
Purpose:
To specify the number of redial attempts to make when the destination fax
number is busy within the range of 0 to 13. If you enter 0, the printer will not
redial.
Values:
3*
Sets the number of redial attempts in increments of 1.
0-13
Redial Delay
Purpose:
To specify the interval between redial attempts within the range of 1 to 15 minutes.
Values:
1*
Sets the interval in increments of 1 minute.
1-15
Junk Fax Setup
Purpose:
To reject unwanted faxes by accepting faxes only from the fax numbers
registered in the Phone Book.
Values:
Off*
Does not reject faxes sent from unwanted numbers.
Understanding the Printer Menus
493
On
Rejects faxes sent from unwanted numbers.
Remote Receive
Purpose:
To receive a fax by pressing a remote receive code on the external telephone
after picking up the handset of the telephone.
Values:
Off*
Does not receive a fax by pressing a remote receive code on the external
telephone.
On
Receives a fax by pressing a remote receive code on the external telephone.
Remote Rcv Tone
Purpose:
To specify the tone in two digits to start Remote Receive.
Fax Header
Purpose:
To print the information of the sender on the header of the faxes.
Values:
Off
On
*
Does not print the sender's information on the header of faxes.
Prints the sender's information on the header of faxes.
NOTE: If United States is selected for the setting of Country, this option
does not appear on the menu. The setting is fixed to On and cannot be changed. For
information on the country setting, see "Setting Your Country."
Fax Header Name
Purpose:
To set the sender name to be printed on the header on faxes.
Fax Number
Purpose:
494
Understanding the Printer Menus
To set the fax number of the printer, which will be printed on the header of a fax
message.
NOTE: Ensure to specify Fax Number before using Junk Fax Setup.
Fax Cover Page
Purpose:
To set whether to attach a cover page to faxes.
Values:
Off*
Does not attach a cover page to faxes.
On
Attaches a cover page to faxes.
DRPD Pattern
Purpose:
To provide a separate number for faxing with a distinctive ring pattern.
Values:
Understanding the Printer Menus
495
Pattern1–7
DRPD is a service provided by some telephone companies. DRPD
Patterns are specified by your telephone company. The patterns
provided with your printer are shown below:
Pattern 1
Pattern 2
Pattern 3
Pattern 4*
Pattern 5
Pattern 6
Pattern 7
Ask your telephone company which pattern you need to select to use
this service. For example, Pattern 7 is the New Zealand FaxAbility
distinctive ringing pattern: rings for 400 ms, stops for 800 ms, rings
for 400 ms and stops for 1400 ms. This pattern is repeated over and
over again. This printer only responds to Distinctive Alert cadence(s)
DA4 in New Zealand.
496
Understanding the Printer Menus
Duplex Print
NOTE: Duplex Print feature is available only for Dell 2155cdn Multifunction
Color Printer.
To set the duplex printing for fax.
Values:
Off*
Does not perform duplex printing.
On
Performs duplex printing.
Sent Fax Fwd
Purpose:
To set whether to forward incoming faxes to a specified destination.
Values:
Off*
Does not forward incoming faxes.
Forward
Forwards incoming faxes to a specified destination. Prints
incoming faxes if an error occurs during the transfer.
Print and Forward
Prints incoming faxes and also forwards them to a specified
destination.
Fax Fwd Number
Purpose:
To enter the fax number of the destination to which incoming faxes will be
forwarded.
Prefix Dial
Purpose:
To select whether to set a prefix dial number.
Values:
Off*
Does not set a prefix dial number.
On
Sets a prefix dial number.
Understanding the Printer Menus
497
Prefix Dial Num
Purpose:
To set a prefix dial number of up to five digits. This number dials before any
auto dial number is started. It is useful for accessing the Private Automatic
Branch Exchange (PABX).
Discard Size
Purpose:
To set the printer to discard images or any text at the bottom of a fax page when
the entire page does not fit the output paper.
Values:
Off*
Prints excess images or text at the bottom of a fax page without
discarding it.
On
Discards any excess images or text.
Auto Reduction Automatically reduces a fax page to fit it onto the appropriate paper
size.
ECM
Purpose:
To set whether to enable or disable the Error Correction Mode (ECM). To use
the ECM, the remote machines must also support the ECM.
Values:
Off
Disables the ECM.
On*
Enables the ECM.
Modem Speed
Purpose:
To adjust the fax modem speed when a fax transmission or reception error
occurs.
Values:
2.4 Kbps
498
Understanding the Printer Menus
4.8 Kbps
9.6 Kbps
14.4 Kbps
33.6 Kbps*
Country
Purpose:
To select the country where the printer is used.
Values:
Algeria
Hungary
Puerto Rico
Australia
Iceland
Romania
Austria
Ireland
Russia
Belgium
Italy
Saudi Arabia
Bulgaria
Jamaica
Slovakia
Canada
Jordan
Slovenia
Colombia
Latvia
South Africa
Costa Rica
Liechtenstein
Spain
Cyprus
Lithuania
Sweden
Czech Republic
Luxembourg
Switzerland
Denmark
Malta
Tunisia
Dominican Republic
Mexico
Turkey
Egypt
Netherlands
U.A.E.
Estonia
New Zealand
United Kingdom
Finland
Nicaragua
United States
France
Norway
Unknown*
Germany
Panama
Greece
Poland
Guatemala
Portugal
Fax Activity
Purpose:
Understanding the Printer Menus
499
To set whether to automatically print a fax activity report after every 50
incoming and outgoing fax communications.
Values:
Auto Print*
Automatically prints a fax activity report after every 50 incoming and
outgoing fax communications.
No Auto Print
Does not automatically print a fax activity report after every 50
incoming and outgoing fax communications.
Fax Transmit
Purpose:
To set whether to print a transmission result after a fax transmission.
Values:
Print Always
Print On Error
Print Disable
Prints a transmission report after every fax transmission.
*
Prints a transmission report only when an error occurs.
Does not print a transmission report after a fax transmission.
Fax Broadcast
Purpose:
To set whether to print a transmission result after a fax transmission to multiple
destinations.
Values:
Print Always*
Prints a transmission report after every fax transmission.
Print On Error Prints a transmission report only when an error occurs.
Print Disable
Does not print a transmission report after a fax transmission to
multiple destinations.
Fax Protocol
Purpose:
To set whether to print the protocol monitor report, which helps you identify the
cause of a communication problem.
Values:
500
Understanding the Printer Menus
Print Always
Prints a protocol monitor report after every fax transmission.
Print On Error Prints the protocol monitor report only when an error occurs.
Print Disable*
Does not print the protocol monitor report.
System Settings
Use System Settings to configure the power saving mode, warning tones,
time-out duration, device display language, and job log auto print settings.
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Power Saver Timer
Purpose:
To specify the time for transition to power saver mode.
Values:
Sleep
3min*
1–30 min.
Deep Sleep 10min*
5–60 min.
Specifies the time taken by the printer to enter Sleep mode
after it finishes a job.
Specifies the time taken by the printer to enter Deep Sleep
mode after it has entered Sleep mode.
Enter 3 to put the printer in power saver mode 3 minutes after it finishes a job.
This uses much less energy, but requires more warm-up time for the printer.
Enter 3 if your printer shares an electrical circuit with room lighting and you
notice lights flickering.
Select a high value if your printer is in constant use. In most circumstances, this
keeps the printer ready to operate with minimum warm-up time. Select a value
between 1 and 30 minutes for power save mode if you want a balance between
energy consumption and a shorter warm-up period.
The printer automatically returns to the standby mode from the power saver
mode when it receives data from the computer or remote fax machine. You can
also change the status of the printer to the standby mode by pressing any button
on the operator panel.
Understanding the Printer Menus
501
Power Saver Wake Up
Purpose:
To specify whether to wake up from the Sleep or Deep Sleep mode when
OnHook is set to Off.
Values:
OffHook Wake Up
Off*
Does not wake up from the Sleep or Deep Sleep mode
when OnHook is set to Off.
On
Wakes up from the Sleep or Deep Sleep mode when
OnHook is set to Off.
Auto Reset
Purpose:
To automatically reset the settings for COPY, SCAN, or FAX to the default
settings and return to the standby mode after you do not specify any settings for
the specified time.
Values:
45sec*
1min
2min
3min
4min
Fault Time-out
Purpose:
To specify the amount of time the printer waits before canceling a job that stops
abnormally. The print job is cancelled if the time-out time is exceeded.
Values:
Off
On
*
Disables the fault time-out.
60sec*
3-300 sec.
502
Sets the amount of time the printer waits before canceling a job
that stops abnormally.
Understanding the Printer Menus
Job Time-out
Purpose:
To specify the amount of time the printer waits for data to arrive from the computer. The
print job is cancelled if the time-out time is exceeded.
Values:
Off
On*
Disables the job time-out.
30sec*
5–300 sec.
Sets the time the printer waits for data to arrive from the
computer.
Date & Time
Purpose:
To specify the date and time formats.
Values:
Set Date &
Time
Time
Zone
Sets the time zone.
Set Date
Sets the date depending on the Date Format settings.
Set Time Sets the time.
Date Format
Time Format
Sets the date format.
12H
Sets the time in 12-hour format.
24H*
Sets the time in 24-hour format.
Audio Tone
Purpose:
To configure settings for tones emitted by the printer during operation or when a
warning message appears.
Values:
Understanding the Printer Menus
503
Control Panel
Off*
Does not emit a tone when the operator panel input is
correct.
Soft
Emits a tone when the operator panel input is correct.
Normal
Loud
Invalid Key
Off*
Does not emit a tone when the operator panel input is
incorrect.
Soft
Emits a tone when the operator panel input is incorrect.
Normal
Loud
Machine Ready
Off
Does not emit a tone when the printer is ready to
process a job.
Soft
Normal
Emits a tone when the printer is ready to process a job.
*
Loud
Copy Completed Off
Does not emit a tone when a copy job is complete.
Soft
Normal
Emits a tone when a copy job is complete.
*
Loud
Job Completed
Off
Does not emit a tone when a job other than a copy job
is complete.
Soft
Normal
*
Emits a tone when a job other than a copy job is
complete.
Loud
Fault Tone
Off
Does not emit a tone when a job ends abnormally.
Soft
Normal
Emits a tone when a job ends abnormally.
*
Loud
504
Understanding the Printer Menus
Alert Tone
Off
Does not emit a tone when a problem occurs.
Soft
Emits a tone when a problem occurs.
*
Normal
Loud
Out of Paper
Off
Does not emit a tone when the printer runs out of paper.
Soft
Emits a tone when the printer runs out of paper.
*
Normal
Loud
Low Toner Alert
Off
Does not emit a tone when a toner is low.
Soft
Emits a tone when a toner is low.
*
Normal
Loud
Auto Clear Alert Off*
Soft
Normal
Does not emit a tone 5 seconds before the printer
performs auto clear.
Emits a tone 5 seconds before the printer performs auto
clear.
Loud
Base Tone
Off*
Does not emit a tone when the operator panel display is
returned to the default setting by scrolling the loop
menu.
Soft
Emits a tone when the operator panel display is
returned to the default setting by scrolling the loop
menu.
Normal
Loud
All Tones
Soft
Sets the volume of all the alert tones at once.
Normal*
Loud
Off
Disables all the alert tones.
mm / inch
Purpose:
To specify the default measurement unit displayed after the numeric value on
the operator panel.
Understanding the Printer Menus
505
Values:
Millimeters (mm)*
Selects millimeter as the default measurement unit.
Inches (")
Selects inch as the default measurement unit.
NOTE: The default for mm/inch varies depending on other settings, such as
Country and Document Size.
Default Print Paper Size
Purpose:
To specify the default paper size.
Values:
mm series
A4*1
Letter
*1
Denotes country-specific factory default values.
inch series
A4
Letter*1
*1
Denotes country-specific factory default values.
Auto Log Print
Purpose:
To automatically print a job history report after every 20 jobs.
Values:
Off*
Does not automatically print a job history report.
On
Automatically prints a job history report.
Print logs can also be printed using the Admin Reports menu.
506
Understanding the Printer Menus
Print ID
Purpose:
To specify a location where the user ID is printed.
Values:
Off*
Does not print the user ID.
Top Left
Prints the user ID on the top left of the page.
Top Right
Prints the user ID on the top right of the page.
Bottom Left
Prints the user ID on the bottom left of the page.
Bottom Right
Prints the user ID on the bottom right of the page.
NOTE: When printing on DL size paper, a part of the user ID may not be printed
correctly.
Print Text
Purpose:
To specify whether the printer outputs PDL data, which is not supported by the
printer, as text when the printer receives it. Text data is printed on A4 or Letter
size paper.
Values:
Off
*
On
Does not print the received data.
Prints the received data as text data.
Banner Sheet
NOTE: Banner Sheet feature is available only when the optional 250-sheet feeder
is installed to Dell 2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer.
Purpose:
To specify the position of banner sheet, and also specify the tray in which the
banner sheet is loaded.
Values:
Understanding the Printer Menus
507
Insert Position
Off*
Does not print the banner sheet.
Front
Inserted before the first page of every copy.
Back
Inserted after the last page of every copy.
Front & Back Inserted before the first page of every copy and after
the last page of every copy.
Specify Tray
Tray 1*
The banner sheet is loaded in the standard 250-sheet
tray.
Tray 2
The banner sheet is loaded in the optional 250-sheet
feeder.
RAM Disk
NOTE: RAM Disk feature is available only when the optional 512 MB memory
module is installed on the printer.
Purpose:
To allocate memory to the RAM disk file system for the Secure Print, Mailbox
Print, and Proof Print features. The change becomes effective after the printer is
turned off and then on again.
Values:
Disable
Enable*
Does not allocate memory to the RAM disk file system. Secure
Print and Proof Print jobs will abort and be recorded to the job
log.
300MB*
50-500MB
Sets the allocation of memory to the RAM disk file system in
increments of 50 MB.
NOTE: Restart your printer when you change the settings for the RAM Disk
menu.
Substitute Tray
Purpose:
Specifies whether to use paper of a different size when the paper that is loaded
in the specified tray does not match the paper size settings for the current job.
Values:
508
Understanding the Printer Menus
Off
No tray size substitute accepted.
Larger Size
Substitutes paper of next largest size. When there is no larger paper size,
the printer substitutes paper of nearest size.
Nearest Size* Substitutes paper of nearest size.
Set Available Time
Purpose:
Sets the available time for the Print, Copy, Scan, and Fax services.
Values:
Off*
Does not set the time when printing is available.
On
Sets the time when printing is available.
Start Time Sets the start time of the available time.
End Time
Sets the end time of the available time.
Recurrence Sets the day of the week to repeat the setting.
NOTE: Set Available Time can be configured when Print, Copy, Scan,
or Fax is set to On.
Secure Job Expiration
NOTE: Secure Job Expiration feature is available only when RAM Disk is set to
Enable.
Purpose:
To specify the date and time to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the RAM
disk.
Values:
Expiration Mode Off*
On
Expiration Time
Does not set the date and time to delete the files
stored as Secure Print in the RAM disk.
Sets the date and time to delete the files stored as
Secure Print in the RAM disk.
Sets the time to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the RAM
disk.
Understanding the Printer Menus
509
Recurrence
Weekly Settings
Daily
Sets the recurrence to delete the files stored as
Secure Print in the RAN disk daily.
Weekly*
Sets the recurrence to delete the files stored as
Secure Print in the RAM disk weekly.
Monthly
Sets the recurrence to delete the files stored as
Secure Print monthly.
Monday
Sets the day of the week to delete the files stored as
Secure Print.
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
Sunday*
Monthly Settings 1 Day*
2-28 Day
Sets the day of the month to delete the files stored as
Secure Print in the RAM disk.
ColorTrack Mode
Purpose:
To specify who has access to color printing.
Values:
Off*
Does not limit access to color printing.
On
Limits access to color printing.
No Account User Print
Purpose:
To specify whether to permit the printing of data without authentication information.
Values:
Off*
Does not permit non-account user to print the data.
On*1
Permits non-account user to print the data.
*1
510
Set No Account User Password using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
Understanding the Printer Menus
Color Track Error Rep
Purpose:
To specify whether to automatically print error-related information if printing with
ColorTrack results in an error.
Values:
Off*
Does not print the error report when printing with Color Track results in an error.
On
Prints the error report when printing with Color Track results in an error.
Letterhead Duplex Mode
NOTE: Letterhead Duplex Mode feature is available only for Dell 2155cdn
Multifunction Color Printer.
Purpose:
To specify whether to print on both sides when using letterhead.
Values:
Disable*
Does not print on both sides of letterhead.
Enable
Prints on both sides of letterhead.
Low Toner Alert Msg
Purpose:
To specify whether to show the alert message when the toner is low.
Values:
Off
*
On
Does not show the alert message when the toner is low.
Shows the alert message when the toner is low.
Email From Field
Purpose:
To specify whether to enable editing of the transmission source when you use Scan to Email.
Values:
Understanding the Printer Menus
511
Disable
Disables editing of the transmission source.
*
Enables editing of the transmission source.
Enable
Server Address Book
Purpose:
To specify whether to search the e-mail addresses from the Address Book for the
LDAP server.
Values:
Off*
Does not search the e-mail addresses from the Address Book for the LDAP
server.
On
Searches the e-mail addresses from the Address Book for the LDAP server.
NOTE: You can search the e-mail addresses only from the Address Book that is
local when Server Address Book is set to Off.
Server Phone Book
Purpose:
To specify whether to search the phone numbers from the Phone Book for the
LDAP server.
Values:
Off*
Does not search the phone numbers from the Phone Book for the LDAP server.
On
Searches the phone numbers from the Phone Book for the LDAP server.
NOTE: You can search the phone numbers only from the local Phone Book when
Server Phone Book is set to Off.
Power on Wizard
Purpose:
To perform initial setup for the printer.
Values:
Yes
512
Performs the initial setup for the printer.
Understanding the Printer Menus
No*
Does not perform the initial setup for the printer.
Maintenance
Use the Maintenance menu to initialize the NV (non-volatile) memory,
configure the plain paper quality adjustment settings, and configure the security
settings.
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
F/W Version
Purpose:
To confirm the current F/W version.
Service Tag
Purpose:
To confirm the service tag.
Express Code
Purpose:
To confirm the express service code.
Paper Density
Purpose:
To specify paper density settings.
Values:
Plain
Light
Normal*
Label
Light
Normal*
Adjust BTR
NOTE: The print quality changes depending on the setting values you select for
this item.
Understanding the Printer Menus
513
Purpose:
To specify the transfer roller voltage adjustment for each paper type.
Values:
0*
Plain
-6 to +6
Plain Thick
0*
-6 to +6
Sets the transfer roller voltage in increments of 1. The
default settings may not give the best output on all paper
types. If you see mottles on the print output, try to increase
the voltage. If you see white spots on the print output, try to
decrease the voltage.
0*
Covers
-6 to +6
Covers Thick 0*
-6 to +6
0*
Label
-6 to +6
0*
Coated
-6 to +6
Coated Thick 0*
-6 to +6
Envelope
0*
Recycled
0*
-6 to +6
-6 to +6
Adjust Fuser
NOTE: The print quality changes depending on the setting values you select for
this item.
Purpose:
To adjust the fuser temperature setting for each paper type.
Values:
514
Understanding the Printer Menus
0*
Plain
-6 to +6
Plain Thick
0*
-6 to +6
Sets the fuser temperature in increments of 1. The default
settings may not give the best output on all paper types.
When the printed paper has curled, try to lower the
temperature. When the toner does not fuse on the paper
properly, try to increase the temperature.
0*
Covers
-6 to +6
Covers Thick
0*
-6 to +6
0*
Label
-6 to +6
Coated
0*
Coated Thick
0*
-6 to +6
-6 to +6
Envelope
0*
-6 to +6
Recycled
0*
-6 to +6
Auto Reg Adjust
Purpose:
To specify whether to automatically perform color registration adjustment.
Values:
Off
Does not automatically perform color registration adjustment.
On*
Automatically performs color registration adjustment.
Color Reg Adjust
Purpose:
To manually perform color registration adjustment.
Understanding the Printer Menus
515
Manual Color Registration Adjustments are required when the printer is initially
installed and after the printer is moved.
NOTE: The Color Reg Adjust feature can be configured when Auto
Reg Adjust is set to Off.
Values:
Auto Correct
Yes
No
Color Reg
Chart
Enter Number
*
Automatically performs color registration correction.
Does not perform color registration correction.
Yes
Prints a color registration chart. The color registration
chart prints a lattice pattern of yellow, magenta, and
cyan lines. On the chart, find the values on the right
side that are next to the line that is perfectly straight for
each of the three colors. If the value for this line is 0,
color registration adjustment is not required. If the
value for this line is any value other than 0, specify the
adjustment values under Lateral Adjustment
and Process Adjustment.
No*
Does not print a color registration chart.
LY
-9 to +9
LM
LC
RY
-9 to +9
RM
RC
PY
Sets lateral (perpendicular to paper feed
direction) and process (paper feed direction)
color adjustment values individually for
Yellow, Magenta, and Cyan. Enter a number
in order of lateral adjustment (left), lateral
adjustment (right), and process adjustment.
(Set) button to save all the
Press the
settings.
-9 to +9
PM
PC
NOTE: Ensure that you remove the paper from the single sheet feeder before
performing Auto Correct.
Clean Developer
Purpose:
To stir the toner in a new toner cartridge.
Values:
516
Understanding the Printer Menus
Yes
No
*
Stirs the toner in a new toner cartridge.
Does not stir the toner in a new toner cartridge.
Toner Refresh
Purpose:
To clean the toner in each toner cartridge.
Values:
Yellow, Magenta, Cyan, Black Yes
Cleans the toner in the selected toner cartridge.
No* Does not clean the toner in each toner cartridge.
Drum Refresh
Purpose:
To clean the surface of the PHD unit.
Values:
Yes
No
*
Cleans the surface of the PHD unit.
Does not clean the surface of the PHD unit.
Reset Defaults
Purpose:
To initialize the non-volatile (NV) memory. After executing this function and
rebooting the printer, all the menu parameters are reset to their default values.
Values:
User Fax Section
Yes
No
User Scan Section
*
Initializes the fax number entries in the Address Book.
Does not initialize the fax number entries in the Address
Book.
Yes
Initializes the e-mail and server address entries in the
Address Book.
No*
Does not initialize the e-mail and server address entries in
the Address Book.
Understanding the Printer Menus
517
System Section
Yes
No
*
Initializes the system parameters.
Does not initialize the system parameters.
Init Print Meter
Purpose:
To initialize the print meter of the printer. When the print meter is initialized, the
meter count is reset to zero.
Clear Storage
NOTE: Clear Storage feature is available only when the additional 512 MB
memory module is installed.
Purpose:
To clear all files stored as Secure Print, Mailbox Print, Proof Print, and Stored
Print in the RAM disk.
Values:
All Clear
Deletes all files stored as Secure Print, Mailbox Print, and Proof
Print in the RAM disk.
Secure Document
Deletes all files stored as Secure Print and Mailbox Print in the
RAM disk.
Stored Document
Deletes all files stored as Stored Print in the RAM disk.
Non-DELL Toner
Purpose:
To use toner cartridge of another manufacturer.
NOTICE: Using a non-Dell toner cartridge may severely damage your printer.
The warranty does not cover damages caused by using non-Dell toner cartridges.
Values:
Off*
Does not use toner cartridge of another manufacturer.
On
Uses toner cartridge of another manufacturer.
518
Understanding the Printer Menus
Adjust Altitude
Purpose:
To specify the altitude of the location where the printer is installed.
The discharge phenomenon for charging the photo conductor varies with
barometric pressure. Adjustments are performed by specifying the altitude of the
location where the printer is being used.
NOTE: An incorrect altitude adjustment setting leads to poor printing quality,
incorrect indication of remaining toner, etc.
Values:
0m*
Sets the altitude of the location where the printer is installed.
1000m
2000m
3000m
Secure Settings
Use the Secure Settings menu to set a password to limit access to the
menus. This prevents items from being changed accidentally.
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
See also:
"Panel Lock"
Panel Lock
Purpose:
To set a limited access to Admin Menu with a password, and to set or change
the password.
Values:
Panel Lock Set
Change Password
*1
Disable*
Disables password protection for Admin Menu.
Enable
Enables password protection for Admin Menu.
0000–9999 Sets or changes the password required to access
Admin Menu.
Understanding the Printer Menus
519
*1
This item is available only when Panel Lock Set is set to Enable.
Function Enabled
NOTE: Function Enabled feature is available only when Panel Lock Set is
set to Enable.
Purpose:
To specify whether to enable or disable each of the printer services, or to require
a password to use the services.
Values:
Copy
Fax
Enables the Copy service.
On
(Password)
Enables the Copy service, but requires a password
to use the service.
On (Color
Password)
Enables the Copy service with a color mode, but
requires a password.
Off
Disables the Copy service.
On
Scan
Change Password
*
*1
Enables the Fax service.
On
(Password)
Enables the Fax services, but requires a password to
send faxes (does not require a password to receive
incoming faxes).
Off
Disables the Fax service (the printer will not send or
receive faxes).
On*
Enables the Scan service.
On
(Password)
Enables the Scan service, but requires a password to
use the service.
Off
Disables the Scan service.
*
Print from USB
520
On*
On
Enables the Print from USB service.
On
(Password)
Enables the Print from USB service, but requires a
password.
On (Color
Password)
Enables the Print from USB service with a color
mode, but requires a password.
Off
Disables the Print from USB service.
Changes the password that is set under the
Function Enabled menu.
Understanding the Printer Menus
*1
This item is available only when On (Password) or On (Color Password)
is enabled.
Secure Receive
NOTE: Secure Receive feature is available only when Panel Lock Set is set
to Enable.
Purpose:
To specify whether to require a password to receive faxes, and to set or change
the password.
Values:
Secure Receive Set Disable*
Change Password
*1
*1
Does not require a password to receive faxes.
Enable
Requires a password to receive faxes.
0000–9999
Sets or changes the password required to receive
faxes.
This item is available only when Secure Receive Set is set to Enable.
Login Error
NOTE: Login Error feature is available only when Panel Lock Set is set to
Enable.
Purpose:
To specify the number of error entry attempts allowed when you log in as an
administrator in the Admin Menu and Report/List menu.
Values:
Off*
On
Does not allow an administrator to log in after one error entry attempt.
5
1-10
Sets the number of error entry attempts allowed when an administrator
logs in.
USB Settings
Use the USB Settings menu to change printer settings affecting a USB port.
Understanding the Printer Menus
521
USB Port
Purpose:
To specify whether to enable the USB port. The change becomes effective after
the printer is turned off and then on again.
Values:
Disable
*
Enable
Disables the USB interface.
Enables the USB interface.
Defaults Settings
Use Defaults Settings to modify the COPY, SCAN, or FAX menu
defaults.
Copy Defaults
Purpose:
To modify the COPY menu defaults.
Copy Defaults allows you to configure the following items in addition to
the items under the COPY menu.
Color
Purpose:
To select color or black and white copying.
Values:
Black & White Prints in black and white mode.
Color*
Prints in color mode.
Auto Expo. Level
Purpose:
To specify the default background suppression level.
Values:
522
Understanding the Printer Menus
Normal*
Sets the background suppression level to Normal.
Higher (1)
Sets the background suppression level to Higher (1).
Higher (2)
Sets the background suppression level to Higher (2).
Color Balance
Purpose:
To specify the default color balance level within the range of -3 to +3.
Values:
Yellow Low Dens.
0*
Sets the color balance level of low density yellow.
-3 to +3
Yellow Med. Dens.
0*
Sets the color balance level of medium density yellow.
-3 to +3
Yellow High Dens.
0*
Sets the color balance level of high density yellow.
-3 to +3
Magen. Low Dens.
0*
Sets the color balance level of low density magenta.
-3 to +3
Magen Med. Dens. 0*
-3 to +3
Sets the color balance level of medium density
magenta.
Magen High Dens.
0*
Sets the color balance level of high density magenta.
Cyan Low Dens.
0*
-3 to +3
Sets the color balance level of low density cyan.
-3 to +3
Cyan Med. Dens.
0*
Sets the color balance level of medium density cyan.
-3 to +3
Cyan High Dens.
0*
Sets the color balance level of high density cyan.
-3 to +3
Black Low Dens.
0*
Black Med. Dens.
0*
Sets the color balance level of low density black.
-3 to +3
Sets the color balance level of medium density black.
-3 to +3
Understanding the Printer Menus
523
Black High Dens.
0*
Sets the color balance level of high density black.
-3 to +3
Scan Defaults
To modify the SCAN menu defaults.
Scan Defaults allows you to configure the following items in addition to
the items under the SCAN menu.
Color
Purpose:
To specify whether to print in color or black and white.
Values:
Color
Black & White*
Prints in black and white.
Color
Prints in color.
Color Button Set
Purpose:
To specify the default background suppression level.
Values:
B&W Button
Color Button
Black & White*
Sets whether to scan in black and white when
Black & White is selected for a color mode.
GrayScale
Sets whether to scan in gray scale when Black
& White is selected for a color mode.
Color*
Sets whether to scan in color when Color is
selected for a color mode.
Color (Photo)
Sets whether to scan in color (Photo) when
Color is selected for a color mode. This is
suitable for photographic images.
Auto Expo. Level
Purpose:
To specify the default background suppression level.
524
Understanding the Printer Menus
Values:
Normal*
Sets the background suppression level to Normal.
Higher (1)
Sets the background suppression level to Higher (1).
Higher (2)
Sets the background suppression level to Higher (2).
TIFF File Format
Purpose:
To specify the default TIFF file format.
Values:
TIFF V6*
Sets the default TIFF file format to TIFF V6.
TTN2
Sets the default Tiff file format to TTN2.
Image Compression
Purpose:
To specify the image compression level.
Values:
High
Sets the image compression level to High.
Medium*
Sets the image compression level to Medium.
Low
Sets the image compression level to Low.
Max Email Size
Purpose:
To specify the maximum size of e-mail that can be sent.
Values:
2048 KB* Sets the maximum size of e-mail that can be sent, in increments of 1.
50-16384
Fax Defaults
Purpose:
Understanding the Printer Menus
525
To modify the Fax menu defaults. See "Fax Menu" for more details.
Print from USB Defaults
To modify the defaults for the Print from USB Defaults menu.
Print from USB Defaults allows you to configure the following items
in addition to the items under the Print from USB menu.
Color
Purpose:
To specify whether to print in black and white or in color.
Values:
Black & White Prints in black and white.
Color*
Prints in color.
Tray Settings
Use the Tray Settings menu to define the print media loaded in the
standard 250-sheet tray and the optional 250-sheet feeder.
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Tray 1
Purpose:
To specify the paper loaded in the standard 250-sheet tray.
Values:
526
Understanding the Printer Menus
Paper Size
A4*1
mm series
A5
B5
Letter
Folio
Legal
Executive
Envelope #10
Monarch Env.
Monarch Env. L
DL Env.
DL Env. L
C5 Env.
Custom Size
inch series
Letter*1
Folio
Legal
A4
A5
B5
Executive
Envelope #10
Monarch Env.
Monarch Env. L
DL Env.
DL Env. L
C5 Env.
Custom Size
Understanding the Printer Menus
527
Paper Type
Plain*
Plain Thick
Covers
Covers Thick
Label
Envelope
Recycled
Letterhead
Preprinted
Prepunched
Color
Plain S2
Plain Thick S2
Recycled S2
Color S2
Display Popup Off
On*
*1
Does not display a popup
message that prompts to set
Paper Type and Paper
Size when paper is loaded in
the standard 250-sheet tray.
Displays a popup message that
prompts to set Paper Type
and Paper Size when paper
is loaded in the standard 250sheet tray.
Denotes country-specific factory default value.
NOTE: For more information on supported paper sizes, see "Supported Paper
Sizes."
Tray 2
NOTE: Tray 2 feature is available only when the optional 250-sheet feeder is
installed.
528
Understanding the Printer Menus
Purpose:
To specify the paper loaded in the optional 250-sheet feeder.
Values:
Paper Size
A4*1
mm series
A5
B5
Letter
Folio
Legal
Executive
inch series
Letter*1
Folio
Legal
A4
A5
B5
Executive
Paper Type
Plain*
Plain Thick
Recycled
Letterhead
Preprinted
Prepunched
Color
Plain S2
Plain Thick S2
Recycled S2
Color S2
Understanding the Printer Menus
529
Display Popup Off
Does not display a popup message that prompts to
set Paper Type and Paper Size when
paper is loaded in the standard 250-sheet feeder.
On*
Displays a popup message that prompts to set
Paper Type and Paper Size when paper
is loaded in the standard 250-sheet feeder.
*1
Denotes country-specific factory default value.
Panel Language
Purpose:
To determine the language of the text on the operator panel screen.
Values:
English*
Français
Italiano
Deutsch
Español
Dansk
Nederlands
Norsk
Svenska
Print Menu
Use the Print Menu to print a job using the Secure Print, Private Mail Box,
Public Mail Box, and Proof Print features.
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Secure Print
NOTE: Secure Print feature is available only when RAM disk is set to Enable.
Purpose:
530
Understanding the Printer Menus
To print confidential jobs. The printer can hold the job in memory until you
arrive at the printer and type the password on the operator panel.
Values:
Select User ID Enter the password you specified on the printer driver.
All
Documents*1
Print and
Delete
Deletes all documents from print
memory after printing them.
Delete
Deletes all documents from print
memory.
document n*2 Print and
Delete
Delete
Deletes the specified document from
print memory after printing it.
Deletes the specified document from
print memory.
*1 This item is available only when the multiple print jobs are stored.
*2 The document name is displayed. The save date and time are displayed if the document name is not specified.
Private Mail Box
NOTE: Private Mail Box feature is available only when RAM disk is set to
Enable.
Purpose:
To specify whether and how to print the job stored in the Private Mail Box.
Values:
Understanding the Printer Menus
531
Select User ID Enter the password you specified on the printer driver.
All
Documents*1
document n*2
Print and
Delete
Deletes all documents from print
memory after printing them.
Print
Prints all documents and saves them in
memory.
Delete
Deletes all documents from print
memory.
Print and
Delete
Deletes the specified document from
print memory after printing it.
Print
Prints the specified document and
saves it in memory.
Delete
Deletes the specified document from
print memory.
*1 This item is available only when the multiple print jobs are stored.
*2 The document name is displayed. The save date and time are displayed if the document name is not specified.
Public Mail Box
NOTE: Public Mail Box feature is available only when RAM disk is set to
Enable.
Purpose:
To specify whether and how to print the job stored in the Public Mail Box.
Values:
532
Understanding the Printer Menus
Select User ID All
Documents*1
document n*2
Print and
Delete
Deletes all documents from print
memory after printing them.
Print
Prints all documents and saves them
in memory.
Delete
Deletes all documents from print
memory.
Print and
Delete
Deletes the specified document from
print memory after printing it.
Print
Prints the specified document and
saves it in memory.
Delete
Deletes the specified document from
print memory.
*1 This item is available only when the multiple print jobs are stored.
*2 The document name is displayed. The save date and time are displayed if the document name is not specified.
Proof Print
NOTE: Proof Print feature is available only when RAM disk is set to Enable.
Purpose:
To print only one copy and check the print result before printing all of the
copies. This prevents a large number of misprinted copies from being printed at
one time.
Values:
Understanding the Printer Menus
533
Select User ID All
Documents*1
document n*2
Print and
Delete
Deletes all documents from print
memory after printing them.
Print
Prints all documents and save them
in memory.
Delete
Deletes all documents from print
memory.
Print and
Delete
Deletes the specified document from
print memory after printing it.
Print
Prints the specified document and
save it in memory.
Delete
Deletes the specified document from
print memory.
*1 This item is available only when the multiple print jobs are stored.
*2 The document name is displayed. The save date and time are displayed if the document name is not specified.
Secure Receive
NOTE: Before enabling Secure Receive, ensure that Panel Lock
Set is enabled.
Purpose:
To specify whether to require a password to receive faxes, and to set or change
the password.
Values:
Password
Enters the password to access the confidential job.
Copy Menu
Use the COPY menus to configure a variety of copy features.
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Select Tray
Purpose:
To specify the input tray.
534
Understanding the Printer Menus
Values:
Tray1*
The paper is fed from the standard 250-sheet tray.
*1
Tray2
The paper is fed from the optional 250-sheet feeder.
SSF
The paper is fed from the single sheet feeder.
*1
This item is available only when the optional 250-sheet feeder is installed.
SSF Paper Size
NOTE: SSF Paper Size feature is available only when print media is inserted in
the single sheet feeder.
Purpose:
To specify the default paper size of the single sheet feeder.
Values:
mm series
A4*1
A5
B5
Letter
Folio
Legal
Executive
Envelope #10
Monarch Env.
DL Env.
C5 Env.
*1
Denotes country-specific factory
default values.
inch series
Letter*1
Understanding the Printer Menus
535
Folio
Legal
A4
A5
B5
Executive
Envelope #10
Monarch Env.
DL Env.
C5 Env.
*1
Denotes country-specific factory
default values.
SSF Paper Type
NOTE: SSF Paper Type feature is available only when print media is inserted in
the single sheet feeder.
Purpose:
To specify the default paper type of the single sheet feeder.
Values:
Plain*
Plain Thick
Covers
Covers Thick
Coated
Coated Thick
Envelope
Recycled
Letterhead
Preprinted
Prepunched
536
Understanding the Printer Menus
Color
Plain S2
Plain Thick S2
Recycled S2
Color S2
Collated
Purpose:
To sort the copy job. For example, if you make two copies of three page
documents, one complete set of three page documents is printed one by one.
Values:
Off
Does not sort a copy job.
On
Sorts a copy job.
*
Auto
Automatically sorts a copy job only when you use the ADF.
Reduce/Enlarge
Purpose:
To reduce or enlarge the size of a copied image.
Values:
mm series
Custom 100%
50%
A4A5 (70%)
B5A5 (81%)
100%*
A5B5 (122%)
A5A4 (141%)
200%
inch series
Understanding the Printer Menus
537
Custom 100%
50%
LdgrLtr (64%)
LglLtr (78%)
100%*
StmtLtr (129%)
StmtLgl (154%)
200%
NOTE: You can set the value in a percentage for Custom.
Document Size
Purpose:
To specify the default document size.
Values:
mm series
Auto*1
A4
A5
B5
Letter
Folio
Legal
Executive
inch series
Auto*1
Letter
Folio
538
Understanding the Printer Menus
Legal
A4
A5
B5
Executive
*1
Denotes country-specific factory
default values.
NOTE: When Auto is selected, the printer assumes that the document size is the
size of the print media loaded in the standard 250-sheet tray or single sheet feeder.
Original Type
Purpose:
To improve the image quality by selecting the type of the original document.
Values:
Text
Used for documents with text.
*
Text & Photo
Used for documents with both text and photos.
Photo
Used for documents with photos.
Lighter/Darker
Purpose:
To make the copy lighter or darker than the original.
Values:
Lighter3
Works well with dark print.
Lighter2
Lighter1
Normal*
Works well with standard typed or printed documents.
Darker1
Works well with light print or faint pencil markings.
Darker2
Darker3
Understanding the Printer Menus
539
Sharpness
Purpose:
To adjust the sharpness to make the copy sharper or softer than the original.
Values:
Sharper
Makes the copy sharper than the original.
Normal*
Does not make the copy sharper or softer than the original.
Softer
Makes the copy softer than the original.
Color Saturation
Purpose:
To adjust the amount of colors to make the colors darker or lighter than the
original.
Values:
High
Normal
Increases the color saturation to brighten the color of the copy.
*
Low
The color saturation is the same as the original.
Decreases the color saturation to lighten the color of the copy.
Auto Exposure
Purpose:
To suppress the background of the original to enhance text on the copy.
Values:
Off
Does not suppress the background.
On*
Suppresses the background to enhance text.
2Sided
Purpose:
To specify whether to make duplex copy and select the binding position.
Values:
540
Understanding the Printer Menus
1 -> 1Sided*
Prints on one side of a sheet of paper.
Long Edge Binding
Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper to be bound by long
edge.
Short Edge Binding
Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper to be bound by short
edge.
Multiple-Up
Purpose:
To print two original pages to fit onto one sheet of paper.
Values:
Off*
Does not perform multiple-up printing.
Auto
Automatically reduces the original pages to fit onto one sheet of paper.
ID Copy
Prints the original pages onto one sheet of paper in the original size.
Manual
Prints the original pages onto the one sheet of paper in the size specified in
Reduce/Enlarge.
Margin Top/Bottom
Purpose:
To specify the top and bottom margins of the copy.
Values:
0.2 inch* (4 mm*)
Sets the value in increments of 0.1 inch (1 mm).
0.0–2.0 inch (0–50 mm)
Margin Left/Right
Purpose:
To specify the left and right margins of the copy.
Values:
Understanding the Printer Menus
541
0.2 inch* (4 mm*)
Sets the value in increments of 0.1 inch (1 mm).
0.0–2.0 inch
(0–50 mm)
Margin Middle
Purpose:
To specify the middle margin of the copy.
Values:
0.0 inch*(0 mm*)
Sets the value in increments of 0.1 inch (1 mm).
0.0–2.0 inch (0–50 mm)
Scan Menu
Use the SCAN menus to configure a variety of scanner features.
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Scan to USB Memory
Save to
Purpose:
To save the scanned image to a USB memory attached to the printer.
Values:
Save to
Saves the scanned image to root or folders in a USB memory.
Scan to E-Mail
Email to
Purpose:
To specify the recipient of the e-mail to attach the scanned image.
Values:
542
Understanding the Printer Menus
Recipient
Keypad
Enters an e-mail address using a keypad.
Address Book
Searches an e-mail address from the Address Book.
Email Group
Searches an e-mail address from the Email Group in the
Address Book.
Search Local
Address Book
Searches an e-mail address from the Local Address
Book.
Search Server Searches an e-mail address from the Server Address
Address Book Book.
From Setting
Purpose:
To specify the sender of the e-mail.
Values:
Keypad
Enters an e-mail address using a keypad.
Local Address Book
Searches an e-mail address from the Local Address Book.
Server Address Book
Searches an e-mail address from the Server Address Book.
Scan to Network
Scan to
Purpose:
To store the scanned image on a network server or a computer.
Values:
Network (Computer)
Stores the scanned image on a computer using the Server
Message Block (SMB) protocol.
Network (Server)
Stores the scanned image on a server using the FTP protocol.
Search Address Book
Searches for a server address and specifies it as the transfer
destination.
Scan to Application
Purpose:
Understanding the Printer Menus
543
To save scanned data on a computer.
The Scan to Application feature allows you to import scanned data from the
printer to a computer connected via a USB cable. The computer must have
ScanButton Manager installed to receive the data.
File Format
Purpose:
To specify the file format to save the scanned image.
Values:
PDF*
MultiPageTIFF
TIFF
JPEG
Color Mode
Purpose:
To select color or black and white scanning.
Values:
Black & White Scans in black and white mode. Works well with texts.
GrayScale
Scans in grayscale mode. Works well with texts and photos.
Color*
Scans in color mode. Works well with texts and photos.
Color (Photo)
Scans in color mode. Works well with photos.
Resolution
Purpose:
To specify the resolution of the scanned image.
Values:
200 x 200 dpi*
300 x 300 dpi
544
Understanding the Printer Menus
400 x 400 dpi
600 x 600 dpi
Document Size
Purpose:
To specify the default paper size.
Values:
mm series
A4*
A5
B5
Letter
Folio
Legal
Executive
*1
Denotes country-specific factory
default values.
inch series
Letter*
Folio
Legal
A4
A5
B5
Executive
*1
Denotes country-specific factory
default values.
Understanding the Printer Menus
545
Lighter/Darker
Purpose:
To adjust the density to make the scanned image lighter or darker than the
original.
Values:
Lighter3
Works well with dark print.
Lighter2
Lighter1
Normal*
Works well with standard typed or printed documents.
Darker1
Works well with light print or faint pencil markings.
Darker2
Darker3
Sharpness
Purpose:
To adjust the sharpness to make the scanned image sharper or softer than the
original.
Values:
Sharper
Normal
*
Softer
Makes the scanned image sharper than the original.
Does not make the scanned image sharper or softer than the original.
Makes the scanned image softer than the original.
Contrast
Purpose:
To adjust the amount of colors to make the contrast of colors darker or lighter
than the original.
Values:
High
546
Adjusts the amount of colors to make the contrast of colors darker than the
original.
Understanding the Printer Menus
Medium*
Does not adjust the amount of colors to make the contrast of colors darker
or lighter than the original.
Low
Adjusts the amount of colors to make the contrast of colors lighter than the
original.
Auto Exposure
Purpose:
To suppress the background of the original to enhance text on the copy.
Values:
Off
Does not suppress the background.
On*
Suppresses the background to enhance text.
Margin Top/Bottom
Purpose:
To specify the top and bottom margins of the scanned image.
Values:
0.1 inch* (2 mm*)
Sets the value in increments of 0.1 inch (1 mm).
0.0–2.0 inch (0–50 mm)
Margin Left/Right
Purpose:
To specify the left and right margins of the scanned image.
Values:
0.1 inch* (2 mm*)
Sets the value in increments of 0.1 inch (1 mm).
0.0–2.0 inch (0–50 mm)
Margin Middle
Purpose:
To specify the middle margin of the scanned image.
Understanding the Printer Menus
547
Values:
0.0 inch* (0 mm*)
Sets the value in increments of 0.1 inch (1 mm).
0.0–2.0 inch (0–50 mm)
Fax Menu
Use the FAX menus to configure a variety of fax features.
NOTE: The FAX service cannot be used unless you set up a country code under
Country. If Country is not set up, a message Set Fax Country
appears on the display.
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Fax to
Purpose:
To specify the recipient.
Values:
Recipient
Keypad*
Enters the fax number using a keypad.
Speed Dial
Enters the speed dial number stored.
Phone Book
Searches the fax number from the Phone Book.
Group Dial
Searches the fax number from the Group Dial in
the Phone Book.
Search Local Phone
Book
Searches the fax number from the local Phone
Book.
Search Server Phone
Book
Searches the fax number from the Server Phone
Book.
Resolution
Purpose:
To specify the scan resolution to improve the output quality.
Values:
Standard*
548
Suitable for documents with normal sized characters.
Understanding the Printer Menus
Fine
Suitable for documents containing small characters or thin lines or
documents printed using a dot-matrix printer.
Super Fine
Suitable for documents containing extremely fine detail. The Super
Fine mode is enabled only if the remote machine also supports the
Super Fine mode. See the notes below.
Photo
Suitable for documents containing photographic images.
NOTE: Faxes scanned in the Super Fine mode transmit at the highest
resolution supported by the receiving device.
Lighter/Darker
Purpose:
To adjust the density to make the copy lighter or darker than the original.
Values:
Lighter3
Works well with dark print.
Lighter2
Lighter1
Normal*
Works well with standard typed or printed documents.
Darker1
Works well with light print or faint pencil markings.
Darker2
Darker3
OnHook
Purpose:
To send or receive faxes manually.
Values:
Off*
Does not send or receive faxes manually.
On
Sends or receives faxes manually.
Delayed Start
Purpose:
Understanding the Printer Menus
549
To send a fax at a later time.
Values:
Off*
Does not send a fax at a later time.
On
Sends a fax at a later time.
NOTE: A maximum of 19 delayed fax jobs can be stored in the Dell 2155cdn
Multifunction Color Printer.
Polling Receive
Purpose:
To receive faxes from the remote fax machine when you want to receive it.
Values:
Off*
Does not receive faxes using Polling Receive.
On
Receives faxes using Polling Receive.
Fax Cover Page
Purpose:
To set whether to attach a cover page to faxes.
Values:
Off*
Does not attach a cover page to faxes.
On
Attaches a cover page to faxes.
Print from USB Menu
NOTE: Print from USB Menu feature is available only when a USB memory is
inserted in the USB port.
Document
Purpose:
To specify the document stored in the root, file, or folder in a USB memory.
550
Understanding the Printer Menus
Select Tray
Purpose:
Values:
Tray 1*
Tray 2*1
SSF
*1
This item is available only when the
optional 250-sheet feeder is installed.
SSF Paper Size
Purpose:
Values:
mm series
A4*1
A5
B5
Letter
Folio
Legal
*1
Denotes country-specific factory
default values.
inch series
Letter*1
Folio
Legal
A4
A5
B5
Understanding the Printer Menus
551
*1
Denotes country-specific factory
default values.
SSF Paper Type
Purpose:
Values:
Plain*
Plain Thick
Covers
Covers Thick
Coated
Coated Thick
Envelope
Recycled
Letterhead
Preprinted
Prepunched
Color
Plain S2
Plain Thick S2
Recycled S2
Color S2
2Sided
NOTE: 2Sided feature is available only for Dell 2155cdn Multifunction Color
Printer.
Purpose:
To print on both sides of a sheet of paper.
Values:
1 -> 1Sided*
552
Prints on one side of a sheet of paper.
Understanding the Printer Menus
Long Edge Binding
Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper to be bound by long
edge.
Short Edge Binding
Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper to be bound by short
edge.
Layout
Purpose:
To specify the output layout.
Values:
1Up*
Prints one page on one side of a sheet of paper.
2Up
Prints two pages on one side of a sheet of paper.
4Up
Prints four pages on one side of a sheet of paper.
PDF Password
Purpose:
To enter the password when you print the secure PDF job.
Values:
Enter PDF Password
Enter the password to print the secure PDF job.
Panel Lock
This feature prevents unauthorized personnel from changing the settings made
by the administrator. For regular printing, items can be selected from the menu
and printer settings remain unchanged. For regular printing, items can be
configured using the printer driver.
NOTE: Disabling the operator panel menus does not prevent access to the Stored
Print and Tray Settings menus.
Enabling the Panel Lock
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
Understanding the Printer Menus
553
3 Press
button until Admin Menu is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Press
button until Secure Settings is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
5 Ensure that Panel Lock is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
6 Ensure that Panel Lock Set is highlighted, and then press the
button.
7 Press
button until Enable is highlighted, and then press the
button.
8 Enter the new password, and then press the
(Set)
(Set)
(Set) button.
NOTICE: Be sure to remember the password. The procedure described
below allows you to reset the password, but the settings for Address Book and
Phone Book are cleared.
•
Turn off the printer. Then, while holding the
printer. Perform steps 8 and 9.
(Menu) button, turn on the
9 Re-enter the password to confirm the password that you entered, and then
press the
(Set) button.
The password has been changed.
NOTE: If you change the password while Panel Lock is Enable, perform
steps 1 to 5 above. Press
button until Change Password is highlighted, and
then press the
(Set) button. Perform steps 8 and 9 above to change the
password. This will change the password.
Disabling the Panel Lock
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Press
button until Admin Menu is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Press
button until Secure Settings is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
5 Ensure that Panel Lock is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
6 Ensure that Panel Lock Set is highlighted, and then press the
button.
554
Understanding the Printer Menus
(Set)
7 Ensure that Disable is highlighted, and then press the
8 Enter the current password, and then press the
(Set) button.
(Set) button.
The setting has been changed.
Resetting Defaults
After executing this function and rebooting the printer, all the menu parameters,
except the parameters for the network, are reset to their default values.
When Using the Operator Panel
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Press
button until Admin Menu is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Press
button until Maintenance is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
5 Press
button until Reset Defaults is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
6 Press
button until the desired setting is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
7 Press
button until YES is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
The printer is restarted automatically.
Understanding the Printer Menus
555
556
Understanding the Printer Menus
23
Understanding Your Printer
Software
Use the Drivers and Utilities CD that shipped with your printer to install a
combination of software programs, depending on your operating system.
Printer Status Window
The Printer Status window alerts you when there is a warning or when an error
occurs, for example, when a paper jam occurs or toner is running low.
By default, the Printer Status window launches only when an error occurs.
When an error occurs, the error message appears on the Printer Status window.
You can set the Printer Status window to always launch when printing in
Printing Status Window Properties.
You can also check toner level, quantity of paper remaining or the configuration
of options for the local printer.
Status Monitor Console
Use the Status Monitor Console to manage multiple instances of the Status
Window for a particular printer.
Select a printer from the list view (or Printer Selection) by clicking its name to
open a Status Window for a particular printer.
Dell Supplies Management System
You can launch the Dell Supplies Management System dialog box from the All
Programs menu or the desktop icon.
You can order consumables by phone or from the web.
1 Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Additional Color Laser
Software Dell Supplies Management System.
The Dell Supplies Management System window appears.
2 Select your printer from the Select Printer Model list.
3 If you are ordering from the web:
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Understanding Your Printer Software
557
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section23.fm
a
When you cannot get information from the printer automatically by
two-way communication, a window prompting you to type the Service
Tag appears. Type the Service Tag of your Dell printer in the field
provided.
Your Service Tag is located inside the toner access cover of your printer.
b
Select a URL from the Select Reorder URL list.
c
Click Visit Dell printer supplies ordering web site.
4 If you order by phone, call the number that appears in the Order by Phone
section.
User Setup Disk Creating Tool
The User Setup Disk Creating Tool program located in the MakeDisk folder
of the Utilities folder on the Drivers and Utilities CD and the printer drivers
located on the Drivers and Utilities CD are used to create driver installation
packages that contain custom driver settings. A driver installation package can
contain a group of saved printer driver settings and other data for things such as:
•
Print orientation and Multiple Up (document settings)
•
Watermarks
•
Font references
If you want to install the printer driver with the same settings on multiple
computers running the same operating system, create a setup disk in a floppy
disk or in a server on the network. Using the setup disk that you have created
will reduce the amount of work required when installing the printer driver.
•
Install the Dell™ 2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer driver in the
computer on which the setup disk is to be created.
•
The setup disk can only be used on the operating system on which the disk
was created or computers running the same operating system. Create a
separate setup disk for each of the operating systems.
Software Update
The firmware and/or driver updates can be downloaded from the Dell Support
web site located at support.dell.com.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
558
Understanding Your Printer Software
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section23.fm
Printer Settings Utility
You can open the Status Window, Tool Box, Updater, Troubleshooting,
Address Book Editor, ScanButton Manager, and Dell ScanCenter using the
Quick Launch Utility window.
NOTE: Quick Launch Utility is only supported on Windows.
To use the Quick Launch Utility, select to install the Quick Launch Utility
when you install the Dell software.
For information about installing the software, see "Setting Up for Shared
Printing."
To open the Quick Launch Utility window:
1 Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Additional Color Laser
Software Quick Launch Utility.
The Quick Launch Utility window provides seven buttons: Status Window,
Tool Box, Updater, Troubleshooting, Address Book Editor, ScanButton
Manager, and Dell ScanCenter.
To exit the Quick Launch Utility window:
1 Click the X button at the top-right of the window.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Understanding Your Printer Software
559
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section23.fm
For details, click the Help button of each application.
Status Window
The Status Window button opens the Printer Status window. For more
information about using Status Window, refer to "Printer Status Window."
Tool Box
The Tool Box button opens the Tool Box. For more information about using
Tool Box, refer to "Understanding the Tool Box Menus."
Updater
The Updater button updates the Dell software and printer firmware.
Troubleshooting
The Troubleshooting button opens the Troubleshooting Guide, which allows
you to solve problems by yourself.
Address Book Editor
The Address Book Editor button opens the Address Book Editor, which
allows you to register the contact information such as phone number and e-mail
address. For more information about using Address Book Editor, refer to "Using
Address Book Editor."
ScanButton Manager
The ScanButton Manager button opens the ScanButton Manager, which
allows you to specify how the ScanButton Manager behaves for scan events that
the device generates (USB connection only). For more information about using
ScanButton Manager, refer to "Scanning From the Operator Panel."
Dell ScanCenter
The Dell ScanCenter button opens the Dell ScanCenter, which is a PaperPort
application that enables you to scan items and send them directly to PaperPort or
other programs on your computer without running the PaperPort program first.
For more information about using Dell ScanCenter, refer to "Dell ScanCenter"
or PaperPort's Help menu.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
560
Understanding Your Printer Software
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section23.fm
Address Books
There are several address books available for Scan and Fax services. Address
books help you organize contact information, such as e-mail addresses, fax
numbers and server information, and quickly choose the recipient or locate the
address. The address book data can be obtained from the printer or a remote
LDAP server.
NOTE: Phone Book is described as one of Address Books in this section.
NOTE: For information on how to setup the LDAP server, see "LDAP Server"
and "LDAP User Mapping." For information on the LDAP Address Books, see
"Server Address Book" and "Server Phone Book."
Types of Address Books
•
E-mail Address Book (for Scan to E-mail)
E-mail addresses registered for sending the scanned document via e-mail
•
Email Group (for Scan to E-mail)
Groups of e-mail addresses registered for sending the scanned document via
e-mail
•
LDAP Server Address Book (for Scan to E-mail)
E-mail addresses registered in the address book data through the LDAP
server for sending the scanned document via e-mail
•
Network Address Book (for Scan to Network)
Computer and FTP server information registered for sending the scanned
document to a computer or ftp server
•
Phone Book (for Fax)
Fax numbers registered for sending documents from your printer
•
Group Dial (for Fax)
Groups of fax numbers registered for sending documents from your printer
•
LDAP Server Phone Book (for Fax)
Fax numbers registered in the phone book data through the LDAP server for
sending documents from your printer
•
PC Fax Address Book (for Direct Fax)
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Understanding Your Printer Software
561
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section23.fm
Fax numbers registered for sending documents from your computer
•
PC Fax Address Book for group (for Direct Fax)
Groups of fax numbers registered for sending documents from your
computer
Adding and Editing Entries to the Address Books
There are following three ways to add or edit entries to the address books:
•
Operator panel of the printer
•
Address Book Editor
•
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Services Features
Scan
Fax
E-mail
Types of Address
Books
Entry Registration
Operator
Address
Dell Printer
Panel on the Book Editor Configurati
Printer
on Web Tool
Address Book
-


Email Group
-


Server Address
Book
(LDAP server)
-
-
-
Network
Address Book
-


Fax
Phone Book



Group Dial



-
-
-
Direct Fax PC Fax Address
Book
-

-
PC Fax Address
Book - group
-

-
Server Phone Book
(LDAP server)
Using Operator Panel of the Printer
You can directly enter the fax numbers on the operator panel.
NOTE: For information on how to add a new entry, see "Setting Speed Dial."
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
562
Understanding Your Printer Software
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section23.fm
Using Address Book Editor
You can use Address Book Editor installed on your computer to add or edit
entries. Address Book Editor is synchronized with the address books of your
printer and updated simultaneously as you save changes to the entries in
Address Book Editor.
NOTE: This tool is supported on both Microsoft Windows and Apple Macintosh.
NOTE: When the printer and your computer is connected via USB, you must
install the scanner driver.
With Address Book Editor, you can:
•
Automatically retrieves data from the address books of your printer at startup
•
Synchronizes with the printer
•
Allows you to import the Address Book data from CSV file, WAB file,
MAPI, and LDAP server
•
Allows you to export the Address Book data into a CSV file
Address Book Panel
There are two address books you can manage in the Address Book Editor:
Device Address Book for Fax, E-mail, and Server and PC Fax Address Book for
Direct Fax.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Understanding Your Printer Software
563
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section23.fm
For Microsoft Windows:
For Apple Macintosh:
•
Device Address Book
•
Fax
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
564
Understanding Your Printer Software
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section23.fm
Links to the printer's Address Book for Fax feature. You can register up
to 200 fax numbers and 6 groups with 200 fax numbers.
•
E-Mail
Links to the printer’s Address Book for Scan to E-mail feature. You can
register up to 100 e-mail addresses and 10 groups with 10 e-mail
addresses.
•
Server
Links to the printer’s Address Book for Scan to Network feature. You
can register up to 32 server information.
•
PC Fax Address Book
You can manage the PC Fax Address Book for using Direct Fax feature on
your computer. You can register up to 500 fax numbers and 500 groups with
500 fax numbers.
Editing an entry:
1 Select an Address Book that the entry you want to edit is stored.
2 Select an entry that you want to edit.
3 Click the Edit button, and enter new information.
4 Click the Save button to save changes.
NOTE: When the address book entries are updated, it synchronizes with the
printer and updates the address books of your printer simultaneously.
Using Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
You can use Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool using a general web
browser.
NOTE: For information on how to add a new entry, see "Address Book."
NOTE: When the address book entries are updated, it synchronizes with the
printer and updates the address books of your printer simultaneously.
Status Monitor Widget for Macintosh
Status Monitor Widget is a printer utility that promotes efficient use of the
printer through the exchange of information between the Macintosh and the
printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Understanding Your Printer Software
565
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section23.fm
Status Monitor Widget Feature
•
Monitoring Dell Printers
Allows you to check the status of Dell printers currently connected to your
Macintosh
•
Receiving Alerts
Alerts you to problems, such as paper jams or low toner
•
Ordering Supplies
Allows you to access the web site to order supplies
Before Installing the Status Monitor Widget
Operating systems
•
Mac OS X 10.4.11
•
Mac OS X 10.5
•
Mac OS X 10.6
Network protocols and interfaces
•
LPR
•
Socket 9100
•
Bonjour
•
USB 2.0 and 1.1 (When connecting with multiple printers of the same model
via USB cables, only the printer recognized first can be monitored in the
Status Monitor Widget.)
Installing the Status Monitor Widget
1 Double-click the Status Monitor Installer icon in the Finder window.
2 Follow the on-screen instructions.
When the Install Succeeded screen appears, the installation is complete.
NOTE: Entering the administrative login name and password are required
during the installation process.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
566
Understanding Your Printer Software
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section23.fm
Opening and Closing the Status Monitor Widget
Opening the Status Monitor Widget
1 Click the Dashboard icon in the Dock to launch Dashboard.
2 Click the Plus (+) sign to display the Widget Bar.
3 Click the icon of Status Monitor in the Widget Bar. The Printer Status
window appears.
NOTE: If the message Select a printer is displayed, select your printer in
Preferences. (For more information on Preferences, see "Preferences.")
Closing the Status Monitor Widget
1 Click the Close (x) button in the upper-left corner of the Printer Status
window.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Understanding Your Printer Software
567
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section23.fm
Printer Status Window
When the Status Monitor Widget is activated, the Printer Status window
appears on Dashboard.
Printer Status Message Area
Displays a message of the current printer status.
NOTE: The Status Monitor Widget automatically obtains the printer information
at the updated interval that can be specified in Preferences. Also, the printer status
is refreshed when Dashboard is launched or Preferences is closed.
NOTE: If the Status Monitor Widget receives no response from the printer, the
message Cannot get printer information is displayed.
NOTE: When the printer is connected via USB cable, you cannot check the status
of the printer during a print or scan job.
Printer Status Image Area
Displays the image of printer condition.
•
Estimated Toner Level image
Displays the estimated toner level of each color if the printer is functioning
properly.
NOTE: If the utility does not receive a response from the printer, the
Unknown toner image is displayed.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
568
Understanding Your Printer Software
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section23.fm
•
Printer error image
Displays an indication image when an error occurs.
An error has occurred and the printer requires your attention to
correct a problem.
An error has occurred and the printer cannot be used.
An unknown error has occurred and the printer cannot be used.
Order Supplies button
Click this button to display the Order window.
To hide the Order window, click Order Supplies again.
Info (i) button
Click this button to open Preferences.
NOTE: The info (i) button appears on the lower-right corner of the window when
the cursor is over the Printer Status window. The info (i) button is a standard used
across all widgets.
Order Window
This window provides you with the information for ordering printer supplies by
telephone or from the web site.
To open the Order window:
1 Click the Order Supplies in the Printer Status window.
The Order window appears.
NOTE: The Order window appears when low toner is detected.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Understanding Your Printer Software
569
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section23.fm
Order Online
•
Visit Dell printer supplies ordering web site hyperlink
Click the Visit Dell printer supplies ordering web site hyperlink to access
the web site for ordering Dell printer supplies.
•
URL list
Displays a list of available URLs where you can order Dell printer supplies.
Select a URL address to use when the Visit Dell printer supplies ordering
web site hyperlink is clicked.
Order By Phone
•
Phone number list
Displays a list of available phone numbers that you can call to order Dell
printer supplies.
Preferences
To open Preferences:
1 Click the info (i) button in the Printer Status window.
Preferences appears.
NOTE: The info (i) button appears on the lower-right corner of the window
when the cursor is over the Printer Status window. The info (i) button is a
standard used across all widgets.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
570
Understanding Your Printer Software
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section23.fm
Printer
Displays a list of available printer names in the pull down menu. The first
printer displayed in this list is set as default.
Status Update Interval
You can specify the update interval of the printer status. By default, it is set to
obtain the printer information every 10 seconds. It can be set from 0 second to
600 seconds.
SNMP Community Name
You can change the SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) community
name if using default community name (public). Up to 31 characters can be
entered.
Service Tag button
Click this button to obtain the service tag.
NOTE: You cannot retrieve the service tag when the printer is connected via USB
cable.
done button
Click this button to return to the Printer Status window.
Status Monitor Console for Linux
Status Monitor Console is a printer utility that promotes efficient use of the
printer through the exchange of information between the Linux and the printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Understanding Your Printer Software
571
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section23.fm
Status Monitor Console Feature
•
Monitoring Dell Printers
Allows you to check the status of Dell printers currently connected to your
Linux.
•
Receiving Alerts
Alerts you to problems, such as paper jams or low toner.
•
Ordering Supplies
Allows you to access the web site to order supplies.
Before Installing the Status Monitor Console
NOTE: The Status Monitor Console requires the following modules installed.
- Python, PyGTK, Net-SNMP, cups-libs, and xog-open
Please confirm that these modules are installed before you install the Status Monitor
Console.
NOTE: The Status Monitor Console is available when the printer is connected to a
network (LPR or Socket 9100). USB connection is not supported.
Distributions
•
Red Hat® Enterprise Linux® WS 4
•
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 Desktop
•
SUSE® Linux Enterprise Desktop 10
•
SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11
Printing system
•
CUPS (Common Unix Printing System)
Installing the Status Monitor Console
1 Activate the terminal, and log in as a super user.
2 Type the following rpm command in the terminal window.
# rpm -ivh (Type the package file name)
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
572
Understanding Your Printer Software
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section23.fm
Starting the Status Monitor Console
1 Click Dell Printers Status Monitor Console
The Printer Selection window appears.
For more information on Printer Selection window, see "Printer Selection
Window."
2 Select your printer.
The Printer Status window appears.
For more information on Printer Status window, see "Printer Status
Window."
•
You can order supplies from the Dell Supplies Management System
window. See "Dell Supplies Management System Window."
Printer Selection Window
Printers list
All the printers registered in the CUPS (Common UNIX Printing System) are
displayed in a list.
•
Status icons:
Ready
Unknown/Offline/Toner Low/Paper Low
Door Open/Paper Jam/No Toner/Out Of Paper
Settings button
Click this button to open the Settings window.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Understanding Your Printer Software
573
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section23.fm
Details button
Click this button to open the Printer Status window. If a non-supported printer
is selected, it opens the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. For details on
the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, see "Dell Printer Configuration Web
Tool."
Refresh button
Click this button to update the information of printers.
Close button
Click this button to close the Printer Selection window.
Printer Status Window
When the printer is specified in the Printer Selection window, the Printer
Status window appears.
Printer Status Message Area
Displays a message of the current printer status.
NOTE: The Status Monitor Console automatically obtains the printer
information at the updated interval that can be specified in the Settings window.
Also, the printer status is refreshed when the Refresh is clicked.
NOTE: If the Status Monitor Console receives no response from the printer, the
message Cannot get printer information is displayed.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
574
Understanding Your Printer Software
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section23.fm
Printer Status Image Area
•
Current Toner Status icons
Displays icons of the current status of each toner.
The toner level is more than 30%.
The toner level is less than 29%.
The toner level is less than 9%.
The toner level is unknown.
•
Estimated Toner Level images
Keeps you informed about the amount of toner that remains for each color.
Toner Alert
Displays an alert message when any remaining toner is low, empty, or unknown.
Order Online
•
Order Supplies Online button
Click this button to access the web site for ordering Dell printer supplies.
This button appears when the amount of toners becomes less than 30%.
Refresh button
Click this button to update the status of the printer.
Close button
Click this button to close the Printer Status window.
Dell Supplies Management System Window
This window provides you with the information for ordering printer supplies by
telephone or from the web site.
To open the Dell Supplies Management System window:
1 Click Order Supplies Online button in the Printer Status window.
OR
Click Dell Printers Dell Supplies Management System.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Understanding Your Printer Software
575
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section23.fm
Select Printer Model
Select your printer model name.
Order Online
•
Order Supplies Online button
•
When the Regular URL is selected in the Select Reorder URL:
Click this button to open the Service Tag window.
•
When the Premier URL is selected in the Select Reorder URL:
Click this button to open the procurement and support web site.
•
Select Reorder URL
Displays a list of available URLs where you can order Dell printer supplies.
Select a URL address to use when the Order Supplies Online button is
clicked.
•
Regular URL: http://Accessories.us.dell.com/sna/PrinterSeg.aspx
•
Premier URL: http://premier.dell.com
Order by Phone
•
To order Dell printer supplies by phone, call the following
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
576
Understanding Your Printer Software
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section23.fm
Select your country with phone number from the list, and call the displayed
telephone number to order supplies.
Close button
Click this button to close the Dell Supplies Management System window.
Service Tag Window
1 Enter the Dell printer service tag.
NOTE: For information on the service tag, see "Express Service Code and
Service Tag."
Settings Window
To open the Settings window:
1 Click the Settings button in the Printer Selection window.
The Settings window appears.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Understanding Your Printer Software
577
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section23.fm
Update of status
•
Printer Status is regularly updated check box
Select the check box to enable/disable the Printer Status to be updated by the
specified interval.
•
Update interval text box
Specify the update interval of the printer status.
Port Number Settings
•
Port Number
Specify the port number in the Port Number text box to open the setting
page of your printer in a web browser.
Protocol Settings - SNMP
•
Community Name
Enter the Community name of SNMP in the Community Name text box.
Order URL
•
Select Reorder URL
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
578
Understanding Your Printer Software
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section23.fm
The selected URL address is set as default web site for the Select Reorder
URL in the Dell Supplies Management System window.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Understanding Your Printer Software
579
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section23.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
580
Understanding Your Printer Software
24
Understanding Fonts
Typefaces and Fonts
A font is a set of characters and symbols created with a distinct design. The
distinct design is called a typeface. The typefaces you select add personality to a
document. Well-chosen typefaces make a document easier to read.
The printer has numerous resident fonts in PCL 5/PCL 6. See "Resident Fonts"
for a listing of all resident fonts.
Weight and Style
Typefaces are often available in different weights and styles. These variations
modify the original typeface so you can, for example, emphasize important
words in text or highlight book titles. The different weights and styles are
designed to complement the original typeface.
Weight refers to the thickness of the lines that form the characters. Thicker lines
result in darker characters. Some words commonly used to describe the weight
of a typeface are bold, medium, light, black, and heavy.
Style refers to other typeface modifications, such as tilt or character width. Italic
and oblique are styles where the characters are tilted. Narrow, condensed, and
extended are three common styles that modify the character widths.
Some fonts combine several weight and style modifications; for example,
Helvetica BdOb. A group of several weight and style variations of a single
typeface is called a typeface family. Most typeface families have four variations:
regular, italic (oblique), bold, and bold italic (bold oblique). Some families have
more variations, as the following illustration for the Helvetica typeface family
shows:
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Understanding Fonts
581
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section24.fm
Pitch and Point Size
The size of a font is specified as either a pitch or point size, depending on
whether the font is fixed space or proportional.
In fixed space fonts, each character has the same width. Pitch is used to specify
the size of fixed space fonts. It is a measure of the number of characters that will
print in one horizontal inch of type. For example, all 10-pitch fonts print 10
characters per inch (cpi) and all 12-pitch fonts print 12 cpi:
In proportional (or typographic) fonts, every character can have a different
width. Since proportional fonts have characters with different widths, the font
size is specified in point size, not pitch. Point size refers to the height of the
characters in the font. A point is defined as 1/72 inch. The characters in a font
printed at 24 point will be twice as large as the characters in the same font
printed at 12 point.
The following illustration shows samples of a font printed in different point
sizes:
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
582
Understanding Fonts
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section24.fm
The point size of a font is defined as the distance from the top of the tallest
character in the font to the bottom of the lowest character in the font. Due to the
definition of point size, different fonts printed at the same point size may appear
quite different in size. This is because there are other font parameters that affect
how the font looks. However, the point size of a font is an excellent specification
of the relative size of a font. The following examples illustrate two very
different proportional fonts at 14 point:
Bitmapped and Scalable Fonts
The printer uses both bitmapped and scalable fonts.
Bitmapped fonts are stored in print memory as predefined patterns of bits that
represent a typeface at a specific size, style, and resolution. The following
illustration shows an example of a character from a bitmapped font.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Understanding Fonts
583
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section24.fm
Bitmapped fonts are available in different type styles and point sizes as
downloadable fonts.
Scalable fonts (also called outline fonts) are stored as computer programs that
define the outlines of the characters in the font. Each time you print characters
from a scalable font, the printer creates a bitmap of the characters at the point
size you choose and saves it temporarily in print memory.
These temporary bitmapped fonts are deleted when you turn off or reset the
printer. Scalable fonts provide the flexibility of printing in many different point
sizes.
Your printer uses different scalable font formats for downloading fonts to the
printer. PCL 5/PCL 6 uses Intellifont and TrueType scalable fonts. There are
thousands of different scalable fonts available in these different font formats
from numerous font suppliers.
If you plan to use many downloadable bitmapped or scalable fonts or if you plan
to use many different sizes of scalable fonts, you may need to purchase
additional memory for your printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
584
Understanding Fonts
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section24.fm
Resident Fonts
Your printer is equipped with resident fonts stored permanently in print memory.
Different fonts are available in PCL 5/PCL 6. Some of the most popular
typefaces, like Courier and TimesNew, are available for all printer languages.
The following table lists all the fonts resident in your printer. See "Printing Font
Sample List" for instructions on how to print samples of the fonts. You can
select the resident fonts from your software program or from the operator panel.
Resident bitmapped and scalable fonts
PCL 5/PCL 6
CG Times
CG Omega BdIt
Coronet
Garamond Antiqua
Marigold
CG Times It
CG Times Bd
CG Times BdIt
Univers Md
Garamond Krsv
Garamond Hlb
Arial
Garamond KrsvHlb
Arial It
Univers MdIt
Arial Bd
Univers Bd
Courier
Univers BdIt
Courier It
Univers MdCd
Courier Bd
TimesNew
Univers MdCdIt
Courier BdIt
TimesNew It
Univers BdCd
Univers BdCdIt
Arial BdIt
TimesNew Bd
LetterGothic
TimesNew BdIt
LetterGothic It
AntiqueOlv
LetterGothic Bd
Symbol
Albertus Md
Wingdings
AntiqueOlv It
AntiqueOlv Bd
Albertus XBd
CG Omega
CG Omega It
Clarendon Cd
CG Omega Bd
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Understanding Fonts
585
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section24.fm
Resident bitmapped and scalable fonts
PCL 5/PCL 6
Times Roman
Palatino Roman
N C Schbk Roman
Times It
Palatino It
N C Schbk It
Times Bd
Palatino Bd
N C Schbk Bd
Times BdIt
Palatino BdIt
N C Schbk BdIt
Helvetica
ITCBookman Lt
ITC A G Go Bk
Helvetica Ob
ITCBookman LtIt
ITC A G Go BkOb
Helvetica Bd
ITCBookmanDm
ITC A G Go Dm
Helvetica BdOb
ITCBookmanDm It
ITC A G Go DmOb
CourierPS
HelveticaNr
ZapfC MdIt
CourierPS Ob
HelveticaNr Ob
CourierPS Bd
HelveticaNr Bd
CourierPS BdOb
HelveticaNr BdOb
ZapfDingbats
SymbolPS
Symbol Sets
A symbol set is the collection of alphabetic and numeric characters, punctuation,
and special characters available in the font you select. Symbol sets support the
requirements for different languages or specific applications, such as math
symbols used for scientific text.
In PCL 5/PCL 6, a symbol set also defines which character will print for each
key on the keyboard (or more specifically, for each code point). Some
applications require different characters at some code points. To support
multiple applications and languages, your printer has 36 symbol sets for the
resident PCL 5/PCL 6 fonts.
Symbol Sets for PCL 5/PCL 6
Not all font names support all of the symbol sets listed.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
586
Understanding Fonts
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section24.fm
Roman 8 (Default)
ISO 8859-1 Latin 1
ISO 8859-2 Latin 2
ISO 8859-9 Latin 5
ISO 8859-10 Latin 6
PC-8
PC-8 DN
PC-775 Baltic
PC-850 Multilingual
PC-852 Latin 2
PC-1004 OS/2
PC Turkish
Windows 3.1 Latin 1
Windows 3.1 Latin 2
Windows 3.1 Latin 5
DeskTop
PS Text
MC Text
Microsoft Publishing
Math 8
PS Math
Pi Font
Legal
ISO 4 United Kingdom
ISO 6 ASCII
ISO 11 Swedish:names
ISO 15 Italian
ISO 17 Spanish
ISO 21 German
ISO 60 Norwegian v1
ISO 69 French
Windows 3.0 Latin 1
Windows Baltic
Symbol
Wingdings
ITC ZapfDingbats MS
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Understanding Fonts
587
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section24.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
588
Understanding Fonts
25
Understanding Printer Messages
The printer operator panel displays error messages describing the current state
of the printer and indicates possible printer problems you must resolve. This
chapter provides a list of error codes and tells you how to clear error messages.
NOTICE: When an error message appears, the print data remaining on the printer
and the information accumulated in the memory of the printer are not secure.
NOTE: An error code is listed in an error message.
NOTE: For error messages that are not listed in this chapter, refer to instructions
in each error messages.
1
Data LED
3
button
2
4
5
(Set) button
6
7
(Start) button
8
9
(All Clear) button
2
11 LCD panel*
*
1
Ready / Error LED*1
button
(Cancel) button
(Backspace) button
10
(Back) button
12
(Menu) button
The Error LED is on the right and blinks when an error occurs.
*2 Displays up to 4-line by 16-character messages when an error occurs.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Understanding Printer Messages
589
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section25.fm
Error-Code What you can do
004-310
Turn off the printer. Confirm that the optional 250-sheet feeder is correctly
installed, and turn on the printer. Contact customer support if this failure is
repeated.
004-311
Turn off the printer. Confirm that the duplexer is correctly installed, and
turn on the printer. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated.
004-312
Turn off the printer, and turn it on again. Contact customer support if this
failure is repeated.
005-110
Remove the remaining documents from the ADF.
005-121
005-124
009-360
Turn off the printer. Confirm the yellow cartridge is correctly installed,
and turn on the printer. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated.
009-361
Turn off the printer. Confirm the magenta cartridge is correctly installed,
and turn on the printer. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated.
009-362
Turn off the printer. Confirm the cyan cartridge is correctly installed, and
turn on the printer. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated.
009-363
Turn off the printer. Confirm the black cartridge is correctly installed, and
turn on the printer. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated.
010-317
Turn off the printer and wait for 30 minutes. Open the front cover and
make sure that the fuser is fully installed.
010-377
Turn off the printer. Confirm that the fuser is correctly installed, and turn
on the printer. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated.
016-316
Turn off the printer. Remove the optional 512 MB memory module from
the slot, and then reattach it firmly. Turn on the printer. Contact customer
support if this failure is repeated.
016-317
Turn off the printer, and turn it on again. Contact customer support if this
failure is repeated.
016-318
Remove the unsupported additional memory module. Contact customer
support if this failure is repeated.
016-386
Turn off the printer, and turn it on again. Contact customer support if this
failure is repeated.
016-387
016-388
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
590
Understanding Printer Messages
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section25.fm
016-391
016-392
Turn off the printer, and turn it on again. Contact customer support if this
failure is repeated.
016-393
016-394
016-404
Contact your system administrator.
016-405
016-503
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Check if SMTP server and DNS server are set correctly.
016-504
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Check if user name and password for POP3 server and DNS
server are set correctly.
016-505
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Check if user name and password used for POP3 server are set
correctly.
016-506
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Check if SMTP server or POP server is set.
016-507
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Check if user name and password used for SMTP server are set
correctly.
016-520
Contact your system administrator.
016-521
016-522
016-523
016-524
016-527
016-531
The account is not registered. Contact your system administrator.
016-532
016-533
016-545
016-535
016-536
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Understanding Printer Messages
591
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section25.fm
016-541
Contact your system administrator.
016-542
016-543
016-700
The file size exceeds the maximum for the printer to process. Print the file
from your computer.
016-720
The file format is not supported by the USB memory. Print the file from
your computer.
016-750
Press the
recover.
016-753
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
016-755
016-756
Contact your system administrator.
016-757
The account is not registered. Contact your system administrator.
016-758
The function cannot be used. Contact your system administrator.
016-759
Printable page limit is exceeded. Contact your system administrator.
016-764
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Contact SMTP server administrator.
016-765
016-766
016-767
016-768
016-786
016-790
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Check e-mail address, and try scanning again.
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Check if the network cable is connected properly. If there is no
problem with the network cable, contact server administrator.
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
016-791
Press the
recover.
016-799
(Set) button to clear the message and cancel the current print
Press the
job. Confirm the configuration of the printer on the printer driver.
016-920
Press the
(Set) button and try again.
016-921
016-922
016-930
The device is not supported. Remove it from the front USB port.
016-931
The USB hub is not supported. Remove it from the front USB port.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
592
Understanding Printer Messages
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section25.fm
016-985
016-986
Press the
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
recover. Retry scanning by lowering the resolution setting or changing the
file format of the scanned image.
024-910
Reload the specified paper on the standard 250-sheet tray.
024-911
Reload the specified paper on the optional 250-sheet feeder.
024-914
Reload the specified paper on the SSF.
024-946
Insert the standard 250-sheet tray.
024-947
Insert the optional 250-sheet feeder.
026-721
Check your USB memory:
• If the file size or the number of files exceeds the limit of your USB
memory.
• If your USB memory is write-protected.
027-452
027-446
Change IP address to avoid duplication. Turn off the printer, and turn it on
again.
031-521
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Confirm login-able computer with your system administrator.
031-522
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Check if login name (domain name and user name) and password
are correct.
031-523
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Check the share name you specified.
031-524
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Check the number of users who use the server at the same time is
not exceeding the upper limit.
031-525
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Check if the specified user can read and write file at the storage
location.
031-526
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Check DNS connection, or check if forwarding destination server
is registered with DNS.
031-527
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Set DNS address, or set forwarding destination server address as
IP address.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Understanding Printer Messages
593
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section25.fm
031-528
Press the
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
recover. Check if the printer can communicate via network with the
forwarding destination SMB server. For example, check the following:
• Connection of a network cable
• TCP/IP setting
• Communication with Port 137 (UDP), 138 (UDP), and 139 (TCP).
For communication beyond the subnet, contact your system administrator.
031-529
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Check if password is correct.
031-530
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Check if storage location is correct. Storage location you
specified is DFS setting, and check if it is linked to other server. Specify
directly linked server, share name, and storage location.
031-531
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Check access right of the folder you specified.
031-532
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Change file name and forwarding destination folder, or move or
delete file in forwarding destination folder.
031-533
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Check the following:
031-534
• If the file name you specified is not used by other users.
• If file or folder that has the same name as the one you specified already
exists.
031-535
031-536
Press the
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
recover. Check if other user is not operating file in storage location you
specified.
031-537
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Check if storage location has free space.
031-539
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Check if server name is correct.
031-540
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Check if domain name is correct.
031-541
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Check if login name (user name) is correct.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
594
Understanding Printer Messages
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section25.fm
031-542
Press the
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
recover. Wait for a while and try the same operation again. Contact
customer support if this failure is repeated.
031-543
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Check login permitted time with your system administrator.
031-544
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Check the password valid period with your system administrator.
031-545
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Check necessity of password change with your system
administrator.
031-546
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Contact your system administrator for the destination server
settings.
031-547
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Contact your system administrator for the destination server
settings.
031-548
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Contact your system administrator for the destination server
settings.
031-549
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. On server security settings, check access permission of null
password user.
031-550
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Check append access right to the file. Check if server supports
SMB append command.
031-551
031-552
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Change the file name that already exists on FTP server.
031-574
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Check DNS connection, or check if name of forwarding
destination server is registered with DNS.
031-575
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Set DNS address, or set forwarding destination server address as
IP address.
031-576
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Check if the printer communicates with forwarding destination
FTP server. For example, check connection of network cable and if the IP
address of the server is correct.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Understanding Printer Messages
595
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section25.fm
031-578
Press the
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
recover. Check if login name (user name) and password are correct.
031-579
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Check if storage location is correct.
031-580
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Check server access right.
031-581
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Change file name and forwarding destination folder, or move or
delete file in forwarding destination folder.
031-582
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Check if the file name you specified can be created in storage
location. Check if storage location has free space.
031-584
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Check if the folder name you specified can be created in storage
location. Check if the folder that has the same name as the one you
specified already exists.
031-585
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Check server access rights.
031-587
031-588
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Check if storage location has free space.
031-590
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Change the file name that already exists on FTP server.
031-594
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Try the same operation again. Contact customer support if this
failure is repeated.
031-595
031-598
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Check append access right to the file and if server supports FTP
append command.
031-599
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Check rename access right to the file. Check if server supports
FTP rename command.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
596
Understanding Printer Messages
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section25.fm
033-513
Press the
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
recover. Try the following:
• Print the received fax, or wait for a while until sending a fax is
completed.
• Print the fax job stored using the Secure Receive feature.
NOTE: For more information on the Secure Receive feature, see
"Using the Secure Receiving Mode."
033-762
Press the
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
recover. The printer rejects faxes sent from unwanted numbers.
NOTE: For more information, see "Junk Fax Setup."
033-788
Press the
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
recover. Try the following:
• Remove the received fax, or wait for a while until sending a fax is
completed.
• Print the fax job stored using the Secure Receive feature.
NOTE: For more information on the Secure Receive feature, see
"Using the Secure Receiving Mode."
034-515
Press the
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
recover. Try the following:
• Try the same operation.
• Check the printer or remote machine if the memory is full.
034-791
Press the
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
recover. Check if the telephone line cord is connected properly. If the line
connection is correct, check the following:
• If Tone/Pulse setting is correct.
NOTE: For more information on Tone/Pulse setting, see
"Tone/Pulse."
If Tone/Pulse setting is correct, check the following:
• If the remote machine can receive a fax.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Understanding Printer Messages
597
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section25.fm
035-701
Press the
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
recover. Check the following:
• Status of the remote machine
• Tone/Pulse setting
NOTE: For more information on Tone/Pulse setting, see
"Tone/Pulse."
035-702
Press the
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
recover. Try the same operation.
035-708
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Try the following:
• Try the same operation.
• Reduce the modem speed.
NOTE: For more information on modem speed, see "Modem
Speed."
035-717
Press the
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
recover. Reduce the modem speed.
NOTE: For more information on modem speed, see "Modem
Speed."
035-718
Press the
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
recover. Check the status of the remote machine.
035-720
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Check the features of the remote machine.
035-781
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Check if the remote machine is busy.
042-700
Wait for a while until the printer cools down.
071-100
Remove the standard 250-sheet tray and jammed paper. Open and close
the front cover.
071-920
Set side 2 of the sheet to the standard 250-sheet tray.
071-921
Press the
072-100
Remove the optional 250-sheet feeder and jammed paper. Open and close
the front cover.
072-921
Press the
072-920
Set side 2 of the sheet to the optional 250-sheet feeder.
(Set) button.
(Set) button.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
598
Understanding Printer Messages
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section25.fm
072-101
Remove the standard 250-sheet tray or the optional 250-sheet feeder, and
remove the jammed paper. Open and close the front cover.
072-908
Remove the standard 250-sheet tray or the optional 250-sheet feeder, and
remove the jammed paper. Open and close the front cover.
075-920
Set side 2 of the sheet to the SSF.
072-921
Press the
075-101
Open the front cover and remove the jammed paper, and then open and
close the front cover.
075-102
Pull the jammed paper out of the SSF. Open and close the front cover.
075-922
Remove the paper from the SSF.
075-923
Pull the paper out of the SSF. Reload the paper in the SSF.
077-300
Close the front cover.
077-301
Close the toner access cover.
091-912
Remove the ribbon from the PHD unit. Contact customer support if this
failure is repeated.
091-972
Open the front cover, and make sure that the PHD unit is fully installed.
092-310
Clean the CTD sensor.
(Set) button.
092-910
093-919
Remove and shake the yellow cartridge. Contact customer support if this
failure is repeated.
093-920
Remove and shake the magenta cartridge. Contact customer support if this
failure is repeated.
093-921
Remove and shake the cyan cartridge. Contact customer support if this
failure is repeated.
093-922
Remove and shake the black cartridge. Contact customer support if this
failure is repeated.
093-930
Open the toner access cover. Remove the used yellow cartridge, and
install a new cartridge.
093-931
Open the toner access cover. Remove the used magenta cartridge, and
install a new cartridge.
093-932
Open the toner access cover. Remove the used cyan cartridge, and install a
new cartridge.
093-933
Open the toner access cover. Remove the used black cartridge, and install
a new cartridge.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Understanding Printer Messages
599
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section25.fm
093-934
Open the toner access cover. Remove the used yellow cartridge, and
install a new cartridge.
093-935
Open the toner access cover. Remove the used magenta cartridge, and
install a new cartridge.
093-936
Open the toner access cover. Remove the used cyan cartridge, and install a
new cartridge.
093-937
Open the toner access cover. Remove the used black cartridge, and install
a new cartridge.
093-960
Open the toner access cover. Remove the unsupported yellow cartridge,
and install a supported cartridge.
093-961
Open the toner access cover. Remove the unsupported magenta cartridge,
and install a supported cartridge.
093-962
Open the toner access cover. Remove the unsupported cyan cartridge, and
install a supported cartridge.
093-963
Open the toner access cover. Remove the unsupported black cartridge, and
install a supported cartridge.
093-965
Open the front cover. Remove the unsupported PHD unit, and install a
supported unit.
093-970
Open the toner access cover, and make sure that the yellow cartridge is
fully installed.
093-971
Open the toner access cover, and make sure that the magenta cartridge is
fully installed.
093-972
Open the toner access cover, and make sure that the cyan cartridge is fully
installed.
093-973
Open the toner access cover, and make sure that the black cartridge is fully
installed.
116-752
Press the
recover.
117-361
Turn off the printer, and turn it on again. Contact customer support if this
failure is repeated.
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
600
Understanding Printer Messages
26
Printing With Web Services on
Devices (WSD)
This section provides information for network printing with WSD, the new
Microsoft® protocol for Microsoft Windows® Vista®, Windows Server® 2008,
Windows Server 2008 R2, and Windows 7.
Adding Roles of Printer Services
When you use Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2008 R2, you need to
add the roles of print services to the Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server
2008 R2 client.
For Windows Server 2008:
1 Click Start Administrative Tools Server Manager.
2 Select Add Roles from the Action menu.
3 Check the Print Services check box on the Server Roles window in the Add
Roles Wizard, and then click Next.
4 Check the Print Server check box, and then click Next.
5 Click Install.
For Windows Server 2008 R2:
1 Click Start Administrative Tools Server Manager.
2 Select Add Roles from the Action menu.
3 Check the Print and Document Services check box on the Server Roles
window in the Add Roles Wizard, and then click Next.
4 Click Next.
5 Check the Print Server check box, and then click Next.
6 Click Install.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Printing With Web Services on Devices (WSD)
601
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section26.fm
Printer Setup
You can install your new printer on the network using the Drivers and Utilities
CD that shipped with your printer, or using Microsoft Windows’ Add Printer
wizard.
Installing a Printer Driver Using the Add Printer Wizard
1 Click Start Control Panel Hardware and Sound Printers (Start
Devices and Printers for Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7).
2 Click Add a printer to launch the Add Printer wizard.
3 Select Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer.
4 In the list of available printers, select the one you want to use, and then click
Next.
NOTE: In the list of available printers, the WSD printer is displayed in the
form of http://IP address/ws/.
NOTE: If no WSD printer is displayed in the list, enter the printer's IP
address manually to create a WSD printer. To enter the printer's IP address
manually, follow the instructions below.
For Windows Server 2008 R2, to create a WSD printer, you must be a
member of Administrators group.
1. Click The printer that I want isn't listed.
2. Select Add a printer using a TCP/IP address or hostname and click
Next.
3. Select Web Services Device from Device type.
4. Enter the printer's IP address in the Hostname or IP address text box
and click Next.
NOTE: Before installing the driver using the Add Printer wizard on
Windows Server 2008 R2 or Windows 7, perform one of the following:
•
Establish the Internet connection so that Windows Update can scan
your computer.
•
Add the printer driver to your computer.
5 If prompted, install the printer driver on your computer. If you are prompted
for an administrator password or confirmation, type the password or provide
confirmation.
6 Complete the additional steps in the wizard, and then click Finish.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
602
Printing With Web Services on Devices (WSD)
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section26.fm
7 Print a test page to verify print installation.
a
Click Start Control Panel Hardware and Sound Printers
(Start Devices and Printers for Windows Server 2008 R2 and
Windows 7).
b
Right-click the printer you just created, and then click Properties
(Printer properties for Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7).
For PCL driver:
On the Options tab, set each setting item, and then click Apply.
For PS driver:
On the Device Settings tab, set each setting item, and then click Apply.
c
On the General tab, click Print Test Page. When a test page prints
successfully, installation is complete.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Printing With Web Services on Devices (WSD)
603
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section26.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
604
Printing With Web Services on Devices (WSD)
27
Specifications
Operating System Compatibility
Your Dell™ 2155cn/2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer is compatible with
Microsoft® Windows® XP, Windows XP 64-bit Edition, Windows Server®
2003, Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition, Windows Server 2008, Windows
Server 2008 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit Edition, Windows
Vista®, Windows Vista 64-bit Edition, Windows 7, Windows 7 64-bit Edition,
Mac OS X 10.3.9, 10.4.11, 10.5, 10.6, Red Hat® Enterprise Linux® 4 WS/5
Client (x86), and SUSE® Linux Enterprise Desktop 10/11 (x86).
Power Supply
Rated Voltage
220 VAC - 240 VAC
110 VAC - 127 VAC
Frequency
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
Current
5 A or less
9 A or less
Dimensions
Height: 413 mm (16.26 inches) Width: 436 mm (17.16 inches) Depth: 451 mm
(17.75 inches)
Weight (not including cartridge and PHD unit): 15.0 kg (32.47 lb)
Memory
Base memory
256 MB
Maximum memory
768 MB (256 MB + 512 MB)
Connector
144 pin EP2-2100 DDR2 SDRAM
32b-SO-DIMM
DIMM Size
512 MB
Speed
EP2-2100
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Specifications
605
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section27.fm
Page Description Language (PDL)/Emulation,
Operating System, and Interface
PDL/Emulations PCL 6, PCL5e, HBPL, XPS (Host Based)
Operating
Systems
Microsoft Windows XP/XP x64/Server 2003/Server 2003
x64/Server 2008/Server 2008 x64/Server 2008 R2 x64/Vista/Vista
x64/7/7 XPS, Mac OS X (10.3.9/10.4.11/10.5/10.6), Red Hat
Enterprise Linux 4 WS/5 Client (x86), and SUSE Linux Enterprise
Desktop 10/11 (x86)
Interfaces
Standard local:
USB 2.0
Standard network:
10Base-T/100Base-TX/
1000Base-T Ethernet
Optional network:
IEEE 802.11b/802.11g/802.11n
(Wireless)
MIB Compatibility
Management Information Base (MIB) is a database containing information
about network devices (such as adapters, bridges, routers, or computers). This
information helps network administrators manage the network (analyze
performance, traffic, errors, and so on). Dell 2155cn/2155cdn Multifunction
Color Printer complies with standard industry MIB specifications, allowing the
printer to be recognized and managed by various printer and network
management software systems.
Environment
Operation
Temperature
10 °C - 32 °C
Relative humidity
10 % - 85 % RH (no condensation)
Print Quality Guarantee
Temperature
15 °C - 28 °C
Relative humidity
20 % - 70 % RH (no condensation)
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
606
Specifications
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section27.fm
Storage
Temperature range
-20 °C to 40 °C (0 °F to 104 °F)
Storage humidity range
5 % - 85 % RH (no condensation)
Altitude
Operating
Up to 3,100 m (10,000 feet)
Storage
70.9275 Kpa
Cables
Your interconnection cable must meet the following requirements:
Connection type Connection specifications and symbols
1
USB
USB 2.0
2
Wireless
adapter socket
IEEE 802.11b/802.11g/802.11n
3
Ethernet
10Base-T/100Base-TX/
1000Base-T
4
Phone connector
5
Wall jack connector
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Specifications
607
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section27.fm
Copier Specifications
Item
Description
Copy Resolution
Optical: 600 dpi x 600 dpi
Copy Speed
Color 23 cpm or more, Black & White 23 cpm or more
(When using the document glass to make sequential
copies of a document with pages scanned one by one.)
Color 8 cpm or more, Black & White 16 cpm or more
(When using the ADF to make sequential copies of
multiple documents.)
Paper Size
A4, A5, B5, Executive, Letter, Folio, Legal, Monarch,
DL, C5, Envelope #10
Zoom Rate
Document glass: 25 % - 400 %, ADF: 25 % - 400 %
Multiple copies
1 - 99 pages
Copy mode (=Original
Type)
Text, Text & Photo, Photo
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
608
Specifications
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section27.fm
Item
Description
Scanning method
Charge coupled device (CCD) module
Scanner Specifications
Item
Description
Compatibility
TWAIN,
Windows Image Acquisition (WIA)
Scan Resolution
Optical: 600 dpi x 600 dpi, 1,200 dpi x 1,200 dpi
Enhanced: 9,600 dpi x 9,600 dpi (Gray and Color only
in TWAIN)
Color bit depth
24 bit (WIA, TWAIN)
Mono bit depth
1 bit for Line art. 8 bit for Gray scale
Effective scanning length
Document glass: 297 mm. ADF: 355.6 mm
Effective scanning width
215.9 mm
Scan speed (Text mode)
Monochrome: 665 µs/line (600 dpi), 1330 µs/line (1200
dpi)
Color: 1330 µs/line (600 dpi), 2660 µs/line (1200 dpi)
Facsimile Specifications
Item
Description
Compatibility
ITU-T Super G3, ITU-T G3 ECM, ITU-T G3
Applicable line
Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN), behind
Private Automatic Branch Exchange (PBX), or Leased
line (3.4 KHz/2-wire)
Data coding
MH/MR/MMR/JBIG
Max modem speed
33.6 Kbps
Transmission speed
Approx. 3 seconds/page *Transmission time applies to
memory transmission of text data scanned in Standard
resolution with ECM using only ITU-T No.1 Chart.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Specifications
609
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section27.fm
Item
Description
Scanning speed
Document glass: approx. 3 seconds/A4 (at standard fax
resolution mode) ADF: approx. 5 seconds/Letter (at
standard fax resolution mode), 7.5 seconds/Letter (at
fine fax resolution mode)
Maximum document length Document glass: 297 mm ADF: 355.6 mm
Paper size
Letter, A4 (depending on a country)
Resolution
Standard: R8 x 3.85 l/mm, Fine: R8 x 7.7l/mm, Super
Fine: 400 dpi x 400 dpi, Photo: R8 x 7.71/mm
User Memory
4 MB (320 pages)
Halftone
256 levels
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
610
Specifications
Maintaining Your Printer
611
612
28
Maintaining Your Printer
You need to complete certain tasks to maintain optimum print quality.
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell™ 2155cdn Multifunction Color Printer.
Determining the Status of Supplies
If your printer is connected to the network, the Dell Printer Configuration
Web Tool can provide instant feedback on remaining toner levels. Type the
printer's IP address in your web browser to view this information. To use the EMail Alert Setup feature that notifies you when the printer requires new
supplies, type the desired e-mail address in the e-mail list box.
On the operator panel, you can also confirm the following:
•
Any supply or maintenance items that require attention replacing (However,
the printer can only display information about one item at a time).
•
Amount of toner remaining in each toner cartridge.
Conserving Supplies
You can change several settings in your printer driver to conserve toner cartridge
and paper.
Supply
Setting
Function
Toner
cartridge
Toner Saving Mode in
the Advanced tab
This check box allows the users to select a print
mode that uses less toner. The image quality will
be lower when this feature is used.
Maintaining Your Printer
613
Supply
Setting
Function
Print
media
Multiple Up in the
Layout tab
The printer prints two or more pages on one side
of a sheet. Values for Multiple Up are 2 Up, 4
Up, 8 Up, 16 Up, or 32 Up. Combined with the
duplex setting, Multiple Up allows you to print
up to 64 pages on one sheet of paper. (32 images
on the front and 32 on the back)
Ordering Supplies
You can order consumables from Dell on the Internet when using a networked
printer. Type the IP address of your printer in your web browser, launch the Dell
Printer Configuration Web Tool, and click the Order Supplies at: to order
toner for your printer.
You can also order toner cartridges by the following method.
1 Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Additional Color Laser
Software Dell Supplies Management System.
The Dell Supplies Management System window appears.
2 Select your printer from the Select Printer Model list.
3 If ordering from the web:
a
When you cannot get information from the printer automatically by twoway communication, a window that prompts you to type the Service Tag
appears. Type your Dell printer Service Tag in the field provided.
Your Service Tag number is located inside the toner access cover of your
printer.
b
Select a URL from the Select Reorder URL list.
c
Click Visit Dell printer supplies ordering web site.
4 If ordering by phone, call the number that appears under the Order by
Phone heading.
Storing Print Media
To avoid potential paper feeding problems and uneven print quality, there are
several things you can do:
614
Maintaining Your Printer
•
To achieve the best possible print quality, store print media in an environment
where the temperature is approximately 21 °C (70 °F) and the relative
humidity is 40 %.
•
Store cartons of print media on a pallet or shelf, rather than directly on the
floor.
•
If you store individual packages of print media out of the original carton,
ensure that they rest on a flat surface so the edges do not buckle or curl.
•
Do not place anything on top of the print media packages.
Storing Consumables
Store consumables in their original packaging until you need to use them. Do
not store consumables in:
•
Temperatures greater than 40 °C (104 °F).
•
An environment with extreme changes in humidity or temperature.
•
Direct sunlight.
•
Dusty places.
•
A car for a long period of time.
•
An environment where corrosive gases are present.
•
A humid environment.
Replacing the Toner Cartridges
CAUTION: Before performing any of the following procedures, read and follow
the safety instructions in your Product Information Guide.
Dell toner cartridges are available only through Dell. You can order cartridges
online at http://www.dell.com/supplies or by phone. To order by phone, see
"Contacting Dell."
It is recommended to use Dell toner cartridges for your printer. Dell does not
provide warranty coverage for problems caused by using accessories, parts, or
components not supplied by Dell.
CAUTION: Never throw used toner cartridges into fire. The residual toner could
explode resulting in burns and injuries.
CAUTION: Do not shake the used toner cartridge. This may cause toner spills.
Maintaining Your Printer
615
Removing the Toner Cartridge
1 Open the toner access cover.
2 Push the latch(es) backwards to pop open the toner cartridge(s) that you want
to replace.
3 Pull the cartridge holder until it clicks, and then pull out the toner cartridge.
616
Maintaining Your Printer
CAUTION: Do not shake the toner cartridge as it may cause toner spills.
Installing a Toner Cartridge
1 Ensure that the color of the new toner cartridge matches that on the handle
before replacing it. Shake the new toner cartridge five or six times to
distribute the toner evenly.
Maintaining Your Printer
617
2 Insert the toner cartridge into the associated cartridge holder, and then slide
the latch of the toner cartridge.
3 Close the toner access cover.
618
Maintaining Your Printer
Replacing the Print Head Device (PHD) Unit
CAUTION: Before performing any of the following procedures, read and follow
the safety instructions in your Product Information Guide.
NOTICE: Protect the drums of the Print Head Device (PHD) against bright light.
If the front cover remains open for more than three minutes, print quality may
deteriorate.
NOTICE: Ensure nothing touches or scratches the surface (black-colored film) of
the belt unit. Scratches, dirt, or oil from your hands on the film of the belt unit may
reduce print quality.
Removing the PHD Unit
1 Ensure that the printer is turned off.
2 Pull the standard 250-sheet tray out of the printer about 200 mm. Hold the
standard 250-sheet tray with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
Maintaining Your Printer
619
3 Push the side button to open the front cover.
4 Open the belt unit.
620
Maintaining Your Printer
5 Turn the four PHD lock levers 90-degrees counterclockwise.
6 Hold the gray tabs, and then pull the PHD unit out of the printer.
Maintaining Your Printer
621
Installing a PHD Unit
1 Open the PHD packaging.
622
Maintaining Your Printer
2 Take out the PHD unit from the packaging.
3 Completely pull out the eight yellow ribbons from the PHD unit.
4 Remove the rear protective cover from the PHD unit.
NOTE: Do not remove the front protective cover at this moment.
Maintaining Your Printer
623
5 Insert the PHD unit until the line on the handle aligns with the white line on
the printer.
6 Turn the four PHD lock levers 90-degrees clockwise to lock the PHD unit.
624
Maintaining Your Printer
7 Remove the front protective cover from the PHD unit.
NOTICE: Ensure that you do not hit the belt unit when removing the front
protective cover.
Maintaining Your Printer
625
8 Close the belt unit, and push at the top of the unit until it clicks.
9 Close the front cover.
626
Maintaining Your Printer
10 Insert the standard 250-sheet tray into the printer, and push until it stops.
Replacing the Retard Roller
Keeping the retard roller in the paper tray clean helps ensure the best possible
copies. It is recommended to clean the retard roller at regular intervals.
CAUTION: To prevent electric shock, always turn off the printer and disconnect
the power cable from the grounded outlet before performing maintenance.
CAUTION: Before performing any of the following procedures, read and follow
the safety instructions in your Product Information Guide.
Dell retard rollers are available only through Dell. To order by phone, see
"Contacting Dell."
Maintaining Your Printer
627
It is recommended to use Dell retard rollers for your printer. Dell does not
provide warranty coverage for problems caused by using accessories, parts, or
components not supplied by Dell.
Removing the Retard Roller in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray
1 Pull the standard 250-sheet tray out of the printer about 200 mm. Hold the
standard 250-sheet tray with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
NOTE: Ensure that you remove all the paper from the standard 250-sheet
tray before removing the retard roller.
2 Holding the retard roller tabs with your fingers, pull the retard roller out of
the groove in the axle.
628
Maintaining Your Printer
Installing a Retard Roller in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray
1 Align the new retard roller with the groove on the axle.
Maintaining Your Printer
629
2 Insert the retard roller into the axle until it snaps. The protrusions fit
completely into the slots and the roller hook reseats into the groove on the
axle.
3 Load paper in the standard 250-sheet tray, and then insert the tray into the
printer and push until it stops.
630
Maintaining Your Printer
Cleaning Inside the Printer
Cleaning the Feed Roller
Clean the feed roller inside the printer if print media does not feed correctly.
1 Ensure that the printer is turned off.
2 Pull the standard 250-sheet tray out of the printer about 200 mm. Hold the
standard 250-sheet tray with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
3 Push the side button to open the front cover.
Maintaining Your Printer
631
4 Open the belt unit.
5 Turn the four PHD lock levers 90-degrees counterclockwise.
632
Maintaining Your Printer
6 Hold the gray tabs, and then pull out the PHD unit.
Maintaining Your Printer
633
NOTE: Keep the PHD unit in a dark place. If the front cover remains open
for more than three minutes, print quality may deteriorate.
7 Clean the feed roller inside the printer with a dry cloth.
634
Maintaining Your Printer
8 Insert the PHD unit until it stops, and then turn the four PHD lock levers 90degrees clockwise to lock the PHD unit.
9 Close the belt unit, and push at the top of the unit until it clicks.
Maintaining Your Printer
635
10 Close the front cover.
11 Insert the standard 250-sheet tray into the printer, and push until it stops.
636
Maintaining Your Printer
Cleaning the CTD Sensor
Clean the Color Toner Density (CTD) sensor only when an alert for the CTD
sensor is shown on the Status Monitor or operator panel.
1 Ensure that the printer is turned off.
2 Pull the standard 250-sheet tray out of the printer about 200 mm. Hold the
standard 250-sheet tray with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
3 Push the side button to open the front cover.
Maintaining Your Printer
637
4 Open the belt unit.
5 Clean the CTD sensor inside the printer with a clean dry cotton swab.
638
Maintaining Your Printer
6 Close the belt unit, and push at the top of the unit until it clicks.
7 Close the front cover.
Maintaining Your Printer
639
8 Insert the standard 250-sheet tray into the printer, and push until it stops.
Cleaning the Scanner
Keeping the scanner clean helps ensure the best possible copies. It is
recommended to clean the scanner at the start of each day and during the day, as
needed.
1 Slightly dampen a soft lint-free cloth or paper towel with water.
2 Open the document cover.
640
Maintaining Your Printer
3 Wipe the surface of the document glass and ADF glass until it is clean and
dry.
1
White Sheet
2
Document Cover
3
Document Glass
NOTE: Handle with care.
Maintaining Your Printer
641
4
ADF Glass
4 Wipe the underside of the white document cover and white sheet until it is
clean and dry.
5 Close the document cover.
Cleaning the ADF Feed Roller
Keeping the ADF feed roller clean helps ensure the best possible copies. It is
recommended to clean the ADF feed roller at regular intervals.
1 Open the ADF cover.
2 Wipe the ADF feed roller with a dry soft lint-free cloth or paper towel until it
is clean.
If the ADF feed roller gets soiled with ink stains, paper from the ADF may
also be soiled. In this case, slightly dampen a soft lint-free cloth or paper
towel with a neutral detergent or water, and then remove the contamination
from the ADF feed roller until it is clean and dry.
642
Maintaining Your Printer
Adjusting Color Registration
To adjust the color registration when you first install the printer or after moving
it to a new location, follow the procedure below.
•
Printing the Color Registration Chart
•
Determining Values
•
Entering Values
Printing the Color Registration Chart
When Using the Operator Panel
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Press
button until Admin Menu is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Press
button until Maintenance is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
5 Press
button until Color Reg Adjust is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
6 Press
button until Color Reg Chart is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
7 Press
button to highlight Yes, and then press the
(Set) button.
The color registration chart is printed.
Maintaining Your Printer
643
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
1 Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell 2155 Multifunction
Color Printer Tool Box.
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The Tool Box opens.
2 Click the Printer Maintenance tab.
3 Select Color Registration Adjustment from the list at the left side of the
page.
The Color Registration Adjustment page is displayed.
4 Click the Start button next to Print Color Regi Chart.
The color registration chart is printed.
Determining Values
On the color registration chart, there are two types of charts: Chart 1 (fast scan)
and Chart 2 (slow scan).
The Chart 1 is used to adjust the color registration for the fast scan direction,
which is vertical to paper feed direction. The Chart 2 is used to adjust the color
registration for the slow scan direction, which is horizontal to paper feed
direction.
The following sections explain how to determine the adjustment values for the
fast scan and the slow scan using Chart 1 and Chart 2.
Fast Scan
On the Chart 1 of the color registration chart, find the straightest lines where the
two black lines and the colored line are most closely aligned for each color (Y,
M, and C). If you find the straightest line, make a note of the value (-9 to +9)
indicated by the straightest line for each color.
When the value is 0 for each color, you do not need to adjust the color
registration for the fast scan.
644
Maintaining Your Printer
When the value is not 0, enter the value using the procedure in "Entering
Values."
Slow Scan
On the Chart 2 of the color registration chart, find the medium line within the
range of white area for each color pattern (Y, M, and C). If you find the medium
line, make a note of the value (-9 – +9) indicated by the medium line for each
color.
When the value is 0 for each color, you do not need to adjust the color
registration for the slow scan.
When the value is not 0, enter the value using the procedure in "Entering
Values."
Maintaining Your Printer
645
Entering Values
When Using the Operator Panel
Using the operator panel, enter the values found in the color registration chart to
make adjustments.
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button until System Setup is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Press
button until Admin Menu is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Press
button until Maintenance is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
5 Press
button until Color Reg Adjust is highlighted, and then press
the
(Set) button.
6 Press
button until Enter Number is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
646
Maintaining Your Printer
7 Ensure that LY is highlighted and press
values.
8 Press
or
button to specify the
button to move the highlight to the next value.
9 Press the
(Set) button.
RY is highlighted.
10 Repeat steps 7 to 9 to enter the desired values, and then press the
button.
(Set)
NOTE: You can specify each value for process, left, and right colors (LY,
LM, LC, RY, RM, RC, PY, PM, and PC) by repeating the steps 7 to 9.
11 Press
button.
to highlight Color Reg Chart, and then press the
12 Press
button to highlight Yes, and then press the
(Set)
(Set) button.
The color registration chart with the new values is printed.
If the straightest line is not at the value of 0, adjust the values again.
Checking the charts before and after the adjustments will help you to
determine the values to enter.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
Using the Tool Box, enter the values that you found in the color registration
chart to make adjustments.
1 Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell 2155 Multifunction
Color Printer Tool Box.
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The Tool Box opens.
2 Click the Printer Maintenance tab.
3 Select Color Registration Adjustment from the list at the left side of the
page.
The Color Registration Adjustment page is displayed.
4 Select the value with the straight line, and then click the Apply New Settings
button.
Maintaining Your Printer
647
5 Click the Start button next to Print Color Regi Chart.
The color registration chart is printed with the new values.
6 Adjust till all straight lines are at the value of 0. Show image of before and
after adjustment will help.
After printing the color registration chart, do not turn off the printer until the
printer motor has stopped running.
NOTE: If 0 is not next to the straightest lines, determine the values and adjust the
printer again.
648
Maintaining Your Printer
29
Removing Options
If the printer location needs to change or the printer and print media handling
options need to be shipped to a new location, all print media handling options
must be removed from the printer. For shipping, pack the printer and print media
handling options securely to avoid damage.
Removing the Optional Memory Module
CAUTION: When you remove the optional memory module, be sure to turn off
the printer, unplug the power cable, and disconnect all cables from the back of the
printer before starting these tasks.
1 Ensure that the printer is turned off and unplug all the cables including the
power cable from the back of the printer.
2 Turn the screw on the control board cover counterclockwise.
3 Slide the control board cover towards the back of the printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Removing Options
649
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section29.fm
4 Open the control board cover completely.
5 Push the clips on both sides of the slot outward to raise the memory module
up.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
650
Removing Options
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section29.fm
6 Hold the memory module and pull it straight out.
7 Close the control board cover, and then slide it towards the front of the
printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Removing Options
651
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section29.fm
8 Turn the screw clockwise.
9 Turn on the printer.
Removing the Optional 250-Sheet Feeder
CAUTION: When you remove the optional 250-sheet feeder, be sure to turn off
the printer, unplug the power cable, and disconnect all cables from the back of the
printer before starting these tasks.
1 Turn off the printer and unplug the power cable. Then, disconnect all cables
from the back of the printer.
2 Pull the standard 250-sheet tray out of the printer about 200 mm. Hold the
tray with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
3 Remove the two screws joining the printer and the optional 250-sheet feeder
by unscrewing them with a coin or similar object.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
652
Removing Options
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section29.fm
NOTE: The screw hole is located in 216 mm recess from the front of the
printer.
4 Gently lift the printer off the tray module, and place it on a level surface.
CAUTION: Two people are required to lift the printer. The printer should be
lifted holding the front and back. Never lift the printer from its sides.
5 Insert the standard 250-sheet tray into the printer, and push until it stops.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Removing Options
653
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section29.fm
NOTICE: Do not use excessive force on the tray. Doing so could damage the tray
or the inside of the printer.
6 Reconnect all cables including the power cable into the back of the printer
and turn on the printer.
Removing the Optional Wireless Adapter
CAUTION: When you remove the optional wireless adapter, be sure to turn off
the printer, unplug the power cable, and disconnect all cables from the back of the
printer before starting these tasks.
1 Ensure that the printer is turned off.
2 Turn the screw on the control board cover counterclockwise.
NOTE: Loosen the screw. You do not need to remove the screw.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
654
Removing Options
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section29.fm
3 Slide the control board cover towards the back of the printer.
4 Open the control board cover completely.
5 Remove the wireless adapter from the printer by releasing the adapter's hook
while pushing the wireless adapter towards the front of the printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Removing Options
655
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section29.fm
6 Close the control board cover, and then slide it towards the front of the
printer.
7 Turn the screw clockwise.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
656
Removing Options
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section29.fm
8 Turn on the printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Removing Options
657
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section29.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
658
Removing Options
30
Clearing Jams
Careful selection of appropriate print media and proper loading allow you to
avoid paper jams. See "Print Media Guidelines" for more information.
NOTE: Before buying large quantities of any print media, it is recommended to
try a sample first.
Avoiding Jams
•
Use only recommended print media. See "Print Media Guidelines" for more
information.
•
See "Loading Print Media in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray and the Optional
250-Sheet Feeder" and "Loading Print Media in the SSF" to load print media
properly.
•
Do not overload the print media sources. Ensure that the print media stack
height does not exceed the maximum height indicated by the load-line labels
in the tray.
•
Do not load wrinkled, creased, damp, or curled print media.
•
Flex, fan, and straighten print media before you load it. If a jam occurs with
print media, try feeding one sheet at a time through the single sheet feeder.
•
Do not use print media that you have cut or trimmed yourself.
•
Do not mix print media sizes, weights, or types in the same print media
source.
•
Ensure that the recommended print side is face up when you insert the print
media when using the standard 250-sheet tray and the optional 250-sheet
feeder. Also, the recommended print side should be face down when using
the single sheet feeder.
•
Keep print media stored in an acceptable environment. For more information,
see "Storing Print Media."
•
Do not remove the feeding tray during a print job.
•
Push the tray in firmly after loading.
•
Ensure that all cables that connect to the printer are correctly attached.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Clearing Jams
659
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section30.fm
•
Overtightening the guides may cause jams.
•
Wipe the retard rollers in the tray or single sheet feeder with a cloth that is
slightly dampened with water if jams caused by misfeeding paper occur
frequently.
Identifying the Location of Paper Jams
CAUTION: Do not attempt to clear any jams using tools or instruments. This
may permanently damage the printer.
The following illustration shows where paper jams may occur along the print
media path.
1
Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
2
Duplexer (2155cdn only)
3
Fuser
4
Optional 250-Sheet Feeder
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
660
Clearing Jams
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section30.fm
5
Single Sheet Feeder (SSF)
6
Standard 250-Sheet Tray
Clearing Paper Jams From the ADF
When a document jams while it passes through the Automatic Document Feeder
(ADF), remove the jam according to the following procedure.
NOTE: To prevent document jams, use the document glass for thick, thin, or
mixed documents.
NOTICE: Protect the drums of the Print Head Device (PHD) against bright light.
If the front cover remains open for more than three minutes, print quality may
deteriorate.
1 Remove the remaining documents from the ADF.
If the document is jammed in the paper feed area:
a
Open the ADF cover.
b
Lift the release lever 90 degrees and remove the jammed document by
carefully pulling it to the right.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Clearing Jams
661
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section30.fm
If you find it difficult to pull the document:
c
Remove the release roller assembly and remove the document by gently
pulling it straight up.
d
Insert the release roller assembly and press down the release lever.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
662
Clearing Jams
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section30.fm
If the document is jammed in the paper exit area:
e
Remove the jammed document from the document output tray.
f
Close the ADF cover, and then load the documents back into the ADF.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Clearing Jams
663
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section30.fm
NOTE: Ensure that you adjust the document guides before printing a Legalsize document.
2 If you cannot see the jammed document or the jammed document do not
move when you pulled, open the document cover.
3 Remove the document from the ADF feeder roller or the feed area by
carefully pulling it to the right.
4 Close the document cover, and then load the documents back into the ADF.
Clearing Paper Jams From the SSF
NOTICE: Protect the drums of the Print Head Device (PHD) against bright light.
If the front cover remains open for more than three minutes, print quality may
deteriorate.
NOTE: To resolve the error displayed on the operator panel, you must clear all
print media from the print media path.
1 Pull the jammed paper out of the single sheet feeder. If no jammed paper can
be found or you are unable to remove the paper, go to the next step to remove
the jammed paper from the inside of the printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
664
Clearing Jams
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section30.fm
2 Remove the standard 250-sheet tray from the printer, and then pull out the
jammed paper remaining inside the printer. If no jammed paper can be found
or you are unable to remove the paper, go to the next step to remove the
jammed paper from the inside of the printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Clearing Jams
665
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section30.fm
3 Push the side button to open the front cover.
4 Open the belt unit until it stops and remove the jammed paper. Confirm that
there are no scraps of paper remaining inside the printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
666
Clearing Jams
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section30.fm
5 Close the belt unit, and push at the top of the unit until it clicks.
6 Close the front cover.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Clearing Jams
667
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section30.fm
7 Insert the standard 250-sheet tray into the printer, and push until it stops.
NOTICE: Do not use excessive force on the tray. Doing so could damage the tray
or the inside of the printer.
Clearing Paper Jams From the Standard 250Sheet Tray
NOTICE: Protect the drums of the Print Head Device (PHD) against bright light.
If the front cover remains open for more than three minutes, print quality may
deteriorate.
NOTE: To resolve the error displayed on the operator panel, you must clear all
print media from the print media path.
1 Pull the standard 250-sheet tray out of the printer carefully. Hold the tray
with both hands, lift the front slightly, and remove it from the printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
668
Clearing Jams
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section30.fm
2 Remove all the jammed and/or creased paper from the tray.
3 Pull the jammed paper out carefully to avoid tearing it. If you are still unable
to remove the paper, go to the next step to remove the jammed paper from the
inside of the printer.
4 Push the side button to open the front cover.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Clearing Jams
669
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section30.fm
5 Open the belt unit until it stops and remove the jammed paper. Confirm that
there are no scraps of paper remaining inside the printer.
6 Close the belt unit, and push at the top of the unit until it clicks.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
670
Clearing Jams
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section30.fm
7 Close the front cover.
8 Insert the standard 250-sheet tray into the printer, and push until it stops.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Clearing Jams
671
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section30.fm
NOTICE: Do not use excessive force on the tray. Doing so could damage the tray
or the inside of the printer.
Clearing Paper Jams From the Fuser
NOTICE: Ensure nothing touches or scratches the surface (black-colored film) of
the belt unit. Scratches, dirt, or oil from your hands on the film of the belt unit may
reduce print quality.
NOTICE: Protect the drums of the Print Head Device (PHD) against bright light.
If the front cover remains open for more than three minutes, print quality may
deteriorate.
NOTE: To resolve the error displayed on the operator panel, you must clear all
print media from the print media path.
1 Turn off the printer and wait for 30 minutes.
2 Push the side button to open the front cover.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
672
Clearing Jams
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section30.fm
3 Open the belt unit.
4 Lift the levers at both ends of the fuser, and remove the jammed paper. If you
are still unable to remove the paper, go to the next step.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Clearing Jams
673
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section30.fm
CAUTION: The fuser is hot. Do not touch it, doing so may cause burns.
5 Open the cover of the fuser and remove the jammed paper.
6 Close the cover of the fuser and press down the levers at both ends of the
fuser.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
674
Clearing Jams
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section30.fm
7 Confirm that there are no scraps of paper remaining inside the printer, and
then close the belt unit.
8 Close the front cover.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Clearing Jams
675
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section30.fm
Clearing Paper Jams From the Duplexer
NOTE: To resolve the error displayed on the operator panel, you must clear all
print media from the print media path.
1 Push the side button to open the front cover.
2 Open the cover of the duplexer.
3 Remove the jammed paper from the duplexer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
676
Clearing Jams
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section30.fm
4 Close the cover of the duplexer.
5 Close the front cover.
Clearing Paper Jams From the Optional 250-Sheet
Feeder
NOTE: To resolve the error displayed on the operator panel, you must clear all
print media from the print media path.
1 Pull the optional 250-sheet feeder out of the printer carefully. Hold the feeder
with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Clearing Jams
677
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section30.fm
NOTE: Paper in the optional 250-sheet feeder feeds to the printer from the
front of the standard 250-sheet tray, therefore paper jammed in the standard
250-sheet tray can block the optional 250-sheet feeder in the printer,
preventing you from opening it. Look for the jammed paper sequentially,
starting with the optional 250-sheet feeder.
2 Remove all jammed and/or creased paper from the feeder.
3 Pull the jammed paper out carefully to avoid tearing it. If you are still unable
to remove the paper, go to the next step to remove the jammed paper from the
inside of the printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
678
Clearing Jams
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section30.fm
4 Push the side button to open the front cover.
5 Open the belt unit until it stops and remove the jammed paper. Confirm that
there are no scraps of paper remaining inside the printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Clearing Jams
679
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section30.fm
6 Close the belt unit, and push at the top of the unit until it clicks.
7 Close the front cover.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
680
Clearing Jams
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section30.fm
NOTE: If the paper jam message is not cleared after closing the front cover,
pull out the standard 250-sheet tray and check if there is a jammed paper in
the opening of the tray.
8 Insert the optional 250-sheet feeder into the printer, and push until it stops.
NOTICE: Do not use excessive force on the tray. Doing so could damage the tray
or the inside of the printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Clearing Jams
681
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section30.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
682
Clearing Jams
Troubleshooting
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
683
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
684
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
31
Troubleshooting Guide
Basic Printer Problems
Some printer problems can be easily resolved. If a problem occurs with your
printer, check each of the following:
The power cable is plugged into the printer and a properly grounded electrical
outlet.
•
The printer is turned on.
•
The electrical outlet is not turned off at any switch or breaker.
•
Other electrical equipment plugged into the outlet are working.
•
Optional memory is properly installed.
If you have checked all of the above and still have a problem, turn off the
printer, wait for 10 seconds, and then turn on the printer. This often fixes the
problem.
Display Problems
Problem
After the printer is turned on,
the display on the operator
panel is blank, keeps showing
Please wait..., or the back
light is not lit.
Menu settings changed from
the operator panel have no
effect.
Action
• Turn off the printer, wait for 10 seconds, and turn on
the printer.
• Self Test Message appears on the operator panel. When
the test is completed, Ready is displayed.
Settings in the software program, the printer driver, or
the printer utilities are overriding the settings made on
the operator panel.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
685
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Printing Problems
Problem
Action
Job did not print or incorrect
characters printed.
Ensure that the top menu appears on the operator panel
before you send a job to print. Press the (Menu)
button to return to the top menu.
Ensure that the print media is loaded in the printer. Press
the (Menu) button to return to the top menu.
Verify that the printer is using the correct page
description language (PDL).
Verify that you are using the correct printer driver.
Ensure that the correct USB or Ethernet cable is securely
connected to the printer.
Verify that the correct print media size is selected.
If you are using a print spooler, verify that the spooler
has not stalled.
Check the printer's interface from the Admin Menu.
Determine the host interface you are using. Print a panel
settings page to verify that the current interface settings
are correct.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
686
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Problem
Action
Print media misfeeds or
multiple feeds occur in the
standard 250-sheet tray or
single sheet feeder.
Ensure that the print media you are using meets the
specifications for your printer. See "Supported Paper
Types" for more information.
Fan the print media before loading it in the standard
250-sheet tray.
Ensure that the print media is loaded correctly.
Ensure that the width and length guides of the print
media sources are adjusted correctly.
Ensure that the standard 250-sheet tray is securely
inserted.
Do not overload the tray.
Do not force print media into the single sheet feeder
when you load it; otherwise, it may skew or buckle.
Ensure that the print media is not curled.
Face the recommended print side up or down
appropriately for the type of print media you are using.
See "Loading Print Media in the Standard 250-Sheet
Tray and the Optional 250-Sheet Feeder" for more
information.
Turn the print media over or around and try printing
again to see if feeding improves.
Do not mix print media types.
Do not mix reams of print media.
Remove the top and bottom curled sheets of a ream
before loading the print media.
Load print media only when the tray is empty.
Wipe the retard rollers in the standard 250-sheet tray or
single sheet feeder with a cloth moistened with water.
The envelope is creased after Make sure that the envelope is loaded in the standard
printed.
250-sheet tray or single sheet feeder as instructed in
"Loading Envelopes in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray and
the Optional 250-Sheet Feeder" or "Loading an
Envelope in the SSF."
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
687
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Problem
Action
Page breaks in unexpected
places.
Increase the value for Time-Out on the operator panel,
the Tool Box, or Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
Print media does not stack
neatly in the output bin.
Turn the print media stack over in the tray.
Cannot perform manual
duplex printing.
Select Flip on Short Edge or Flip on Long Edge from
the Duplex menu on the Paper/Output tab in the
printer driver.
Cannot print from the
Load the print media into the single sheet feeder.
standard 250-sheet tray
because the print media in the
tray is curled.
Print Quality Problems
NOTE: Some of the following procedures that use the Tool Box can also be
performed using the operator panel or Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. For
information on how to use the operator panel and Dell Configuration Web Tool, see
"Understanding the Tool Box Menus" and "Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool."
•
The output is too light
•
Toner smears or print comes off
•
Random spots/Blurred images
•
The entire output is blank
•
Streaks appear on the output
•
Part or the entire output is black
•
Pitched color dots
•
Vertical blanks
•
Ghosting
•
Light-induced fatigue
•
Fog
•
Bead-Carry-Out (BCO)
•
Jagged characters
•
Banding
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
688
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
•
Auger mark
•
Wrinkled/Stained paper
•
Damage on the leading edge of paper
The output is too light
Action
1
Yes
The task is
The toner cartridges may be low or need to be
complete.
replaced. Confirm the amount of toner left in
each toner cartridge.
a Check the toner level in the Status tab in the
Status Monitor.
b Replace the toner cartridges as necessary.
No
Go to action 2.
Does this solve your problem?
2
If you are using non-Dell brand toner cartridges, The task is
complete.
disable the Non-Dell Toner option.
a Launch the Tool Box, and click Non-Dell
Toner on the Printer Maintenance tab.
b Ensure that the On check box is not selected.
Go to action 3.
Does this solve your problem?
3
Disable the Toner Saving Mode in the printer
The task is
driver.
complete.
a On the Advanced tab, ensure that the Toner
Saving Mode check box is not selected.
Go to action 4.
Does this solve your problem?
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
689
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Action
4
Yes
The print media surface may be uneven. Try
The task is
changing the Paper Type setting in the printer
complete.
driver. For example, change the plain paper to
thick.
a On the Paper/Output tab, change the Paper
Type setting.
No
Go to action 5.
Does this solve your problem?
5
Verify that the correct print media is being used. The task is
See "Supported Paper Types." If not, use the print complete.
media recommended for the printer.
Go to action 6.
Does this solve your problem?
6
Ensure that the eight yellow ribbons are correctly The task is
removed from the Print Head Device (PHD) unit. complete.
See "Removing the Print Head Device (PHD)
Ribbons" and "Installing a PHD Unit." If not,
remove the ribbons.
Go to action 7.
7
Go to action 8. Contact Dell.
Ensure that the developer motor functions
properly.
a Launch the Tool Box, and click Machine
Check on the Diagnosis tab.
b Select Main Motor Operation Check from
the drop-down list box and click the Start
button.
c Click the Play of Sound button to check the
motor sound.
Does this solve your problem?
Does the motor function properly?
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
690
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Action
8
Yes
No
Ensure that the dispense motor for each toner
Go to action 9. Contact Dell.
cartridge functions properly.
a Launch the Tool Box, and click Machine
Check on the Diagnosis tab.
b Select Dispense Motor Check (Yellow),
Dispense Motor Check (Magenta),
Dispense Motor Check (Cyan), or Dispense
Motor Check (Black) from the drop-down
list box, and click the Start button.
c Click the Play of Sound button to check the
motor sound.
d Repeat steps b and c to perform Dispense
Motor Check for the rest of the toner
cartridges.
NOTE: You can perform Dispense
Motor Check for CMYK in any order
you desire.
Does the dispense motor function properly?
9
If printing many low density images, execute the The task is
complete.
Toner Refresh Mode.
a Launch the Tool Box, and click Refresh
Mode on the Diagnosis tab.
b Click the Yellow button under Toner Refresh
Mode.
c Repeat step b for Magenta, Cyan, and Black
buttons.
Go to action 10.
CAUTION: Using the Refresh
Mode consumes extra toner.
d After you complete the Toner Refresh
Mode, select Chart Print from the list on the
Diagnosis tab.
e Click the 4 Colors Configuration Chart
button.
The 4 Colors Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
691
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Action
Yes
10 Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
The task is
complete.
a Replace the PHD unit. See "Replacing the
Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" and
"Installing a PHD Unit."
b After you replace the PHD unit, click Chart
Print on the Diagnosis tab.
c Click the 4 Colors Configuration Chart
button.
No
Contact Dell.
The 4 Colors Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
Toner smears or print comes off
Action
1
Yes
The task is
The print media surface may be uneven. Try
complete.
changing the Paper Type setting in the printer
driver. For example, change the plain paper to
thick.
a On the Paper/Output tab, change the Paper
Type setting.
No
Go to action 2.
Does this solve your problem?
2
Verify that the correct print media is being used. The task is
See "Supported Paper Types." If not, use the print complete.
media recommended for the printer.
Go to action 3.
Does this solve your problem?
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
692
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Action
Yes
No
3
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
Action
Yes
No
1
Ensure that the toner cartridges are installed
correctly. See "Installing a Toner Cartridge."
The task is
complete.
Go to action 2.
2
Ensure that the PHD unit is installed correctly.
The task is
See "Replacing the Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" complete.
and "Installing a PHD Unit."
Go to action 3.
Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
a Replace the PHD unit. See "Replacing the
Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" and
"Installing a PHD Unit."
b After you replace the PHD unit, test print
your document again.
Does this solve your problem?
Random spots/Blurred images
Does this solve your problem?
Does this solve your problem?
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
693
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Action
3
Yes
Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
The task is
complete.
a Replace the PHD unit. See "Replacing the
Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" and
"Installing a PHD Unit."
b After you replace the PHD unit, click Chart
Print on the Diagnosis tab.
c Click the Pitch Configuration Chart button.
No
Contact Dell.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The entire output is blank
Action
Yes
1
The task is
The toner cartridges may be low or need to be
complete.
replaced. Confirm the amount of toner left in
each toner cartridge.
a Check the toner level in the Status tab in the
Status Monitor.
b Replace the toner cartridges as necessary.
2
If you are using non-Dell brand toner cartridges, The task is
complete.
disable the Non-Dell Toner option.
a Launch the Tool Box, and click Non-Dell
Toner on the Printer Maintenance tab.
b Ensure that the On check box is not selected.
No
Go to action 2.
Does this solve your problem?
Go to action 3.
Does this solve your problem?
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
694
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Action
Yes
3
Disable the Toner Saving Mode in the printer
The task is
driver.
complete.
a On the Advanced tab, ensure that the Toner
Saving Mode check box is not selected.
4
The task is
The print media surface may be uneven. Try
complete.
changing the Paper Type setting in the printer
driver. For example, change the plain paper to
thick.
a On the Paper/Output tab, change the Paper
Type setting.
No
Go to action 4.
Does this solve your problem?
Go to action 5.
Does this solve your problem?
5
Verify that the correct print media is being used. The task is
See "Supported Paper Types." If not, use the print complete.
media recommended for the printer.
Go to action 6.
Does this solve your problem?
6
The task is
Ensure that eight yellow ribbons are correctly
removed from the PHD unit. See "Replacing the complete.
Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" and "Installing a
PHD Unit." If not, remove the ribbons.
Go to action 7.
Does this solve your problem?
7
Go to action 8. Contact Dell.
Ensure that the developer motor functions
properly.
a Launch the Tool Box, and click Machine
Check on the Diagnosis tab.
b Select Main Motor Operation Check from
the drop-down list box and click the Start
button.
c Click the Play of Sound button to check the
motor sound.
Does the motor function properly?
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
695
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Action
8
Yes
No
Ensure that the dispense motor for each toner
Go to action 9. Contact Dell.
cartridge functions properly.
a Launch the Tool Box, and click Machine
Check on the Diagnosis tab.
b Select Dispense Motor Check (Yellow),
Dispense Motor Check (Magenta),
Dispense Motor Check (Cyan), or Dispense
Motor Check (Black) from the drop-down
list box, and click the Start button.
c Click the Play of Sound button to check the
motor sound.
d Repeat steps b and c to perform Dispense
Motor Check for the rest of the toner
cartridges.
NOTE: You can perform Dispense
Motor Check for CMYK in any order
you desire.
Does the dispense motor function properly?
9
The task is
Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
complete.
a Replace the PHD unit. See "Replacing the
Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" and
"Installing a PHD Unit."
b After you replace the PHD unit, click Chart
Print on the Diagnosis tab.
c Click the 4 Colors Configuration Chart
button.
Contact Dell.
The 4 Colors Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
Streaks appear on the output
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
696
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Action
1
Yes
The task is
The toner cartridges may be low or need to be
replaced. Confirm the amount of toner left in each complete.
toner cartridge.
a Check the toner level in the Status tab in the
Status Monitor.
b Replace the toner cartridges as necessary.
No
Go to action 2.
Does this solve your problem?
2
If you are using non-Dell brand toner cartridges, The task is
complete.
disable the Non-Dell Toner option.
a Launch the Tool Box, and click Non-Dell
Toner on the Printer Maintenance tab.
b Ensure that the On check box is not selected.
Go to action 3.
Does this solve your problem?
3
Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
a Replace the PHD unit. See "Replacing the
Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" and
"Installing a PHD Unit."
b After you replace the PHD unit, click Chart
Print on the Diagnosis tab.
c Click the 4 Colors Configuration Chart
button.
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
The 4 Colors Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
Part or the entire output is black
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
697
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Action
1
Yes
Ensure Output Color is set to Color (Auto) in The task is
the printer driver.
complete.
a On the Graphics tab, ensure that the Output
Color is set to Color (Auto).
No
Go to action 2.
Does this solve your problem?
2
Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
a Replace the PHD unit. See "Replacing the
Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" and
"Installing a PHD Unit."
b After you replace the PHD unit, click Chart
Print on the Diagnosis tab.
c Click the 4 Colors Configuration Chart
button.
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
The 4 Colors Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
Pitched color dots
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
698
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Action
Yes
1
Proceed to the Contact Dell.
action
corresponding
to the location
of the problem:
Locate the cause of the problem using the Pitch
Configuration Chart.
a Launch the Tool Box, and click Chart Print
on the Diagnosis tab.
b Click the Pitch Configuration Chart button.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
c Compare the pitch of the color spots on your
output with that on the Pitch Configuration
Chart, and locate the cause of the problem.
Is the cause of the problem located?
2
No
• PHD unit - 2
• Fuser Contact Dell
and replace
the fuser.
• Main unit of
the printer Contact Dell.
The task is
Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
complete.
a Replace the PHD unit. See "Replacing the
Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" and
"Installing a PHD Unit."
b After you replace the PHD unit, click Chart
Print on the Diagnosis tab.
c Click the Pitch Configuration Chart button.
Contact Dell.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
Vertical blanks
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
699
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Action
1
Yes
The task is
Ensure the light path is not covered.
a Remove the PHD unit, and keep it in the dark complete.
place. See "Replacing the Print Head Device
(PHD) Unit."
b Check the light path, and then remove the
shielding.
c Re-install the PHD unit. See "Installing a
PHD Unit."
d Launch the Tool Box, and click Chart Print
on the Diagnosis tab.
e Click the Pitch Configuration Chart button.
No
Go to action 2.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
2
Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
The task is
complete.
a Replace the PHD unit. See "Replacing the
Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" and
"Installing a PHD Unit."
b After you replace the PHD unit, click Chart
Print on the Diagnosis tab.
c Click the Pitch Configuration Chart button.
Contact Dell.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
700
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Ghosting
Action
Yes
No
1
Proceed to the
action
corresponding
to the type of
ghosting.
Contact Dell.
Locate the cause of the problem using the Ghost
Configuration Chart.
a Launch the Tool Box, and click Chart Print
on the Diagnosis tab.
b Click the Ghost Configuration Chart
button.
The Ghost Configuration Chart is printed.
Is the type of the problem identified?
2a Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
a Replace the PHD unit. See "Replacing the
Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" and
"Installing a PHD Unit."
b After you replace the PHD unit, click Chart
Print on the Diagnosis tab.
c Click the Ghost Configuration Chart
button.
Positive ghost 2a
Negative ghost
- 2b
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
The Ghost Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
2b If you are using non-recommended print media, Go to action 3. Go to action 2a.
use the print media recommended for the printer.
Does this solve your problem?
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
701
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Action
3
Yes
The task is
Adjust the transfer bias.
a On the operator panel, press the
(Menu) complete.
button and select System Setup
Admin MenuMaintenance
Adjust BTR.
b Adjust the setting for the type of print media
being used.
c Launch the Tool Box, and click Chart Print
on the Diagnosis tab.
d Click the Ghost Configuration Chart
button.
No
Contact Dell.
The Ghost Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
Light-induced fatigue
Action
1
Yes
No
Check the light fatigue pattern using the Pitch
Go to action 2. Contact Dell.
Configuration Chart.
a Launch the Tool Box, and click Chart Print
on the Diagnosis tab.
b Click the Pitch Configuration Chart button.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
Does the pattern on the output match with that on
the Pitch Configuration Chart?
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
702
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Action
Yes
No
2
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3.
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
Action
Yes
No
1
The task is
complete.
Go to action 2.
Execute the PHD Refresh Mode.
a Launch the Tool Box, and click Refresh
Mode on the Diagnosis tab.
b After you start the Drum Refresh Mode,
click Chart Print on the Diagnosis tab.
c Click the 4 Colors Configuration Chart
button.
The 4 Colors Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
3
Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
See "Replacing the Print Head Device (PHD)
Unit" and "Installing a PHD Unit."
Does this solve your problem?
Fog
Execute the PHD Refresh Mode.
a Launch the Tool Box, and click Refresh
Mode on the Diagnosis tab.
b After you start the Drum Refresh Mode,
click Chart Print on the Diagnosis tab.
c Click the 4 Colors Configuration Chart
button.
The 4 Colors Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
703
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Action
Yes
No
2
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
Action
Yes
No
1
The task is
complete.
Go to action 2.
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
a Replace the PHD unit. See "Replacing the
Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" and
"Installing a PHD Unit."
b After you replace the PHD unit, click Chart
Print on the Diagnosis tab.
c Click the 4 Colors Configuration Chart
button.
The 4 Colors Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
Bead-Carry-Out (BCO)
If the printer is installed in a high altitude
location, set the altitude of the location.
a Launch the Tool Box, and click Adjust
Altitude on the Printer Maintenance tab.
b Select the value close to the altitude of the
location where the printer is installed.
Does this solve your problem?
2
Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
See "Replacing the Print Head Device (PHD)
Unit" and "Installing a PHD Unit."
Does this solve your problem?
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
704
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Jagged characters
Action
Yes
No
1
The task is
complete.
Go to action 2.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3.
3
Enable Bitmap Smoothing in the printer driver. The task is
complete.
a On the Advanced tab, set Bitmap
Smoothing under Items: to On.
Go to action 4.
4
Enable Bitmap Text Smoothing in the printer
driver.
a On the Advanced tab, set Bitmap Text
Smoothing under Items: to On.
Set Screen to Fineness in the printer driver.
a On the Advanced tab, set Screen under
Items: to Fineness.
Does this solve your problem?
2
Set Print Mode to High Quality in the printer
driver.
a On the Graphics tab, select High Quality
from Print Mode.
Does this solve your problem?
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 5.
Does this solve your problem?
5
If using a downloaded font, ensure that the font is The task is
recommended for the printer, operating system, complete.
and the application being used.
Contact Dell.
Does this solve your problem?
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
705
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Banding
Action
Yes
1
Proceed to the Contact Dell.
action
corresponding
to the location
of the problem:
Locate the cause of the problem using the Pitch
Configuration Chart.
a Launch the Tool Box, and click Chart Print
on the Diagnosis tab.
b Click the Pitch Configuration Chart button.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
Is the cause of the problem located?
No
• PHD unit - 2
• Fuser Contact Dell
and replace
the fuser.
• Main unit of
the printer Contact Dell.
2
The task is
Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
complete.
a Replace the PHD unit. See "Replacing the
Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" and
"Installing a PHD Unit."
b After you replace the PHD unit, click Chart
Print on the Diagnosis tab.
c Click the Pitch Configuration Chart button.
Contact Dell.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
Auger mark
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
706
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Action
1
Yes
No
Locate the cause of the problem using the Pitch Go to action 2. Contact Dell.
Configuration Chart.
a Launch the Tool Box, and click Chart Print
on the Diagnosis tab.
b Click the Pitch Configuration Chart button.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
Does the output match with the pattern for auger
mark?
2
Execute the Clean Developer.
The task is
complete.
a Launch the Tool Box, and click Clean
Developer on the Diagnosis tab.
b Click the Start button.
c After you execute the Clean Developer, click
Chart Print on the Diagnosis tab.
d Click the Pitch Configuration Chart button.
Go to action 3.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
3
Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
See "Replacing the Print Head Device (PHD)
Unit" and "Installing a PHD Unit."
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
Does this solve your problem?
Wrinkled/Stained paper
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
707
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Action
1
Yes
No
Verify that the correct print media is being used. The task is
See "Supported Paper Types." If not, use the print complete.
media recommended for the printer.
If printing on an
envelope, go to
action 2a.
Does this solve your problem?
If printing on
print media
other than
envelopes, go
to action 2b.
2a Check the wrinkle. Is the wrinkle within 30 mm of This type of
the four edges of the envelope?
wrinkle is
considered
normal. Your
printer is not at
fault.
If the envelope
is 220 mm or
longer (C5 or
Envelope #10),
go to action 3a.
Contact Dell.
2b Execute the Paper Wrinkle Check Mode.
a Launch the Tool Box, and click Paper
Wrinkle Check Mode on the Diagnosis tab.
b Click the Start button.
Contact Dell to
replace fuser.
If the envelope
is shorter than
220 mm
(Monarch or
DL), go to
action 3a or 3b.
Is the paper wrinkled?
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
708
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Action
Yes
3a Load the envelopes in the standard 250-sheet tray The task is
in the short edge feed orientation with the flap
complete.
closed and print side up. For details, see
"Loading Envelopes in the Standard 250-Sheet
Tray and the Optional 250-Sheet Feeder."
No
Contact Dell.
Does this solve your problem?
3b Load the envelopes in the standard 250-sheet tray The task is
in the long edge feed orientation with the flap
complete.
open and print side up. For details, see "Monarch
or DL."
Contact Dell.
Does this solve your problem?
Damage on the leading edge of paper
Action
Yes
No
1
The task is
complete.
(SSF)
Go to action 2.
When you use the SSF, reverse the paper and
then try again.
When you use any of the trays, change the paper
and then try again.
(trays)
Contact Dell.
Does this solve your problem?
2
Change the paper with another one and then try
again.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3.
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
Does this solve your problem?
3
Use any of other tray in place of the SSF.
Does this solve your problem?
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
709
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Jam/Alignment Problems
NOTE: Some of the following procedures that use the Tool Box can also be
performed using the operator panel or Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. For
information on how to use the operator panel and Dell Configuration Web Tool, see
"Understanding the Tool Box Menus" and "Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool."
•
The top and side margins are incorrect
•
Color registration is out of alignment
•
Images are skewed
•
Standard 250-Sheet Tray Misfeed Jam
•
SSF Misfeed Jam
•
Optional 250-Sheet Feeder Misfeed Jam
•
Regi Jam (Exit Sensor On JAM)
•
Exit Jam (Exit Sensor Off JAM)
•
Standard 250-Sheet Tray/Optional 250-Sheet Feeder Multi-feed Jam
•
SSF Multi-feed Jam
The top and side margins are incorrect
Action
Yes
No
1
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
Ensure that the margins are set correctly on the
application being used.
Does this solve your problem?
Color registration is out of alignment
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
710
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Action
1
Yes
The task is
Execute auto color registration adjustment.
complete.
a On the operator panel, press the
(Menu)
button and select System Setup
Admin Menu Maintenance Color
Reg Adjustment Auto Correct
Yes.
No
Go to action 2.
OR
a Launch the Tool Box, and click Color
Registration Adjustment on the Printer
Maintenance tab.
b Click the Start button under Auto Correct.
Does this solve your problem?
2
Do you have a spare PHD unit?
Go to action 3a. Go to action 3b.
The task is
3a Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
complete.
a Replace the PHD unit. See "Replacing the
Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" and
"Installing a PHD Unit."
b Launch the Tool Box, and click Color
Registration Adjustment on the Printer
Maintenance tab.
c Click the Start button under Print Color Regi
Chart.
Contact Dell.
The Color Regi Configuration Chart is
printed.
Does this solve your problem?
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
711
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Action
Yes
No
3b Print the Color Regi Configuration Chart and
manually correct the color registration.
a Launch the Tool Box, and click Color
Registration Adjustment on the Printer
Maintenance tab.
b Click the Start button under Print Color
Regi Chart.
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
Action
Yes
No
1
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
The Color Regi Configuration Chart is
printed.
c Identify the offset values from the chart and
enter them in Color Registration
Adjustment (Process) and Color
Registration Adjustment (Left). See
"Adjusting Color Registration" for details.
d Click the Apply New Settings button.
e Click the Start button under Print Color
Regi Chart to print the Color Regi
Configuration Chart again.
Does this solve your problem?
Images are skewed
Adjust the paper guides properly.
Does this solve your problem?
Standard 250-Sheet Tray Misfeed Jam
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
712
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Action
Yes
No
1
The task is
complete.
Proceed to the
action
corresponding
to the type of
the print media
being used:
Ensure that the standard 250-sheet tray is
properly inserted.
Does this solve your problem?
• Thick - 2a
• Thin - 2b
• Coated - 2c
• Envelope 2d
If performing
manual duplex
printing, go to
action 2e.
If using paper
other than the
above or if not
performing
manual duplex
printing, go to
action 2f.
2a Use thick paper that is 216 g/m2 or less.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3a.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3a.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3b.
2d Ensure that the envelope is properly loaded in the The task is
Standard 250-sheet tray as instructed in "Loading complete.
Envelopes in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray and the
Optional 250-Sheet Feeder."
Go to action 3c.
Does this solve your problem?
2b Use thin paper that is 60 g/m2 or more.
Does this solve your problem?
2c Load coated paper one sheet at a time.
Does this solve your problem?
Does this solve your problem?
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
713
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Action
Yes
No
2e Ensure that the print media is not curled.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3a.
Does this solve your problem?
2f Is the print media damp?
Go to action 3d. Go to action 3a.
3a Fan the print media.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3b.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4b.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3a.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4a.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3a.
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
Does this solve your problem?
3b Wipe the retard roller in the standard 250-sheet
tray with a cloth moistened with water.
Does this solve your problem?
3c If the envelope is deformed, correct it or use
another envelope.
Does this solve your problem?
3d Turn over the print media.
Does this solve your problem?
4a Use print media that is not damp.
Does this solve your problem?
4b Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
Does this solve your problem?
SSF Misfeed Jam
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
714
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Action
Yes
No
1
The task is
complete.
Proceed to the
action
corresponding
to the type of
the print media
being used:
Ensure that the SSF is properly inserted.
Does this solve your problem?
• Thick - 2a
• Thin - 2b
• Coated - 2c
• Envelope 2d
If performing
manual duplex
printing, go to
action 2e.
If using paper
other than the
above or if not
performing
manual duplex
printing, go to
action 2f.
2a Use thick paper that is 216 g/m2 or less.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3a.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3a.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3b.
2d Ensure that the envelope is properly loaded in the The task is
SSF as instructed in "Loading an Envelope in the complete.
SSF."
Go to action 3c.
Does this solve your problem?
2b Use thin paper that is 60 g/m2 or more.
Does this solve your problem?
2c Load coated paper one sheet at a time.
Does this solve your problem?
Does this solve your problem?
2e Ensure that the print media is not curled.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3a.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
715
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Action
Yes
2f Is the print media damp?
Go to action 3d. Go to action 3a.
3a Fan the print media.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3b.
3b Wipe the retard roller in the SSF tray with a cloth The task is
moistened with water.
complete.
Go to action 4b.
Does this solve your problem?
No
Does this solve your problem?
3c If the envelope is deformed, correct it or use
another envelope.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3a.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4a.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3a.
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
Action
Yes
No
1
The task is
complete.
Go to action 2.
The task is
complete.
Proceed to the
action
corresponding
to the type of
the print media
being used:
Does this solve your problem?
3d Turn over the print media.
Does this solve your problem?
4a Use print media that is not damp.
Does this solve your problem?
4b Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
Does this solve your problem?
Optional 250-Sheet Feeder Misfeed Jam
Ensure that the optional 250-sheet feeder is
properly inserted.
Does this solve your problem?
2
Ensure the right hand cover is closed.
Does this solve your problem?
Thick - 3a
Thin - 3b
Manual Dup 3c
Others - 3d
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
716
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Action
3a Use thick paper that is 105
g/m2
or less.
Does this solve your problem?
3b Use thin paper that is 60 g/m2 or more.
Does this solve your problem?
3c Ensure that the print media is not curled.
Does this solve your problem?
Yes
No
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4a.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4a.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4a.
3d Is the print media damp?
Go to action 4c. Go to action 5.
4a Fan the print media.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4b.
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4a.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4a.
Action
Yes
No
1
The task is
complete.
Go to action 2.
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
Does this solve your problem?
4b Wipe the retard roller in the optional 250-sheet
feeder with a cloth moistened with water.
Does this solve your problem?
4c Turn over the print media.
Does this solve your problem?
5
Use print media that is not damp.
Does this solve your problem?
Regi Jam (Exit Sensor On JAM)
Ensure that the PHD unit is installed correctly.
Does this solve your problem?
2
Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
See "Replacing the Print Head Device (PHD)
Unit."
Does this solve your problem?
Exit Jam (Exit Sensor Off JAM)
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
717
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Action
Yes
No
1
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
Ensure the fuser is installed correctly.
Does this solve your problem?
Standard 250-Sheet Tray/Optional 250-Sheet Feeder Multi-feed Jam
Action
Yes
No
1
The task is
complete.
If using coated
paper, go to
action 2.
Ensure that the tray is properly inserted.
Does this solve your problem?
If using other
type of print
media, go to
action 3.
2
Load coated paper one sheet at a time.
Does this solve your problem?
3
Use print media that is not damp.
Does this solve your problem?
4
Fan the print media.
Does this solve your problem?
5
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 5.
Wipe the retard roller in the tray where the multi- The task is
feed occurred with a cloth moistened with water. complete.
Contact Dell.
Does this solve your problem?
SSF Multi-feed Jam
1
Ensure the media type you are using.
-
-
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4.
If using coated paper, go to action 2.
If using other type of print media, go to action 3.
2
Load coated paper one sheet at a time.
Does this solve your problem?
3
Use print media that is not damp.
Does this solve your problem?
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
718
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
4
Fan the print media.
Does this solve your problem?
5
The task is
complete.
Wipe the retard roller in the tray where the multi- The task is
feed occurred with a cloth moistened with water. complete.
Go to action 5.
Contact Dell.
Does this solve your problem?
Noise
Action
Yes
No
1 To specify the cause of the noise, perform the
Auto Registration Adjustment.
Go to action 2. Go to action 3.
Does this solve your problem?
2 Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
3 Replace the toner cartridge (K). See "Replacing
the Toner Cartridges."
The task is
Go to action 4.
complete. (The
toner cartridge
(K) you are
using has been
damaged.
Replace it with
a new one.)
4 Replace the toner cartridge (Y). See "Replacing
the Toner Cartridges."
The task is
Go to action 5.
complete. (The
toner cartridge
(Y) you are
using has been
damaged.
Replace it with
a new one.)
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
719
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
5 Replace the toner cartridge (M). See "Replacing
the Toner Cartridges."
The task is
Go to action 6.
complete. (The
toner cartridge
(M) you are
using has been
damaged.
Replace it with
a new one.)
6 Replace the toner cartridge (C). See "Replacing
the Toner Cartridges."
The task is
Contact Dell.
complete. (The
toner cartridge
(C) you are
using has been
damaged.
Replace it with
a new one.)
Copy Problem
Problem
Action
A document loaded in the
ADF cannot be copied.
Ensure that the ADF cover is firmly closed.
Ensure that the release lever is properly positioned.
Fax Problems
Problem
Action
The printer is not working,
there is no display and the
buttons are not working.
Unplug the power cord and plug it in again.
No dial tone sounds.
Check that the phone line is connected properly. See
"Connecting the Telephone Line."
Ensure that there is power to the electrical receptacle.
Check that the phone socket in the wall is working by
plugging in another phone.
Diagnose the FAX connection. See "Diagnosing the Fax
Connection."
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
720
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
The numbers stored in the
Ensure that the numbers are stored in the memory
memory do not dial correctly. correctly.
Print a Phone Book list.
The document does not feed
into the printer.
Ensure that the document is not wrinkled and you are
putting it in correctly. Check that the document is of the
right size, not too thick or thin.
Ensure that the ADF cover is firmly closed.
Faxes are not received
automatically.
The FAX mode should be selected.
Ensure that there is paper in the paper tray.
Check to see if the display shows Memory Full.
If the time interval specified for the following features is
too long, change the time interval shorter such as 30
seconds.
• Auto Rec Fax
• Auto Rec TEL/FAX
• Auto Rec Ans/FAX
Diagnose the FAX connection. See "Diagnosing the Fax
Connection."
The printer does not send
faxes.
Sending should show up on the display.
Check the other fax machine you are sending to, to see if
it can receive your fax.
Check the dialing type for Tone or Pulse.
Ensure that the document is loaded in the ADF or on the
document feeder glass.
Diagnose the FAX connection. See "Diagnosing the Fax
Connection."
The incoming fax has blank
spaces or is received in poor
quality.
Check your printer by making a copy.
The toner cartridge may be empty. Replace the toner
cartridge, see "Replacing the Toner Cartridges."
A noisy phone line can cause line errors. Set the fax
modem speed to a slower speed.
The fax machine sending you the fax may be faulty.
Some of the words on an
incoming fax are stretched.
The fax machine sending you the fax had a temporary
document jam.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
721
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
There are lines on the
documents you send.
Check your scan glass for marks and clean it. See
"Cleaning the Scanner."
The printer dials a number,
but the connection with
another fax machine fails.
The other fax machine may be turned off, out of paper,
or cannot answer incoming calls. Speak with the other
machine operator and ask her/him to sort out the
problem.
Documents are not stored in
the memory.
There may not be enough memory to store the
document. If the display shows a Memory Full
message, delete any documents you no longer need from
the memory and then restore the document, or wait for
the job in progress (e.g., a fax transmission or reception)
to complete.
Blank areas appear at the
You may have chosen the wrong paper settings in the
bottom of each page or on
user option setting. See "Print Media Guidelines."
other pages, with a small strip
of text at the top.
The printer will not send or
receive faxes.
Ensure that the country code is set correctly. Press the
(Menu) button and select System Setup Admin
Menu Fax Settings Country.
Check the dialing type for Tone or Pulse.
Check that the cables are connected properly.
If the telephone line cord is connected to the printer via
any device such as an answering machine and a
computer, remove the device and directly connect the
telephone line cord to the printer.
An error often occurs during a Reduce the modem speed. the (Menu) button and
fax transmission or reception. select System Setup Admin Menu Fax
Settings Modem Speed.
The printer receive faxes, but Check the toner level.
it does not print.
Ensure that there is paper in the paper tray.
Ensure that Sent Fax Fwd is set to off.
Ensure that Junk Fax Setup is set to off.
Ensure that Secure Receive Set is set to disabled.
Execute Reset Defaults.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
722
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Scanning Problems
Problem
Action
The scanner does not work.
Ensure that you place the document to be scanned facing
down from the document feeder glass, or facing up in
the ADF.
There may not be enough available memory to hold the
document you want to scan. Try the Prescan function to
see if that works. Try lowering the scan resolution rate.
Check that the USB or Ethernet cable is connected
properly.
Ensure that the USB or Ethernet cable is not defective.
Switch the cable with a known good cable. If necessary,
replace the cable.
If using the network TWAIN (WIA) driver, check that
the Ethernet cable is connected properly and the IP
address of the printer is set correctly. To check the IP
address, see "Verifying the IP Settings."
Check that the scanner is configured correctly. Check
the application you want to use to make certain that the
scanner job is being sent to the correct port.
Ensure that the scanner sharing feature is disabled when
you use Mac OS X before you scan documents via an
ICA compatible application such as Image Capture. The
printer does not support the scanner sharing feature of
Mac OS X. Select a printer which is directly connected
to the computer via USB or wired /wireless LAN and
scan documents.
The printer scans very slowly. Graphics are scanned more slowly than text when using
the Scan to E-mail or Scan to Network
feature.
Communication speed becomes slow in scan mode
because of the large amount of memory required to
analyze and reproduce the scanned image.
Scanning images at a high resolution takes more time
than scanning at a low resolution.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
723
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Document misfeeds or
multiple feeds occur in the
Automatic Document Feeder
(ADF).
Check whether the ADF roller assembly is installed
properly.
Ensure the document’s paper type meets the
specifications for the printer. See "Supported Paper
Types" for more information.
Check whether the document is properly loaded in the
ADF.
Ensure that the document guides are adjusted properly.
Ensure that the number of document sheets do not
exceed the maximum capacity of the ADF.
Ensure that the document is not curled.
Fan the document well before loading it in the ADF.
Vertical stripes appear on the
output when scanned using
the ADF.
Clean the ADF glass.
A smear appears at the same
location on the output when
scanned using the document
glass.
Clean the document glass.
Images are skewed.
Ensure that the document is loaded straight in the ADF
or on the document glass.
Diagonal lines appear jagged If the document uses thick media, try scanning it from
when scanned using the ADF. the document glass.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
724
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Message appears on your
computer screen:
There may be a copying or printing job in progress.
When the current job is complete, try the job again.
• "Device can’t be set to the
H/W mode you want."
The selected port is currently being used. Restart your
computer and try again.
• "Port is being used by
another program."
The cable may be improperly connected or the power
may be off.
• "Port is Disabled."
The scanner driver is not installed or an operating
environment is not set up properly.
• "Scanner is busy receiving
or printing data. When the Ensure that the port is properly connected and the power
current job is completed, try is turned on. Then restart your computer.
again."
Check that the USB or Ethernet cable is connected
• "Invalid handle."
properly.
• "Scanning has failed."
The printer does not properly Check if the following settings have been set correctly
transfer scan data to a
on the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
specified destination via the
Scan to E-mail or Scan to
Scan to Network
Network feature.
Check the following settings under Address Book
Server Address:
• Server Address
• Share Name
• Server Path
• Login Name
• Login Password
Scan to E-mail
Check the following setting under Address BookEMail Address:
• Address
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
725
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Cannot scan using WIA on a
Windows Server 2003
computer.
Enable WIA on the computer.
To enable WIA:
1 Click Start, point to Administrative Tools, and then
click Services.
2 Right-click Windows Image Acquisition (WIA), and
then click Start.
Cannot scan using TWAIN or Install the Desktop Experience feature on the computer.
WIA on a Windows Server
To install Desktop Experience:
2008 or Windows Server 2008
1 Click Start, point to Administrative Tools, and then
R2 computer.
click Server Manager.
2 Under Features Summary, click Add Features.
3 Select the Desktop Experience check box, click Next,
and then click Install.
4 Restart the computer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
726
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Problems With Installed Optional Accessories
If an option does not operate correctly following installation or stops working:
•
Turn off the printer, wait for 10 seconds, and then turn on the printer. If this
does not fix the problem, unplug the printer, and check the connection
between the option and the printer.
•
Print the system settings report to see if the option is listed in the Installed
Options list. If the option is not listed, re-install it. See "Printing System
Settings Report."
•
Ensure the option is selected in the printer driver you are using.
The following table lists printer's option and corrective action for related
problem. If the suggested corrective action does not correct the problem, call
customer service.
Problem
250-sheet feeder
Action
• Ensure the 250-sheet feeder is correctly installed on the
printer. Re-install the feeder. See "Removing the
Optional 250-Sheet Feeder" and "Installing the
Optional 250-Sheet Feeder."
• Ensure the print media is loaded correctly. See
"Loading Print Media in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray
and the Optional 250-Sheet Feeder" for more
information.
Memory module
• Ensure the memory module is securely connected to
the memory connector.
Wireless printer adapter
• Ensure the wireless printer adapter is securely inserted
to the correct slot.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
727
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Scanner Driver/Printer Utility Problems
Problem
Action
Unable to retrieve the Address Check that the USB or Ethernet cable is connected
Book data from the printer on properly.
the Address Book Editor.
Ensure that the power of your printer is on.
Ensure that the scanner driver is installed on your
computer. (The Address Book Editor retrieves the
Address Book data via the scanner driver when the
printer is connected using a USB cable.)
The TWAIN driver cannot
connect to the printer.
Check that the USB or Ethernet cable is connected
properly.
If using the network connection, check that IP address of
the printer is set correctly. To check the IP address, see
"Scanning Using the TWAIN Driver."
Check whether the printer is on. If the printer is on,
reboot it by turning the power switch off and then on
again.
If a scan application is running, close the application
once, restart the application, and then try scanning
again.
The scanner driver has not
been registered on your
computer and cannot be
accessed from ScanButton
Manager.
Install the scanner driver. If the scanner driver is
installed, uninstall it and then re-install it again. After
the installation of the scanner driver is completed, reinstall the ScanButton Manager.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
728
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Problem
Action
Failed to scan your document Ensure that your computer and the printer is properly
on the printer via ScanButton connected with the USB cable.
Manager.
Check whether the printer is on. If the printer is on,
reboot it by turning the power switch off and then on
again.
If a scan application is running, close the application
once, restart the application, and then try scanning
again.
Network connection cannot be used. Connect with the
USB cable.
Uninstall ScanButton Manager from Control Panel
Add or Remove Programs (Programs and Features in
Windows Vista and Windows 7) on your computer and
then re-install it again.
Failed to create an image file Ensure there is sufficient space in your hard disk.
via ScanButton Manager.
Uninstall ScanButton Manager from Control Panel
Add or Remove Programs on your computer and then
re-install it again.
Failed to initialize ScanButton Uninstall ScanButton Manager from Control Panel
Manager.
Add or Remove Programs on your computer and then
re-install it again.
Failed to execute ScanButton Uninstall ScanButton Manager from Control Panel
Manager.
Add or Remove Programs on your computer and then
re-install it again.
An unexpected error occurred Uninstall ScanButton Manager from Control Panel
Add or Remove Programs on your computer and then
on ScanButton Manager.
re-install it again.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
729
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Other Problems
Problem
Action
Condensation has occurred
inside the printer.
This usually occurs within several hours after you heat
the room in winter. This also occurs when the printer is
operating in a location where relative humidity reaches
85% or more. Adjust the humidity or relocate the printer
to an appropriate environment.
"CTD Sensor Error
Error 009-340
Code:xx Restart
Printer", "Check CTD
Unit 092-910 Clean
CTD Sensor", or "Check
CTD Unit 092-310" is
displayed.
Clean the CTD sensor. See "Cleaning the CTD Sensor."
"No Documents" is
displayed on the operator
panel when you are selecting
a file for Printing from USB
Memory feature.
Confirm that there are files with the supported file
formats (PDF, TIFF, or JPEG) in the USB memory.
If the target file is in a deep hierarchy in the USB
memory, move the file to the root directory on your
computer.
Shorten the target file name in the USB memory on your
computer, and try printing again.
"Authentication
error has occurred.
The account is not
registered. Please
contact the system
administrator. 016757" is displayed on the
Status Monitor.
Contact your system administrator.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
730
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Problem
Action
"Function
Contact your system administrator.
unavailable. It is a
function that cannot
be used. Please
contact the system
administrator. 016758" is displayed on the
Status Monitor.
"Printable page
Contact your system administrator.
limit reached.
Printable page limit
reached, cannot
print. Please
contact the system
administrator. 016759" is displayed on the
Status Monitor.
"Multifunction
printer error. Check
the PHD unit and the
Toner Cartridge.
Contact customer
support if this
failure is repeated.
093-919" is displayed on
the Status Monitor.
Replace the toner cartridge of the color displayed on the
operator panel.
"Multifunction
printer error. Check
the PHD unit and the
Toner Cartridge.
Contact customer
support if this
failure is repeated.
093-920" is displayed on
the Status Monitor.
Replace the toner cartridge of the color displayed on the
operator panel.
Replace the PHD unit.
Contact Customer Support.
Replace the PHD unit.
Contact Customer Support.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
731
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
Problem
Action
"Multifunction
printer error. Check
the PHD unit and the
Toner Cartridge.
Contact customer
support if this
failure is repeated.
093-921" is displayed on
the Status Monitor.
Replace the toner cartridge of the color displayed on the
operator panel.
"Multifunction
printer error. Check
the PHD unit and the
Toner Cartridge.
Contact customer
support if this
failure is repeated.
093-922" is displayed on
the Status Monitor.
Replace the toner cartridge of the color displayed on the
operator panel.
"An internal
temperature of the
printer became a
high temperature.
042-700" is displayed on
the Status Monitor.
Please wait for a while until falling in temperature.
Replace the PHD unit.
Contact Customer Support.
Replace the PHD unit.
Contact Customer Support.
Contacting Service
When you call for printer service, be prepared to describe the problem you are
experiencing or the error message that appears.
You need to know the model type and service tag of your printer. See the label
located inside the side door of your printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
732
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
733
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
734
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
735
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\section31.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
736
Troubleshooting Guide
Appendix
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
737
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\sectionAP.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
738
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\sectionAP.fm
Appendix
Dell™ Technical Support Policy
Technician-assisted technical support requires the cooperation and participation
of the customer in the troubleshooting process and provides for restoration of
the operating system, software program and hardware drivers to the original
default configuration as shipped from Dell, as well as the verification of
appropriate functionality of the printer and all Dell-installed hardware. In
addition to this technician assisted technical support, online technical support is
available at Dell Support. Additional technical support options may be available
for purchase.
Dell provides limited technical support for the printer and any Dell-installed
software and peripherals. Support for third-party software and peripherals is
provided by the original manufacturer, including those purchased and/or
installed through Software & Peripherals (DellWare), ReadyWare, and Custom
Factory Integration (CFI/DellPlus).
Online Services
You can learn about Dell products and services on the following websites:
www.dell.com
www.dell.com/ap (Asian/Pacific countries only)
www.dell.com/jp (Japan only)
www.euro.dell.com (Europe only)
www.dell.com/la (Latin American and Caribbean countries)
www.dell.ca (Canada only)
You can access Dell Support through the following websites and e-mail
addresses:
•
Dell Support websites
support.dell.com
support.jp.dell.com (Japan only)
support.euro.dell.com (Europe only)
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Appendix
739
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\sectionAP.fm
•
Dell Support e-mail addresses
mobile_support@us.dell.com
support@us.dell.com
la-techsupport@dell.com (Latin America and Caribbean countries only)
apsupport@dell.com (Asian/Pacific countries only)
•
Dell Marketing and Sales e-mail addresses
apmarketing@dell.com (Asian/Pacific countries only)
sales_canada@dell.com (Canada only)
•
Anonymous file transfer protocol (FTP)
ftp.dell.com
Log in as user: anonymous, and use your e-mail address as your password.
Warranty and Return Policy
Dell Computer Corporation ("Dell") manufactures its hardware products from
parts and components that are new or equivalent to new in accordance with
industry-standard practices. For information about the Dell warranty for your
printer, see support.dell.com.
Recycling Information
It is recommended that customers dispose of their used computer hardware, monitors, printers, and
other peripherals in an environmentally sound manner. Potential methods include reuse of parts or
whole products and recycling of products, components, and/or materials.
For specific information on Dell’s worldwide recycling programs, see
www.dell.com/recyclingworldwide.
Contacting Dell
You can access Dell Support at support.dell.com. Select your region on the
WELCOME TO DELL SUPPORT page, and fill in the requested details to
access help tools and information.
You can contact Dell electronically using the following addresses:
•
World Wide Web
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
740
Appendix
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\sectionAP.fm
www.dell.com
www.dell.com/ap (Asian/Pacific countries only)
www.dell.com/jp (Japan only)
www.euro.dell.com (Europe only)
www.dell.com/la (Latin American and Caribbean countries)
www.dell.ca (Canada only)
•
Anonymous file transfer protocol (FTP)
ftp.dell.com
Log in as user: anonymous, and use your email address as your password.
•
Electronic Support Service
mobile_support@us.dell.com
support@us.dell.com
la-techsupport@dell.com (Latin America and Caribbean countries only)
apsupport@dell.com (Asian/Pacific countries only)
support.jp.dell.com (Japan only)
support.euro.dell.com (Europe only)
•
Electronic Quote Service
apmarketing@dell.com (Asian/Pacific countries only)
sales_canada@dell.com (Canada only)
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Appendix
741
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\sectionAP.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
742
Appendix
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Miog
a-AIO-UGIX.fm
Index
Symbols
4 Colors Configuration
Chart, 464
(All Clear) button, 286
802.1x, 220, 243
(Back) button, 287
(Backspace) button, 286
(Cancel) button, 286
A
(Color Mode) button, 286
A4, 270
(Contacts) button, 286
A5, 270
(Copy) button, 285
About printer, 39
(Fax) button, 285
Access List, 244
(Menu) button, 287
Address Book, 164, 170, 194, 248
(Redial / Pause) button, 286
Address Book Editor, 560
(Scan) button, 287
Address Books, 561
(Set) button, 286
ADF glass, 642
(Speed Dial) button, 286
Ad-Hoc, 236
(Start) button, 286
Adjust Altitude, 192, 214, 425,
442
Adjust BTR, 191, 210, 513
Numerics
1000BASE-T Full-Duplex, 223
100BASE-TX Full-Duplex, 223
100BASE-TX Half-Duplex, 223
10BASE-T Full-Duplex, 223
10BASE-T Half-Duplex, 223
2 Sided, 183, 186, 191, 203
Adjust Fuser, 192, 210, 514
Adjusting color registration, 643
Adjusting the Language, 309
Admin Menu, 471
Administrator Account, 235
Alert Tone, 181, 196, 423, 436
Alignment Chart, 464
2Sided, 429, 431,
453,
459
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10
FOR PROOF ONLY
Index
743
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Miog
a-AIO-UGIX.fm
All Tones, 181, 196
Altitude, 607
Answer Machine/Fax, 205
Appendix, 739
Apply New Settings, 172
Auto Receive Answer/Fax, 188,
205
Auto Receive Fax, 188, 205
Auto Receive Tel/Fax, 188, 205
Auto Reg Adjust, 515
Assigning IP address, 103
Auto Registration
Adjustment, 192, 211, 425,
441
Audio Tone, 435
Auto Reset, 180, 195, 422, 434
Authenticate Error Trap, 234
Auto, 431
Automatic Document Feeder
(ADF), 40-41, 660
Auto Clear Alert, 436
Avoiding jam, 291, 659
Asset Tag Number, 162, 178
Auto Clear Alert Tone, 181, 196,
423
Auto Correct, 211, 441
Auto Expo. Level, 428, 430, 451,
455
B
B&W / Color LED, 286
B5, 270
Auto Exposure, 185, 190, 202,
208, 428, 430, 451, 455, 540,
547
Banner Sheet, 437
Auto Exposure Level, 185, 190,
202, 208
Banner Sheet Specify Tray, 182,
196, 424
Auto IP, 487
Base memory, 605
Auto Log Print, 181, 196, 424,
437, 506
Base Tone, 181, 196, 423, 436
Auto Rec Ans/Fax, 431, 460, 491
Auto Rec Fax, 431, 460, 490
Auto Rec Fax/Tel, 431, 460
Auto Rec Tel/Fax, 491
Banner Sheet Insert
Position, 182, 196, 424
Basic Information, 222
Basic printer problem, 685
Belt unit, 41
Bitmapped font, 583
Black & White Button, 190, 208
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10
Blue plug, 41, 95
FOR PROOF ONLY
744
Index
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Miog
a-AIO-UGIX.fm
Bonjour (mDNS), 219, 223
Collated, 183, 185, 201, 428, 449
BOOTP, 487
Color, 185, 190-191, 201, 208,
427, 429, 431, 448, 454, 458
Color Balance, 428-429, 452
C
Color Button, 190, 208
C5, 270
Color Button Set, 454
Cable, 607
Canceling a print job, 292
Color Button Set (Black &
White Button), 429
Canceling print job
From your computer, 293
Color Button Set (Color
Button), 430
Carbonless copy paper, 263
Color Mode, 466
CCP, 263
Color Mode Limitation, 247
Certificate Details, 241-242
Color Reg Adjust, 515
Change printer settings, 306
Color Regi Chart, 212
Changing the settings of menu
item, 172
Color Registration
Adjustments, 211-212
Clean Developer, 212, 467
Color registration chart, 643
Clear Storage, 213
Color Saturation, 185, 202, 428,
451, 540
Clearing jam, 659
From ADF, 661
From duplexer, 676
From fuser, 672
From optional 250-sheet
feeder, 677
From SSF, 664
From standard 250-sheet tray, 668
Color Test Page, 194, 427, 470
ColorCount (Limit), 247
ColorTrack Error Report, 193,
246, 424, 438
ColorTrack Mode, 193, 246
Community Name, 232-233
Clock Settings, 192
Completed Jobs, 163, 179
Coated, 191-192, 210-211,
514-515
Confidential jobs, 531
Configure 802.1x, 244
Coated Thick, 191-192, 210-211,
configuring wireless adapter, 69
514-515 DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10
FOR PROOF ONLY
Index
745
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Miog
a-AIO-UGIX.fm
Connecting local printer, 92
Connecting printer, 91
Connecting to the Network, 94
Connection specification, 91,
607
Connection type, 91, 607
Covers Thick, 191-192, 210-211,
514-515
Cumulative Color Page
Count, 247
Cumulative Monochrome Page
Count, 248
Conserving supplies, 613
Custom Reduce/Enlarge, 202,
450
Contact Dell Support at, 165,
171
Custom Size - X, 182, 197
Contact Person, 169
Contacting service, 732
Custom Size - Y, 182, 197
Contrast, 190, 208, 430, 455, 546
D
Control board, 41
Data LED, 285
Control board cover, 41
Date & Time, 425
Control Panel, 435
Date Format, 192, 425, 439
Control Panel Tone, 195, 422
Default Color, 183, 198, 479
Copy Color Balance, 186, 202
Default Print Paper Size, 181,
196, 424, 438
Copy Completed, 435
Copy Completed Tone, 181, 423
Copy Defaults, 185, 427
Copy Printer Settings, 164, 170,
245
Copy Printer Settings
Report, 245
Copy Settings, 186
Country, 189, 207, 433, 463, 499
Cover, 177
Default Setup, 249
Delayed Start, 187, 204, 430,
457, 549
Dell ColorTrack, 193, 246
Dell Printer Configuration Web
Tool, 304
Page display format, 168
Dell ScanCenter, 560
Dell Service Tag Number, 178
Dell Supplies Management
Covers, 191-192, 210-211,
System, 557
514-515 DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10
FOR PROOF Dell
ONLYsupport website, 33
746
Index
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Miog
a-AIO-UGIX.fm
Dell technical support
policy, 739
Drum Refresh Configuration
Chart, 464
Details, 177
Drum Refresh Mode, 467
Determining Values, 644
Duplex Print, 189, 206, 432, 462,
497
DHCP, 487
Dimensions, 605
Duplexer, 40, 660
DIMM Size, 605
Direct connection setup, 115
E
Direct Fax, 396
ECM, 189, 207, 432, 462, 498
Disabling Panel Lock, 554
Edit Print User Registration, 246
Discard Size, 189, 207, 432, 462,
498
E-Mail Address, 249-250
Dispense Motor Check, 465
E-Mail Alert, 165, 171, 223, 229,
488
Display of EWS, 447
E-Mail Alert Settings, 221, 231
Display problem, 685
E-Mail Alert Setup, 161
DL, 270
E-mail Alert Setup Page, 220
DNS, 217, 225
Email From Field, 425, 438
Document cover, 641
E-Mail Group, 249, 251
Document glass, 641
E-Mail Server Settings, 221, 229
Document Size, 185, 190, 202,
208, 322, 428, 430, 450, 454,
545
Emulations, 606
Draft Mode, 183, 198, 479
End Time, 201
Driver, 31
Entering Values, 646
Drivers and utilities CD, 31
Envelope, 191-192, 210-211,
267, 514-515
DRPD, 205
DRPD Pattern, 189, 206, 432,
461, 495
Encryption, 237
Envelope #10, 270
Environment, 606
Drum Refresh, 212
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10
FOR PROOF ONLY
Index
747
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Miog
a-AIO-UGIX.fm
environment settings of your
web browser, 165
Error History, 194, 427, 470
Error-Code, 590
Ethernet, 215, 223, 607
Ethernet port, 41, 92, 94
Event Panel, 169
EWS, 488
EWS Settings, 222
Executive, 270
Expiration Mode, 201
Expiration Time, 201
Express Service Service
Code, 178
FAX Group, 249, 257-258
Fax Header, 188, 206, 432, 461,
494
Fax Header Name, 188, 206, 432,
461, 494
Fax Menu, 548
Fax Number, 188, 206, 432, 461,
494
Fax Pending, 194
Fax Protocol, 189, 207, 433, 463
Fax Settings, 188, 204
FAX Speed Dial, 249, 258
Fax to, 548
Fax Transmit, 189, 207, 433, 463
Feed Roll Operation Check, 465
F
File Format, 190, 208, 429, 454,
544
fast scan, 644
Finding Information, 31
Fault Time-Out, 180, 195, 423,
436
Firmware Version, 178
Fault Tone, 181, 196, 423, 435
Flip on Short Edge, 297
Fax Activity, 189, 194, 207, 433,
462, 499
Folio, 270
Fax Broadcast, 189, 207, 433,
463, 500
Fax Cover Page, 189, 206, 432,
461, 495, 550
Fax Defaults, 187, 203, 430, 553
Fax Forward Number, 189, 206
Flip on Long Edge, 296
Font, 182, 197, 581
PCL 5/PCL 6, 585
Pitch, 582
Point size, 582
Style, 581
Typefaces and fonts, 581
Weight, 581
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY
9/13/10
Font Pitch, 183,
197, 477
FOR PROOF ONLY
Fax Fwd Number, 432, 462, 497
748
Index
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Miog
a-AIO-UGIX.fm
Font Size, 183, 197, 476
How to remove option, 649
Form Line, 183, 198, 477
How to replace retard roller, 627
Front cover, 40
How to set up, 33
FTP Client, 219, 235
How to use printer, 32
Function Enabled, 199, 520
HTTP, 218, 227
Function Enabled - Copy, 199
HTTP-SSL/TLS
Communication, 241
Function Enabled - Fax, 199
Function Enabled - Scan, 199
Fuser, 660
I
Fuser Motor Operation
Check, 465
ID, 178-179
Identifying print media, 270
Identifying print paper, 270
G
Gateway Address, 225, 427, 447,
487
Image Compression, 190, 208,
430, 456
Image Enhancement, 183, 198
Generate Self-Signed
Certificate, 241
Impression Number, 179
Generate Signed Certificate, 241
Init Print Meter, 518
Get Environment Sensor
Info, 467
Ghost Configuration Chart, 464
Group Dial, 472
Infrastructure, 236
Initialize NIC NVM and restart
printer, 238
Initialize Print Meter, 443
Installing optional 250-sheet
feeder, 59
Installing retard roller in
tray, 629
H
Hex Dump, 183, 198, 478
Host I/F, 178-179
Installing the optional
accessories, 53
Host Name, 178-179, 231, 239
Installing toner cartridge, 50
Installing wireless
How to installDELL
option,
53
CONFIDENTIAL
– PRELIMINARY
9/13/10adapter, 64
FOR PROOF ONLY
Index
749
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Miog
a-AIO-UGIX.fm
Interfaces, 606
Invalid Key, 435
Junk Fax Setup, 188, 206, 432,
461, 493
Invalid Key Tone, 180, 195, 422
IP Address, 103, 162-163, 169,
216, 225, 234, 239, 243-244,
427, 446, 487
IP Address Mode, 427, 446
IP Filter, 220, 244
IP filter setup, 227
IPP, 218, 223, 226
IPsec, 242
IPSec Settings, 220, 243
IPv4, 234, 243
IPv6, 169, 217, 225, 234, 243
L
Label, 191-192, 210-211, 268,
425, 440, 514-515
Landscape, 474
Layout, 183, 191, 431, 459, 553
LCD panel, 287
LDAP Server, 239-240
Left frame, 170
Legal, 270
Letter, 270
Letterhead Duplex Mode, 182,
197, 424, 438
Job Completed, 435
Lighter/Darker, 185, 187, 190,
202, 204, 208, 428, 430, 451,
455, 457, 539, 546, 549
Job Completed Tone, 181, 196,
423
Line Monitor, 188, 205, 431, 460,
491
Job History, 194, 427, 470
Line Termination, 183, 198, 479
Job List, 163, 178
Job Name, 178-179
Line Type, 188, 206, 431, 460,
492
Job Status, 178
Link Channel, 236
Job Submitted Time, 178-179
Link Quality, 236
Job Time-Out, 180, 195, 424,
437
LLTD, 219, 223
J
Job Type, 178-179
Loading an envelope in the
SSF, 281
Loading letterhead,
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY
9/13/10 278
FOR PROOF ONLY
750
Index
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Miog
a-AIO-UGIX.fm
Loading paper, 109
Loading print media, 273
SSF, 280
standard 250-sheet tray and
optional 250-sheet
feeder, 273
Margin Left/Right, 186, 190,
203, 208, 429-430, 453, 456,
541, 547
Margin Middle, 186, 190, 203,
208, 429-430, 453, 456, 542,
547
Margin Top/Bottom, 186, 190,
203, 208, 429-430, 453, 455,
541, 547
Location, 169, 177
Login Attempts, 200
Login Error, 200
Max E-Mail Size, 190, 208
Low Toner Alert, 436
Low Toner Alert Msg, 182, 197,
424, 438
Low Toner Alert Tone, 181, 196,
423
Max Email Size, 430, 456
Maximum memory, 605
Memory, 605
Memory Capacity, 178
Memory connector, 605
LPD, 217, 223, 226, 488
Memory module, 649
Memory speed, 605
M
Menu item, 173
MAC Address, 236
Menu Settings, 179
Machine Check, 465
MIB compatibility, 606
Machine Digital
Certification, 241
mm/inch, 181, 196, 424, 438
Machine Ready, 435
Machine Ready Tone, 181, 195,
423
Main Motor Operation
Check, 465
Modem Speed, 189, 207, 432,
462, 498
Monarch, 270
MonoCount (Limit), 247
Monthly Settings, 201
Maintenance, 613
MQ Chart, 464
Manual Registration
Adjustments, 441
Multiple Up, 614
Multiple-Up, 186, 203, 429, 453,
541
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY
9/13/10
FOR PROOF ONLY
Index
751
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Miog
a-AIO-UGIX.fm
N
Ordering supplies, 44, 614
NCR, 263
Orientation, 182, 197, 474
Network, 94
Original Type, 202, 428, 450, 539
Network connection setup, 118
OS, 606
Network Firmware Version, 178
OS compatibility, 605
Network TWAIN, 218, 223, 227
Other problems, 730
Network Type, 236
Out of Paper, 436
New Password, 199
Out of Paper Alert Tone, 423
No Account User Print, 193, 246
Out of Paper Tone, 181, 196
No carbon required, 263
Output Color, 183
No. of Sheets, 179
Output Result, 179
Non-Dell Toner, 192, 425, 443,
518
Output Size, 183
Numeric keypad, 286
Owner, 178-179
O
P
OCR, 263
Page display format, 168
One Touch Dial button, 285
Page orientation, 266, 279
OnHook, 549
Panel, 487
Online Help, 165, 171
Operation, 606
Panel Language, 182, 197, 424,
439, 530
Operator panel, 41
Panel Lock Set, 184, 199, 519
Operator Panel Buttons, 285
Panel Settings, 194, 426, 469
Optical character
recognition, 263
Panel Settings page, 194, 287
Output Tray, 177
Paper, 261
Characteristics, 261
Optional 250-sheet feeder, 40,
660
Curl, 261
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY
9/13/10
Fiber content,
262
Order Supplies at, 165, 171
FOR PROOF ONLY
752
Index
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Miog
a-AIO-UGIX.fm
Grain direction, 262
Moisture content, 262
Smoothness, 262
Weight, 261
Paper Density, 191, 209, 425, 513
Paper jam location, 660
Paper Size, 182, 197, 466, 472
Paper Tray, 182
Paper Type, 271, 466
Paper Used, 246
Parts name, 39
Password, 227, 235, 238, 240, 244
PCL, 472
Font, 475
PCL 5/PCL 6, 585
PCL Fonts List, 194, 426, 469
Play of Sound, 465
Point and Print, 133
Polling Receive, 550
Port Settings, 222
Port Status, 223
Port9100, 217, 223, 226, 488
Portrait, 474
Power connector, 41
Power On Wizard, 213
Power Saver Time, 501
Power Saver Time - Deep
Sleep, 180, 195
Power Saver Time - Sleep, 180,
195
Power Saver Timer, 434
PCL Macro List, 194, 427, 469
Power Saver Timer Deep
Sleep, 422
PCL printer driver, 115, 118
Power Saver Timer Sleep, 422
PCL Settings, 182, 197
Power Saver Wake Up, 422, 434
PDF Fonts List, 194, 427
PDL, 606
Power Saver Wake Up - OffHook
Wake Up, 180, 195
Peer-to-Peer, 136
Power supply, 605
Phone Book, 249, 471
Power switch, 40
Phone connector, 41, 92, 95, 607
Prefix Dial, 189, 206, 432, 462,
497
Pitch Configuration Chart, 464
Plain, 191-192, 210, 425, 440,
514-515
Plain Thick, 191-192, 210,
514-515
Prefix Dial Num, 432, 462, 498
Prefix Dial Number, 189, 206
Premier, 193
Print cartridge level, 176
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10
FOR PROOF ONLY
Index
753
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Miog
a-AIO-UGIX.fm
Print Color Regi Chart, 441
Printer paper, 261
Print Drivers / Remote Client
Account, 235
Printer Revision Levels, 178
Print from USB, 199
Printer Settings, 164, 179, 195
Print from USB Defaults, 191,
431
Print ID, 182, 196, 424, 437, 507
Print media, 261, 614
Source, 266, 279
Printer Serial Number, 178
Printer settings utility, 559
Printer software, 557
Printer specification, 605
Printer Status, 163, 170, 176
Print Meter, 194, 427
Printer Status Window, 557
Print Mode, 183
Printer Type, 177
Print quality guarantee, 606
Printing, 291
Print Server Reports, 215
Printing on letterhead, 265
Print Server Settings, 164, 170,
215, 222, 447
Printing problem, 686
Print Server Setup Page, 215
Problems with Optional
Accessories, 727
Print side, 266, 279
Printing Speed, 177
Print Text, 182, 196, 424, 437,
507
Processor Speed, 178
Print User Settings, 247
Proof Print, 533
Print Volume, 164, 170, 245
Protocol Monitor, 194, 427, 470
Product Information Guide, 32
Printer Bitmap, 169
Printer Driver, 147, 149
Q
Printer Events, 177
Printer Information, 164, 171,
177
Printer Jobs, 163, 170, 178
Quantity, 183, 198, 478
Quick Launch Utility, 559
Quick Reference Guide, 32
Printer Maintenance, 209
Printer Page DELL
Count,
246
CONFIDENTIAL
– PRELIMINARY 9/13/10
FOR PROOF ONLY
754
Index
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Miog
a-AIO-UGIX.fm
R
Remote Receive Tone, 188, 206
RAM Disk, 182, 196, 424, 437,
508
Removing a optional memory
module, 649
RARP, 487
Removing optional 250-sheet
feeder, 652
Ready / Error LED, 285
Removing options, 649
Rear side, 466
Red Hat, 147
Removing paper jam, 659
From ADF, 661
From duplexer, 676
From fuser, 672
From optional 250-sheet
feeder, 677
From single sheet feeder, 664
From tray, 668
Red Hat Enterprise Linux, 147,
605
Removing retard roller in
tray, 628
Redial Attempts, 188, 206, 432,
461, 493
Removing toner cartridge, 616
Redial Delay, 188, 206, 432, 461,
493
Replacing the retard roller, 627
Receive Mode, 188, 205, 431,
460, 490
Recommended paper, 262
Recurrence, 201
Recycled, 192, 210, 514-515
Reduce/Enlarge, 185, 201, 428,
449, 537
Removing wireless adapter, 654
Reports, 194
Re-enter Password, 199
Resend Delay, 188, 206, 432,
461, 493
Refresh, 172
Reset Defaults, 213, 442
REGI CLUTCH Operation
Check, 465
Reset Print Server, 238
Registration Adjustments, 441
Resident font, 585
Regular, 193
Resident scalable fonts, 585
Relative humidity, 606
Resolution, 187, 190, 204, 208,
430, 454, 457, 544, 548
Remote Rcv Tone, 432, 461, 494
Resetting Defaults, 308
Restore Settings, 172
Remote Receive, 188, 206, 432,
461, 494 DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY
Result, 465 9/13/10
FOR PROOF ONLY
Index
755
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Miog
a-AIO-UGIX.fm
Return policy, 740
Selecting paper, 263
Right frame, 171
Selecting preprinted form, 264
Ring Tone Volume, 188, 205,
431, 460, 492
Selecting pre-punched
paper, 264
RSA BSAFE, 28
Sending print job, 292
Sent Fax Forward, 189, 206
Sent Fax Fwd, 432, 462
S
Server Address, 194, 249, 253
Safety information, 32
Server Address Book, 425, 438
Scalable font, 583
Server Phone Book, 425, 438
Scan Defaults, 190, 429
Service code, 33
Scan to Application, 543
Service tag, 33
Scan to E-mail, 542
Set Available Time, 200
Scan To Network, 429
Scan to Network, 190, 208, 235,
454, 543
Set Date, 192, 425, 440
Set Password, 165, 171, 238
Scan to USB Memory, 542
Set Time, 192, 425, 440
ScanButton Manager, 560
Shared printing, 131
Search PhoneBook, 548
Sharpness, 185, 190, 202, 208,
428, 430, 451, 455, 540, 546
Secure Print, 530
Side button, 40
Secure Receive, 521
Single Sheet Feeder, 661
Secure Receive Set, 200
Single Sheet Feeder (SSF), 40
Secure Settings, 184, 198
slow scan, 644-645
Security, 238
SMB, 219, 223
Security Settings, 237
SMB Client, 220, 235
Select Reorder URL, 193
Select Tray, 185, 191, 201, 427,
431, 448, 458, 534, 551
SNMP, 219, 223
SNMP Configuration, 232
SNMP UDP, 488
Selecting letterhead,
264
DELL CONFIDENTIAL
– PRELIMINARY 9/13/10
FOR PROOF ONLY
Index
756
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Miog
a-AIO-UGIX.fm
Software update, 558
Supported print paper, 270
Speed Dial, 194
SUSE, 605
SSF Paper Size, 185, 191, 201,
317, 428, 431, 448, 458, 535
SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop
10, 150
SSF Paper Type, 185, 191, 201,
318, 428, 431, 449, 459, 536
SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop
11, 154
SSID, 236
Symbol Set, 182, 197, 476, 586
For PCL 5/PCL 6, 586
SSL/TLS, 220, 241
Standard 250-sheet tray, 40, 661
Start, 465-466
Start Time, 200
Status Monitor Console, 557
Status Monitor Console for
Linux, 571
Status Monitor Widget for
Macintosh, 565
Status of printer supplies, 613
Status Window, 560
Storage, 607
Storage humidity range, 607
Stored Documents, 194, 427,
471
Storing consumables, 615
Storing print media, 269, 291,
614
System Settings, 180, 194-195,
222, 422, 426, 469
System Settings page, 194
System settings report, 56, 61, 67
T
TCP/IP, 224
TCP/IP Settings, 216, 224
Telephone, 205
Telephone/Fax, 205
Telnet, 219, 223, 227
Temperature, 606
TIFF File Format, 190, 208, 430,
456
Time Format, 192, 425, 439
Time Zone, 192, 425, 440
Straightest lines, 644
Time-Out, 226-227, 240, 503
Subnet Mask, 427, 446, 487
Tone/Pulse, 188, 206, 431, 461,
492
Substitute Tray, 182, 196, 424,
438, 508-509
Toner access cover, 40
Toner cartridge,
50
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY
9/13/10
FOR PROOF ONLY
Index
757
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Miog
a-AIO-UGIX.fm
Update Address Book, 219, 223,
227
Toner Refresh, 212
Toner Refresh Mode, 467
Upper Limit for Color Print, 247
Tool Box, 560
Upper Limit for Monochrome
Print, 248
Top frame, 168
Trap Notification, 234
Tray 1 Custom Size - X, 193, 259,
426, 445
Tray 1 Custom Size - Y, 193, 259,
426, 445
Tray 1 Display Popup, 259, 426,
445
Tray 1 Paper Size, 193, 259, 426,
444
Tray 1 Paper Type, 193, 259, 426,
444
USB, 607
USB Port, 182, 197
USB port, 41, 92-93
USB printing, 115
User Registration, 246
User setup disk creating
tool, 558
Using Dell Printer Configuration
Web Tool, 163
Tray 2 Display Popup, 259, 426,
445
V
Tray 2 Paper Size, 259, 426, 445
Verifying IP settings, 106
Tray 2 Paper Type, 259, 426, 445
Tray Settings, 164, 171, 193, 259,
426, 526
W
Troubleshooting, 560, 685
Wall jack connector, 41, 92, 94,
607
Typeface, 581
Warranty, 740
Warranty information, 32
U
Web Link Customization, 193,
214
Unacceptable paper, 263
UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT
RESTRICTED RIGHTS, 28
Web Services on Devices, 601
Weekly Settings, 201
WEP, 237
Update, 560 DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10
FOR PROOF ONLY
Index
758
FILE LOCATION:
C:\Users\fxstdpc-admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Mioga_AIO_UG_FM\Miog
a-AIO-UGIX.fm
White sheet, 641
Width guide, 110, 275
WINS, 217, 226
Wired Network
Ethernet, 482
IP Filter, 489
Protocol, 487
Reset LAN, 489
TCP/IP, 486
Wireless Adapter, 64
Wireless adapter socket, 41
Wireless Settings, 216, 236
WPA-PSK, 237
WSD, 218, 223, 226, 601
X
XPS printer driver, 115, 120
Y
Yellow terminator, 96
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10
FOR PROOF ONLY
Index
759